TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 16, 2020.July 19, 2022
Registration No. 333-     333-265748
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALGlobal Business Travel Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Cayman Islands677098-0598290
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
of incorporation or organization)
4700
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Telephone: (212) 679-1600
98-0598290
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)No.)
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
9 West 57Eric J. Bock, Esq.
thChief Legal Officer
Street, 43rdGlobal Business Travel Group, Inc.
666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 1001910017
Telephone: (212) 515-3200679-1600
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
James Crossen
Chief Financial Officer
9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor
New York, NY 10019
(212) 515-3200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Gregory A. Ezring,A Fernicola, Esq.
Raphael M. Russo, Esq.
Brian M. Janson, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, WhartonSkadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & GarrisonFlom LLP
1285 Avenue of the AmericasOne Manhattan West
New York, NY 1001910001-8602
Telephone: (212) 373-3000735-3000
Joel L. Rubinstein,P. Michelle Gasaway, Esq.
F. Holt Goddard, Esq.
Daniel E. Nussen, Esq.
WhiteSkadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & CaseFlom LLP
1221300 South Grand Avenue, of the AmericasSuite 3400
New York, NY 10020Los Angeles, CA 90071
(212) 819-8200Telephone: (213) 687-5000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable From time to time on or after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.   ☐box: ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act.Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of
Security Being Registered
Amount
Being
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
per Security(1)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, $0.00005 par value, and one-third of one warrant(2)
86,250,000 Units$10.00$862,500,000$111,952.50
Class A ordinary shares included as part of the units(3)
86,250,000 Shares
(4)
Warrants included as part of the units(3)
28,750,000 Warrants
(4)
Total$862,500,000$111,952.50
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2)
Includes 11,250,000 units, consisting of 11,250,000 Class A ordinary shares and 3,750,000 warrants, which may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3)
Pursuant to Rule 416(a), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.
(4)
No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).
The Registrantregistrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrantregistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or until thethis registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission,SEC acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

STATEMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 429
The registrant is filing a single prospectus in this registration statement pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The prospectus is a combined prospectus relating to (i) the resale by certain of the selling securityholders of (a) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock and (b) up to 12,234,134 private placement warrants and public warrants, all of which are being registered hereunder and (ii) the issuance by us of 75,986,935 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying GBTG Options and warrants, registered under Form S-4 (File No. 333-261820), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on December 21, 2021 and subsequently declared effective (the registration statement referenced in the preceding clause (ii), as amended and/or supplemented, the “Prior Registration Statement”). Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act, this registration statement on Form S-1 upon effectiveness will serve as a post-effective amendment to the Prior Registration Statement. Such post-effective amendment shall hereafter become effective concurrently with the effectiveness of this registration statement and in accordance with Section 8(c) of, and Rule 429 under, the Securities Act.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. NoThese securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, andnor does it is not solicitingseek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated September 16, 2020SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 19, 2022
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
$750,000,000GLOBAL BUSINESS TRAVEL GROUP, INC.
ISSUANCE OF UP TO 75,986,935 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
AND
RESALE OF UP TO 492,628,569 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND
UP TO 12,234,134 WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CLASS A
COMMON STOCK
BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
75,000,000 Units
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated with limited liability, and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, engaged in any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target with respect to an initial business combination with us. We may pursue an initial business combination target in any business or industry.
This is an initialprospectus relates to the issuance by us of up to 75,986,935 shares of Class A Common Stock, which consists of: (i) 39,451,134 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of private placement warrants and public offeringwarrants that were issued to stockholders in connection with the APSG IPO, with the private placement warrants originally issued at a price of our securities. Each unit has an offering$1.50 per warrant and the public warrants originally issued at a price of $10.00 and consistsper unit, with each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant. Eachpublic warrant, and, in each case, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock; and (ii) 36,535,801 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of GBTG Options with an exercise price ranging from $5.74 to $14.58, with each GBTG Option exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock.
This prospectus also relates to the resale by the selling securityholders named in this prospectus, or the Selling Securityholders, of: (1) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock, which consists of (i) 12,234,134 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of private placement warrants and public warrants, with the private placement warrants originally issued at a price of $1.50 per warrant and the public warrants purchased at a price of $1.46 per warrant and, in each case, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (ii) 394,448,481 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners originally, which they received in exchange for their Legacy GBT Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, with each GBT B Ordinary Share exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (iii) 14,435,817 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of “earnout” shares held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain of our officers and directors (and, in the case of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, upon the subsequent exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) into which such “earnout” shares will convert) issued pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, to such holders, as holders of Legacy GBT shares, without the payment of any additional purchase price, with each “earnout” share convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock; (iv) 18,739,887 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of GBTG Options held by certain of our officers and directors with an exercise price ranging from $5.74 to $14.58, with each GBTG Option exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (v) 32,350,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the PIPE Investment originally issued at a price of $10.00 per share; and (vi) 20,420,250 converted Founder Shares originally issued at a price of $0.00087 per share; and (2) up to 12,234,134 private placement warrants and public warrants originally issued at the prices set forth above and, in each case, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock.
For private placement warrants and public warrants, each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A ordinary shareCommon Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus,herein. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and only whole warrants are exercisable. The warrants will become exercisable ontherefore the lateramount of 30 days aftercash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the completionmarket price of our initial business combinationClass A Common Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the warrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and 12 months from$5.74 to $14.58 for the closingGBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Ownership of this offering, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as describedOur Class A Common Stock.”
See “Selected Definitions” below for certain defined terms used in this prospectus. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation
We are registering the resale of the unitsshares of Class A Common Stock and only whole warrants pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the PIPE Subscription Agreements. Our registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not mean that the Selling Securityholders will trade. We have also grantedoffer or sell any of the underwriters a 45-day optionshares of Class A Common Stock or warrants. Subject to purchase up to an additional 11,250,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.
We will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeemterms of the applicable agreements, the Selling Securityholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of their shares of Class A ordinaryCommon Stock, public warrants or private placement warrants publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We provide more information about how the Selling Securityholders may sell the shares of Class A Common Stock or warrants in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”
We will receive the proceeds from any exercise of the warrants or GBTG Options for cash, but not from the resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock or warrants by the Selling Securityholders.
We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account described below as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (“permitted withdrawals”), divided by the number of then outstanding Class A ordinary shares that were sold as partregistration of the units in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our public shares subject to the limitations described herein. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering but have not completed our initial business combination within such 24-month period (the “completion window”), we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.
Our sponsor, APSG Sponsor, L.P. (which we refer to as our sponsor throughout this prospectus), has committed to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 warrants (or 12,833,334 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($17,000,000 in the aggregate, or $19,250,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. We refer to these warrants throughout this prospectus as the private placement warrants. Each private placement warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share.
Our initial shareholders, which include our sponsor, currently own an aggregate of 21,562,500 Class B ordinary shares (up to 2,812,500 shares of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). We refer to these Class B ordinary shares as the founder shares throughout this prospectus. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the election or removal of our directors prior to our initial business combination and each director will need to receive the vote of two-thirds of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares in order to be elected. On any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, holders of the Class B ordinary shares and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will vote together as a single class, except that in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, holders of Class B ordinary shares will have ten votes per share and holders of Class A ordinaryCommon Stock and warrants. The Selling Securityholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their respective sales of the shares will have one vote per share,of Class A Common Stock and except as required by law or the applicable rules ofwarrants.
Our Class A Common Stock and public warrants are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or(the “NYSE”) under the “NYSE,symbols “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,then in effect.
Currently, there is no public marketrespectively. On July 18, 2022, the last reported sale price for our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants. We have applied to have our units listedCommon Stock as reported on the NYSE underwas $5.62 per share and the symbol “APSG.U.” We cannot guarantee thatlast quoted sale price for our public warrants was $0.9885 per warrant.
The shares of Class A Common Stock being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our public float and of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares being registered in this prospectus (which include shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities) exceed the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (56,945,033 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as of July 18, 2022). In addition, the securities beneficially owned by Continuing JerseyCo Owners, holders of GBTG Options and holders of GBT MIP Shares represent over 80% of the total outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and these holders will have the ability to sell all of their shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part so long as it is available for use. The sale of the securities being registered in this prospectus therefore could result in a significant decline in the public trading price of Class A Common Stock.
In addition, some of the shares being registered for resale were or may be approvedacquired by the Selling Securityholders for listing on NYSE. We expectno consideration or purchased for prices considerably below the current market price of the Class A ordinaryCommon Stock. Even though the current market price is significantly below the price at the time of the APSG IPO, certain Selling Securityholders have an incentive to sell because they will still profit on sales due to the lower price at which they acquired their shares as compared to the public investors. In particular, the Sponsor, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain of our officers and directors may experience a positive rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described above, to the extent they acquired such securities for less than the relevant trading price, and the public securityholders may not experience a similar rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described above. Based on the last reported sale price of Class A Common Stock referenced above, shares acquired for less than such last reported sale price (including (i) shares issuable upon the exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares, (ii) shares issuable upon the conversion of “earnout” shares, and warrants comprising(iii) the units will begin separate trading onconverted Founder Shares) the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless the representative of the underwriters, or representative, informs us of its decisionSelling Securityholders may experience potential profit up to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange

$5.62 per share.
Commission, or the SEC, containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed on the NYSE under the symbols “APSG” and “APSG WS,” respectively.
We are an “emerging growth company”company,” as defined under applicablethe federal securities laws, and, will be subjectas such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. requirements for this prospectus and for future filings.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. SeeYou should carefully read the discussion in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 308 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.this prospectus.
Neither the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.
Per UnitTotal
Public offering price$10.00$750,000,000
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$0.55$41,250,000
Proceeds, before expenses, to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital$9.45$708,750,000
(1)
Includes $0.35 per unit, or $26,250,000 in the aggregate (or $30,187,500 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein and released to the underwriters only upon the completion of our initial business combination, as described in this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflict of Interest)” elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters.
Of the $767.0 million in proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants described in this prospectus, or $881.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, $750.0 million ($10.00 per unit), or $862.5 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit), will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and $17.0 million, including $15.0 million in underwriting discounts and commissions (or $19.3 million, including $17.3 million in underwriting discounts and commissions, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be used to pay fees and expenses in connection with the closing of this offering and for working capital following the closing of this offering. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to make permitted withdrawals, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of (a) the completion of our initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.
The underwriters are offering the units for sale on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters expect to deliver the units to the purchasers on or about                  , 2020.
Citigroup                  Credit SuisseGoldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Apollo Global SecuritiesDeutsche Bank Securities
Siebert Williams Shank
The date of this prospectus isProspectus dated            , 2020.2022

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1iii
30iii
64iii
65xi
681
688
7049
7150
7751
10463
11394
127
116142
119153
141164
154170
162186
162189
162196
F-1199
201
201
201
F-1
We are responsible for

i


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Weprospectus or in any applicable prospectus supplement prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with differentany information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We and wethe Selling Securityholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give to you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, makingThis prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate only as of the date on the front of those documents only, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement, or any sale of a security. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) using the “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Selling Securityholders hereunder may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Securityholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus.
A prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information included in this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in such prospectus supplement modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified will be deemed to constitute a part of this prospectus only as so modified, and any statement so superseded will be deemed not to constitute a part of this prospectus. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
This prospectus contains summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described herein, but reference is accuratemade to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed, will be filed or will be incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of any date other thanwhich this prospectus is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described in the date onsection entitled under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Unless the frontcontext otherwise requires, the “Company,” “GBTG,” “our,” “we” or “us” refer to Global Business Travel Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Closing. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “APSG” refer to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital, a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, prior to the Closing, references to “Legacy GBT” refer to GBT JerseyCo Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of this prospectus.Jersey, prior to the Closing, and references to “GBT” refer to GBT JerseyCo Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Jersey, following the Closing.
 
iii


TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS
This prospectus contains references to trademarks and service marks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
Market, industry and other data used in this prospectus have been obtained from independent industry sources and publications, including the following:

Global Business Travel Association (“GBTA BTI Outlook Annual Global Report & Forecast: Prospects for Global Business Travel 2020-2024,” January 2021, Global Business Travel Association);

World Travel & Tourism Council (“Travel & Tourism: Economic Impact 2021,” April 2021, World Travel & Tourism Council);

Travel Weekly (“2021 Power List,” June 2021, Travel Weekly; “2020 Power List,” January 2020, Travel Weekly);

Business Travel News (“2020 Corporate Travel 100,” October 2020, Business Travel News);

Skift Research (“The Travel Industry Turned Upside Down,” September 2020, Skift Research in Partnership With McKinsey & Company);

The American Lawyer (“The 2021 Am Law 100: Ranked by Gross Revenue,” April 2021, The American Lawyer); and

Fortune 500® (“Fortune 500,” 2021, FORTUNE and “100 Best Companies to Work For,” 2021, FORTUNE).
Market and industry data, statistics and forecasts used throughout this prospectus are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports by market research firms and our estimates based on our management’s knowledge of, and experience in, the travel industry and customer segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. In addition, certain information contained in this prospectus, including information relating to the proportion of new opportunities we pursue, represents our management’s estimates. While we believe our internal estimates to be reasonable, and we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, they have not been verified by any independent sources. Such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
SELECTED DEFINITIONS
When used in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires:

“2020 Executive LTIP” refers to the 2020 Executive Long-Term Cash Incentive Award Plan.

“2021 Executive LTIP” refers to the 2021 Executive Long-Term Cash Incentive Award Plan.

“2022 Plan” refers to the Global Business Travel Group, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

“Adjusted EBITDA” refers to net income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt, benefit from (provision for) income taxes, depreciation and amortization (or EBITDA) and as further adjusted to exclude costs that our management believes are non-core to our underlying business, consisting of restructuring costs, integration costs, costs

iii


related to mergers and acquisitions, separation costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, long-term incentive plan costs, certain corporate costs, foreign currency gains (losses), non-service components of net periodic pension benefit (costs) and gains (losses) on disposal of businesses.

“Adjusted Operating Expenses” refers to total operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization and costs that our management believes are non-core to our underlying business, consisting of restructuring costs, integration costs, costs related to mergers and acquisitions, separation costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, long-term incentive plan costs and certain corporate costs.

“Amended & Restated GBT MIP” refers to the GBT JerseyCo Limited Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, effective as of December 2, 2021.

“American Express” refers to American Express Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

“Amex HoldCo.” refers to American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A.

“APSG” refers, prior to the Domestication and the Closing, to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital, a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company.

“APSG Board” refers to the board of directors of APSG prior to the Domestication and the Closing.

“APSG Class A Ordinary Shares” refers to Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share, of APSG prior to the Domestication and the Closing.

“APSG Class B Ordinary Shares” refers to the Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share, of APSG prior to the Domestication and the Closing.

“APSG IPO” refers to APSG’s initial public offering on October 6, 2020.

“APSG Organizational Documents” refers to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of APSG under the Cayman Islands Companies Act.

“APSG Shareholders” refers to the holders of APSG Class A Ordinary Shares and holders of APSG Class B Ordinary Shares prior to Domestication and the Closing.

“B2B travel” refers to travel for business purposes that is purchased and fulfilled through a company-sponsored and managed channel.

“B2C” refers to channels or platforms used by consumers to book and fulfill travel, including directly with suppliers or through intermediaries such as online travel agencies. B2C may include business travelers who purchase travel outside of a company-sponsored and managed channel, or whose companies does not have such a channel.

“BHC Act” refers to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

“Board” refers to the board of directors of GBTG.

“Business Combination” refers to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

“Business Combination Agreement” refers to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2021 (as the same has been amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms), by and between APSG and Legacy GBT.

“Bylaws” refers to the Bylaws of GBTG.

“CAGR” refers to a compound annual growth rate.

“Certares” refers to Certares Management LLC.

“Certificate of Incorporation” refers, collectively, to the Certificate of Incorporation of GBTG, the Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock.

iv



“Class A Common Stock” refers to the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of GBTG.

“Class A Stock” refers to (a) if no shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock have been issued pursuant to and in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement, Class A Common Stock, and (b) if any shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock have been so issued, (i) Class A Common Stock or Class A-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) where the context requires, Class A Common Stock and Class A-1 Preferred Stock, collectively.

“Class B Common Stock” refers to the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of GBTG.

“Class B Stock” refers to (a) if no shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock have been issued pursuant to and in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement, Class B Common Stock, and (b) if any shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock have been so issued, (i) Class B Common Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) where the context requires, Class B Common Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, collectively.

“Closing” refers to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination.

“Closing Date” refers to May 27, 2022, the date of the closing of the Business Combination.

“Code” refers to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Common Stock” refers to Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

“Company,” “GBTG,” “our,” “we” or “us” refer to Global Business Travel Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Closing.

“Continuing JerseyCo Owners” refers to Amex HoldCo., Juweel and Expedia, which hold GBT B Ordinary Shares, shares of Class B Common Stock and “earnout” shares following the Closing.

“DGCL” refers to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

“dollars” or “$” refers to U.S. dollars.

“Domestication” refers to the domestication of APSG as a Delaware corporation, with the APSG Shares becoming shares of Common Stock of GBTG under the applicable provisions of the Cayman Islands Companies Act (2021 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time and the DGCL.

“EBITDA” refers to net income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt, benefit from (provision for) income taxes and depreciation and amortization.

“Egencia” refers to the business acquired in the Egencia Acquisition.

“Egencia Acquisition” refers to Legacy GBT’s acquisition of the Egencia business from Expedia pursuant to the Egencia Equity Contribution Agreement.

“Egencia Equity Contribution Agreement” refers to the Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2021, by and among Expedia, Inc., Legacy GBT and Juweel, in connection with the Egencia Acquisition.

“Equity Commitment Letters” refers to the equity commitment letters entered into by Juweel and Amex HoldCo. with Legacy GBT, each dated as of August 25, 2020, and each as amended on January 20, 2021. Such equity commitment letters, and the then-remaining commitments thereunder, were terminated at Closing.

“ESPP” refers to the Global Business Travel Group Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

“Exchange Act” refers to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Agreement” refers to the exchange agreement, dated May 27, 2022, by and among GBTG, GBT and each holder of GBT B Ordinary Shares from time to time party thereto.

“Exchange Committee” refers to a committee of the Board comprising solely independent directors not nominated by a Continuing JerseyCo Owner who are disinterested with respect to any particular

v


exchange under the Exchange Agreement. The Exchange Committee may be (and the term “Exchange Committee” shall be construed to include) either (a) a standalone committee of the Board or (b) the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board or another committee of the Board that meets the requirements specified in this definition, for so long as the Board has delegated the functions of the Exchange Committee to the Audit and Finance Committee or such other committee, as applicable; provided that, if (i) the Exchange Committee is a standalone committee of the Board, no nominee of a Continuing JerseyCo Owner may be a member of the Exchange Committee, and (ii) the Board has delegated the functions of the Exchange Committee to the Audit and Finance Committee and the members of the Audit and Finance Committee include one or more nominees of a Continuing JerseyCo Owner, then each such nominee of must recuse himself or herself from any and all business of such committee concerning an Exchange.

“Expedia” refers to EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Founder Shares” refers to the 20,420,250 APSG Class B Ordinary Shares held in the aggregate by the Sponsor and the Insiders, which were converted into shares of our Class A Common Stock at the Closing.

“Free Cash Flow” refers to net cash from (used in) operating activities, less cash used for additions to property and equipment.

“GAAP” refers to United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

“GBT” refers to GBT JerseyCo Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Jersey, following the Closing.

“GBT A Ordinary Shares” refers to voting redeemable shares of GBT, designated as “A Ordinary Shares” in the GBT Amended and Restated M&A with a nominal value of €0.00001.

“GBT Amended and Restated M&A” refers to the Fourth Amended & Restated Memorandum of Association of GBT and the Third Amended & Restated GBT Articles of Association.

“GBT B Ordinary Shares” refers to non-voting redeemable shares of GBT, designated as “B Ordinary Shares” in the GBT Amended and Restated M&A with a nominal value of €0.00001.

“GBT C Ordinary Shares” or “earnout shares” refers to non-voting redeemable shares of GBT, designated as “C Ordinary Shares” in the GBT Amended and Restated M&A with a nominal value of €0.00001.

“GBT Capital Stock” refers to the GBT A Ordinary Shares, GBT B Ordinary Shares, GBT C Ordinary Shares and the GBT Z Ordinary Share.

“GBT DCP” refers to the GBT US LLC Deferred Compensation Plan.

“GBT Holders Support Agreement” refers to that certain support agreement, dated as of the date of the signing of the Business Combination Agreement, by and among APSG and certain holders of GBT Capital Stock, as amended or modified from time to time.

“GBT Legacy MIP Option” refers to an option to purchase GBT MIP Shares that was granted prior to 2021.

“GBT MIP Option” refers to an option to purchase GBT MIP Shares granted under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP (or any predecessor plan), including GBT Legacy MIP Options.

“GBT MIP Shares” refers to the MIP Shares (as such term is defined in Legacy GBT’s memorandum of association and articles of association) of €0.00001 each of Legacy GBT, issuable in respect of GBT MIP Options.

“GBT Supply MarketPlace” refers to our proprietary capability to source, distribute and manage travel and travel-related content to travelers, clients and Network Partners, through both GBT and third party technology, as well as GBT’s supplier content and management processes and expertise.

“GBT UK” refers to GBT Travel Services UK Limited, our wholly owned indirect subsidiary.

vi



“GBT Z Ordinary Share” refers to non-voting non-redeemable shares of GBT, designated as the “Z Ordinary Share” in the GBT Amended and Restated M&A with a nominal value of €0.00001.

“GBTG Option” refers to an option relating to shares of Class A Common Stock upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are in effect with respect to the GBT MIP Option immediately prior to the Closing from which such GBTG Option was converted in connection with the Business Combination.

“GBTG MIP” refers to the Global Business Travel Group Management Incentive Plan.

“GDS” refers to the three major Global Distribution Systems (Amadeus, Sabre and Travelport, inclusive of their constituent GDS) used by GBT as a source for air and other travel content. Global Distribution Systems are common technology infrastructure used by airlines and some other travel suppliers to distribute their content to Points of Sale (“POS”).

“HRG Pension Scheme” refers to the defined benefit scheme for certain of associates and retirees of GBT and its affiliates in the United Kingdom (“UK”).

“Insiders” refers to Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James H. Simmons III.

“Juweel” refers to Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited, an exempted segregated portfolio company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, successor-in-interest to Juweel Investors Limited, a company incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

“Legacy GBT” refers to GBT JerseyCo Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Jersey, prior to the Closing.

“Net Debt (Cash)” refers to total debt outstanding consisting of current and non-current portion of long-term debt (defined as debt (excluding lease liabilities) with original contractual maturity dates of one year or greater), net of unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs, minus cash and cash equivalents.

“Network Partners” refers to third party travel management companies (“TMCs”) and independent advisors that are clients of GBT Partner Solutions who, through GBT Partner Solutions, can access GBT’s technology platform and content.

“NYSE” refers to the New York Stock Exchange.

“Old Shareholders Agreement” refers to the Second Amended & Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2021, by and among Legacy GBT, Juweel and Amex HoldCo.

“Ovation” refers to Ovation Travel, LLC, GBT’s subsidiary, and includes the Ovation, Ovation Vacations and Lawyers Travel brands.

“PIPE Investment” or “PIPE” refers to the private placement pursuant to which PIPE Investors subscribed for an aggregate of 32,350,000 newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $323.5 million pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, which was completed at the Closing.

“PIPE Investors” refers to the investors that signed PIPE Subscription Agreements and funded their committed amounts.

“PIPE Securities” refers to the shares of Class A Common Stock sold to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements.

“PIPE Subscription Agreements” refers to the subscription agreements, dated as of December 2, 2021, by and between APSG and the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which the PIPE Investment was consummated.

“private placement warrants” refers to the warrants that were initially issued to the Sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the APSG IPO.

“public warrants” refers to the redeemable warrants underlying the units that were initially offered and sold by APSG as part of the APSG IPO.

vii



“Registration Rights Agreement” refers to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2022, between GBTG, the Sponsor, the Insiders and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Rule 144” refers to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

“S&P” refers to the rating agency, Standard & Poor.

“SEC” refers to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” refers to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Secured Credit Agreement” refers to that certain senior secured credit agreement, dated as of August 13, 2018, by and among GBT Group Services B.V., as borrower, GBT III B.V., as the original parent guarantor, the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders and letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

“Senior Secured Initial Term Loans” refers to the $250 million initial senior secured term loan facility that was obtained under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on August 13, 2018.

“Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities” refers to the $1,000 million new tranche B-3 senior secured term loan facilities that were established under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on December 16, 2021.

“Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans” refers to the $400 million tranche B-1 senior secured incremental term loan facility that was obtained under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on September 4, 2020, which facility was subsequently refinanced and repaid in full on December 16, 2021.

“Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility” refers to the $200 million tranche B-2 senior secured delayed draw incremental term loan facility that was established under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on January 20, 2021, which facility was subsequently refinanced and repaid in full, and the remaining unused commitments thereunder terminated, on December 16, 2021.

“Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility” refers to the $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

“Shareholders Agreement” refers to the Shareholders Agreement, dated May 27, 2022, between GBTG, GBT, Amex HoldCo., Juweel and Expedia, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“SME” or “SME clients” refer to clients GBT considers small-to-medium-sized enterprises, which GBT generally defines as having an expected annual spend on air travel of less than $20 million. This criterion can vary by country and client needs.

“Sponsor” refers to APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

“Sponsor Side Letter” refers to the letter agreement, dated as of December 2, 2021, by and among the Sponsor, the Insiders, APSG and Legacy GBT, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Sponsor Side Letter Vesting Period” refers to the five years following the Closing.

“Sponsor Support Agreement” refers to the support agreement, dated as of December 2, 2021, by and among the Sponsor, the Insiders and Legacy GBT, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Total Transaction Value” or “TTV” refers to the sum of the total price paid by travelers for air, hotel, rail, car rental and cruise bookings, including taxes and other charges applied by suppliers at point of sale, less cancellations and refunds.

“TPN” refers to GBT’s Travel Partner Network, through which GBT services clients globally. All TPNs are Network Partners.

viii



“Transactions” refers the completion of the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

“Transfer Agent” refers to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

“Treasury Regulations” refers to the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury (whether in final, proposed or temporary form), as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Trust Account” refers to the trust account of APSG, which held the net proceeds from the APSG IPO and certain of the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants, together with interest earned thereon, less amounts released to pay taxes.

“UK Data Protection Act” refers to the Data Protection Act the UK implemented, effective in May 2018 and statutorily amended in 2019.

“UK GDPR” refers to the UK-only adaption of the GDPR, which took effect on January 1, 2021.

“VWAP” refers to dollar volume-weighted average price.

“warrants” refers to the public warrants and the private placement warrants.

“Warrant Agreement” refers to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2020, by and between APSG and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of GBTG presented in this prospectus has been derived by applying the pro forma adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” to the historical consolidated financial statements of Legacy GBT included elsewhere in this prospectus. These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and the other related adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” as if they had occurred on January 1, 2021, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, and as if the Business Combination and other related adjustments had occurred on March 31, 2022, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical financial statements of APSG, Legacy GBT and Egencia and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information included in this prospectus.
All financial statements presented in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and, unless otherwise noted, are presented in U.S. dollars.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included elsewhere in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we use “EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA Margin,” “Adjusted Operating Expenses,” “Free Cash Flow” and “Net Debt (Cash)” as non-GAAP financial measures. For a discussion on our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
The COVID-19 pandemic severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world and has continued to have an unprecedented effect on the global travel industry, decreasing business travel significantly below 2019 levels. Accordingly, our last year of normalized operations before the COVID-19 pandemic

ix


was the year ended December 31, 2019. In various discussions of our business trends and performance, we have excluded a discussion of our performance for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 in this prospectus because we do not believe those results are indicative of our normal operations and the travel industry more generally due to the unprecedented impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe the historical track record of growth and the emergent recovery of business travel as travel restrictions have been relaxed supports the fundamental growth drivers and long-term growth potential of business travel worldwide in the future. However, the profile, extent and timing of economic and travel recovery and the pace of future growth remains inherently uncertain given the nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and changes to business practices that may become permanent and reduce the need for business travel. There can be no assurance that any emerging growth patterns will continue or that we will replicate our historical growth in the future. For information on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on business travel, see “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

x


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements made in this prospectus are “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and are subject to the safe harbor created thereby under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “estimates,” “projected,” “expects,” “estimated,” “anticipates,” “suggests,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “seeks,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “future,” “propose,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “outlook” and variations of these words or similar expressions (or the negative versions of such words or expressions) are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, conditions or results, and involve a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other important factors, many of which are outside the control of the parties, that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors, among others, that may affect actual results or outcomes include:

our projected financial information, anticipated growth rate and market opportunities;

our ability to maintain our existing relationships with customers and suppliers and to compete with existing and new competitors in existing and new markets and offerings;

various conflicts of interest that could arise among us, affiliates and investors;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors;

intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies in the industry in which we operate;

factors relating to our business, operations and financial performance, including market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control;

the impact of COVID-19, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and related changes in base interest rates, inflation and significant market volatility on our business, the travel industry, travel trends and the global economy generally;

costs related to the Business Combination;

the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents and investments to meet our liquidity needs;

the effect of a prolonged or substantial decrease in global travel on the global travel industry;

political, social and macroeconomic conditions (including the widespread adoption of teleconference and virtual meeting technologies which could reduce the number of in person business meetings and demand for travel and our services);

the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes; and

other factors detailed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

xi

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary only highlights the more detailedselected information appearing elsewherecontained in this prospectus. As thisThis summary is a summary, itnot complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider inbefore making an investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, carefully, including the information presented under the sections titled “Risk Factors”Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and ourAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing.
Unless otherwise statedmaking an investment decision. The definition of some of the terms used in this prospectus orare set forth under the context otherwise requires, referencessection “Selected Definitions.”
Company Overview
We are the world’s leading platform serving travel for business purposes that is purchased and fulfilled through a company-sponsored and managed channel measured by 2019 TTV according to “we,Travel Weekly (“2021 Power List,“us,” “company” or “our company”June 2021, Travel Weekly). We provide a full suite of differentiated, technology-enabled solutions to business travelers and corporate clients, suppliers of travel content (such as airlines, hotels, ground transportation and aggregators) and third party travel agencies.
We are to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital, a Cayman Islands exempted company, incorporated with limited liability,at the center of the global B2B travel ecosystem, managing the end-to-end logistics of corporate travel and references to:providing an important link between businesses, their employees, travel suppliers and other industry participants. We service our clients in the following ways:

“amendedOur travel management solutions (delivered through the portfolio of GBT’s brands, including American Express Global Business Travel, Ovation, Lawyers Travel and restated memorandumEgencia) provide our clients with extensive access to flights, hotel rooms, car rentals and articlesother travel services, including exclusive negotiated content, supported by a full suite of association” areservices that allows them to our amendeddesign and restated memorandumoperate an efficient travel program and articles of association to be in effect upon completion of this offering;solve complex travel requirements.

“Apollo” areGBT Partner Solutions extends our platform to Apollo Global Management, Inc. (NYSE: APO), a Delaware corporation,third party travel management companies and its consolidated subsidiaries;independent advisors, offering them access to our differentiated content and technology. Through GBT Partner Solutions, we aggregate business travel demand serviced by our Network Partners at low incremental cost, which we believe enhances the economics of our platform, generates increased return on investment (“ROI”) and expands our geographic and segment footprint.

“Apollo Funds” areGBT Supply MarketPlace provides travel suppliers with efficient access to business travel clients serviced by our brands and Network Partners. We believe this access allows travel suppliers to benefit from premium demand (which we generally view as demand that is differentially valuable and profitable to suppliers) without incurring the costs associated with directly marketing to, and servicing, the complex needs of our corporate clients. Our travel supplier relationships generate efficiencies and cost savings that can be passed on to our corporate clients.
As of April 30, 2022, we served approximately 19,000 corporate clients and more than 260 Network Partners.
In June 2014, American Express established a joint venture (the “JV”) comprising the Legacy GBT operations with a predecessor of Juweel and a group of institutional investors led by an affiliate of Certares. Following the formation of the JV in 2014, we have evolved from a leading TMC into a complete B2B travel platform, becoming one of the leading marketplaces in travel for corporate clients and travel suppliers according to Travel Weekly (“2021 Power List,” June 2021, Travel Weekly). Before June 2014, our operations were owned by American Express and primarily consisted of providing business travel solutions for corporate clients.
Prior to the private equity, creditClosing Date, we operated our business travel, business consulting and real assets funds (including parallel fundsmeetings and alternative investment vehicles), partnerships, accounts (including strategic investment accounts), alternative asset companiesevents businesses under the brands American Express Global Business Travel and other entities for which Apollo provides investment management or advisory services;

“assets under management”, or “AUM”, areAmerican Express Meetings & Events pursuant to the assetsan exclusive and worldwide license from American Express. Effective as of the funds, partnerships and accountsClosing Date, we executed long-term commercial agreements with American Express, including the A&R Trademark License Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this prospectus), pursuant to which Apollo provides investment management, advisory, or certain other investment-related services, including, without limitation, capital that such funds, partnerships and accounts havewe continue to license the right to call from investors pursuant to capital commitments; Apollo’s AUM equals the sum of: (i) the net asset value plusAmerican Express trademarks used or available leverage and/or capital commitments, or gross assets plus capital commitments, of the credit funds, partnerships and accounts for which Apollo provides investment management or advisory services, other than certain collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, and certain permanent capital vehicles, which have a fee-generating basis other than the mark-to-market value of the underlying assets; (ii) the fair value of the investments of the private equity and real assets funds, partnerships and accounts Apollo manages or advises plus the capital that such funds, partnerships and accounts are entitled to call from investors pursuant to capital commitments, plus portfolio level financings; for certain permanent capital vehicles in real assets, gross asset value plus available financing capacity; (iii) the gross asset value associated with the reinsurance investments of the portfolio company assets Apollo manages or advises; and (iv) the fair value of any other assets that Apollo manages or advises for the funds, partnerships and accounts to which Apollo provides investment management, advisory, or certain other investment-related services, plus unused credit facilities, including capital commitments to such funds, partnerships and accounts for investments that may require pre-qualification or other conditions before investment plus any other capital commitments to such funds, partnerships and accounts available for investment that are not otherwise included in the clauses above. Apollo’s AUM measure includes assets under management for which it charges either nominal or zero fees. Apollo’s AUM measure also includes assets for which Apollo does not have investment discretion, including certain assets for which Apollo earns only investment-related service fees, rather than management or advisory fees. Apollo’s definition of AUM is not based on any definition of assets under management containedAmerican Express Global Business Travel brand, continue to license the American Express trademarks used in its governing document orAmerican Express Meetings & Events (solely during a 12-month transition period) brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in any of the Apollo fund management agreements. Apollo considers multiple factors for determining what should be included in its definition of AUM. Such factors include but are not limited to (1) its ability to influence the investment decisions for existing and available assets; (2) its ability to generate income from the underlying assets in Apollo’s funds; and (3) theAUM measures that Apollo uses internally or believe are used by other investment managers. Given the differences in the investment strategies and structures among other alternative investment managers, Apollo’s calculation of AUM may differ from the calculations employed by other investment managers and, as a result, this measure may not be directly comparable to similar measures presented by other investment managers. Apollo’s calculation also differs from the manner in which its affiliates registered with the SEC report “Regulatory Assets Under Management” on Form ADV and Form PF in various ways;

“Companies Law” are to the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;
 
1

 

American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel, in each case on an exclusive and worldwide basis.
As of May 31, 2022, we had approximately 17,000 employees worldwide with a proprietary presence or operations in 31 countries. We service clients in the rest of the world through our Travel Partners Network.
“completion window” areThe Business Combination
On May 25, 2022, APSG held an extraordinary general meeting of its shareholders (the “Shareholder Meeting”) at which the APSG Shareholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination pursuant to the period following the closing of this offering at the end of which, if we have not completed our initial business combination, we will redeem 100%terms of the public shares atBusiness Combination Agreement. Upon the completion of the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement on May 27, 2022, GBT became a per share price, payabledirect subsidiary of APSG, with APSG being re-domesticated as a Delaware corporation and renamed “Global Business Travel Group, Inc.” and conducting its business through GBT in an umbrella partnership-C corporation structure.
As a result of the Business Combination, we raised gross proceeds of approximately $365 million, comprising (i) the contribution of approximately $42 million of cash equal to the aggregate amount then on depositheld in the trust account including interest (net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and certain conditions and as further described herein; the completion window ends 24 months from the closingAPSG IPO, net of this offering, or 27 months from the closingredemption of this offering if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering but have not completed our initial business combination within such 24-month period;

“equity-linked securities” are to any securities of our company or any of our subsidiaries which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, equity securities of our company or such subsidiary, including any securities issued by our company or any of our subsidiaries which are pledged to secure any obligation of any holder to purchase equity securities of our company or any of our subsidiaries;

“founder shares” are to ourAPSG Class B ordinary sharesA Ordinary Shares held by our sponsorAPSG Shareholders of approximately $776 million and (ii) $323.5 million PIPE Investment at $10.00 per share of our Class A ordinaryCommon Stock. As a result of the Business Combination, we received net proceeds of approximately $128 million, net of transaction costs related to the Business Combination of approximately $69 million and redemption of approximately $168 million of Legacy GBT’s preferred shares issued(including dividend accrued thereon). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
There is no assurance that the holders of the warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the warrants or whether or when the GBTG Options may be exercised, which could impact our liquidity position. To the extent that the warrants or GBTG Options are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants or the GBTG Options will decrease. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the automatic conversion thereof at the timemarket price of completion of our initial business combination as described herein;

“initial shareholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to this offering.

“management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, collectively;

“permitted withdrawals” are to amounts withdrawn to pay our taxes;

“private placement warrants” are toCommon Stock. If the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering;

“public shares” are tomarket price for our Class A ordinary shares sold as part ofCommon Stock is less than the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter inapplicable exercise price ($11.50 for the open market);

“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial shareholders and management team to the extent our initial shareholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial shareholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

“public warrants” are to the warrants, sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market); and

“sponsor” are to APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and an affiliate of Apollo.
All references in this prospectus to shares of the company being forfeited shall take effect as surrenders for no consideration of such shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. All references to the conversion of our Class B ordinary shares shall take effect as a redemption of such Class B ordinary shares and issuance of the corresponding Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.
Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable. We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and cash flows from operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, financial liabilities, capital expenditures and business expansion for at least the next 12 months.
The shares of Class A Common Stock being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our public float and only whole warrants are exercisable. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least three units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.
Registered trademarks referred toour outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares being registered in this prospectus are(which include shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities) exceed the propertytotal number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (56,945,033 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as of July 18, 2022). In addition, the securities beneficially owned by Continuing JerseyCo Owners, holders of GBTG Options and holders of GBT MIP Shares represent over 80% of the total outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and these holders will have the ability to sell all of their respective owners. Unless otherwise indicated,shares pursuant to the informationregistration statement of which this prospectus forms a part so long as it is available for use. The sale of the securities being registered in this prospectus assumes thattherefore could result in a significant decline in the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.public trading price of Class A Common Stock.
Our CompanyThe PIPE Investment
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital isPursuant to subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement and funded at the Closing, certain investors subscribed for an aggregate of 32,350,000 newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock at a Cayman Islands incorporatedpurchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $323.5 million. At the Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment.
After giving effect to the Transactions and exempted blank check company formed for the purposeconsummation of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase,the PIPE Investment, we have 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding, 394,448,481 shares of Class B
 
2

 
reorganizationCommon Stock issued and outstanding, 36,535,801 GBTG Options to purchase Class A Common Stock and 39,451,134 warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
Earnout
In connection with the Closing, 15 million “earnout” shares were issued to the holders of GBT Capital Stock and GBT Legacy MIP Options. Each earnout share is in the form of GBT C Ordinary Share. The earnout shares are subject to earnout achievement milestones based on the dollar VWAP of the Class A Common Stock.
Summary of Risk Factors
In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, the following risks have the potential to impact our business and operations. An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described in this prospectus, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. These risk factors are not exhaustive and all investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to our business, financial condition and prospects. The occurrence of any of the following risks or similaradditional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial could have a material adverse effect on our business, combinationfinancial condition, results of operations and prospects. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on our business, including our financial results and prospects, and the travel suppliers on which our business relies;

The ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and the impact on our results of operations is uncertain;

Our revenue is derived from the global travel industry, and a prolonged or substantial decrease in global travel, particularly air travel, could adversely affect us;

The widespread adoption of teleconference and virtual meeting technologies could reduce the number of in-person business meetings and demand for travel and our services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

The travel industry is highly competitive;

Consolidation in the travel industry may result in lost bookings and reduced revenue;

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by macroeconomic conditions;

Downturns in domestic or global economic conditions, or other macroeconomic factors more generally, could have adverse effects on our results of operations;

Our international business exposes us to geo-political and economic risks associated with doing business in foreign countries;

Complaints from travelers or negative publicity about our services can diminish client confidence and adversely affect our business;

Certain results and trends related to our business and the travel industry more generally are based on preliminary data and assumptions, and as a result, are subject to change and may differ materially from what we expect;

If we are unable to maintain existing, and establish new, arrangements with travel suppliers, or if our travel suppliers and partners reduce or eliminate the commission and other compensation they pay us, our business and results of operations would be negatively impacted;

Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected if one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus asof our initial business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, engagedmajor travel suppliers suffers a deterioration in any substantive discussions, directlyits financial condition or indirectly, with any business combination target with respect to an initial business combination with us.
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital is an affiliate of Apollo. Founded in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative investment manager with approximately $414 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020. Apollo operatesrestructures its three primary business segments, private equity, credit and real assets, in a fully integrated manner with no information barriers. This integrated model provides Apollo investment professionals with differentiated industry and market insights, as each investment business line draws upon the intellectual capital and experience from others, which Apollo believes is a significant competitive advantage and is distinct from other alternative investment managers.
Apollo’s private equity segment (approximately $73 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) manages funds that focus on corporate private equity and provide capital solutions across industries and geographies. Apollo’s flagship private equity funds pursue a value-oriented, contrarian approach, investing across the capital structure with a focus on three primary pathways to capture value: opportunistic buyouts, corporate carve-outs and distressed-for-control investments. Since inception, Apollo’s flagship private equity funds have invested more than $64 billion of fund capital across over 170 portfolio companies, representing more than $250 billion of enterprise value in the aggregate. Apollo’s flagship private equity funds have consistently produced attractive returns, having generated a gross IRR of 39% (24% net IRR)1 on a compound annual basis from inception through June 30, 2020. Apollo’s credit segment (approximately $300 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) is debt-focused and primarily deploys capital across corporate credit and structured credit in non-control scenarios; it also directly lends and originates loans on a global basis in large, established corporations. Apollo’s real assets segment (approximately $40 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) primarily invests in assets across hospitality, office, industrial, retail, healthcare, residential and non-performing loans in the United States, Europe and Asia.
Apollo is led by its Managing Partners, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, who have worked together for over 33 years and who remain involved in Apollo’s strategic leadership, as well as Scott Kleinman and Jim Zelter, Co-Presidents of Apollo Global Management, Inc. who share oversight for all of Apollo’s revenue-generating and investing businesses. Together they lead a team of over 1,500 employees across 15 offices in New York, Los Angeles, San Diego, Houston, Bethesda, London, Frankfurt, Madrid, Luxembourg, Mumbai, Delhi, Singapore, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Tokyo (as of June 30, 2020).
Apollo has a long history of extending its platform outside of its existing investment funds to diversify into areas with meaningful synergy with its core businesses. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital broadens Apollo’s investment mandate, allowing the platform to pursue new opportunities that leverages Apollo’s significant experience in building and accelerating growth in businesses across diverse industries. Apollo
1
Represents returns of traditional Apollo private equity funds since inception in 1990 through June 30, 2020. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Gross IRR represents the cumulative investment-related cash flows (i) for a given investment for the fundoperations or, funds which made such investment, and (ii) for a given fund, in the relevant fund itself (and not any one investor in the fund), in each case, on the basis of the actual timing of investment inflows and outflows (for unrealized investments assuming disposition on June 30, 2020 or other date specified) aggregated on a gross basis quarterly, and the return is annualized and compounded before management fees, performance fees and certain other expenses (including interest incurred by the fund itself) and measures the returns on the fund’s investments as a whole without regard to whether all of the returns would, if distributed, be payable to the fund’s investors. In addition, gross IRRs at the fund level will differ from those at the individual investor level as a result of among other factors, timing of investor-level inflowsconsolidation in the travel industry, loses bookings and outflows. Gross IRR does not represent the return to any fund investor. Net IRR means the Gross IRR applicable to a fund, including returns for related parties which may not pay fees or performance fees, net of management fees, certain expenses (including interest incurred or earned by the fund itself) and realized performance fees all offset to the extent of interest income, and measures returns at the fund level on amounts that, if distributed, would be paid to investors of the fund. The timing of cash flows applicable to investments, management fees and certain expenses, may be adjusted for the usage of a fund’s subscription facility. To the extent that a fund exceeds all requirements detailed within the applicable fund agreement, the estimated unrealized value is adjusted such that a percentage of up to 20.0% of the unrealized gain is allocated to the general partner of such fund, thereby reducing the balance attributable to fund investors. In addition, net IRR at the fund level will differ from that at the individual investor level as a result of, among other factors, timing of investor-level inflows and outflows. Net IRR does not represent the return to any fund investor.revenue;
 
3

 
Strategic Growth Capital will seek to invest in more growth-oriented businesses that stand to benefit from being public in the acceleration of their value-creation strategies. We believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will come across a considerable number of potential investment opportunities sourced through our management team’s network of existing relationships and through existing deal flow within Apollo’s infrastructure today that currently lacks a natural repository within the Apollo platform. Our very targeted investment approach has a clear delineation relative to that of other investment funds within Apollo.
As an extension of Apollo’s integrated platform, Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will benefit from Apollo’s diverse investment experience. We believe the association with the Apollo platform will enable Apollo Strategic Growth Capital to (i) source a greater number and a more differentiated set of business combination opportunities, (ii) utilize Apollo’s pre-existing executive relationships and institutional knowledge in due diligence, (iii) more successfully implement value creation strategies and initiatives to accelerate growth following a business combination, and (iv) better optimize our capital structure and more easily raise any required incremental capital to support any potential go-forward needs following a business combination.
Sanjay Patel serves as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors. Mr. Patel has over 35 years of investment and transactional experience in private equity and is currently Chairman International and Senior Partner of Private Equity at Apollo, with responsibility for helping to build and develop Apollo’s international businesses. Mr. Patel is also a member of Apollo’s Management Committee and Investment Committees and was formerly Head of Europe and managing partner of Apollo European Principal Finance. Mr. Patel joined Apollo in 2010 as Head of International Private Equity; prior to this, he was a partner at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he was co-head of European and Indian Private Equity for the Principal Investment Area (PIA) and previously also served as President of Greenwich Street Capital. Mr. Patel currently serves on the board of directors of Tegra Apparel.
Scott Kleinman serves as our Executive Chairman. Mr. Kleinman is a member of Apollo’s Executive Committee and is Co-President of Apollo Global Management, sharing responsibility for all of Apollo’s revenue-generating and investing businesses across its integrated alternative investment platform. Mr. Kleinman, who focuses on Apollo’s equity and opportunistic businesses as well as its financial institutions and insurance activities, joined Apollo in 1996, and in 2009 he was named Lead Partner for Private Equity. Mr. Kleinman currently serves on the board of directors of Athene Holding Ltd.
With respect to the foregoing examples, past performance of Apollo and the Apollo Funds is not a guarantee either (i) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (ii) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of Apollo’s, the Apollo Funds’ or our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. An investment in us is not an investment in the Apollo Funds.
Business Strategy
Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, further accelerate the growth of a company in the public markets. Our team has a history of executing transactions in multiple geographies and under varying economic and financial market conditions. Although we may pursue an acquisition in a number of industries or geographies, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team and the broader Apollo platform where we believe a combination of our relationships, knowledge and experience across industries can effect a positive transformation or augmentation of an existing business.
Specifically, we believe the following characteristics can help us identify an opportunity and allow for a successful transaction:

Apollo’s Proprietary Sourcing Engine:   We believe Apollo’s integrated platform and its established network of relationships have been critical to generating differentiated and proprietary investment ideas, allowing Apollo to successfully deploy capital across various asset classes and market environments. Apollo has a bench of more than 500 investment professionals across North America, Europe, and Asia, with broad industry coverage. We believe management teams seek to work with Apollo’s private equity business because of its ability to quickly understand business models, structure

4


flexible solutions and offer operational expertise; over 60% of Apollo’s private equity investments since inception have been proprietary in nature. Likewise, we believe Apollo’s credit business is recognized as a preferred capital provider due to its ability to move quickly and provide large commitments with high certainty. We believe a considerable number of potential investment opportunities that would fit our mandate are already being sourced through the Apollo platform, but currently lack a natural home within the infrastructure.

Opportunity to Accelerate and Support Growth:   Apollo has significant experience accelerating and investing behind growth as a core value creation lever. This approach has come in numerous forms: investing in the incubation of a new technology (Hughes Telematics); building and launching a new platform (Sirius Satellite Radio); acquiring a high-growth target through an existing portfolio company (Playtika); seeding upfront costs to expand a company into a new business line (National Cinemedia); accelerating high-ROI investments in a portfolio company (ecoATM); materially expanding an existing platform and footprint (Sprouts Farmers Market); completing large-scale acquisitions to drive consolidation (Unitymedia); and repositioning a company’s go-to-market strategy (Hostess Brands). We believe Apollo’s experience in accelerating and supporting growth within its funds’ portfolio companies will enable Apollo Strategic Growth Capitalmay be unable to identify and unlock value in targets with strongconsummate new acquisition opportunities, which would significantly impact our growth potential that are at the right stage in their life cycle to be listed in the public markets.strategy;

Extensive Industry & Public Markets Expertise:   OverWe may not realize the past 30+ years, through ownershipintended benefits of over 170 portfolio companies by Apollo Funds, Apollo has developed deep expertise and relationships with operating partners across a variety of sectors, including financial services; business and healthcare services; consumer services; chemicals; natural resources; consumer and retail; gaming and leisure; manufacturing and industrial; and media, telecom and technology. By leveraging this industry expertise, we believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital is better positioned to understand key trends, assess areas of revenue and margin upside, detect potential risks and structure transactions to maximize the potential for value creation. Apollo’s private equity funds also have had a strong history of helping companies successfully transition to public ownership. As an example, in November 2016, Apollo helped take Hostess Brands public via a SPAC transaction.Egencia Acquisition;

Apollo’s Differentiated “Playbook” of Driving Value Creation:   The members ofCybersecurity attacks or security breaches could adversely affect our team and their affiliates have extensive experience in working closely with board members and management teams to execute a holistic approach to value creation. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will have the ability to leverage Apollo Portfolio Performance Solutions (“APPS”)operate, could result in personal information and our proprietary information being lost, stolen, made inaccessible, improperly disclosed or misappropriated and may cause us to be held liable or subject to regulatory penalties and sanctions and to litigation (including class action litigation), Apollo’s in-house team dedicated to engaging withwhich could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and driving impact at portfolio companies through operational improvements and transformational initiatives based on Apollo’s institutionalized best practices. APPS is adept at working with Apollo Funds’ portfolio companies to implement cost and working capital efficiencies, build stronger businesses through mergers and acquisitions, identify and recruit leading management teams and leverage technology and advanced analytics to maximize financial impact. Woven into the fabric of Apollo’s culture and approach is a commitment to recognize and realize the full value of environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors.business;

Capital Structure OptimizationBecause we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and Capital Support:   We believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will benefit from Apollo’s leading financingbe subject to supervision, examination and capital markets expertise as one ofregulation by the largest participants in the leveraged finance market. Apollo has a long history of assisting its funds’ portfolio companies in structuring capital structures to maintain financialFederal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and operational flexibility, allowing for maximum value creation. Apollo’s credit business is one of the largest alternative credit managers in the industry, with an ability to support high-quality companies by investing into existing capital structures, as well as by offering capital support in large size. As an example, Apollo Funds recently provided a direct financing to Airbnb in April 2020. Given this significant capital markets presence, Apollo maintains strong relationships with investment banks, institutional buyers of debt securities, and alternative sources of capital. Since 2016, Apollo has directly placed over $10 billion of financing for its funds’ portfolio companies.
Acquisition Criteria
Consistent with our business, strategy, we have identified the following general criteriaresults of operations and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets for our initial business combination. We will

5


leverage these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire target businesses that we believe:

are leading companies that have exhibited positive top-line growth and/or are experiencing secular tailwinds;financial condition;

have defensibleWe are a holding company, our principal asset is an equity interest in GBT and established business models, with sustainable competitive advantagesour ability to pay taxes and multiple avenues for growth;expenses will depend on distributions made by our subsidiaries and may be otherwise limited by our structure and the terms of our existing and future indebtedness;

can potentially benefit from havingThe classification of the Board may have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging, delaying or preventing a public currency to accelerate growth trajectory;

can benefit from our management team and Apollo’s operating expertise, industry network and financing experience;

are not reliant on financial leverage to generate returns;

are at the point in their lifecycle at which going public is a natural next step;change of control; and

We have incurred significant increased costs as a result of being a newly public company, and our management will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return for our shareholders.be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
We do not intend to pursue an acquisition in the natural resources or energy industries, including the upstream, midstream and energy services sub-sectors.
These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussedSee “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus would befor more information.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the formSecurities Act, as modified by the Section 102(b)(1) of proxy solicitationthe Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or tender offer materialsrevised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that we would filehave not had a registration statement under the Securities Act declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the SEC.
Initial Business Combination
new or revised financial accounting standards. The rulesJOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the NYSE requireextended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we must consummate our initial business combination with oneas an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions held in trust)revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our signingfinancial statements with those of another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will makelarge accelerated filer, which means the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directorscommon equity that is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a memberheld by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent accounting firmend of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.
We may pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with our sponsor, Apollo, or one or more of its affiliates, one or more Apollo Funds and/or investorsterm in the Apollo Funds, which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Any such issuance of equity or equity-linked securities would, on a fully diluted basis, reduce the percentage ownership of our then-existing shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B ordinary shares, issuances or deemed issuances of Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities would result in an adjustment to the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares such that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination), unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to such issuance or deemed issuance at the time thereof. Neither our sponsor nor Apollo, nor any of their respective affiliates, have an obligation to make any such investment, and may compete with us for potential business combinations.JOBS Act.

6


We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisition as described above. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% of net assets test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for seeking shareholder approval or for purposes of a tender offer, as applicable.
Our Acquisition Process
In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a rigorous due diligence review of issues that we deem important to validating a company’s business quality and assessing growth and value creation opportunities, allowing our management team to price returns relative to potential risks appropriately. This review may encompass, among other things, research related to the company’s industry, markets, products, services and competitors, meetings with incumbent management and employees, on-site visits and a review of financial and other information which will be made available us. Our approach to the acquisition process will be centered around leveraging Apollo’s existing network and knowledge base across its integrated platform and our management team’s operational and capital allocation expertise to target high-quality, established businesses where we see multiple opportunities for continued organic and strategic growth.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
Apollo, members of our management team and our independent directors will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors have not selected a target business for our initial business combination. All of the members of our management team are also employed by Apollo. Apollo is continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) engaged in any substantive discussions, with respect to a business combination transaction. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

7


Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Certain members of our management team and directors who are affiliated with Apollo have fiduciary duties or are subject to contractual obligations or policies and procedures that require them to present business opportunities that may be appropriate for one or more Apollo Funds to the respective investment committees of such funds prior to presenting such opportunities to us regardless of the capacity in which they are made aware of such opportunities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity, including an Apollo entity, to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such other entity. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledge and we will waive any claim or cause of action we may have in respect thereof. In addition, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.
In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, our officers and directors have and will have in the future time and attention requirements for current and future investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Apollo or its affiliates. Apollo manages a significant number of Apollo Funds and will raise additional funds and/or accounts in the future, which will be during the period in which we are seeking our initial business combination. These Apollo investment entities may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity. To the extent any conflict of interest arises between, on the one hand, us and, on the other hand, investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Apollo or its affiliates (including, without limitation, arising as a result of certain of our officers and directors being required to offer acquisition opportunities to Apollo or investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities), Apollo and its affiliates will resolve such conflicts of interest in their sole discretion in accordance with their then existing fiduciary, contractual and other duties and there can be no assurance that such conflict of interest will be resolved in our favor.
In addition, Apollo or its affiliates, as well as Apollo Funds, has sponsored other blank check companies in the past and may sponsor other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination, and members of our management team may participate in such blank check companies. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates and the board and management teams. However, we do not expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.
Corporate Information
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability. Our website address is www.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock.
Our principal executive offices areoffice is located at 9 West 57666 3rd Avenue, 4th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, NY 10019, and our10017. Our telephone number is (212) 679-1600.
 
84

 
(212) 515-3200. Upon completionTHE OFFERING
Issuer
Global Business Travel Group, Inc.
Issuance of this offering, our corporate website address will be https://apollostrategicgrowthcapital.com. Our websiteClass A Common Stock
Total shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all public warrants, private placement warrants and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to invest in our securities.GBTG Options
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)75,986,935 shares
Exercise price of the Securities Actpublic warrants and private placement warrants
$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein
Use of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.proceeds
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We will remainreceive up to an emerging growth company untilaggregate of approximately $454 million from the earlierexercise of (1)all public warrants and private placement warrants, assuming the last dayexercise in full of all such warrants for cash. We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $288 million from the fiscal year (a) followingexercise of all GBTG Options, assuming the fifth anniversaryexercise in full of all such options for cash. We expect to use the completionnet proceeds from such exercises for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and other business opportunities and the repayment of this offering, (b) in whichindebtedness. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which meanswould receive is, among other things, dependent upon the market valueprice of our Class A ordinaryCommon Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the warrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable. See the section of this prospectus titled “Use of Proceeds” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
Resale of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
Shares of Class A Common Stock that may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders
492,628,569 shares that is heldof Class A Common Stock
Warrants offered by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million asthe Selling Securityholders hereunder
12,234,134 warrants
Use of proceeds
All of the prior June 30th,shares of Class A Common Stock and (2)public warrants offered by the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities duringSelling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall haveSelling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.proceeds from such sales.
Transfer Restrictions
Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies incorporated with limited liability wishing to conduct business outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complyingIn connection with certain provisions ofagreements related to the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied for and expect to receive a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.Business Combination, certain Selling Securityholders who received Founder Shares, GBTG Options, GBT MIP Options, GBT B Ordinary Shares, Class B Common
 
95

 
Stock, “earnout” shares and any shares of Class A Common Stock into which such stock and shares are converted are subject to a post-Closing lock-up until the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date. The OfferingPIPE Securities will not be subject to a post-Closing lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements.”
In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not onlyaddition, the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors.”
Securities offered
75,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

one Class A ordinary share; and

one-third of one warrant.
Proposed NYSE symbols
We anticipate that the units, the Class A ordinary shares and warrants, once they begin separate trading, will be listed on the NYSE under the following symbols:
Units: “APSG.U”
Class A Ordinary Shares: “APSG”
Warrants: “APSG WS”
Trading commencement and
separation of Class A ordinary shares and warrants
The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless the representative informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and warrants. No fractional warrants will beCommon Stock issued upon separationconversion of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least three units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.
Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.
Separate trading of the Class A
ordinary shares and warrants is
prohibited until we have filed a
Current Report on Form 8-K
In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds promptly after the closing of this offering, which closing is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is

10


exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
Units:
Number outstanding before this offering
None
Number outstanding after this offering
75,000,000(1)
Ordinary shares:
Number outstanding before this offering
21,562,500 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)
Number outstanding after this offering
93,750,000 ordinary shares, consisting of 75,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 18,750,000 Class B ordinary shares(1)(3)
Warrants:
Number of private placement warrants to be sold in a private placement simultaneously with this offering
11,333,334(1)
Number of warrants to be outstanding after this offering and the private placement
36,333,334(1)
Exercisability
Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Only whole warrants are exercisable. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade.
Exercise period
The warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. The private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. On the exercise of any warrant, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.
(1)
Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the forfeiture by our sponsor of 2,812,500 founder shares.
(2)
Includes up to 2,812,500 Class B ordinary shares thatFounder Shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending ontransfer restrictions pursuant to the extentSponsor Side Letter. The Sponsor and the Insiders are not permitted to transfer such shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to certain permitted exceptions, until the earlier to occur of (a) one year following the Closing and (b) the date which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.
(3)
The shares included in the units areVWAP of Class A ordinary shares. Founder shares are classified as Class B ordinary shares, which shares are convertible into our Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution.”

11


No public warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Class A ordinary shares and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement, including in connection with a cashless exercise permitted as a result of a notice of redemption described below under “— Redemption of warrants when the priceCommon Stock exceeds $12.00 per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00”).
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00
Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (excluding the private placement warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities — Warrants —  Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading day period ending threedays. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions —Sponsor Side Letter Amendment.”
Dividend Policy
We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock to date. The payment of any cash dividends in the future will be within the discretion of our Board at such time. Furthermore, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law. We currently expect to retain future earnings to finance operations and grow our business, days beforeand we senddo not expect to declare or pay cash dividends for the notice of redemptionforeseeable future.
Pursuant to the warrant holders (whichSenior Secured Credit Agreement, so long as GBT is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, GBT may make Tax Distributions (as defined and set forth in the Shareholders Agreement after the effectiveness thereof), subject to certain limitations on future amendments, if any, to the Shareholders Agreement and certain restrictions on making Tax Distributions with respect to any income included under Section 965(a) of the Code. We may receive tax distributions from GBT significantly in excess of our tax liabilities. If we refer to as the “Reference Value”).
We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless an effective registration statementbecome a guarantor under the Securities Act coveringSenior Secured Credit Agreement, then our ability to make dividends on the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exerciseCommon Stock in the amount of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relatingany excess cash balances from such tax distributions, as well as certain other cash dividends, would be subject to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00
Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.10 per warrant:

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the tablefixed-dollar caps set forth under “Description of

12


Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants” based onin the redemption date andSenior Secured Credit Agreement in the “fair market value”event that the total leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) would be greater than 3.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. If we do not become a guarantor, then the ability of our Class A ordinary shares (as defined below) except as otherwise described in “Description of Securities — Warrants —  Public Shareholders’ Warrants”; and

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustmentssubsidiaries to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”).
The “fair market value” of our Class A ordinary shares for the above purpose shall mean the volume weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares during the ten trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sentmake certain cash dividends to the holders of warrants. This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in other blank check offerings. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the ten trading day period described above ends. In no event will the warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment).
No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder. Please see the section entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants” for additional information.
None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.
Founder shares
As of the date of this prospectus, our initial shareholders owned an aggregate of 21,562,500 founder shares. The number of founder shares was determined based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering. As such, our initial shareholders will collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). In September 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors. Up to 2,812,500 founder shares will be subject to forfeiture by our initial shareholders (or their permitted transferees) depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised so that our initial shareholders will maintain ownership of 20% of our ordinary shares after this offering.
The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:similar restrictions.
 
13



only holders of the founder shares have the right to vote on the election or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination;

in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares will have ten votes for every founder share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share;

the founder shares are Class B ordinary shares that automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein;

the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below;

our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in a manner that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window and (iii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame). If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 28,125,001, or 37.5%, of the 75,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised); and

the founder shares are entitled to registration rights.

146

 
Transfer restrictions on founder sharesNYSE Symbol
Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any founder shares held by them until one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (i) the last sale price of“GBTG” for our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjustedCommon Stock and “GBTG.WS” for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations andour public warrants.
Risk Factors
See the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (ii) we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in allsection titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”). We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up.
Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights
We have outstanding 21,562,500 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert intoother information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizationsCommon Stock and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination).
Voting
Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares (our Class B ordinary shares) will have the right to vote on the election or removal of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the election or removal of directors during such time. In addition, in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares will have ten votes for every founder share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share and, as a result, our initial shareholders will be able to approve any such proposal without the vote of any other shareholder. These provisions of our amended and restatedwarrants.
 
15


memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law or the applicable rules of the NYSE then in effect, holders of our founder shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.
Private placement warrants
Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (or 12,833,334 private placement warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($17,000,000 in the aggregate or $19,250,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Each whole private placement warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein.
A portion of the purchase price of the private placement warrants will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing $750.0 million (or $862.5 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement warrants will expire worthless.
So long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will not be redeemable by us and will be exercisable on a cashless basis. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than our sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering. The private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants.
Transfer restrictions on private placement warrants
The private placement warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until the date that is 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except as described below under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”).
Cashless exercise of private placement warrants
If holders of private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by

16


surrendering their warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “sponsor fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the sponsor fair market value. The “sponsor fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. The reason that we have agreed that these warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether they will be affiliated with us following a business combination. If they remain affiliated with us, their ability to sell our securities in the open market will be significantly limited. We expect to have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling our securities except during specific periods of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders will be permitted to sell our securities, an insider cannot trade in our securities if they are in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public shareholders who could sell the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants freely in the open market, the insiders could be significantly restricted from doing so. As a result, we believe that allowing the holders to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.
Proceeds to be held in trust
account
The rules of the NYSE provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants be deposited in a trust account. Of the proceeds we will receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants described in this prospectus, $750.0 million, or $10.00 per unit ($862.5 million, or $10.00 per unit, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee and $17.0 million (or $19.3 million, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be used to pay the initial underwriting discounts and commissions, to pay expenses in connection with the closing of this offering and for working capital following this offering. The proceeds to be placed in the trust account include $26.3 million (or $30.2 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commissions.
Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to make permitted withdrawals, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of (a) the completion of our initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and

17


restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window, or (c) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.
Anticipated expenses and funding sources
Except as described above with respect to the payment of taxes from interest earned on the funds held in the trust account, unless and until we complete our initial business combination, no proceeds held in the trust account will be available for our use, except the withdrawal of interest to make permitted withdrawals. The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We will disclose in each quarterly and annual report filed with the SEC prior to our initial business combination whether the proceeds deposited in the trust account are invested in U.S. government treasury obligations or money market funds or a combination thereof. We estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $3.8 million per year, assuming an interest rate of 0.5% per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount. Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, we may pay our expenses only from:

the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not held in the trust account, which will be approximately $0.8 million in working capital after the payment of approximately $1.2 million in expenses relating to this offering;

any loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, although they are under no obligation to advance funds or invest in us, and provided that any such loans will not have any claim on the proceeds held in the trust account unless such proceeds are released to us upon completion of our initial business combination; and

permitted withdrawals.
Conditions to completing our initial business combination
There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. The NYSE rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions held in trust and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

18


If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses or we are considering an initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.
We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including, but not limited to, an Affiliated Joint Acquisition. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% of net assets test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the transactions together as our initial business combination for seeking shareholder approval or for purposes of a tender offer, as applicable.
Permitted purchases of public shares and public warrants by our affiliates
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are

19


prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Proposed Business — Permitted Purchases of our Securities” for a description of how our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.
The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or our public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.
There is no limit on the number of public shares and public warrants that our initial shareholders, sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may purchase pursuant to the transactions described above.
Redemption rights for public shareholders in connection
with our initial business combination
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares in connection with our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting

20


commissions we will pay to the underwriters. There will be no redemption rights in connection with our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering.
Limitations on redemptions
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, a greater net tangible asset or cash requirement may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all our Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all our Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.
Manner of conducting
redemptions
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares in connection with our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require shareholder approval, while direct mergers with our company and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.
If we hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will:

21



conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.
If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of our ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of our outstanding ordinary shares representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding ordinary shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial shareholders will count towards this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 28,125,001, or 37.5%, of the 75,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised). We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all.
We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. We believe that this will allow our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or action from the redeeming public shareholders, which could delay redemptions and result in additional administrative cost. If the proposed business combination is not approved and we continue to search for a target business, we will promptly return any certificates delivered, or shares tendered electronically, by public shareholders who elected to redeem their shares.
If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will:

22



conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies. Although we are not required to do so, we currently intend to comply with the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any shareholder vote even if we are not able to maintain our NYSE listing or Exchange Act registration.
Upon the public announcement of our business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.
In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.
Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote
Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, without our prior consent. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are

23


not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our business combination.
Redemption rights in connection with proposed amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association
Some other blank check companies have a provision in their constitutional documents which prohibits the amendment of certain constitutional provisions. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the private placement warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein, but excluding the provision of the articles relating to the appointment of directors, which requires the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting), may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote in a general meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who will beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering), may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose.
Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

24


Release of funds in trust account on completion of our initial business combination
On the completion of our initial business combination, the funds held in the trust account will be used to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights for public shareholders in connection with our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting commissions, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.
Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we will have only the completion window to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.
Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window. However, if our initial shareholders or management team acquire

25


public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted completion window.
The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commissions held in the trust account in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and subsequently liquidate and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.
Payments to insiders
There will be no restrictions on payments to insiders. We expect that some or all of the following payments will be made to Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination, other than from any permitted withdrawals:

repayment of up to an aggregate of $750,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

reimbursement for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to us by our sponsor, in an amount equal to $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months;

underwriting discounts and commissions paid to Apollo Global Securities, LLC;

underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder’s fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similar fees for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination;

reimbursement of legal fees and expenses incurred by our sponsor, officers or directors in connection with our formation, the initial business combination and their services to us;

reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination; up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender; the warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period; except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

26


Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.
Audit Committee
We will establish and maintain an audit committee, which initially will be composed of a majority of independent directors and, within one year of the date of this offering, will be composed entirely of independent directors to, among other things, monitor compliance with the terms described above and the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to promptly take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section entitled “Management — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee.”
Conflicts of Interest
Apollo manages a significant number of Apollo Funds. Apollo and its affiliates, as well as Apollo Funds, may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Apollo may be suitable for both us and for current or future Apollo Funds and may be directed to such Apollo Funds rather than to us. Neither Apollo nor members of our management team who are also employed by Apollo have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware. Apollo and/or our management, in their capacities as employees of Apollo will be, or in their other endeavors may be, required to present potential business combinations to other entities, before they present such opportunities to us.
In addition, Apollo or its affiliates, as well as Apollo Funds, may sponsor other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination, and members of our management team may participate in such blank check companies. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among the management teams. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with investors in the Apollo Funds. Such entities may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.
Underwriting Conflict of
Interest
Because our sponsor, an affiliate of Apollo Global Securities, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares prior to the consummation of this offering, Apollo Global Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of

27


FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Apollo Global Securities, LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. Please see “Underwriting (Conflict of Interest)” for more information.
Indemnity
Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or by a prospective target business with which we have entered into a letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn in permitted withdrawals. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

28


Risks
We are a blank check company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. This offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. Please see “Proposed Business — Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419” for additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
Summary Financial Data
The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.
As of June 30, 2020
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital deficit$   —
Total assets$
Total liabilities$
Value of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.$
Total shareholder’s equity$

297

 
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together withIn addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur,risks have the potential to impact our business and operations. These risk factors are not exhaustive and all investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to our business, financial condition and operatingprospects. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, theof operations and future growth prospects. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you couldmay lose all or part of your investment.
Certain membersRisks Relating to Our Business and Industry
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on our business, including our financial results and prospects, and the travel suppliers on which our business relies.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, many governments around the world have implemented, and continue to implement, a variety of measures to reduce the spread of COVID-19, including travel restrictions and bans, instructions to residents to practice social distancing, quarantine advisories, shelter-in-place orders, required closures of non-essential businesses and additional restrictions on businesses as part of re-opening plans. These government mandates have had a significant negative impact on the travel industry and many of the travel suppliers on which our business relies, as well as on our workforce, operations and clients. While restrictions have been fully or partly lifted in many geographies, some restrictions remain in place or may be reinstated in the future. There remains uncertainty around when remaining restrictions will be lifted, the potential impact of the new variants of COVID-19, if additional restrictions may be initiated, if there will be changes to travel behavior patterns when government restrictions are fully lifted, the continued efficacy of existing vaccines and other preventative therapies against the new variants and the timing of distribution and administration of vaccines and other preventative therapies globally.
The COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting economic conditions and government orders forced many of our travel suppliers, including airlines and hotels, to pursue cost reduction measures and seek financing, including government financing and support, in order to reduce financial distress and continue operating, and to curtail drastically their service offerings. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in the restructuring or bankruptcy of certain of those travel suppliers, and renegotiation of the terms of our agreements with them. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a material decrease in business and consumer spending and an unprecedented decline in transaction volumes in the global travel industry. Our financial results and prospects are largely dependent on these transaction volumes. As a result, our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were significantly and negatively impacted, with a material decline in total revenues, net income, cash flow from operations and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics”) as compared to 2019, our last year of normalized operations. Our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $763 million and $793 million, respectively, compared to revenue of $2,119 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Further, (i) we incurred a net loss of $475 million and $619 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, compared to a net income of $138 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, (ii) we had cash outflow from operations of $512 million and $250 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, compared to cash inflow from operations of $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and (iii) our Adjusted EBITDA was $(340) million and $(363) million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $428 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Starting late in the fourth quarter of 2020, initial COVID-19 vaccines were approved for widespread distribution across the world. With vaccination programs well advanced in many countries, many governments around the world have lifted restrictions and transaction volumes in the global travel industry have experienced a material recovery. As of May 2022, transaction volumes, including Egencia and Ovation, were approximately 70% of 2019 levels. However there remains uncertainty around the path to full economic and travel recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, we are unable to predict accurately the

8


impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our business going forward. While travel has historically been resilient to macroeconomic events, with the continued spread of COVID-19 and other variants throughout the world, the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects could continue to have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the foreseeable future.
The ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and the impact on our results of operations is uncertain.
The extent of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations, cash flows and growth prospects are uncertain and will ultimately depend on future developments. These include, but are not limited to, the severity, extent and duration of the global pandemic, including as a result of any new variants of COVID-19, any resurgences of the pandemic, the global distribution of the vaccines and other preventative therapies and their efficacy against existing and any future variants of COVID-19, and their impacts on the travel industry and business and consumer spending more broadly; actions taken by national, state and local governments to contain the spread of COVID-19, including travel restrictions and bans, required closures of non-essential businesses, constraints on businesses during reopening transitions and aid and economic stimulus efforts; the effect of the changes in hiring levels and remote working arrangements that we have implemented on our operations, including the health, productivity, retention and morale of management and boardour employees and our ability to maintain our financial reporting processes and related controls; the impact on the financial condition on our supplier partners, and any potential restructurings or bankruptcies of our supplier partners; the impact on our contracts with our supplier partners, including force majeure provisions and requests to renegotiate the terms of existing agreements prior to their expiration, including providing temporary concessions regarding contractual minimums; our ability to withstand increased cyberattacks; the speed and extent of the recovery across the broader travel ecosystem, including the speed at which clients feel comfortable traveling again as restrictions on travel are lifted, which we believe will be impacted by the pace of roll out and continued effectiveness of widespread vaccinations or treatments; short- and long-term changes in travel patterns, including business travel; and the duration, timing and severity of the impact on client spending, including how long it takes to recover from economic recessions and inflationary pressures resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic may continue to spread in regions that have not yet been affected or have been minimally affected by the COVID-19 pandemic after conditions begin to recover in currently affected regions, which could continue to affect our business. Also, existing restrictions in affected areas could be extended after COVID-19 has been contained in order to avoid resurgent waves, and regions that recover from the COVID-19 pandemic may suffer from a resurgence and re-imposition of restrictions. There may also be restrictions on certain travel activity related to whether travelers have been vaccinated. Governmental restrictions and societal norms with respect to travel may change permanently in ways that cannot be predicted and that can change the travel industry in a manner adverse to our business. Additionally, the potential failure of travel service providers and travel agencies (or acquisition of troubled travel service providers or travel agencies) may result in further consolidation of the industry, potentially affecting market dynamics for our services.
Our business is dependent on the ability of businesses to travel, particularly by air. The ability of businesses to travel internationally has been significantly impacted by the various travel restrictions between countries. While business performance has improved with the relaxation of some of these restrictions, economic and operating conditions for our business may not fully recover to pre COVID-19 levels unless and until most businesses are once again willing and able to travel, more companies have re-opened and fully staffed their offices and our travel suppliers are once again able to serve those businesses. This may not occur until well after the broader global economy has fully recovered and recent inflationary, labor and supply chain disruption challenges abate. Additionally, our business is also dependent on corporate sentiment and travel and expense spending patterns. Macroeconomic uncertainty in key geographical areas as a consequence of direct or indirect impacts of COVID-19 may negatively impact corporate travel and expense spending. Even though we have seen improvements in the economic and operating conditions for our business since the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot predict the long-term effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business or the travel industry as a whole. If the travel industry is fundamentally changed by the COVID-19 pandemic in ways that are detrimental to our operating model, our business may continue to be adversely affected even if the broader global economy recovers.

9


To the extent that the COVID-19 pandemic continues to adversely affect our business and financial performance, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks identified in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness.
Our revenue is derived from the global travel industry, and a prolonged or substantial decrease in global travel, particularly air travel, could adversely affect us.
Our revenue is derived from the global travel industry and would be significantly impacted by declines in, or disruptions to, travel activity, particularly air travel. Global factors over which we have no control but which could impact our clients’ willingness to travel and, depending on the scope and duration, cause a significant decline in travel volumes include, among other things:

widespread health concerns, epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, the Zika virus, H1N1 influenza, the Ebola virus, avian flu, SARS or any other serious contagious diseases;

global security concerns caused by terrorist attacks, the threat of terrorist attacks, or the precautions taken in anticipation of such attacks, including elevated threat warnings or selective cancellation or redirection of travel;

cyber-terrorism, political unrest, the outbreak of hostilities or escalation or worsening of existing hostilities or war, such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, resulting sanctions imposed by the U.S. and other countries and retaliatory actions taken by sanctioned countries in response to such sanctions;

natural disasters or severe weather conditions, such as hurricanes, flooding and earthquakes;

climate change-related impact to travel destinations, such as extreme weather, natural disasters and disruptions, and actions taken by governments, businesses and supplier partners to combat climate change;

the occurrence of travel-related accidents or the grounding of aircraft due to safety concerns;

the impact of macroeconomic conditions and labor shortages on the cost and availability of airline travel; and

adverse changes in visa and immigration policies or the imposition of travel restrictions or more restrictive security procedures.
Any decrease in demand for consumer or business travel could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The widespread adoption of teleconference and virtual meeting technologies could reduce the number of in-person business meetings and demand for travel and our services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business and growth strategies rely in part upon our clients’ continued need for in-person meetings and conferences. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, teleconference and virtual meeting technologies have become significantly more popular and many businesses have substituted these technologies for part or all of their in-person meetings and conferences. Even if and when the spread of COVID-19 is contained and travel and other restrictions are lifted, we cannot predict whether businesses will continue to choose to substitute these technologies for part or all of their in-person meetings and conferences and whether employer and employee attitudes toward business travel will change in a lasting way. Should businesses choose to continue to substitute these technologies for part or all of their in-person meetings and conferences and the preferences of our clients shift away from in-person meetings and conferences, it would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The travel industry is highly competitive.
The travel industry, and the business travel services industry, are highly competitive, and if we cannot compete effectively against the number and type of sellers of travel-related services, we may lose sales to our competitors, which may adversely affect our financial results and performance. We currently compete, and will continue to compete, with a variety of travel and travel-related companies, including other corporate

10


travel management service providers, consumer travel agencies and emerging and established online travel agencies. We also compete with travel suppliers, such as airlines and hotels, where they market their products and services directly to business travelers through platforms used by consumers to book and fulfill travel, including by offering more favorable rates, exclusive products and services and loyalty points to business travelers who purchase directly from such travel suppliers through B2C channels. B2C may include business travelers who purchase travel outside of a company-sponsored and managed channel, or whose companies does not have such a channel. We compete, to a lesser extent, with credit card loyalty programs, online travel search and price comparison services, facilitators of alternative accommodations such as short-term home or condominium rentals and social media and e-commerce websites.
Some of our competitors may have access to more financial resources, greater name recognition and better established client bases in their target client segments, differentiated business models, technology and other capabilities or a differentiated geographic coverage, which may make it difficult for us and our Network Partners to retain or attract new clients.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against any current, emerging and future competitors or provide sufficiently differentiated products and services to our client and traveler base. Increasing competition from current and emerging competitors, consolidation of our competitors, the introduction of new technologies and the continued expansion of existing technologies may force us to make changes to our business models, which could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. If we cannot compete effectively against the number and type of sellers of travel-related services, we may lose sales to our competitors, which may adversely affect our financial results and performance.
Consolidation in the travel industry may result in lost bookings and reduced revenue.
Consolidation among travel providers, including airline mergers and alliances, may increase competition from distribution channels related to those travel providers and place more negotiating leverage in the hands of those travel providers to attempt to lower booking fees further and to lower commissions. Examples include the competing bids to buy Spirit from JetBlue and Frontier, the merger of United and Continental Airlines, the merger of American Airlines and US Airways, the acquisition of AirTran Airways by Southwest Airlines and the merger of British Airways and Iberia and subsequent acquisitions of Aer Lingus and Vueling and the acquisition of Virgin America by Alaska Air Group. In addition, cooperation has increased within the Oneworld, SkyTeam and Star Alliance. Changes in ownership of travel providers may also cause them to direct less business towards us. If we are unable to compete effectively, our suppliers could limit our access to their content, including exclusive content, and favorable fares and rates and other incentives, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Mergers and acquisitions of airlines may also result in a reduction in total flights and overall passenger capacity and higher fares, which may adversely affect the ability of our business to generate revenue.
Consolidation among travel agencies and competition for clients may also adversely affect our results of operations, since we compete to attract and retain clients. In addition, decisions by airlines to surcharge the channel represented by travel management companies and travel agencies, for example, by surcharging fares booked through or passing on charges to travel management companies and travel agencies, or introduction of such surcharges to fares booked through the Global Distribution Systems through which a material share of our content is sourced, could have an adverse impact on our business, particularly in regions in which our GDS is a significant source of bookings for an airline choosing to impose such surcharges. To compete effectively, we may need to increase incentives, pre-pay incentives, discount or waive product or service fees or increase spending on marketing or product development.
Further, as consolidation among travel providers increases, the potential adverse effect of a decision by any particular significant travel provider (such as an airline) to withdraw from or reduce its participation in our services also increases. The COVID-19 pandemic has increased the risk that our Network Partners voluntarily or involuntarily declare bankruptcy or otherwise cease or limit their operations, which could harm our business and results of operations. In particular, the potential harm to our business and results of operations is greater if there are bankruptcies or closures of larger partners such as airlines.

11


Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by macroeconomic conditions.
Our business and financial performance is affected by macroeconomic conditions. Travel expenditures are sensitive to personal and business-related discretionary spending levels and tend to decline or grow more slowly during economic downturns, including during periods of slow, slowing or negative economic growth, higher unemployment or inflation rates, weakening currencies and concerns over government responses such as higher taxes or tariffs, increased interest rates and reduced government spending. Concerns over government responses to declining economic conditions such as higher taxes and reduced government spending could impair consumer and business spending and adversely affect travel demand. In addition, our relative exposure to certain sectors compared to the broader economy may mitigate or exacerbate the effect of macroeconomic conditions. The global travel industry, which historically has grown at a rate in excess of global GDP growth during economic expansions, has experienced cyclical downturns in the past in times of economic decline or uncertainty. Future adverse economic developments in areas such as employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, tax rates, environmental impacts, fuel and energy costs and other matters could reduce discretionary spending and cause the travel industry to contract.
Given our presence in the UK, we may also be impacted by the UK’s withdrawal from the EU (“Brexit”), which has created substantial economic and political uncertainty which may not be resolved for several years or more. This uncertainty may impact overall demand, the relative value of foreign currencies and the cost of travel and travel services and may ultimately result in new regulatory and cost challenges to our UK and other international operations. Since some of the details of Brexit continue to unfold, we are unable to predict all of the effects Brexit will have on our business and results of operations.
In addition to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic described above, other macroeconomic uncertainties beyond our control, such as oil prices, geopolitical tensions, consumer confidence, large-scale business failures, tightened credit markets and stock market volatility, terrorist attacks, changing, unusual or extreme weather or natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, fires, droughts and volcanic eruptions (whether due to climate change or otherwise), travel-related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as COVID-19 and any existing or new variants, Ebola and Zika, political instability, changes in economic conditions, wars and regional and international hostilities, such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the imposition of taxes, tariffs or surcharges by regulatory authorities, changes in trade policies or trade disputes, changes in immigration policies or other travel restrictions or travel-related accidents have previously and may in the future create volatility in the travel market and negatively impact client travel behavior. In addition, an increased focus on the environmental impact of travel could also affect the travel market and travel behavior. While we strive to promote our and our clients’ mutual commitment to a more sustainable future for business travel, if we are unable to find economically viable and/or publicly acceptable solutions that allow us to maintain our commitment to sustainability and net-zero emissions, we could lose business or experience reputational harm. In addition, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as we grow our operations as a newly public company. See “Risks Relating to Ownership of the Class A Common Stock and this Offering—We have incurred significant increased costs as a result of being a newly public company, and our management will be required to present opportunitiesdevote substantial time to Apollo priornew compliance initiatives.”
As an intermediary in the travel industry, a significant portion of our revenue is affected by prices charged by our travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels and car rental companies. Events or weaknesses specific to a supplier industry segment could negatively affect our business. For example, events specific to the airline industry that could impact us include air fare fluctuations, airport, airspace and landing fee increases, increases in fuel prices, environmental impacts, seat capacity constraints, removal of destinations or flight routes, travel-related strikes or labor unrest, political instability and wars. Similarly, travel suppliers often face destination overcapacity issues and imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, which can lower their travel volumes and impact our revenue. During periods of poor economic conditions, airlines and hotels tend to reduce rates or offer discounted sales to stimulate demand, thereby reducing our commission-based income. A slowdown in economic conditions may also result in a decrease in transaction volumes and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
While decreases in prices for flights and other travel products generally increase demand, such price decreases generally also have a negative effect on the commissions we earn. The overall effect of price increases or decreases in the global travel industry is therefore uncertain.

12


The uncertainty of macroeconomic factors and their impact on client behavior, which may differ across regions, makes it more difficult to forecast industry and client trends and the timing and degree of their impact on our markets and business, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to effectively manage our business and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Downturns in domestic or global economic conditions, or other macroeconomic factors more generally, could have adverse effects on our results of operations.
While we make our strategic planning decisions based on the assumption that the markets we are targeting will grow in the long term, our business is dependent, in large part on, and directly affected by, business cycles and other factors affecting the global travel industry and the global economy generally. The global travel industry depends on general economic conditions and other factors, including consumer spending and preferences, changes in inflation rates, as the U.S. and various other major economies are now experiencing, consumer confidence, fuel costs, fuel availability, environmental impact, governmental incentives and regulatory requirements, and political volatility, especially in energy-producing countries and growth markets.
In addition, the outbreak of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine and global reactions thereto have increased U.S. domestic and global energy prices. Oil supply disruptions related to the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and sanctions and other measures taken by the U.S. and its allies, could lead to higher costs for gas, food, and goods in the U.S. and other geographies and exacerbate the inflationary pressures on the worldwide economy, with potentially adverse impacts on our customers and on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our international business exposes us to geo-political and economic risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.
We have operations in over 31 countries worldwide, including the U.S., UK, Canada, Germany, Mexico, China and France, and we indirectly provide services to travelers worldwide through our partners and affiliates. Our international operations can pose complex management, compliance, foreign currency, legal, tax, labor, data privacy and economic risks that we may not adequately address, including changes in the priorities and budgets of international travelers and geo-political uncertainties, which may be driven by changes in threat environments and potentially volatile worldwide economic conditions, various regional and local economic and political factors, risks and uncertainties, as well as U.S. foreign policy. We are also subject to a number of other risks with respect to our international operations, including:

the absence in some jurisdictions of effective laws to protect our intellectual property rights;

multiple and possibly overlapping and conflicting tax laws;

duties, taxes or government royalties, including the imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on the activities of, and remittances and other payments by, our non-U.S. subsidiaries;

restrictions on movement of cash;

the burden of complying with a variety of national and local laws;

political, economic and social instability, including as a result of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine;

currency fluctuations;

longer payment cycles;

price controls or restrictions on exchange of foreign currencies;

trade barriers; and

potential travel restrictions.
The existence of any one of these risks could harm our international business and, consequently, our operating results. Additionally, operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources and may negatively affect our business and financial results.

13


Complaints from travelers or negative publicity about our services can diminish client confidence and adversely affect our business.
Client complaints or negative word-of-mouth or publicity about our services or operations could severely diminish client confidence in and use of our services. To maintain good client relations, we must ensure that our travel advisors and partners and affiliates provide prompt, accurate and differentiated client service. Effective client service requires significant personnel expense and investment in developing programs and technology infrastructure to help our travel advisors, partners and affiliates carry out their functions. These expenses, if not managed properly, could significantly impact our profitability. Failure to properly manage our travel advisors, partners and affiliates could compromise our ability to handle client complaints effectively. If we do not handle client complaints effectively, our reputation and brand may suffer, and we may not receive any opportunitylose our travelers’ confidence, which could reduce revenues and profitability.
Certain results and trends related to acquireour business and the travel industry more generally are based on preliminary data and assumptions, and as a target business that would be attractive to us.
Certain members of our management team and directors, including those who are affiliated with Apollo, have fiduciary duties orresult, are subject to contractualchange and may differ materially from what we expect.
We present certain results and trends in this prospectus related to our business and the travel industry more generally, which are based on an analysis of then available or preliminary data, and the results, related findings or conclusions are subject to change. No assurance can be given that these results and trends, or that our expectations surrounding our business or the travel industry, will be accurate. These risks are heightened by the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, macroeconomic conditions and the impact of these events on the travel industry and our business. Further, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur and change the outlook surrounding our business and the travel industry in material ways. Accordingly, certain of our expectations related to our business and the travel industry more generally may not occur as expected, if at all, and actual results or trends presented may differ materially from what we expect.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
We have existing indebtedness, and we may be able to incur additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. The credit facilities under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are secured by liens on substantially all of our assets and any indebtedness we incur in the future may also be so secured. Although the agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, these restrictions are subject to several significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences, including the following:

it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including debt service requirements under our outstanding debt;

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions or policiesother general corporate purposes may be impaired;

a substantial portion of cash flow from operations is required to be dedicated to the payment of principal and procedures that require theminterest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to presentuse our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities and other purposes;

we could be more vulnerable to economic or business downturns, adverse industry conditions and other factors affecting our operations, and our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry is more limited;

our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures, as compared to our competitors, may be compromised due to our high level of debt and the restrictive covenants in our existing or future indebtedness;

14



our ability to receive distributions from our subsidiaries and to pay taxes, expenses and dividends may be adversely affected by the terms of our debt;

increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt; and

our ability to borrow additional funds or to refinance debt may be limited.
Moreover, in the event of a default under any of our indebtedness, the holders of our indebtedness could elect to declare such indebtedness be due and payable and/or elect to exercise other rights, such as the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement terminating their commitments thereunder or instituting foreclosure proceedings against their collateral, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
The terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be appropriate for onein our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

incur or more entities,guarantee additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

incur liens;

consummate certain fundamental changes (such as acquisitions, mergers or liquidations);

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets, including Apollo Funds,capital stock of subsidiaries;

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock;

make investments, acquisitions, loans, or advances;

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the respective investment committees of such entitiesborrower or funds prior to presenting such opportunities to us regardlessthe guarantors of the capacitydebt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement;

change of the nature of our business;

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; and

designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
Under certain circumstances, the restrictive covenants in which they are made awarethe Senior Secured Credit Agreement require us to satisfy certain financial incurrence tests in order to engage in certain transactions, including to incur certain additional indebtedness and to make certain dividends. Our ability to satisfy those tests can be affected by events beyond our control. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also requires that an aggregate amount of such opportunities. Liquidity, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, equal to at least $200 million be maintained as of the end of each calendar month. Liquidity is calculated as the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the borrower and guarantors of the debt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and their restricted subsidiaries plus, under certain circumstances, the unused amount available to be drawn under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.
As a result of the restrictions described above, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns, to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. Such restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include similar or more restrictive covenants and other restrictions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants and other restrictions in the future or that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders or amend the covenants. In addition, any such waivers or amendments could cause us to incur significant costs, fees and expenses.
Our failure to comply with those covenants or other restrictions contained in our existing or future debt could result in an event of default. In the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness could

15


elect to declare such indebtedness be due and payable and/or elect to exercise other rights, such as the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement terminating their commitments thereunder or instituting foreclosure proceedings against their collateral, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. If any such acceleration or foreclosure action occurs, we may not receivehave sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us.
Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our outstanding indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt or seek additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that any opportunitysuch actions, if necessary, could be effected on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements could restrict us from effecting any of these actions. For example, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that include restrictions on our ability to, acquireamong other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, consummate certain fundamental changes (such as acquisitions, mergers or liquidations), dispose of assets, pay dividends or other distributions, make investments and enter into transactions with affiliates. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all the debt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. See “Business — Description of Certain Indebtedness” for more information. Any such event of default or acceleration could have an adverse effect on the trading price of the Class A Common Stock. Furthermore, the terms of any future debt we may incur could have further additional restrictive covenants. We may not be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future, and in the event that we are not able to maintain compliance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders or amend the covenants.
Our credit ratings are periodically reviewed by rating agencies, including Standard & Poors. These ratings, and any downgrades or any written notice of any intended downgrading or of any possible change, have and may affect our ability to borrow and may increase our costs of borrowings. Any failure to raise additional funds on favorable terms could have a targetmaterial adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Our Dependence on Third Parties
If we are unable to maintain existing, and establish new, arrangements with travel suppliers, or if our travel suppliers and partners reduce or eliminate the commission and other compensation they pay us, our business thatand results of operations would be attractivenegatively impacted.
Our business is dependent on our ability to us. Our amendedmaintain our relationships and restated memorandumarrangements with existing travel suppliers, such as airlines, hotels, car rentals, hotel consolidators, destination services companies and articlesGDSs, as well as our ability to establish and maintain relationships with new travel suppliers. Adverse changes in key arrangements with our travel suppliers, including an inability of association will provide thatany key travel supplier to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledge and we will waive any claim or cause of action we may have in respect thereof. We cannot guarantee that any opportunity that would be suitable for us will not be pursued by another entity, including Apollo or an Apollo Fund, or that any opportunity that is passed upon by such other entity will be referredfulfill its payment obligation to us in a timely manner, increasing industry consolidation, changes in travel suppliers’ booking practices regarding groups, or our inability to enter into or renew arrangements with these parties on favorable terms, if at all, could reduce the amount, quality, pricing and breadth of the travel services and products that we are able to offer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We generate a significant portion of our revenue from commissions and incentive payments from travel suppliers, especially airline suppliers, and GDSs. If, as a result of a reduction in volumes from airlines shifting volume away from GDSs to the International Air Transport Association’s New Distribution Capacity, or any other reason, travel suppliers or GDSs reduce or eliminate the commissions, incentive payments or other

16


compensation they pay to us, our revenue may decline unless we are able to adequately mitigate such reduction by increasing the service fee we charge to our travelers or increasing our transaction volume in a sustainable manner. However, increase in service fees may also result in a loss of potential travelers.
Although we generally maintain formal contractual relationships with our travel suppliers, we do currently, and may continue to, maintain more informal arrangements with certain travel suppliers which can be terminated with or without notice and which can create uncertainty with respect to the agreed terms including pricing. If these arrangements are terminated unexpectedly, or there is disagreement regarding the terms of the agreement with such travel supplier, our financial results or operations could be negatively impacted.
We cannot assure you that our agreements or arrangements with our travel suppliers or travel-related service providers will continue or that our travel suppliers or travel-related service providers will not reduce commissions, terminate their contracts, make their products or services unavailable to us or default on or dispute their payment or other obligations with us, any of which could reduce our revenue and margins or may require us to initiate legal or arbitral proceedings to enforce contractual payment obligations, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected if one or more of our major travel suppliers suffers a deterioration in its financial condition or restructures its operations or, as a result of consolidation in the travel industry, loses bookings and revenue.
A substantial portion of our revenue is affected by the prices charged by our travel suppliers, including airlines, GDS service providers, hotels, destination service providers and car rental suppliers, and the volume of products offered by our travel suppliers. As a result, if one or more of our major suppliers suffers a deterioration in its financial condition or restructures its operations, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In particular, as a substantial portion of our revenue depends on our sale of airline flights, we could be adversely affected by changes in the airline industry, including consolidations or bankruptcies and liquidations, and in many cases, we have no control over such changes. Consolidation among travel suppliers, including airline mergers and alliances, may increase competition from direct distribution channels related to those travel suppliers and place more negotiating leverage in the hands of those travel suppliers to attempt to lower booking fees and to lower commissions. Changes in ownership of travel suppliers may also cause them to direct less business towards us. If we are unable to compete effectively, our suppliers could limit our access to their content, including exclusive content, and favorable fares and rates and other incentives, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Mergers and acquisitions of airlines may also result in adjustments to routes, a reduction in total flights and overall passenger capacity and changes in fares, which may adversely affect the ability of our business to generate revenue.
Unless we maintain good relationships with our TPN and renew existing, or enter into new, TPN agreements, we may be unable to expand our business, and our financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
Through our Travel Partner Network, we expand our global reach through a set of partners that operate locally (most in non-proprietary regions) under the American Express Global Business Travel and Egencia brands. The partners from the TPN either participate in the network for a fixed fee or use a transaction-based fee structure and deliver service to our global and regional corporate clients as part of an integrated network. In order to generate increased revenue and achieve higher levels of profitability, we must consistently renew, and enter into new, TPN agreements. The benefits we provide our Network Partners are subject to risks common to the overall travel industry, including factors outside of our control. Additionally, a decline in our financial condition or results of operations may hamper our success in identifying, recruiting, and entering into TPN agreements with a sufficient number of new qualified partners. In addition, our ability, and the ability of our partners, to successfully expand into new markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance of our brand. To the extent that we are unable to retain competitive travel products and services for our Network Partners, implement effective marketing and promotional programs, and foster recognition and affinity for our brands in new markets, our Network Partners may not perform as expected, and our TPN may be less attractive to independent travel agencies than procuring services directly or through different channels, which may significantly delay or impair our

17


growth. Additionally, a disruption to a TPN relationship may impact customer retention and our financial conditions and results of operations may suffer.
We may have disputes with our Network Partners, and they may refuse to implement our strategies or seek to terminate their agreements with us if the brands’ performance is worse than they expected.
Our Network Partners are an integral part of our business, and we may be unable to successfully implement our growth strategy if our Network Partners refuse to participate in such strategies. For example, the refusal by our Network Partners to actively make our travel product and service offerings available to travelers would have a negative impact on our success. In addition, it may be difficult for us to monitor the implementation of our growth strategy by international partners due to our lack of personnel in the markets served by such businesses.
We may have disputes with our Network Partners with respect to our execution of our growth strategy or our performance under their respective agreements. As a result of such disputes, our Network Partners may seek to terminate their agreements with us, we may have to pay losses and damages to them and/or travelers, and our brand image may be adversely impacted. Our business, the results of our operations and our financial conditions may be adversely affected by the premature or unexpected termination of our Network Partner agreements.
We plan to renew our existing Network Partner agreements upon expiration. However, we may be unable to retain our Network Partners by renewing such agreements on satisfactory terms, or at all. If a significant number of our existing Network Partner agreements are not renewed, our revenue and profit may decrease. If we cannot attract and retain new Network Partners to replace expired Network Partner relationships, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
ApolloOur TPN could take actions that may harm our business.
Our TPN are independent businesses and are not our employees. As such, we do not exercise control over their day-to-day operations. Our TPN may choose not to refer certain opportunities to us due to reputational interests, financial interests, confidentiality concerns, legal, regulatory, tax and any other interests or considerations relevant to Apollo, its clients andoperate their respective portfolio companies.
Apollo, together with its clients, engagestravel services businesses in a broad rangemanner consistent with industry standards, our requirements or standards, or the requirements or standards of business activitiesapplicable laws or governmental authorities. If our TPN were to provide diminished quality of service to clients, engage in fraud, including fraud related to our commission structure, misconduct or negligence or otherwise violate the law, our image and investsreputation may suffer materially, and we may become subject to liability claims based upon their actions. Any such incidents could adversely affect our results of operations.
Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our business.
Some of our travel suppliers, including some of our largest airline clients, have sought to increase usage of direct distribution channels. For example, these travel suppliers are trying to move more client traffic to their proprietary websites. This direct distribution trend enables them to apply pricing pressure on intermediaries and negotiate travel distribution arrangements that are less favorable to intermediaries. With travel suppliers’ adoption of certain technology solutions over the last decade, air travel suppliers have increased the proportion of direct bookings relative to indirect bookings. In the future, airlines may increase their use of direct distribution, which may cause a material decrease in a broad rangetheir use of businessesour services. Travel suppliers may also offer travelers advantages through their websites such as special fares and assets. Apollo takes into account interests of its affiliates, clients and each ofbonus miles, which could make their respective portfolio companies (including reputational interests, financial interests, confidentiality concerns, legal, regulatory, tax and any other interests or considerations that ariseofferings more attractive than those available from timeus.
In addition, with respect to time) when determining whether to pursue (or how to structure) a potential transaction or investment opportunity. As a result, it is possible that Apolloancillary products, travel suppliers may choose not to refercomply with the technical standards that would allow ancillary products to be immediately distributed via intermediaries, thus resulting in a business opportunitydelay before these products become available through us relative to us or that members of our management or directors who are affiliated with Apollo mayavailability through direct distribution. In addition, if enough travel suppliers choose not to pursue an opportunity notwithstanding thatdevelop ancillary products in a standardized way with respect to technical standards our investment in adapting our various systems to enable the sale of ancillary products may not be successful.
Companies with close relationships with end clients, like Facebook, as well as new entrants introducing new paradigms into the travel industry, such opportunity would be attractiveas metasearch engines like Google, may promote alternative

18


distribution channels by diverting client traffic away from intermediaries and travel agents, which may adversely affect our business and financial results.
Risks Relating to us dueEmployee Matters, Managing Our Growth and Other Risks Relating to the reputational, financial, confidentiality, legal, regulatory, tax and/or other interests or considerations of Apollo and its affiliates (including Apollo’s Managing Partners).Our Business
We are a blank check companyOur ability to identify, hire and retain senior management and other qualified personnel is critical to our results of operations and future growth.
Much of our future success depends on the continued service, availability and performance of our senior management and other qualified personnel, particularly our professionals with no operating historyexperience in the travel industry. Any of these individuals may choose to terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of any of these individuals could harm our business and no revenues, and youreputation, especially if we have no basisnot been successful in developing adequate succession plans. Our business is also dependent on which to evaluate our ability to achieveretain, hire and motivate talented, highly skilled personnel across all levels of our business objective.
organization. We are a blank check company established under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to retain personnel or to attract other highly qualified personnel, particularly if we do not offer employment terms that are competitive with the rest of the labor market. As such, we may experience higher compensation costs to retain senior management and qualified personnel that may not be offset by improved productivity or increased sales. If we are unable to continue to successfully attract and retain key personnel, our business may be harmed.
As we continue to grow, including from the integration of employees and businesses acquired in connection with previous or potential future acquisitions, we may find it difficult to hire, integrate, train, retain and motivate personnel who are essential to our future success.
We may not be able to accurately predict our future capital needs, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.
We may need to raise additional funds in the future. Any required additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, investors may experience significant dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our Common Stock. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility and would also require us to incur interest expense. If additional financing is not available when required or is not available on acceptable terms, we may have to scale back our operations, and we may not be able to expand our business, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could negatively impact our revenue and the competitiveness of our services.
We may be unable to identify and consummate new acquisition opportunities, which would significantly impact our growth strategy.
Acquisitions have been and are expected to continue to be a critical part of our growth strategy. The travel service industry is highly competitive, and we face competition for acquisition opportunities from many other entities, including financial investors, some of which are significantly larger, have greater resources and lower costs of capital, are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and completing acquisitions. This competitive market for a small number of business opportunities may make it more challenging to identify and successfully capitalize on acquisition opportunities that meet our objectives. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not complete acquisitions successfully that we target in the future. Further, the fact that we are subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) under the BHC Act could limit our ability to engage in acquisition activity (See “— Risks Relating to Regulatory, Tax and Litigation Matters — Because we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and our business, results of operations and financial condition”). In addition, under the Shareholders Agreement, American Express could prevent us from engaging in acquisitions of companies that provide products and services other than certain pre-approved products and services, if, after cooperating with us for a period of time to reach a mutually agreeable

19


solution, American Express reasonably concludes that such acquisitions would have an adverse effect on American Express’s regulatory status under applicable banking laws. If we cannot identify and acquire desirable businesses at favorable prices, or if we are unable to finance acquisition opportunities on commercially favorable terms, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See ‘‘Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.’’
Acquisition activity presents certain risks to our business, operations and financial condition, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals contemplated at the time of a transaction. We have made, and in the future, expect to make, acquisitions to expand into new travel and geographic markets. Our ability to successfully implement our acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate acquisitions, including the Egencia Acquisition, and, if necessary, to obtain satisfactory debt or equity financing to fund those acquisitions. Mergers and acquisitions are inherently risky, and any mergers and acquisitions that we complete may not be successful. We regularly consider acquisition opportunities as well as other forms of business combinations. Historically, we have been involved in numerous transactions of various magnitudes, for consideration which included cash, securities or combinations thereof. We intend to continue to evaluate and pursue appropriate acquisition opportunities as they arise in the expansion of our operations. No assurance can be given with respect to the timing, likelihood or financial or business effect of any possible transaction. As part of our regular ongoing evaluation of acquisition opportunities, we are currently engaged in a number of unrelated preliminary discussions concerning possible acquisitions. We are in the early stages of such discussions and have not entered into any agreement in principle with respect to any possible acquisitions not expressly described in this prospectus. The purchase price for possible acquisitions may be paid in cash, through the issuance of equity, the incurrence of additional indebtedness or a combination thereof. Prior to consummating any such possible acquisition, we, among other things, will need to satisfactorily complete our initialdue diligence investigation, negotiate the financial and other terms (including price) and conditions of such acquisitions, obtain necessary consents and approvals, and if necessary, obtain financing. Furthermore, our ability to consummate and finance acquisitions may be limited by the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements. We cannot predict if any such acquisition will be consummated or, if consummated will result in a financial or other benefit to us. The process of integrating an acquired company’s business, combination.including Egencia’s business, into our operations and investing in new technologies is challenging and may result in expected or unexpected operating or compliance challenges, which may require significant expenditures and a significant amount of our management’s attention that would otherwise be focused on the ongoing operation of our business. The potential difficulties or risks of integrating an acquired company’s business include the following, among others, which risks can be magnified when one or more integrations are occurring simultaneously or within a small period of time:

the effect of the acquisition on our financial and strategic positions and our reputation;

risk that we are unable to obtain the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, including synergies, economies of scale, revenues and cash flow;

retention risk with respect to key clients, service providers and travel advisors, and challenges in retaining, assimilating and training new employees;

potential increased expenditure on human resources and related costs;

retention risk with respect to an acquired company’s key executives and personnel;

potential disruption to our ongoing business;

especially high degree of risk for investments in immature businesses with unproven track records and technologies, with the possibility that we may lose the value of our entire investments or incur additional unexpected liabilities;

risk of entering new jurisdictions and becoming subject to foreign laws and regulations not previously applicable to us;

potential diversion of cash for an acquisition, ongoing operations or integration activities that would limit other potential uses for cash including information technology (“IT”) infrastructure, marketing and other investments;

20



the assumption of known and unknown debt and other liabilities and obligations of the acquired company;

potential integration risks relating to acquisition targets that do not maintain internal controls and policies and procedures over financial reporting as would be required of a public company, which may amplify our risks and liabilities with respect to our ability to maintain appropriate internal controls and procedures;

inadequacy or ineffectiveness of an acquired company’s disclosure controls and procedures and/or environmental, health and safety, anti-corruption, human resources or other policies and practices;

challenges in reconciling accounting issues, especially if an acquired company utilizes accounting principles different from those that we use; and

challenges in complying with newly applicable laws and regulations, including obtaining or retaining required approvals, licenses and permits.
We anticipate that any future acquisitions we may pursue as part of our business strategy may be partially financed through additional debt or equity. If new debt is added to current debt levels, or if we incur other liabilities, including contingent liabilities, in connection with an acquisition, the debt or liabilities could impose additional constraints and requirements on our business and operations, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If we are not able to obtain such necessary financing, it could have an impact on our ability to consummate a substantial acquisition and execute our growth strategy. Also, consideration paid for any future acquisitions could include the Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, which could cause dilution to existing stockholders and to earnings per share.
We may not realize the intended benefits of the Egencia Acquisition.
On November 1, 2021, we completed the Egencia Acquisition. However, we may not realize some or all of the expected benefits of the Egencia Acquisition. Integrating Egencia into our business may be disruptive to our business and may adversely affect our existing relationships with employees and business partners. Uncertainties related to the integration of Egencia may also impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel and could divert the attention of our management and other employees from day-to-day business and operations. If Expedia, Inc. were to fail to fulfill all of its obligations under the Egencia TSA (as defined herein), we might not be able to replace these services in a timely manner, which may prevent us from fully realizing the benefits of the Egencia Acquisition. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects of our business may be adversely affected.
Any due diligence conducted by us in connection with potential future acquisitions may not reveal all relevant considerations or liabilities of the target business, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We intend to conduct such due diligence as we deem reasonably practicable and appropriate based on the facts and circumstances applicable to any potential acquisition. The objective of the due diligence process will be to identify material issues which may affect the decision to proceed with any one particular acquisition target or the consideration payable for an acquisition. We also intend to use information revealed during the due diligence process to formulate our business and operational planning for, our valuation of and integration planning for, any target company or business. While conducting due diligence and assessing a potential acquisition, we may rely on publicly available information, if any, information provided by the relevant target company to the extent such company is willing or able to provide such information and, in some circumstances, third party investigations.
We cannot assure you that the due diligence undertaken with respect to a potential acquisition will reveal all relevant facts that may be necessary to evaluate such acquisition or to formulate a business strategy. Furthermore, the information provided during due diligence may be incomplete, inadequate or inaccurate. As part of the due diligence process, we will also make subjective judgments regarding the results of operations, financial condition and prospects of a potential opportunity. If the due diligence investigation

21


fails to correctly identify material issues and liabilities that may be present in a target company or business, or if we consider such material risks to be commercially acceptable relative to the opportunity, and we proceed with an acquisition, we may subsequently incur substantial impairment charges or other losses.
We face pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations.
We have underfunded pension and other postretirement benefit obligations to certain of our associates and retirees in the UK, in particular through the HRG Pension Scheme, under which we have funding obligations. We also have limited underfunded and/or unfunded pension and other postretirement benefit obligations in Germany, Italy, France, Switzerland, Mexico and Taiwan. Our ability to satisfy the funding requirements associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations to our employees and retirees will depend on our cash flows from operations and our ability to access credit and the capital markets. The funding requirements of these benefit plans and the related expense reflected in our consolidated financial statements are affected by several factors that are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and volatility, including government regulation.
Key assumptions used to value our benefit obligations and the cost of providing such benefits under all of our defined benefit plans, funding requirements and expense recognition include the discount rate, the expected long-term rate of return on pension assets, and assumptions underlying actuarial methods. If the actual trends in these factors are less favorable than our assumptions, we may need to contribute cash to fund our obligations under these plans, thereby reducing cash available to fund our operations or service our debt, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As of March 31, 2022, our unfunded/underfunded pension obligations were $316 million. Further declines in the value of the plan investments or unfavorable changes in law or regulations that govern pension plan funding could materially change the timing and amount of required funding.
Under the UK Pensions Act 2004, the Pensions Regulator in the UK may issue a contribution notice or a financial support direction to any employer in the HRG Pension Scheme or any person who is connected with or is an associate of any such employer. The Pensions Regulator must satisfy a number of prescribed statutory tests in order to do so. The terms “associate” and “connected person” are broadly defined in the relevant legislation and could cover our significant shareholders and others deemed to be shadow directors under the legislation.
Liabilities imposed under a contribution notice or financial support direction may be up to the amount of the buy-out deficit in the HRG Pension Scheme.
Under the arrangements with the trustees of the HRG Pension Scheme, an actuarial valuation of the assets and liabilities of the scheme is undertaken every three years in order to determine cash funding rates. When a valuation is calculated, the funding position is affected by the financial market conditions at the valuation date. If the returns on the assets are lower than expected over the period to the next valuation, or a lower future investment return assumption is adopted at the next valuation, the deficit would likely increase, potentially leading to a higher level of future deficit payments.
A decline in the liability discount rate, lower-than-expected investment return on pension assets and other factors could affect our results of operations or amount of pension funding contributions in future periods.
Our results of operations may be negatively affected by the amount of expense we record for our pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, reductions in the fair value of plan assets and other factors. We calculate income or expense for our plans using actuarial valuations in accordance with GAAP.
These valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions used to estimate pension or other post-retirement benefit income or expense for the following year are the discount rate applied to plan liabilities and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, we are required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant charge to shareholders’ equity. For a discussion regarding how our financial statements can be affected by pension and other post-retirement benefits, see note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Although GAAP expense and pension funding contributions are impacted by different

22


regulations and requirements, the key economic factors that affect GAAP expense would also likely affect the amount of cash or securities we would contribute to the pension plans.
Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Data Security and Privacy
Any termination of the A&R Trademark License Agreement for rights to the American Express trademarks used in our business, including failure to renew the license upon expiration, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we executed the A&R Trademark License Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, we executed long-term commercial agreements with American Express, including the A&R Trademark License Agreement, pursuant to which we continue to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, continue to license the American Express trademarks used in American Express Meetings & Events (solely during a 12-month transition period) brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand. If we fail to completecomply with certain of our obligations under the A&R Trademark License Agreement or for other specified reasons (including, without limitation, if such trademark license materially and detrimentally impacts the validity, enforceability or value of the American Express trademarks, if certain net promoter scores or corporate customer satisfaction scores decline or other events occur constituting a “Major Brand Event” as such term is used in the A&R Trademark License Agreement, if such trademark license is no longer permitted under, or if we materially violate any, applicable banking laws, including the BHC Act, and if any of certain competitors of American Express become beneficial owners of more than a certain percentage of our equity securities), American Express can terminate the A&R Trademark License Agreement following applicable notice and/or satisfaction by American Express of certain conditions, provided that in certain circumstances we may be able to avoid termination through satisfaction of certain conditions. Following termination of the A&R Trademark License Agreement, including any failure to renew the license upon expiration of the initial term, we may be required to immediately cease using the licensed American Express trademarks used in our brands and, in limited circumstances upon a termination by American Express for cause, pay liquidated damages to American Express, each of which could adversely affect our business, combination,financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure to maintain or enhance the reputation of our brands, including the licensed American Express trademarks used in our business, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
If we will neverare unable to maintain or enhance the reputation of our brands, including the American Express Global Business Travel, American Express Meetings & Events brand (solely during a 12-month transition period) and American Express GBT Meetings & Events brands that are licensed under the A&R Trademark License Agreement with American Express, and generate demand in a cost-effective manner, it could negatively impact our ability to compete in the travel industry and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Brand value can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may occur in the ordinary course of our business or the business of our partners or affiliates. Other incidents may arise from events that are or may be beyond our control and may damage our brands, such as actions taken (or not taken) by one or more travel suppliers, travel advisors, partners or affiliates relating to information security and data privacy, adverse publicity, litigation and claims, failure to maintain high ethical and moral standards for all of our operations and activities, failure to comply with local laws and regulations, and illegal activity targeted at us or others. If, under the A&R Trademark License Agreement, certain events impacting the licensed American Express trademarks used in our business occur, we may be required to financially contribute to a fund to rehabilitate the licensed American Express trademarks used in our business and/or American Express may be entitled to terminate the A&R Trademark License Agreement. Our brand value could diminish significantly if any operating revenues.such incidents or other matters erode client confidence in us or in American Express with respect to the licensed American Express trademarks used in our business, which may result in a decrease in client activity, our total travel advisor count and, ultimately, lower fees, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

23


Our public shareholderscommitments under, and limitations imposed by, the A&R Trademark License Agreement for rights to the American Express trademarks used in our business, could adversely affect our business and result of operations.
As a condition of our license for the American Express trademarks used in our business, we are required to (i) offer, promote and market only American Express payment products to any of our current or potential clients, (ii) make American Express products and services the default and/or first payment option when our clients and their personnel use or otherwise select a payment method, and (iii) exclusively use American Express payment products including the American Express corporate card for our business, each subject to certain exceptions. We are also limited in our ability to offer, promote, market or provide any scorecard or travel-related benefit to or through any American Express competitor, third party travel agency or any other third party, in each case as a card member benefit. These restrictions may prohibit us from entering into advantageous business opportunities with unrelated parties, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any termination of, or failure to renew, the agreement with American Express related to joint negotiations with travel suppliers for travel supplier content for both us and American Express’ Travel and Lifestyle Services division, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Under the Travel and Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement with American Express, we negotiate with certain travel suppliers on our behalf and on behalf of American Express’ Travel and Lifestyle Services division for travel content to be provided to our respective clients and for various supplier incentives.
Under certain of our travel supplier agreements, our compensation is based on the total amount of travel volume sold by both us and certain third parties, including American Express’ Travel and Lifestyle Services division (“TLS”). If we are unable to include the TLS travel volume in the total amount of travel volume attributed to us under these travel supplier agreements, whether as a result of a termination of the Travel and Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement with American Express (“TLSOA”), any failure of the parties to renew the TLSOA upon expiration, or otherwise, our performance under these travel supplier agreements could be impacted, and our associated compensation reduced, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to develop new and innovative technologies or enhance our existing technologies and grow our systems and infrastructure in response to changing client demands and rapid technological change, our business may suffer.
The travel industry is subject to changing client preferences and demands relating to travel and travel-related services, including in response to constant and rapid technological change. These characteristics are changing at an even greater pace as travel providers seek to address client needs and preferences resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. If we are unable to develop or enhance technology in response to such changes, products or technologies offered or developed by our competitors may render our services less attractive to travelers.
Our ability to provide best-in-class service to our travelers depends upon the use of sophisticated information technologies and systems, including technologies and systems used for reservation systems, communications, procurement and administrative systems. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we continuously need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer and provide support for an increasing number of travelers and travel providers enhanced products, services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure. We may fail to effectively scale and grow our systems and infrastructure to accommodate these increased demands. Further, our systems and infrastructure may not be afforded an opportunityadequately designed with the necessary reliability and redundancy to voteavoid performance delays or outages that could be harmful to our business, or could contain errors, bugs or vulnerabilities.
Our future success also depends on our ability to understand, adapt and respond to rapidly changing technologies in the travel industry that will allow us to address evolving industry standards and to improve the breadth, diversity and reliability of our services. For example, technological platforms that include the use

24


of artificial intelligence (“AI”) to analyze known traveler data and preferences to develop a tailored travel plan are being developed. As they are in the early stages, we must understand and respond to the potential impacts of such technology.
We may not be successful, or may be less successful than our current or new competitors, in developing such technology, which would negatively impact our business and financial performance.
If we are not able to maintain existing systems, obtain new technologies and systems, or replace or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors or in a cost-effective manner, our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. Also, we may not achieve the benefits anticipated or required from any new technology or system or be able to devote financial resources to new technologies and systems in the future.
We rely on information technology to operate our business. System interruptions, defects and slowdowns, including with respect to information technology provided by third parties, may cause us to lose travelers or business opportunities or to incur liabilities.
We rely on IT systems to service our clients and enable transactions to be processed on our platforms. If we are unable to maintain and improve our IT systems and infrastructure, this may result in system interruptions, defects and slowdowns. In the event of system interruptions and/or slow delivery times, prolonged or frequent service outages or insufficient capacity that impedes us from efficiently providing services to travelers, we may lose travelers and revenue or incur liabilities. Further, errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, design defects, or technical limitations within our IT Systems may lead to negative experiences for our clients, compromised ability to perform services in a manner consistent with our terms, contracts, or policies, delayed product introductions or enhancements, compromised ability to protect the data of our users, other clients, employees and business partners and/or our intellectual property or other data, or reductions in our ability to provide some or all of our services.
Our IT systems are vulnerable to damage, interruption or fraudulent activity from various causes, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results from operations including:

power losses, computer systems defects or failure, errors, bugs or vulnerabilities, computer viruses and other contaminants, internet and telecommunications or data network failures, losses and corruption of data and similar events;

operator error, penetration by individuals seeking to disrupt operations, misappropriate information or perpetrate fraudulent activity and other physical or electronic breaches of security;

the failure of third party software, systems or services that we rely upon to maintain our own operations;

lack of cloud computing capabilities and other technical limitations; and

natural disasters, fires, pandemics, wars and acts of terrorism.
In addition, we are dependent upon software, equipment and services provided and/or managed by third parties in the operation of our business. We currently rely on a variety of third party systems, service providers and software companies, including GDSs and other electronic central reservation systems used by airlines, various channel managing systems and reservation systems used by other travel suppliers, as well as other technologies used by payment gateway providers. In particular, we rely on third parties for:

the hosting of our websites;

the hosting of websites of our travel suppliers, which we may rely on;

certain software underlying our technology platform;

transportation ticketing agencies to issue transportation tickets and travel assistance products, confirmations and deliveries;

assistance in conducting searches for airfares and to process air ticket bookings;

25



processing hotel reservations for hotels not connected to our management systems;

processing credit card, debit card and net banking payments;

providing computer infrastructure critical to our business;

providing after hours travel management services; and

providing client relationship management services.
Any disruption or failure in the software, equipment and services provided and/or managed by these third parties, or errors, bugs or vulnerabilities, could result in performance delays, outages or security breaches that could be harmful to our business. Generally, our third party IT service providers have disaster recovery and business continuity plans relating to the services provided to us. However, if certain system failures occur, we may not be able to switch to back-up systems immediately, and the time to fully recover could be prolonged.
In the event that the performance of such software, equipment or services provided and/or managed by third parties deteriorates or our arrangements with any of these third parties related to the provision and/or management of software, equipment or services are terminated, we may not be able to find alternative services, equipment or software on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to find alternative services, equipment or software, we may not be able to do so without significant cost or disruptions to our business, and our relationships with our travelers may be adversely impacted. Our failure to secure agreements with such third parties, or the failure of such third parties to perform under such agreements, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may have inadequate insurance coverage or insurance limits to compensate for losses from a major interruption, and remediation may be costly and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Any extended interruption or degradation in our technologies or systems could significantly curtail our ability to conduct our business and generate revenue.
Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to protect our proprietary software and subject us to possible litigation.
We use open source software in connection with our software development. From time to time, companies that use open source software have faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or demanding compliance with open source license terms. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software, or claiming non-compliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source licenses require licensees who distribute software containing, linking to or derived from open source software to make publicly available the source code of such distributed software, which in some circumstances could be valuable proprietary code, license our software for free or permit others to make derivative works based on such software. While we have implemented policies to ensure that no open source software is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code, license our software for free or permit others to make derivative works based on it, there can be no guarantee that such use could not inadvertently occur. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code, license it for free or license it for purposes of making derivative works, and any requirement to pay damages for breach of contract and/or intellectual property infringement may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition, and could help our competitors develop services that are similar to or better than ours.
Our processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal data, including of travelers and our employees, exposes us to risks stemming from possible failure to comply with governmental law and regulation and other legal obligations.
In our processing of travel transactions, we or our travel suppliers and third party service providers collect, use, analyze and transmit a large volume of personal information. There are numerous laws with a significant impact on our operations regarding privacy, cyber security and the storage, sharing, use, analysis, processing, transfer, disclosure and protection of personal information and consumer data, the scope of

26


which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent between states within a country or between countries. For example, the European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), became effective on May 25, 2018, and has resulted and will continue to result in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with users and operations in the EU. The GDPR imposes numerous technical and operational obligations on processors and controllers of personal data and provides numerous protections for individuals in the EU, including, but not limited to, notification requirements for data breaches, the right to access personal information and the right to delete personal information. The GDPR provides data protection authorities with enforcement powers which include the ability to restrict processing activities and impose fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenues of the infringer, whichever is greater. In addition, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU to a “third country,” including the U.S. (and, pending a potential adequacy decision by the European Data Protection Board, the UK, as further discussed below). These obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. As a result of our relationship with American Express, we currently have the benefit of the Binding Corporate Rules which govern inter-company international data transfers that are intended to achieve compliance with such data transfer rules. However, there is no guarantee that the Binding Corporate Rules will be deemed sufficient to achieve compliance with data protection legislation in each jurisdiction or that our relationship with American Express and the use of the Binding Corporate Rules will continue. In addition, we are currently in the process of transitioning to the use of our own Binding Corporate Rules and there is no guarantee that such transition will be successfully completed or be sufficient to achieve compliance with applicable data protection legislation.
Additionally, the UK’s exit from the EU has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the UK. The UK Data Protection Act contains provisions, including its own derogations, for how the GDPR is applied in the UK. The UK Data Protection Act has been enacted alongside the UK GDPR.
From the beginning of 2021 (when the transitional period following Brexit expired), we have been required to continue to comply with GDPR and also the UK Data Protection Act and the UK GDPR, under which the applicable entities may be subject to fines for non-compliance that are of the same amount as provided for in the GDPR. The relationship between the UK and the EU remains uncertain, including, for example, the role of the UK’s supervisory authority and how data transfers between the UK and the EU and other jurisdictions will be treated. In February 2021, the European Commission proposed to issue the UK with an “adequacy” decision to facilitate the continued free flow of personal data from the EU member states to the UK. This decision is subject to the review and/or approval of the European Data Protection Board and a committee composed of EU member state representatives. More recently, in May 2021, the European Parliament issued a resolution asking the Commission to modify its draft decisions on whether or not the UK data protection is adequate and personal data can safely be transferred there. Accordingly, the UK currently remains a “third country” for the purposes of data transfers from the EU to the UK following the expiration of the personal data transfer grace period (from January 1, 2021) set out in the EU and UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, unless the adequacy decision is adopted in favor of the UK. If an adequacy decision is not adopted in respect of the personal data transfers between the EU and the UK, then alternative contractual measures to transfer data to the UK from the EU will need to be implemented. These changes will increase our overall risk exposure, and we may also incur costs to comply with any new requirements and restrictions for data transfers.
Further, we are subject to evolving laws and regulations that dictate whether, how, and under what circumstances we can transfer, process and/or receive personal data. For example, in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union invalidated the “EU-US Privacy Shield,” a framework for transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area to the United States. While the same Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) decision considered and left intact the Standard Contractual Clauses, another mechanism to safeguard data transfers from the EU to third countries, including the U.S., reliance on SCCs is subject to enhanced due diligence on the data importer’s national laws, according to the CJEU. Additional measures may have to accompany the SCCs for a transfer to be compliant. If a new transatlantic data transfer framework is not adopted and we are unable to continue to rely on SCCs or validly rely upon other alternative means of data transfers from the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom to the U.S. and other countries where safeguards for transfers of personal data are required under the GDPR

27


(and UK GDPR), we may be unable to operate material portions of our business combination,in the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom as a result of the CJEU’s ruling and related guidance of competent European and national agencies, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, if we are restricted from sharing data among our products and services, or if we are restricted from sharing data with our travel suppliers and third party service providers, it could affect our ability to provide our services or the manner in which we provide our services. Our current data transfer practices may also be more closely reviewed by supervisory authorities and could become subject to private actions.
In the U.S., the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) became effective on January 1, 2020, and limits how we may collect and use personal information, including by requiring companies that process information relating to California residents to make disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and sharing practices, provide consumers with rights to know and delete personal information and allow consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties. The CCPA also creates an expanded definition of personal information, imposes special rules on the collection of consumer data from minors, and provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase the likelihood and cost of data breach litigation. The potential effects of this legislation are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur substantial costs and expenses in compliance and potential ligation efforts. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which will go into effect in 2023, creates certain additional rights for California residents. For example, the CPRA creates the new category of “sensitive personal information,” which covers data types such as precise geolocation information, biometric information, race and ethnicity, and information regarding sex life or sexual orientation. The CPRA also creates new rights for California residents to direct a business to limit the use and disclosure of such information to that which is necessary to perform the services reasonably expected by the consumer and to request that a company correct inaccurate personal information that is retained by the company. The Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, which will go into effect in 2023, gives new data protection rights to Virginia residents and imposes additional obligations on controllers and processors of consumer data similar to the CCPA and CPRA. Other states have signed into law or are considering legislation governing the handling of personal data, indicating a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the U.S. In addition to the existing framework of data privacy laws and regulations, the U.S. Congress, U.S. state legislatures and many states and countries outside the U.S. are considering new privacy and security requirements that would apply to our business. Compliance with current or future privacy, cyber security, data protection, data governance, account access and information and cyber security laws requires ongoing investment in systems, policies and personnel and will continue to impact our business in the future by increasing our legal, operational and compliance costs and could significantly curtail our collection, use, analysis, sharing, retention and safeguarding of personal information and restrict our ability to fully maximize our closed-loop capability, deploy data analytics or AI technology or provide certain products and services, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability. We or our third party service providers could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our or our third party service providers’ business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our or our third party service providers’ business, results of operations or financial condition.
As a merchant that processes and accepts cards for payment, we have adopted and implemented internal controls over the use, storage and security of card data pursuant to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards. We assess our compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards rules on a periodic basis and make necessary improvements to our internal controls. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be liable for card issuing banks’ costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our clients, or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. For existing and future payment options we offer to both our corporate clients and travel suppliers, we may become subject to additional regulations and compliance requirements, including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes, which could result in significant costs to us and our travel suppliers and reduce the ease of use of our payments options.
While we have taken steps to comply with privacy, cyber security, data protection, data governance, account access and information and cyber security laws and PCI-DSS, any failure or perceived failure by us,

28


our third party service providers, our independent travel advisors or our partners or affiliates to comply with the privacy policies, privacy- or cyber security-related obligations to travelers or other third parties, or privacy- or cybersecurity-related legal obligations could result in potentially significant regulatory and/or governmental investigations and/or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions, monetary penalties and damages, ongoing regulatory monitoring and increased regulatory scrutiny, client attrition, diversion of management’s time and attention, decreases in the use or acceptance of our cards and damage to our reputation and our brand, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance. In recent years, there has been increasing regulatory enforcement and litigation activity in the areas of privacy, data protection and information and cyber security in the U.S., the EU and various other countries in which we operate.
Cybersecurity attacks or security breaches could adversely affect our ability to operate, could result in personal information and our proprietary information being lost, stolen, made inaccessible, improperly disclosed or misappropriated and may cause us to be held liable or subject to regulatory penalties and sanctions and to litigation (including class action litigation), which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.
We, and our travel suppliers and third party service providers on our behalf, collect, use and transmit a large volume of personal information, which pose a tempting target for malicious actors who may seek to carry out cyber-attacks against us or our suppliers or service providers. The secure transmission of client information over the internet is essential in maintaining the confidence of travel suppliers and travelers. Substantial or ongoing data security breaches or cyber-attacks, whether instigated internally or externally on our system or other internet-based systems, expose us to a significant risk of loss, theft, the rendering inaccessible, improper disclosure or misappropriation of this information, and resulting regulatory actions, litigation (including class action litigation) and potential liability, damages and regulatory fines and penalties, and other related costs (including in connection with our investigation and remediation efforts), which could significantly affect our reputation and harm our business. Further, some of our third party service providers, travel suppliers and other third parties may receive or store information, including client information provided by us. Our travel suppliers currently require most travelers to pay for their transactions with their credit card, especially in the U.S. Increasingly sophisticated technological capabilities pose greater cybersecurity threats and could result in a cyber-attack or a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect client transaction data. In addition, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, has warned all organizations in the U.S. to be on guard against possible cyber-attacks coming from Russia which have the potential to disrupt business operations, limit access to essential services, and threaten public safety. Any significant adverse change in any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We incur material expense to protect against cyber-attacks and security breaches and their consequences, and we may need to increase our security-related expenditures to maintain or increase our systems’ security in the future. However, despite these efforts, our security measures may not prevent cyber-attacks or data security breaches from occurring, and we may ultimately fail to detect, or accurately assess the severity of, a cyber-attack or security breach or not respond quickly enough. In addition, to the extent we experience a cyber-attack or security breach, we may be unsuccessful in implementing remediation plans to address exposure and future harms. It is possible that computer circumvention capabilities, new discoveries or advances or other developments, which change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, could result in a compromise or breach of client data, even if we hold a shareholder vote, holderstake all reasonable precautions, including to the extent required by law. These risks are likely to increase as we expand our offerings, expand internationally, integrate our products and services, and store and process more data, including personal information and other sensitive data. Further, if any of our founder shares will participatethird party service providers, travel suppliers or other third parties with whom we share client data fail to implement adequate data-security practices or fail to comply with our terms and policies or otherwise suffer a network or other security breach, our clients’ information may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed. We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to meet both our legal obligations and to cover perceived risks within our business, including those related to cybersecurity. We believe that our coverage and the deductibles under these policies are adequate for the risks that we face.

29


If a party (whether internal, external, an affiliate or unrelated third party) is able to circumvent our data security systems or those of the third parties with whom we share client information or engage in cyber-attacks, such cyber-attacks or data breaches could result in such vote,party obtaining our proprietary information, the loss, theft or inaccessibility of, unauthorized access to, or improper use or disclosure of, our clients’ data and/or significant interruptions in our operations. Cyber-attacks and security breaches could also result in severe damage to our IT infrastructure, including damage that could impair our ability to offer our services. In addition, cyber-attacks or security breaches could result in negative publicity, damage our reputation, divert management’s time and attention, increase our expenditure on cybersecurity measures, expose us to risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, subject us to regulatory penalties and sanctions (and lead to further enhanced regulatory oversight), or cause travelers and potential travel suppliers to lose confidence in our security and choose to use the services of our competitors, any of which meanswould have a material adverse effect on our brands, market share, results of operations and financial condition.
Third parties may claim that the operation of our business infringes on their intellectual proprietary rights. These claims could be costly to defend, result in injunctions and significant damage awards and limit our ability to use key technologies in the future (or require us to implement workarounds), which may cause us to incur significant costs, prevent us from commercializing our products and services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.
In recent years, in the markets in which we operate, there has been considerable patent, copyright, trademark, domain name, trade secret and other intellectual property development activity, as well as litigation, based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property. Furthermore, individuals and groups can purchase patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. We may be subject to claims of alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of the intellectual property rights of our competitors or other third parties in the operation of our businesses, including for our use of third party intellectual property rights or our internally developed or acquired intellectual property, technologies and content. We cannot guarantee we have not, do not or will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. If we were to discover that our products or services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, we may completeneed to obtain licenses or implement workarounds that could be costly. We may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to implement workarounds successfully. Moreover, if we are sued for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of a third party’s intellectual property rights and such claims are successfully asserted against us, we could be required to pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments or to indemnify our initial business combination even though a majoritylicensees, or could be enjoined from offering our products or services or using certain technologies or otherwise be subject to other unfavorable circumstances. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from such claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources. Further, during the course of any litigation, we may make announcements regarding the results of hearings and motions, and other interim developments. If securities analysts and investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of the Class A Common Stock may decline. Even if intellectual property claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims (regardless of their merit) and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our public shareholders domanagement and require significant expenditures. Any of the foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively and could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property may negatively impact our ability to compete effectively against competitors in our industry.
Our success and ability to compete depend, in part, upon our intellectual property, including our brands, technology and database. In the U.S. and other jurisdictions, we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent, and trade secret laws, as well as license and confidentiality agreements and internal policies and procedures to protect our intellectual property. Even with these precautions, however, it may be possible for another party to infringe, copy or otherwise obtain and use our owned or licensed intellectual property without our authorization or to develop similar intellectual property independently, particularly in those countries where effective trademark, domain name, copyright, patent and trade secret protection may not support that combination.
We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote to approvebe available. Even where effective protection is available, policing unauthorized use of our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchangeintellectual
 
30

 
listing requirements. Except as required by applicable lawproperty is difficult and expensive. If it becomes necessary for us to litigate to protect these rights, any proceedings could be burdensome and costly, could result in counterclaims challenging our ownership of intellectual property or stock exchange requirement,its validity or enforceability or accusing us of infringement, and we may not prevail. We cannot be certain that the decision as to whethersteps that we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combinationhave taken or will allow shareholderstake in the future will prevent misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property used in our business. Unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property or intellectual property we otherwise have the rights to sell their sharesuse could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, potentially causing us to uslose sales or actual or potential clients, or otherwise harm our business, resulting in a tender offer will be madematerial adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, and we cannot assure you that legal remedies would adequately compensate us for the damage caused by us, solelyunauthorized use.
Risks Relating to Regulatory, Tax and Litigation Matters
We are subject to taxes in our discretion, and will be based onmany jurisdictions globally.
We are subject to a variety of factors, such astaxes in many jurisdictions globally, including income taxes in the timingU.S. at the federal, state and local levels, and in many other countries. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We operate in numerous countries where our income tax returns are subject to audit and adjustment by local tax authorities. Because we operate globally, the nature of the transactionuncertain tax positions is often very complex and whethersubject to change, and the termsamounts at issue can be substantial. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We re-evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the transactionfinal determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Our effective tax rate may change from year to year based on changes in the mix of activities and income allocated or earned among various jurisdictions, tax laws in these jurisdictions, tax treaties between countries, our eligibility for benefits under those tax treaties, and the estimated values of deferred tax assets and liabilities. Such changes could result in an increase in the effective tax rate applicable to all or a portion of our income which would otherwisereduce our profitability.
We establish reserves for our potential liability for U.S. and non-U.S. taxes, including sales, occupancy and value-added taxes, consistent with applicable accounting principles and in light of all current facts and circumstances. These reserves represent our best estimate of our contingent liability for taxes. The interpretation of tax laws and the determination of any potential liability under those laws are complex, and the amount of our liability may exceed our established reserves.
New tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time and existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. These events could require us to seek shareholder approval. Even if we seek shareholder approval,pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us to pay fees, penalties or interest for past amounts deemed to be due. New, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied laws could also increase our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the holderscosts of our founder shares will participateproducts and services. For example, on December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), was signed into law. The TCJA contains significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system, including a reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, a limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted taxable income (as defined in the voteTCJA), base erosion provisions related to intercompany foreign payments and global low-taxed income, a one-time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates in connection with the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a partially territorial tax system, the elimination of U.S. tax on such shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initialforeign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), and the modification or repeal of many business combination even if holders of a majority of our outstanding public shares do not approvedeductions and credits. It is possible that U.S. tax law will be further modified by the Biden administration by increasing corporate tax rates, eliminating or modifying some of the business combination we complete. Please see the section entitled “Proposed Business — Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.
Our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree) to vote any founder shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 28,125,001, or 37.5%, of the 75,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the option to purchase additional units is not exercised) in order to have such initial business combination approved. We expect that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.
Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of such business combination.
At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.
The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.
We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. In no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be containedprovisions enacted in the agreement relatingTCJA or other changes that could have an adverse effect on our operations, cash flows and results of operations and contribute to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or make us unable to satisfy a minimum cash condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us. If we are able to complete an initial business combination, the per share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.overall market volatility.
 
31

 
The abilityWe may be subject to foreign investment and exchange risks.
Our functional and presentational currency is U.S. dollars and as a result, our consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars. We have acquired, and may in the future acquire, businesses that denominate their financial information in a currency other than the U.S. dollar and/or conduct operations or make sales in currencies other than U.S. dollars. When consolidating a business that has functional currency other than U.S. dollars, we will be required to translate the balance sheet and operational results of such business into U.S. dollars. Due to the foregoing, changes in exchange rates between U.S. dollars and other currencies could lead to significant changes in our reported financial results from period to period. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, levels of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political or regulatory developments. We currently do not engage in foreign currency hedging activities and although we may seek to manage our foreign exchange exposure, including by active use of hedging and derivative instruments, we cannot assure you that such arrangements will be entered into or available at all times when we wish to use them or that they will be sufficient to cover the risk.
Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability and limit our cash available to fund our growth strategy.
Our current financing arrangements (including the debt outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) have, and any additional debt we subsequently incur may have, a variable rate of interest. Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements on our current variable rate indebtedness even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and on any debt we subsequently incur, and could reduce funds available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes. If we need to repay debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to refinance our then-existing debt on unfavorable terms or liquidate one or more of our public shareholdersassets to exercise redemption rights withrepay such debt at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such assets and could result in a loss. The occurrence of either or both of such events could materially and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and results of operations.
In addition, a transition away from London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a benchmark for establishing the applicable interest rate may affect the cost of servicing our debt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. The Financial Conduct Authority of the UK (the “FCA”) (the authority that regulates LIBOR) has announced that it plans to phase out LIBOR by June 30, 2023. The United States Federal Reserve has also advised banks to cease entering into new contracts that use USD LIBOR as a reference rate. The Alternative Reference Rate Committee, a committee convened by the Federal Reserve that includes major market participants, has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities, as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. With respect to the loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement also provides a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.
At the time we enter into an agreementmechanic for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination. In addition, the amount of deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters is not requiredLIBOR to be adjustedreplaced by a SOFR-based rate upon (i) the FCA ceasing to provide LIBOR for any sharesU.S. Dollars or announcing that are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to usLIBOR is no longer representative or optimize our capital structure. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced(ii) an early election by the deferred underwriting commissionsborrower and afterthe administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to transition from LIBOR. However, the implementation of such redemptions,a replacement rate for the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to payother credit facilities under the entire deferred underwriting commissions.
The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rightsSenior Secured Credit Agreement may require further negotiation with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination will be unsuccessful and that you will have to waitrequisite lenders under such facilities. Although the Senior Secured Credit Agreement provides for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.
If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price,alternative base rates, such alternative base rates may or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination will be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you will not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate, or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.
The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the completion window may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.
Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within the completion window. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.
We may not be ablerelated to complete our initial business combination withinLIBOR and could be higher than LIBOR. At this time, it is not possible to predict how markets will respond to SOFR or other alternative reference rates as the completion window,transition away from the LIBOR benchmarks is anticipated in which case we would cease all operations except forcoming years. Accordingly, the purposeoutcome of winding upthese reforms is uncertain and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the fundsany changes in the trust account that are available for distributionmethods by which LIBOR is determined or regulatory activity related to public shareholders,the phase-out of LIBOR could cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past or cease to exist. The consequences of these developments and our warrants will expire worthless.the phase-out of LIBOR cannot be entirely predicted but could include an increase in the cost of borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
We may hedge against certain interest rate risks by using hedging instruments such as swaps, caps, options, forwards, futures or other similar products. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we did not be ableengage in interest rate hedging activities. In February 2022, we entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $600 million of debt for a period covering from March 2022 to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within the completion window. Our abilityMarch 2025 to complete our initial business combination may be negativelyhedge against
 
32

 
impacted by general market conditions, volatilityany future increases in the capital and debt marketsbenchmark rate for the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The terms of such swap are initially linked to LIBOR as the benchmark rate, with an adjusted SOFR-based rate replacing LIBOR as the benchmark rate for such swap commencing in June 2023. Although hedging instruments may be used to selectively manage risks, such instruments may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, may prove disadvantageous or may create additional risks, including in connection with the phase-out of LIBOR. In addition, we do not currently maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable-rate indebtedness.
Our business is subject to regulation in the U.S. and the other risks described herein. Ifjurisdictions in which we have not completed our initial business combination withinoperate, and any failure to comply with such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.”
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase sharesregulations or public warrants from public shareholders or public warrant holders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchaseany changes in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and the rules of the NYSE. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.regulations could adversely affect us.
In the event that our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent the purchasersWe are subject to suchvarious regulations in the U.S. and the international jurisdictions in which we operate. In addition, we maintain travel licenses and/or registrations in the jurisdictions that require them. We are required to renew our licenses, typically on an annual basis, and to do so, we must satisfy the licensee renewal requirements of each jurisdiction. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements to which our licensed entities are subject could result in a variety of regulatory actions ranging from a fine, a directive requiring remedial action, suspension of a license or, ultimately, revocation of a license. For a specific discussion of risks related to American Express’s deemed “control” of us under the BHC Act, see “— Because we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to other laws and regulations on matters as diverse as anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, internal controls over financial reporting, regulation by the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”) regarding the provision of air transportation, data privacy and protection, taxation, environmental protection, antitrust, wage-and-hour standards, headcount reductions and employment and labor relations. In addition, certain of our clients have government contracts that subject them and us to governmental reporting requirements. See “Proposed Business — Permitted Purchase
Supervision efforts and the enforcement of Our Securities” for a description of how our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.
In addition, if such purchases are made,existing laws and regulations impact the public “float”scope and profitability of our Class A ordinary sharesexisting business activities, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and adopt new technologies, compromise our competitive position, and affect our relationships with partners, merchants, vendors and other third parties. Moreover, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement regulations. Accordingly, such regulatory authorities could prevent or public warrants and the number of beneficial holderstemporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintainactivities or obtain the quotation, listing or trading ofotherwise penalize us if our securities on a national securities exchange.
If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or failspractices were found not to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares,then current regulatory or licensing requirements or any interpretation of such shares may not be redeemed.
We will comply withrequirements by the proxy rulesregulatory authority. New laws or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection withregulations could similarly affect our business, combination. Despiteincrease our compliancecosts of doing business and require us to change certain of our business practices and invest significant management attention and resources, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to satisfy regulatory requirements, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, and we may be restricted in our ability to take certain capital actions (such as declaring dividends or repurchasing outstanding shares) or engage in certain business activities or acquisitions, which could compromise our competitive position.
Our international operations are also subject to local government laws, regulations and procurement policies and practices which may differ from U.S. government regulations.
For example, in Europe, computerized reservation systems regulations or interpretations of regulations may:

increase our cost of doing business or lower our revenue;

limit our ability to sell marketing data;

impact relationships with these rules, if a shareholder failstravel agencies, airlines, rail companies, or others, impair the enforceability of existing agreements with travel agencies and other users of our system;

prohibit or limit us from offering services or products; or
 
33

 

limit our ability to receiveestablish or change fees.
In addition, certain foreign jurisdictions are considering regulations intended to address the issue of “overtourism,” including by restricting access to city centers or popular tourist destinations or limiting accommodation offerings in surrounding areas, such as by restricting the construction of new hotels or the renting of homes or apartments. Such regulations could adversely affect travel to, or our proxy solicitation or tenderability to offer materials, as applicable,accommodations in, such shareholdermarkets, which could negatively impact our business, growth and results of operations.
Similarly, companies we acquired may not become awarehave been subject to U.S. laws until we acquired them. Until we are able to fully integrate our compliance processes into the operations of such acquired companies, we are at risk of the opportunityacquired company’s failure to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders ofcomply with U.S. laws, rules and regulations. Failure by us and our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. For example, we may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a shareholder failssubsidiaries to comply with these laws could subject us to government investigations, civil and criminal penalties and reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results and financial position.
Further, we rely on third parties that we do not control, including travel suppliers, strategic partners, third party service providers and affiliates. If these third parties fail to meet our requirements or anystandards or the requirements or standards of applicable laws or governmental regulations, it could damage our reputation, make it difficult for us to operate some aspects of our business, or expose us to liability for their actions which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance.
Because we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As further described in “Business — Government Regulation,” because American Express “controls” us for the purposes of the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has broad examination and enforcement power, including the power to impose substantial fines, limit dividends and other procedures, its sharescapital distributions, restrict our operations and acquisitions and require divestitures. As noted above, American Express is a bank holding company. In addition, American Express has elected to become a financial holding company, and as such it is authorized to engage in a broader range of financial and related activities. In order to remain eligible for financial holding company status, American Express must meet certain eligibility requirements. We and American Express engage in various activities permissible only for bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies, including, in particular, providing travel agency services. If a bank holding company fails to continue to meet eligibility requirements for financial holding company status, including as a result of actions by entities that are deemed “controlled” for BHC Act purposes, the financial condition and results of operations of the bank holding company and the companies “controlled” for BHC Act purposes by such bank holding company could be adversely affected, the bank holding company and the companies “controlled” for BHC Act purposes by such bank holding company may be restricted in their ability to engage in certain business activities or acquisitions, and ultimately, the bank holding company and the companies “controlled” for BHC Act purposes by such bank holding company could be required to discontinue certain activities permitted for financial holding companies or that rely on financial holding company status. Any of the foregoing, to the extent it occurs to us, could compromise our competitive position, particularly to the extent our competitors may not be redeemed. See “Proposed Business — Business Strategy — Tendering stock certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights.”
You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with our initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable lawthese same regulations. In addition, because acquisitions have been and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any rightare expected to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
We have applied to have our units listed on the NYSE on or promptly after the date of this prospectus and our Class A ordinary shares and warrants listed on or promptly after their date of separation. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum number of holderscritical part of our securities (generally 300 round lot holders). Additionally,growth strategy, any such limitations on our ability to engage in connection withacquisition activity could inhibit our initialfuture growth and have a materially adverse effect on our business, combination, we will be requiredfinancial condition or results of operations. See “— Risks Relating to demonstrate compliance withEmployee Matters, Managing Our Growth,” “— Other Risks Relating to Our Business” and ‘‘Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.’’
In addition, failure to satisfy regulatory requirements arising from American Express’s deemed “control” of us under the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous thanBHC Act may give American Express the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in orderright to continue(i) transfer all or a significant portion of its shares of GBTG and GBT or exercise registration rights without regard to maintain the listingcertain restrictions that would otherwise apply, or (ii) exchange all or a significant portion of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our aggregate market value would be required to be at least $100,000,000, and the market valueits shares of our publicly held shares would be required to be at least $80,000,000. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.
If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinaryCommon Stock and Class B Common Stock, as applicable, for shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in ourof Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rulesA-1 Preferred Stock and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
Class B-1
 
34

 
Preferred Stock, respectively, which are non-voting. See “
a limited amount of news— Risks Relating to our Organization and analyst coverage;Structure — American Express’s right to reduce, restructure or terminate its investment in GBTG and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing GBT in the future.event of an Amex Exit Condition could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, depress the market price of the Class A Common Stock and result in further concentration of the voting power in GBTG.
We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and economic sanctions laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and regulations administered and enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The National Securities Markets ImprovementCivil and criminal penalties may be imposed for violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), anti-money laundering laws and regulations, and regulations administered and enforced by the U. S. Treasury Department’s Office of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preemptsForeign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and similar laws and regulations. Although we have policies in place with respect to compliance with the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” BecauseFCPA and similar laws, anti-money laundering laws and economic sanctions laws and regulations, we expectcannot assure you that our unitsdirectors, officers, employees and eventuallyagents will comply with those laws and our Class A ordinary sharespolicies, and warrants willwe may be listed onheld responsible for any such non-compliance. If we or our directors or officers violate such laws or other similar laws governing the NYSE, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the saleconduct of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulatebusiness (including local laws), we, our directors, our employees or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the state of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities and we wouldagents may be subject to regulationcriminal and civil penalties or other remedial measures, which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any investigation of any actual or alleged violations of such laws could harm our reputation or have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Economic sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, such as those administered and enforced by OFAC, vary in each statetheir application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. We cannot assure you that we will be in whichcompliance with such laws, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations.
In the future, we offer our securities.
You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.
Since the net proceeds of this offering and the salemay acquire companies with business operations outside of the private placement warrantsU.S., some of which may not have previously been subject to certain U.S. laws and regulations, including the FCPA, OFAC, or other anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and economic sanctions laws applicable to us. We may be held responsible for any violations of such laws by an acquired company that occurred prior to our acquisition, or subsequent to the acquisition but before we are intendedable to institute our compliance procedures. The process of integrating an acquired company’s business into our operations is challenging, and we may have difficulty in implementing compliance procedures for newly applicable anti-corruption and economic sanctions laws.
Our reported results of operations may be usedadversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. are subject to complete an initial business combination withinterpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a target business that has not been selected,significant effect on our reported results of operations, and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change.
We are and, from time to time we may be, deemedinvolved in legal proceedings and may experience unfavorable outcomes, which could affect our business and results of operations.
We are, and in the future, may be, subject to be a “blank check” company undermaterial legal proceedings in the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excesscourse of $5,000,000 upon the successful completionour business, including, but not limited to, actions relating to contract disputes, business practices, intellectual property and other commercial and tax matters. Such legal proceedings may involve claims for substantial amounts of this offeringmoney or for other relief or might necessitate changes to our business or operations, and the saledefense of such actions may be both time consuming and expensive. Further, if any such proceedings were to result in an unfavorable outcome, it could result in reputational damage and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the private placement warrantscosts to resolve one or more such claims and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors willmay not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if this offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us upon the completion of our initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see “Proposed Business — Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check
 
35

 
companiesto be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of the Class A Common Stock.
Risks Relating to Our Organization and otherStructure
We conduct certain of our operations through joint ventures where we are generally the majority owner, but in some cases, we have only a minority interest. Disagreements with our partners could adversely affect our interest in the joint ventures.
In the course of executing our acquisition strategy, we have, and in the future may, acquire majority or minority interests in acquired businesses or their affiliates. Although we typically seek to assume or maintain corporate control over such entities, domestic and international, competingincluding responsibility for the typesday-to-day operations of these businesses, we intendhave not, and may not in the future, always be able to acquire. Many of these individualsaccomplish such control. In addition, we have not always been able, and entities are well-established andin the future may not always be able, to structure such arrangements in a manner that allows us to acquire the interests not owned by us. In addition, in some instances, such majority or minority interest holder may have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time ofpurchase our initialinterest in such joint venture whether or not we consent. As a result, any disagreements with our partners could result in a disruption to our business combination,and operations.
Where we hold a minority interest in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target businesses will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Ifjoint venture, we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.
If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.
The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficientable to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that, upon the closing of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, including permitted withdrawals and loanscontrol such company’s operations or additional investments from our sponsor, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window; however,compliance with applicable laws or regulations. If we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could usehave a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist usdisagreement with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses)joint venture partner with respect to a particular proposedissue, or as to the management or conduct of the business combination, althoughof the joint venture, we domay not be able to resolve such disagreement in our favor. Disputes may occur with respect to joint ventures, and any such disagreement could have any current intentiona material adverse effect on our interest in the joint venture, the business of the joint venture or the portion of our growth strategy related to do so. If we enteredthe joint venture.
The interests of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders, and may result in conflicts of interest.
The interests of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners may not always coincide with the Company’s interests or the interests of our other stockholders. The Continuing JerseyCo Owners may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. In addition, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners own 100% of the outstanding GBT B Ordinary Shares, which represent a majority of the economic interests in GBT. Because the Continuing JerseyCo Owners hold their economic ownership interest in our business through GBT, rather than through the public company, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners may have conflicting interests with the holders of Class A Common Stock. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into a letterconsideration the tax or other considerations of intent or merger agreementthe Continuing JerseyCo Owners even where we paid for the rightno similar benefit would accrue to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether asus.
As a result of our breachthese risks, the market price of the Class A Common Stock could decline or otherwise), westockholders might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to,receive a target business. If wepremium over the then-current market price of the Class A Common Stock upon a change in control.
We are unable to completea holding company, our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust accountprincipal asset is an equity interest in GBT and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reducedability to pay taxes and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share��� and other risk factors below.
If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and weexpenses will depend on loans fromdistributions made by our sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to make permitted withdrawalssubsidiaries and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to completeotherwise limited by our initial business combination.
Of the net proceeds of this offeringstructure and the saleterms of the private placement warrants, only approximately $800,000our existing and future indebtedness.
We are a holding company with no operations and will be availablerely on GBT to provide us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,200,000, we may fund such excess with funds necessary to meet any financial obligations. Our principal asset is the GBT A Ordinary Shares. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. Our ability to pay taxes and expenses depends on the financial results and cash flows of GBT and its subsidiaries and the distributions we receive from GBT. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of GBT and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair GBT’s ability to pay such distributions.
GBT is treated as a flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to holders of its GBT A Ordinary Shares and GBT B Ordinary Shares. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement and in accordance with the
 
36

 
notCompanies (Jersey) Law 1991, GBT makes (x) cash distributions to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to satisfy our liabilities for taxes, as reasonably determined by the Board, and (y) proportionate cash distributions to our other shareholders.
We incur taxes and other expenses incidental to its functions as a public company which could be heldsignificant. We expect GBT to make distributions or, in the trust account. In such case theof certain expenses, payments in an amount of funds we intendsufficient to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,200,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. The amount held in the trust account will not be impacted as a result of such increase or decrease. If our other sources of working capital are insufficient, we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team or a third party to fund our search,allow us to pay our taxes and public company expenses. However, our ability to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtainmake such loans, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target businessdistributions and wepay or reimburse such expenses may be unablesubject to completevarious limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, restrictions in our initial business combination. We could also be forceddebt documents, the availability of sufficient cash and appropriate reserves for working capital, and the applicable provisions of Jersey law including, but not limited to, liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under anythe obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity atGBT Board to declare a price of $1.50 per warrant at12-month forward looking cash flow solvency statement in accordance with the option of the lender. The warrants would be identicalCompanies (Jersey) Law 1991, prior to the private placement warrants. Priordeclaration of a distribution. Subsidiaries of GBT are also generally subject to similar or other types of legal limitations on their ability to make distributions that would have the completioneffect of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. rendering them insolvent.
If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund its other expenses (as a result of GBT’s failure to make distributions or its inability to do so due to various limitations and restrictions), we may need to obtain additional financing. There is no assurance that such financing would be available to us on acceptable terms or at all and thus our liquidity and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected (See “— Risks Relating to Our Dependence on Third Parties”). We may not be able to accurately predict our future capital needs, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.
The GBT A Ordinary Shares will be freely transferable.
In most businesses operating under an Up-C structure, the voting equity of the operating company held by the public company cannot be transferred without the consent of the holders of non-voting equity of the operating company, which ensures that, without the requisite consent, the public company will remain the sole owner of the voting shares of the operating company. However, the GBT A Ordinary Shares, all of which are held by us, are not subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer. While we do not intend to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any GBT A Ordinary Shares, we will be forcedhave the right to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share,sell, transfer or possibly less, on our redemptionotherwise dispose of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.
Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.the GBT A Ordinary Shares, subject to applicable law, including the fiduciary duties of our directors under Delaware law and Section 271 of the DGCL, which requires the approval of holders of a majority of our outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon in order for us to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our property and assets.
If we transfer some or all of the GBT A Ordinary Shares, the “mirrored” capital structure and ownership of GBTG and GBT, which is typical in Up-C structures, would no longer apply. In addition, we would no longer hold 100% of the voting power of GBT, which could impact the election of the GBT Board and the management of GBT.
In certain circumstances, GBT will be required to make distributions to us and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and the distributions that GBT will be required to make may be substantial.
Even if we conduct extensive due diligence onGBT is treated as a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure youpartnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to the owners of GBT, including us. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, GBT agreed to make pro rata cash distributions, or tax distributions, to the owners of GBT A Ordinary Shares and GBT B Ordinary Shares, in amounts intended to be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our liabilities for taxes, as reasonably determined by the Board, subject to various limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, restrictions in our debt documents, the availability of sufficient cash and appropriate reserves for working capital, and the applicable provisions of Jersey law.
Funds used by GBT to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that this diligenceGBT will surface all material issues in relationbe required to make may be substantial and may exceed (as a percentage of GBT taxable income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities.similarly situated corporate taxpayer. In addition, charges of this naturebecause these payments will be made pro rata, these payments may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders followingsignificantly exceed the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.
If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.
Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust accountactual tax liability for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trustContinuing JerseyCo Owners.
 
37

 
account, including, butWe may receive tax distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities. To the extent we were not limited to fraudulent inducement, breachdistribute such cash balances as dividends on the Class A Common Stock and instead, for example, held such cash balances or loaned them to GBT, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners would benefit from any value attributable to such accumulated cash balances as a result of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challengingtheir ownership of Class A Common Stock following an exchange of their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock). However, we currently expect to adopt a dividend policy pursuant to which we would pay a dividend on the enforceabilityClass A Common Stock in the amount of the waiver, in each caseany such cash balances in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, includingmaintain the funds held inintended economic relationship between the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysisshares of the alternatives availableClass A Common Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares. The payment of any dividends, however, is at the discretion of the Board and we have no obligation to itpay any dividend. Furthermore, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement wouldmay be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may makelimited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.
Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may havesubsidiaries incur in the future, as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with uswell as other limitations and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount receivedrestrictions imposed by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors.law. Pursuant to the letter agreementSenior Secured Credit Agreement, so long as GBT is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, GBT may make Tax Distributions (as defined and set forth in the form of which is filed as an exhibitShareholders Agreement after the effectiveness thereof), subject to certain limitations on future amendments, if any, to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liableShareholders Agreement and certain restrictions on making Tax Distributions with respect to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account asincome included under Section 965(a) of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims byCode. If we become a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilitiesguarantor under the Securities Act. However, we have not askedSenior Secured Credit Agreement, then our sponsorability to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made againstmake dividends on the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.
Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reductionClass A Common Stock in the amount of fundsany excess cash balances from such tax distributions, as well as certain other cash dividends, would be subject to fixed-dollar caps set forth in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.
InSenior Secured Credit Agreement in the event that the proceedstotal leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the trust account are reduced belowSenior Secured Credit Agreement) would be greater than 3.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. If we do not become a guarantor, then the lesserability of (i) $10.00 per public shareour subsidiaries to make certain cash dividends to us will be subject to similar restrictions. For additional information, see “Market Price, Ticker Symbol and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account asDividend Information — Dividend Policy.”
The classification of the dateBoard may have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.
The Board consists of three classes of directors with staggered, three-year terms. The presence of a classified board could have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging a third party from making a tender offer for Common Stock or attempting to obtain control of us, even when stockholders may consider such a takeover to be in their best interests. It could also delay stockholders who disapprove of the liquidationperformance of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the valueBoard from changing a majority of the trust assets, in each case netBoard through a single proxy contest.
Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions, that limit the ability of holders of Class A Common Stock to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
Among other differences, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by the Board and therefore depress the trading price of Class A Common Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of the interestBoard, or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in management. Among other things, our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions regarding:

the ability of the Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which maycould be withdrawnused to pay taxes,significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our sponsor asserts that itdirectors and officers;

the right of the Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Board (unless a shareholder meeting is unablecalled by the Board for this purpose);

the inability of holders of Class A Common Stock to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related toact by written consent in lieu of a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.meeting;
While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in
 
38

 
exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.
We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.
We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the naturerequirement that a special meeting of our investments; andstockholders may be called only by the Board, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

restrictions on the issuanceprocedures for the conduct and scheduling of securities, eachthe Board and stockholder meetings;

the ability of the Board to amend our Bylaws, which may makeallow the Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend our Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

the establishment of a supermajority stockholder vote requirement of 6623% of outstanding shares entitled to vote generally to remove directors, amend our Certificate of Incorporation or amend our Bylaws; and

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the composition of the Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our Board or management. In addition, although we will elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation will include similar provisions that generally prohibit us from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of 3 years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by the Board and the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock (other than such stock owned by the interested shareholder). This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it difficult for usis desired by or beneficial to completeour stockholders. Further, other provisions of Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us.
In addition, (a) the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, as described below, provide the stockholders party thereto with certain board nomination rights; and (b) the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, as described below, provide the stockholders party thereto with certain piggyback rights. Both the board representation rights and piggy back rights could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
American Express’s right to reduce, restructure or terminate its investment in GBTG and GBT in the event of an Amex Exit Condition could adversely affect our business, combination.results of operations and financial condition, depress the market price of the Class A Common Stock and result in further concentration of the voting power in GBTG.
Upon the occurrence of certain events (which are referred to in the Shareholders Agreement as “Amex Exit Conditions”), American Express has the right to (i) transfer all or a significant portion of its shares of GBTG and GBT, (ii) exercise registration rights without regard to certain restrictions that would otherwise apply or (iii) exchange all or a significant portion of its shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as applicable, for shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, respectively, which are non-voting. In addition, if Amex HoldCo. becomes subject to regulatory or supervisory restrictions that limit its ability to engage in activities generally permitted for financial holding companies under the BHC Act and, in response, we elect to require Amex HoldCo. to divest or otherwise restructure its investment in us such that American Express no longer “controls” us under the BHC Act (which is an Amex Exit Condition), American Express may, at its option, terminate the A&R Trademark License Agreement, subject to the two-year transition period set forth therein (including termination of the “Payment Provider Obligations” referred to in the A&R Trademark License Agreement and the American Express exclusivity obligations to us and our affiliates and our and our affiliates’ other exclusivity obligations to American Express under the operating agreements between GBT UK (and its affiliates, where applicable) and American Express; provided, however, that our co-brand obligations with respect to the existing co-brands will continue on their current terms until the existing termination dates of such agreements; provided, further,
 
39

 
In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvestingand our affiliates will have no obligation to renew such co-brands or tradingsupport any future co-brands once the A&R Trademark License Agreement is terminated). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement’’ and ‘‘— Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Data Security and Privacy — Any termination of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assetsA&R Trademark License Agreement for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.
We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject usrights to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window; or (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination, or may resultAmerican Express trademarks used in our liquidation. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
Changes in laws or regulations, or abrands, including failure to comply with any laws and regulations, mayrenew the license upon expiration, could adversely affect our business including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.operations” for more information.
We areAmerican Express may, to terminate its deemed “control” of us under the BHC Act following the occurrence of an Amex Exit Condition, transfer shares of GBTG and GBT without regard to certain applicable transfer restrictions under the Shareholders Agreement, other than the bar on transfers to sanctioned persons and subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SECvolume, manner of sale and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.
Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.
If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the

40


distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of up to approximately $18,300 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.
We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our shareholders to elect directors.
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirementlimitations under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings or elect directors. Until we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the election or removal of directors prior to consummation of our initial business combination.
We are not registering Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrantsRule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time,Act. American Express’s exemption from certain transfer restrictions could significantly impair our and such registration may not be in place whenour other stockholders’ interests. For example, following the occurrence of an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.
We are not registering Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of Class A ordinary shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment), as further described under the heading “Description of Securities — Warrants.” However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue anyAmex Exit Condition, American Express could transfer shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and there is no applicable exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A

41


ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market priceone of our Class A ordinary shares.
Pursuant to an agreementcompetitors, which could undermine our competitive position. American Express could also transfer GBT shares in circumstances that would cause GBT to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in this offering, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, holders of our private placement warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants. Assuming the founder shares convert on a one for one basis and no warrants are issued upon conversion of working capital loans, an aggregate of up to 18,750,000 Class A ordinary shares and up to 11,333,334 warrants (or up to 21,562,500 Class A ordinary shares and up to 12,833,334 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) are subject to registration under these agreements. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders, holders of our private placement warrants, holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.
Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak.
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization officially declared the outbreak of the COVID-19 a “pandemic.” A significant outbreak of COVID-19 has resulted in a widespread health crisis that adversely affected the economies and financial markets worldwide, and could potentially adversely affect the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.
Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.
We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry, sector or location. However, we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a

42


financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any securityholders who choose to remain securityholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such securityholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value of their securities.
Past performance by Apollo, Apollo Funds and our management team is not indicative of future performance of an investment in the company.
Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Apollo, Apollo Funds and our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Apollo, Apollo Funds and our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of Apollo, Apollo Funds and our management team’s performance as indicative of our future performance or of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Apollo and our officers and directors have had limited experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.
We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.
We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors related to such acquisition. Accordingly, any securityholders who choose to remain securityholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such securityholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, andclassified as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successfulpublicly traded partnership taxable as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

43


We may seek business combination opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.
To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues, cash flows or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.
We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm. However, our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion, nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.
We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of completion of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of up to 300,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share, 60,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share, and 1,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, par value $0.00005 per share. Immediately after this offering, there will be 225,000,000 and 41,250,000 (assuming, in each case, that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option) authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance, which amount does not take into account Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants, or shares issuable upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares. Our Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, there will be no preferred shares issued and outstanding. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination.
We may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of completion of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would

44


entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.
Unlike some other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate our initial business combination.
The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of our ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination.
We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holder and Non-U.S. Holder Defined”) of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Considerations for U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Additionally, even if we qualify for the start-up exception with respect to a given taxable year, there cannot be any assurance that we would not be a PFIC in other taxable years. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to their Class A ordinary shares, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to holders of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants. For a more detailed explanation of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Considerations for U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

45


We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.
We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.
An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences.
An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuing in this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the Class A ordinary shares and the one-third of a warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share included in each unit could be challenged by the IRS or courts. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a cashless exercise of warrants included in the units we are issuing in this offering are unclear under current law. Finally, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our ordinary shares suspend the running of a U.S. holder’s (as defined in section titled “Income Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Tax Consideration — Considerations for U.S. Holders”) holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of Class A ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividend income”corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Seepurposes, which could materially increase our tax liabilities.
Similarly, American Express may, to terminate its deemed “control” of us under the section titled “Income Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” forBHC Act following an Amex Exit Condition, exercise demand registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement without regard to certain generally applicable restrictions and limitations on such registration rights. Among other things, the Registration Rights Agreement generally entitles us to delay the filing or initial effectiveness, or suspend the use, of a summaryregistration statement if necessary to avoid an adverse disclosure of the U.S. federal income tax considerationsmaterial non-public information or other consequences seriously detrimental to us. However, we cannot avail ourselves of these protections in connection with American Express’s exercise of demand registration rights following an investmentAmex Exit Condition. As a result, we could be compelled to disclose in our securities. Prospective investors are urgeda registration statement sensitive non-public information even where doing so would be seriously detrimental to consult their tax advisorsus.
Moreover, American Express’s transfer or exercise of demand registration rights with respect to these and other tax consequences when acquiring, owningall or disposing of our securities.
Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We are dependent upon our officers and directors, and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.
Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement

46


with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers or their removal could have a detrimental effect on us.
Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.
In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.
Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.
Our current officers may not remain in their positions following our business combination. We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.
When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the

47


breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.
The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.
Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. These conflicts of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, all of our officers and certain of our directors are also employed by Apollo, which is an investment manager to various private investment funds, partnerships and accounts which may make investments in companies that we may target for our initial business combination. Our independent directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see “Management — Directors and Officers.”
Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. In addition, we may be precluded from opportunities because they are being pursued by Apollo or Apollo Funds and they may outperform any business we acquire.
Following the completion of this offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business.
Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. To the extent a potential business opportunity may be appropriate for one or more Apollo Funds, such business opportunity will be presented to such other entities prior to presentation to us. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledge and we will waive any claim or cause of action we may have in respect thereof.

48


In addition, Apollo manages a significant number of Apollo Funds which may compete with us for acquisition opportunities and if pursued by them we may be precluded from such opportunities. Investment ideas generated within Apollo and investment opportunities of which Apollo becomes aware may be suitable for both us and for Apollo and/or current or future Apollo Funds.
Such investment ideas and opportunities will be presented by Apollo to such Apollo Funds prior to presentation to us; as a result we may be precluded from such opportunities. Such opportunities may outperform any businesses we acquire. Neither Apollo nor members of our management team who are also employed by Apollo have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware.
For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Management — Directors and Officers,” “Management — Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so, or we may acquire a target business through an Affiliated Joint Acquisition with one or more affiliates of Apollo, one or more Apollo Funds and/or one or more investors in the Apollo Funds. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.
In addition, Apollo and its affiliates and certain of the Apollo Funds engage in the business of originating, underwriting, syndicating, acquiring and trading loans and debt securities of corporate and other borrowers, and may provide or participate in any debt financing arrangement in connection with any acquisition, financing or disposition of any target business that we may make. If Apollo or any of its affiliates or the Apollo Funds provides or participates in any such debt financing arrangement it may present a conflict of interest and will have to be approved under our related person transaction policy or by our independent directors.
We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.
In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders. Our officers and directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Management — Conflicts of Interest.” They may also have investments in target businesses. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Proposed Business — Effecting our initial business combination — Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our obligation to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

49


Moreover, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with one or more affiliates of Apollo, one or more Apollo Funds and/or one or more investors in the Apollo Funds. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the business combination by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.
Since our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.
As of the date of this prospectus, our initial shareholders owned an aggregate of 21,562,500 founder shares. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 86,250,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering. Our initial shareholders will forfeit up to 2,812,500 founder shares depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. In September 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 (or 12,833,334 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement warrants, each exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $17,000,000 (or $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $1.50 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that they are Class B ordinary shares that automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein. However, the holders have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following our initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the end of the completion window nears.
We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.
Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

50



our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flowits shares to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduceterminate its deemed “control” of us under the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibilityBHC Act following an Amex Exit Condition could result in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.
In addition, Apollo and its affiliates and certain of the Apollo Funds engage in the business of originating, underwriting, syndicating, acquiring and trading loans and debt securities of corporate and other borrowers, and may provide or participate in any debt financing arrangement in connection with any acquisition, financing or disposition of any target business that we may make. If Apollo or any of its affiliates or the Apollo Funds provides or participates in any such debt financing arrangement it may present a conflict of interest and will have to be approved under our related person transaction policy or by our independent directors.
We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limitedlarge number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.
Of the net proceeds from this offering and the saleshares of the private placement warrants, up to $750,800,000 (or up to $863,300,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be available to complete our business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which includes $26,250,000, or $30,187,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, for payment of deferred underwriting commissions). Of the up to $750,800,000 (or up to $863,300,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), $800,000 will be held outside the trust account for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.
We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneouslyClass A Common Stock at once or within a relatively short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, includingSuch sales could cause the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results, and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.
This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.

51


We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.
If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.
We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.
We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.
We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into

52


privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.
The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in some other blank check company offerings, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.
The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than in some other blank check companies. For example, historically,Class A Common Stock to fall significantly, particularly because, following an Amex Exit Condition, the exercisesale price of a warrant was often a fractionfor such shares may not reflect the intrinsic value of the purchaseClass A Common Stock. Even if American Express has not exercised such rights, the possibility that it could do so in the future could itself depress the market price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as provided herein. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the moneyClass A Common Stock and more likely to expire worthless.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, to approve our initial business combination, which may have the effect of delaying or preventing a business combination that our public shareholders would consider favorable.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors. Accordingly, it is unlikely that we will be able to enter into an initial business combination unless our sponsor’s members find the target and the business combination attractive. This maymight make it more difficult for us to approve and enter into an initial business combination than other blank check companies and could result in us not pursuing an acquisition target or other board or corporate action that our public shareholders would find favorable.
In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or other governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that some of our shareholders or warrant holders may not support.
In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have,sell equity securities in the past, amended various provisions of their constitutional documents and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and changed industry focus. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination though amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote in a general meeting, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.
Some other blank check companies have a provision in their constitutional documents which prohibits the amendment of certain of its constitutional provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the company’s shares. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shares. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption

53


rights to public shareholders, as described herein), but excluding the provisions of the articles relating to the election or removal of directors and continuation of the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote in a general meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.
We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our business combination.

54


Our initial shareholders will control the election and removal of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will elect all of our directors and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.
Upon the closing of this offering, our initial shareholders will own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will (i) entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and (ii) in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), entitle the holders to ten votes for every founder share. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the election or removal of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over the election or removal of directors or our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination.
Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial shareholders purchase any additional ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence over these actions. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will exert significant influence over actions requiring a shareholder vote at least until the completion of our initial business combination.
Our sponsor paid a nominal price for the founder shares, and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class A ordinary shares.
The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating all of the unit purchase price to the Class A ordinary shares and none to the warrant included in the unit) and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. Our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon the closing of this offering, and assuming no value is ascribed to the warrants included in the units, you and the other public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 97.7% (or $9.77 per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering of $0.23 and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit. This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the founder shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination and would become exacerbated to the extent that public shareholders seek redemptions from the trust for their public shares. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.
We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.
Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to

55


make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.
Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.
Our warrant agreement will provide that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.
This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.
We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercisefuture at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeem issued and outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for changes to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”). Please see “Description of Securities — Warrants —  Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.” If and when the warrants become redeemable by us,that we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants. Redemption of the issued and outstanding warrantsdeem appropriate. These factors could force you (i) to exerciseimpair your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii)ability to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time

56


the issued and outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.
In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for changes to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares. Please see “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.” The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.
Our management’s ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their warrants for cash.
If we call our public warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant (including any warrants held by our sponsor, officers, directors or their permitted transferees) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.
Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.
We will be issuing warrants to purchase 25,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or up to 28,750,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) as part of the units offered by this prospectus and, simultaneously with the closing of this offering, we will be issuing in a private placement an aggregate of 11,333,334 (or up to 12,833,334 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The founder shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 private placement warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. To the extent we issue Class A ordinary shares to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinaryCommon Stock when desired or limit the price that you may obtain for your shares.
In addition, American Express’s exchange of such shares issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founderfor shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and/or increase the costClass B-1 Preferred Stock, which are nonvoting, following an Amex Exit Condition would result in further concentration of acquiring the target business.
Because each unit contains one-third of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.
Each unit contains one-third of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separationvoting power in GBTG. For further discussion of the units, and only whole warrants will trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have establishedrisks associated with the componentsconcentration of the unitsvoting power in this way in order to reduce the dilutive

GBTG, see “57


effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause— If our unitsvoting power continues to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.
The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with representative of the underwriters, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriters believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, prices and terms of the units, including the Class A ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

prior offerings of those companies;

our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

our capital structure;

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

other factors as were deemed relevant.
Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.
There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.
There is currently no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed,highly concentrated, it may not be sustained. Youprevent minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.
Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.
The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure. We will include the same financial statement disclosureresult in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United Statesconflicts of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may

interest58.”


limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.
We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive

40


compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements,prospectus, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholderstockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholdersstockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the Closing Date, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.
Compliance obligations underRisks Relating to Ownership of the Class A Common Stock
The market price of the Class A Common Stock and warrants may be volatile and could decline significantly.
The trading price of the Class A Common Stock and warrants is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in the Class A Common Stock and warrants. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of the Class A Common Stock and warrants include the following:

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of travel industry stocks;

if the benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other travel companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

sales of shares of the Class A Common Stock by stockholders or by us;

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our Company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

announcements by us or our competitors of new offerings or platform features;

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

41



the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the travel industry;

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

any significant change in our management;

economic instability in the global financial markets and slow or negative growth of our markets, including as a result of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine; and

other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.
In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of the Class A Common Stock, the market price and trading volume of the Class A Common Stock and warrants could decline.
The trading market for the Class A Common Stock and warrants will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If no, or few, analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of the Class A Common Stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of the Class A Common Stock, the price of the Class A Common Stock and warrants could decline following such announcement. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover the Class A Common Stock, we could lose visibility in the market for the Class A Common Stock, which in turn could cause the price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants to decline.
We have incurred significant increased costs as a result of being a newly public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a newly public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. While we are investing heavily in upgrading our financial systems, we expect these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Additionally, new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure for public companies that did not previously apply to us, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, regulations related thereto and the existing and proposed rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE, will increase the costs and the time that must be devoted to compliance matters. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to effectuateattract and retain qualified persons to serve on the Board, on our

42


board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to the delisting of the Class A Common Stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Our failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could harm us.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. Internal controls over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), a deficiency in internal controls over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a significant deficiency as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a registrant’s financial reporting. We cannot assure you that material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. Our failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business combination, requireand could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, which could cause a decline in the price of the Class A Common Stock, and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the NYSE listing standards.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with the listing standards of the NYSE.
Our Class A Common Stock and public warrants are listed on the NYSE. However, although we currently meet the minimum initial listing standards required by the NYSE, there can be no assurance that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels, and a minimum number of holders of our securities.
If we fail to continue to meet the listing requirements of the NYSE, our securities may be delisted, and we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
The shares of Class A Common Stock being registered in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our public float and of our outstanding Class A Common Stock, and the sale of such shares could cause the market price of Class A Common Stock to decline significantly.
This prospectus relates to the resale by the Selling Securityholders of: (1) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock, which consists of (i) 12,234,134 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of private placement warrants and public warrants, with the private placement warrants originally issued at a price of $1.50 per warrant and the public warrants purchased at a price of $1.46 per warrant and, in each case, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (ii) 394,448,481 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, which they received in exchange for their Legacy GBT Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, with each GBT B Ordinary Share exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (iii) 14,435,817 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of “earnout” shares held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain of our officers and directors (and, in

43


the case of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, upon the subsequent exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) into which such “earnout” shares will convert) issued pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, to such holders, as holders of Legacy GBT shares, without the payment of any additional purchase price, with each “earnout” share convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock; (iv) 18,739,887 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of GBTG Options held by certain of our officers and directors with an exercise price ranging from $5.74 to $14.58, with each GBTG Option exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock; (v) 32,350,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the PIPE Investment originally issued at a price of $10.00 per share; and (vi) 20,420,250 converted Founder Shares originally issued at a price of $0.00087 per share; and (2) up to 12,234,134 private placement warrants and public warrants originally issued at the prices set forth above and, in each case, with each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock.
The shares of Class A Common Stock being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our public float and of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares being registered in this prospectus (which include shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities) exceed the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (56,945,033 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as of July 18, 2022). In addition, the securities beneficially owned by Continuing JerseyCo Owners, holders of GBTG Options and holders of GBT MIP Shares represent over 80% of the total outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and these holders will have the ability to sell all of their shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part so long as it is available for use. The sale of the securities being registered in this prospectus therefore could result in a significant decline in the public trading price of Class A Common Stock.
In addition, some of the shares being registered for resale were or may be acquired by the Selling Securityholders for no consideration or purchased for prices considerably below the current market price of the Class A Common Stock. Even though the current market price is significantly below the price at the time of the APSG IPO, certain Selling Securityholders have an incentive to sell because they will still profit on sales due to the lower price at which they acquired their shares as compared to the public investors. In particular, the Sponsor, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain of our officers and directors may experience a positive rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described above, to the extent they acquired such securities for less than the relevant trading price, and the public securityholders may not experience a similar rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described above. Based on the last reported sale price of Class A Common Stock referenced above, shares acquired for less than such last reported sale price (including (i) shares issuable upon the exchange of GBT B Ordinary Shares, (ii) shares issuable upon the conversion of “earnout” shares, and (iii) the converted Founder Shares) the Selling Securityholders may experience potential profit up to $5.62 per share.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of the Class A Common Stock and warrants to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
The sale of substantial amounts of shares of the Class A Common Stock, or securities convertible into shares of the Class A Common Stock, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of the shares of the Class A Common Stock and warrants. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the Selling Securityholders’ shares of Class A Common Stock will be available for resale without restriction, subject to, in the case of stockholders who are our affiliates, volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. The PIPE Investors own 32.35 million of the outstanding shares of PIPE Securities. While the PIPE Investors agreed, and will continue to be subject, to certain restrictions regarding the transfer of PIPE Securities, these shares may be sold after the expiration of the transfer restrictions (if applicable). This registration statement provides for the resale of the PIPE Securities from time to time. We also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, which requires us to register under the Securities Act all the shares of Class A Common Stock held, or issuable upon exchange, by the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement. The PIPE Securities and other

44


Class A Common Stock that are being registered pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement will also be available for the sale in the open market upon such registration. As restrictions on resale end and the registration statements are available for use, the market price of the Class A Common Stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
Future issuances of the Class A Common Stock or rights to purchase the Class A Common Stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plan, in connection with acquisitions or otherwise, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.
We have 2,943,054,967 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized but unissued as of July 18, 2022. Our Certificate of Incorporation and the applicable provisions of the DGCL authorize us to issue these shares of Class A Common Stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A Common Stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by the Board in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions, or otherwise.
In the future, we expect to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our capital stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity, or shares of preferred stock. Issuing additional shares of our capital stock, other equity securities, or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders, reduce the market price of the Class A Common Stock, or both. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred stock (including the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, none of which is issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus), if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of the Class A Common Stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings. As a result, holders of the Class A Common Stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of the Class A Common Stock and dilute their percentage ownership.
We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock, so any returns will be substantially limited to the value of the Class A Common Stock.
We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of the Class A Common Stock will be at the sole discretion of the Board. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends from future earnings for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in the Class A Common Stock unless you sell the Class A Common Stock at a greater price than that which you paid for it.
If our voting power continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates control a majority of our voting power as a result of their ownership of Class B Common Stock. Moreover, the Shareholders Agreement contains provisions relating to our corporate governance. Even when the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates cease to own shares of our Class A Common Stock representing a majority of the voting power, for so long as the Continuing JerseyCo Owners continue to own a significant percentage of our Class A Common Stock, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will still be able to significantly influence the composition of the Board and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through their combined voting power. Accordingly, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates have significant influence with respect to our management, significant operational and strategic decisions, business plans and policies through their voting power and their rights under the Shareholders Agreement. Further, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates,

45


through their combined voting power and their rights under the Shareholders Agreement, may be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our Company or a change in the composition of the Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our Company. This concentration of voting power could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A Common Stock as part of a sale of our Company and ultimately may negatively affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock.
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. Subject to certain restrictions on competition contained in the Shareholders Agreement, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests, your interests or those of our other stockholders. See ‘‘Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.’’
Our dual class structure may depress the trading price of the Class A Common Stock.
We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of the Class A Common Stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P, Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have each announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500. These changes exclude companies with multiple classes of shares from being added to these indices. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms and investor groups have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our Common Stock may cause stockholder advisory firms and investor groups to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices or any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could adversely affect the value and trading market of the Class A Common Stock.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Delaware Court of Chancery will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court of Chancery shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (a) derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of ours to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (c) action asserting a claim arising under any provision of the DGCL, Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery, (d) action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, (e) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware or (f) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that (i) such exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and (ii) unless we consent in writing to the section of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a right under the Securities Act. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of our Certificate of Incorporation. This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional

46


costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and management resources,results of operations and increaseresult in a diversion of the time and costsresources of completing our initial business combination.
management and board of directors. For example, Section 40422 of the Sarbanes-OxleySecurities Act requirescreates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
The market price of our Class A Common Stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
The Class A Common Stock is and will be subordinate to all of our existing and future indebtedness, our Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock and any preferred stock issued in the future, and effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and preferred equity claims against our subsidiaries.
Shares of the Class A Common Stock are common equity interests in us and, as such, will rank junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities. Additionally, holders of the Class A Common Stock are subject to the prior liquidation rights of holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, none of which will be issued as of the Closing, and may become subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of holders of any series of preferred stock that the Board may designate and issue without any action on the part of the holders of the Class A Common Stock. Furthermore, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon any of our subsidiaries’ liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors and preferred stockholders.
We may from time to time need additional financing to fund operations and to expand our business, including to pursue acquisitions and other strategic opportunities.
As a result of the Business Combination, we raised gross proceeds of approximately $365 million, comprising (i) the contribution of approximately $42 million of cash held in the trust account from the APSG IPO, net of the redemption of APSG Class A Ordinary Shares held by APSG Shareholders of approximately $776 million, and (ii) $323.5 million PIPE Investment at $10.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock. As a result of the Business Combination, we received net proceeds of approximately $128 million, net of transaction costs related to the Business Combination of approximately $69 million and redemption of approximately $168 million of Legacy GBT’s preferred shares (including dividend accrued thereon).
We intend to fund our current working capital needs in the ordinary course of business and to continue to expand our business with our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and cash flows from operating activities. However, we may from time to time need additional financing to fund operations and to expand our business. We may, from time to time, explore additional financing sources to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, from time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions and other strategic opportunities. If we elect to pursue any such investments, we may fund them with internally generated funds, bank financing, the issuance of other debt or equity or a combination thereof. There is no assurance that any such financing or funding would be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we evaluate and report on our systemwould be able to satisfy or obtain a waiver of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-Kapplicable borrowing conditions for borrowing additional amounts under the year ending December 31, 2021. Onlyunused commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in the eventfuture. In addition, utilization of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be effectively limited as of the end of any fiscal quarter if we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be requiredunable to comply with the independent registeredleverage-based financial covenant for such facility contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement when required. See “— Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness” for more information.

47


There is also no assurance that the holders of the warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the warrants or whether or when the GBTG Options may be exercised, which could impact our liquidity position. To the extent that the warrants or GBTG Options are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants or the GBTG Options will decrease. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the warrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable.

48


USE OF PROCEEDS
All of the Class A Common Stock and warrants offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A Common Stock or warrants by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus.
We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $454 million from the exercise of all public accounting firm attestation requirementwarrants and private placement warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all such warrants for cash. We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $288 million from the exercise of all GBTG Options, assuming the exercise in full of all such options for cash. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exercise. Unless we inform you otherwise in a prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus, we expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of such warrants and GBTG Options for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and other business opportunities and the repayment of indebtedness. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the warrants and GBTG Options.
There is no assurance that the holders of the warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the warrants or whether or when the GBTG Options may be exercised. To the extent that the warrants or GBTG Options are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants or the GBTG Options will decrease. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the warrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable.
We will pay certain expenses associated with the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, as described in the section titled “Plan of Distribution.”

49


MARKET PRICE, TICKER SYMBOL AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
Market Price and Ticker Symbol
Our Class A Common Stock and warrants trade on NYSE under the trading symbols “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.
On July 18, 2022, the trading date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, the closing price of our Class A Common Stock and public warrants were $5.62 and $0.9885, respectively.
Holders
As of July 18, 2022, there were 18 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock, 3 holders of record of our Class B Common Stock and 2 holders of record of our warrants. The number of holders of record does not include a substantially greater number of “street name” holders or beneficial holders whose Class A Common Stock and warrants are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Dividend Policy
We have not paid any cash dividends on our internal control overClass A Common Stock to date. The payment of any cash dividends in the future will be within the discretion of our Board at such time. Furthermore, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law. We currently expect to retain future earnings to finance operations and grow our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, GBT has agreed to make pro rata cash distributions, or tax distributions, to the owners of GBT A Ordinary Shares and GBT B Ordinary Shares, in amounts intended to be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our liabilities for taxes, as reasonably determined by the Board, subject to various limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, restrictions in our debt documents, the availability of sufficient cash and appropriate reserves for working capital, and the applicable provisions of Jersey law. We currently expect to adopt a dividend policy pursuant to which we would pay a dividend on the Class A Common Stock in the amount of any such cash balances in order to maintain the intended economic relationship between the shares of the Class A Common Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares.
Pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, so long as GBT is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, GBT may make Tax Distributions (as defined and set forth in the Shareholders Agreement after the effectiveness thereof), subject to certain limitations on future amendments, if any, to the Shareholders Agreement and certain restrictions on making Tax Distributions with respect to any income included under Section 965(a) of the Code. We may receive tax distributions from GBT significantly in excess of our tax liabilities. If we become a guarantor under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, then our ability to make dividends on the Class A Common Stock in the amount of any excess cash balances from such tax distributions, as well as certain other cash dividends, would be subject to fixed-dollar caps set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in the event that the total leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) would be greater than 3.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. If we do not become a guarantor, then the ability of our subsidiaries to make certain cash dividends to us will be subject to similar restrictions.

50


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Introduction
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial reporting. Further,information provides additional information regarding the financial aspects of the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.”
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 combines the historical balance sheet of APSG and Legacy GBT on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on March 31, 2022. The Egencia Acquisition closed on November 1, 2021 and, therefore, the consolidated balance sheet of Legacy GBT as of March 31, 2022 includes the impact of the Egencia Acquisition following the consummation of the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 combine the historical statements of operations of APSG, Legacy GBT, and Egencia on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on January 1, 2021.
A summary of the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions is provided below:

On December 2, 2021, APSG entered into the Business Combination Agreement with Legacy GBT pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Business Combination Agreement, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, in the aggregate, own a majority voting interest in GBTG and a majority economic interest in GBT, and the existing shareholders of APSG own a minority voting interest in GBTG and an indirect minority economic interest in the GBT business. Upon Closing, GBT is a direct subsidiary of GBTG and GBTG conducts its business through GBT in an umbrella partnership-C corporation structure.

The Egencia Acquisition was consummated on November 1, 2021, and Expedia became an indirect holder of approximately 19% of the equity interests of Legacy GBT, excluding the preferred shares and profit shares of Legacy GBT, GBT MIP Options and GBT MIP Shares as of such date. At the Closing, and as contemplated by the Egencia Acquisition, Expedia has become a direct equityholder in GBT.

Immediately prior to the Closing, the PIPE Investors purchased 32,350,000 shares of APSG Class A Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $323.5 million, which, upon the Closing, converted on a one-for-one basis to shares of Class A Common Stock.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to represent, and is not necessarily indicative of, what the actual financial condition of the combined company would have been had the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of the financial condition of the combined company as of any future date. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based on and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of APSG, Legacy GBT and Egencia, and the related notes thereto, as well as the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and related transactions and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations have been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions. They have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and are for informational purposes only and are subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions as described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information reflects transaction-related adjustments management believes are necessary to present fairly (i) the combined company pro forma financial position following the Closing and (ii) the combined company pro forma results of operations following the closing of the Business Combination and Egencia Acquisition

51


and related transactions as of and for the periods indicated. The related transaction accounting adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions management believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report our (i) financial condition as if the Business Combination, the related transactions were completed as of the period indicated and (ii) results of operations as if the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions were completed for the periods indicated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. We believe that our assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions contemplated based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
Accounting for the Business Combination
The Business Combination has been accounted for as longa reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, APSG has been treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination is treated as the equivalent of GBT issuing shares for the net assets of APSG, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of APSG are recognized at fair value (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value as APSG’s net assets primarily comprise of Investments held in Trust Account), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.
Legacy GBT has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

Legacy GBT has been determined to be a corporate like entity due to its governance structure;

Legacy GBT’s stockholders have the majority of the voting power in the company surviving the Business Combination i.e. GBTG;

Legacy GBT’s stockholders are able to appoint a majority of the Board;

Legacy GBT’s management team is the management team of the company surviving the Business Combination;

Legacy GBT’s prior operations comprise the ongoing operations of the company surviving the Business Combination;

Legacy GBT is the larger entity based on historical revenues and business operations; and

The company surviving the Business Combination assumed Legacy GBT’s operating name and its headquarters.
Accounting for Egencia Acquisition
The Egencia Acquisition closed on November 1, 2021 and, therefore, the consolidated balance sheet of Legacy GBT as of March 31, 2022 includes the impact of the Egencia Acquisition. The pro forma adjustments related to the Egencia Acquisition primarily reflect the impact of the following in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations:

the amortization of acquired intangibles; and

the impact of revenue sharing arrangement with Expedia.

52


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF MARCH 31, 2022
($ in millions, except share and per share data)
GBT JerseyCo
Limited
Apollo Strategic
Growth Capital
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$329$$128
3(a)
$457
Accounts receivable, net562562
Due from affiliates99
Prepaid expenses and other current assets143(26)
3(b)
117
Total current assets1,0431021,145
Investments held in Trust Account818(818)
3(c)
Property and equipment, net213213
Equity method investments1616
Goodwill1,3461,346
Other intangible assets, net718718
Operating lease right-of-use assets5454
Deferred tax assets300300
Other non-current assets4646
Total assets$3,736$818$(716)$3,838
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$289$5$(5)
3(d)
$289
Due to affiliates414(4)
3(e)
41
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities44812
3(f)
460
Notes payable6(6)
3(d)
Current portion of operating lease liabilities2020
Current portion of long-term debt33
Total current liabilities80115(3)813
Long-term non-current debt, net of unamortized
debt discount and debt issuance costs
1,0201,020
Deferred tax liabilities1193
3(n)
122
Pension liabilities316316
Long-term operating lease liabilities5555
Derivative warrant liabilities6060
Earnout liability175
3(k)
175
Deferred underwriting compensation29(29)
3(d)
Other non-current liabilities2626
Total liabilities$2,337$104$146$2,587
Commitments and contingencies
Temporary Equity
APSG Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption817(817)
3(l)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial statements.
53


($ in millions, except share and per share data)
GBT JerseyCo
Limited
Apollo Strategic
Growth Capital
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
GBT Preferred Shares165(165)
3(h)
Shareholders Equity
Legacy GBT Voting Ordinary Shares
Legacy GBT Non-Voting Ordinary Shares
Legacy GBT Profit shares
GBT MIP Shares
APSG Preferred Shares
APSG Class A Ordinary Shares
APSG Class B Ordinary Shares
Class A-1 Preferred Stock
Class B-1 Preferred Stock
Class A Common Stock
Class B Common Stock
Additional paid-in capital2,558(103)
3(j)
1,480
(175)
3(k)
324
3(g)
(30)
3(d)
(3)
3(h)
(776)
3(i)
817
3(l)
(1,095)
3(m)
(12)
3(f)
4
3(e)
(26)
3(b)
(3)
3(n)
Accumulated deficit(1,156)(103)103
3(j)
(1,156)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(169)(169)
Total equity of Company's shareholders$1,233$(103)$(975)$155
Equity attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries1$1,095
3(m)
1,096
Total shareholders' equity$1,234$(103)$120$1,251
Equity attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries
Total liabilities, preferred shares and shareholders' equity$3,736$818$(716)$3,838
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial statements.
54


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022
($ in millions, except share and per share data)
GBT
JerseyCo
Limited
(Historical)
Apollo
Strategic
Growth
Capital
(Historical)
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
Revenue$350$$$350
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below)173173
Sales and marketing7272
Technology and content90���90
Administration fee – related party
General and administrative65166
Restructuring charges22
Depreciation and amortization4444
Total operating expenses4461447
Operating loss(96)(1)(97)
Interest expense(19)(19)
Other expense, net(7)
3(aa)
(7)
Change in fair value of derivative
warrants
(4)(4)
Loss before income taxes and share of loss from
equity method investments
(115)(5)(7)(127)
Benefit from income taxes251
3(bb)
26
Share of losses from equity method investments(1)(1)
Net loss$(91)$(5)$(6)$(102)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries(89)
3(cc)
(89)
Net loss attributable to the Company(91)(5)83(13)
Preferred shares dividend(5)5
3(dd)
Net loss attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders(96)(5)88(13)
Earnings per share attributable to the
shareholders of the Company’s ordinary
shares – Basic and Diluted:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares / common stock outstanding44,413,972
Loss per share$(2.15)
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares81,681,00024,735,96756,945,033
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A$(0.05)$(0.23)
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary share20,420,250
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B$(0.05)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial statements.
55


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021
($ in millions, except
share and per share
data)
GBT
JerseyCo
Limited
(Historical)
Egencia
Historical
(September 30,
2021)
Egencia
Historical-
(Oct 2021
Mgt
accounts/
estimates)
Egencia
Historical
(October 31,
2021)
Egencia
Acquisition
Adjustments
GBT
JerseyCo
Limited
Combined
(Historical)
Apollo
Strategic
Growth
Capital
(Historical)
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
Revenue$763$123$25$148$(22)
2(i)
$889$$$889
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below)47711219131608608
Sales and marketing
20186793294���294
Technology and content26453457321321
General and administrative21333235(6)
2(ii)
24213255
Restructuring charges14992323
Depreciation and amortization154364402
2(iii)
196196
Total operating expenses1,32332936365(4)1,684131,697
Operating loss(560)(206)(11)(217)(18)(795)(13)(808)
Interest income111
Interest expense(53)(53)(53)
Loss on early
extinguishment of
debt
(49)(49)(49)
Other income (expense), net82210(11)
3(aa)
(1)
Change in fair value of derivative warrants1919
Loss before income taxes and share of loss from equity method investments(653)(204)(11)(215)(18)(886)6(11)(891)
Benefit from income
taxes
186225
2(iv)
1932
3(bb)
195
Share of losses from
equity method
investments
(8)(8)(8)
Net loss$(475)(202)(11)$(213)$(13)$(701)$6$(9)$(704)
Net loss attributable
to noncontrolling
interests in
subsidiaries
(2)(2)(615)
3(cc)
(617)
Net (loss) income
attributable to the
Company
(473)(202)(11)(213)(13)(699)6606(87)
Preferred shares dividend(10)(10)10
3(dd)
Net (loss) income
attributable to the
Company’s
ordinary
shareholders
(483)(202)(11)(213)(13)(709)6616(87)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial statements.
56


($ in millions, except
share and per share
data)
GBT
JerseyCo
Limited
(Historical)
Egencia
Historical
(September 30,
2021)
Egencia
Historical-
(Oct 2021
Mgt
accounts/
estimates)
Egencia
Historical
(October 31,
2021)
Egencia
Acquisition
Adjustments
GBT
JerseyCo
Limited
Combined
(Historical)
Apollo
Strategic
Growth
Capital
(Historical)
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
Earnings per share
attributable to the
shareholders of the
Company’s
ordinary
shares – Basic and
Diluted:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares / common stock outstanding37,406,171
Loss per share$(12.91)
Weighted average
shares outstanding
of Class A
ordinary shares
81,681,000(24,735,967)56,945,033
Basic and diluted net
income (loss) per
share, Class A
$0.06$(1.53)
Weighted average
shares outstanding
of Class B ordinary
share
20,420,250
Basic and diluted net
income per share,
Class B
$0.06
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial statements.
57


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Basis of Presentation
The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, APSG is treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances: (i) Legacy GBT has been determined to be a corporate like entity due to its governance structure; (ii) Legacy GBT’s stockholders have the majority of the voting power in the company surviving the Business Combination, i.e. GBTG; (iii) Legacy GBT’s stockholders are able to appoint a majority of the Board; (iv) Legacy GBT’s management team is the management team of the company surviving the Business Combination; (v) Legacy GBT’s prior operations comprise the ongoing operations of the company surviving the Business Combination; (vi) Legacy GBT is the larger entity based on historical revenues and business operations; and (vii) the company surviving the Business Combination assumed Legacy GBT’s operating name and its headquarters. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination is treated as the equivalent of Legacy GBT issuing shares for the net assets of APSG, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of APSG are recognized at fair value (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value as APSG’s net assets primarily comprise of Investments held in Trust Account), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination are those of Legacy GBT.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 presents the pro forma effect of the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 presents the pro forma effect of the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions as if they had been completed on January 1, 2021. These periods are presented on the basis of Legacy GBT as the accounting acquirer.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the following materials:

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

the historical unaudited financial statements of APSG as of, and for the three months ended, March 31, 2022;

the historical unaudited financial statements of Legacy GBT as of, and for the three months ended, March 31, 2022;

the historical audited financial statements of APSG as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2021;

the historical audited financial statements of Legacy GBT as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2021; and

the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included in this prospectus.
Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”). As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The unaudited pro forma combined financial information reflects transaction related adjustments management believes are necessary to present fairly Legacy GBT’s pro forma results of operations and financial position following the Closing as of and for the periods indicated. The related transaction accounting adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions management believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report Legacy

58


GBT’s financial condition and results of operations as if the Business Combination was completed as of the date indicated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material.
Egencia’s historical financial information has been presented on a “carve-out” basis from Expedia’s consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of Egencia and includes allocations of corporate expenses and shared expenses from Expedia. These allocations reflect significant assumptions, and the financial statements may not fully reflect what Egencia’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had it been a standalone company during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of Egencia’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination, the Egencia Acquisition and related transactions.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination, Egencia Acquisition and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of our future consolidated results of operations or financial position. They should be read in conjunction with the audited annual financial statements and quarterly financial statements of each of APSG, Legacy GBT and Egencia and related notes thereto included in this prospectus.
The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated.
Note 2 — Unaudited pro forma adjustments related to Egencia Acquisition
The historical consolidated financial information of Legacy GBT is derived from its consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and includes results of Egencia since the date of its acquisition on November 1, 2021. The historical balance sheet of Legacy GBT as of March 31, 2022 includes provisional purchase accounting adjustments related to the Egencia Acquisition. On November 1, 2021, Legacy GBT acquired Egencia from Expedia. As part of the Egencia Acquisition’s purchase consideration, Expedia became an indirect holder of non-voting ordinary shares of Legacy GBT, which represents approximately 19% of the equity interests of Legacy GBT, excluding the preferred shares and profit shares of Legacy GBT, GBT MIP Options and GBT MIP Shares. On Closing, and as contemplated by the Egencia Acquisition, Expedia became a direct equity holder in GBT. Such equity interest is subject to changes based on final debt/cash and working capital adjustments and we remain an emerging growth company, we willhave estimated that the extent of such adjustments is not expected to be material. The pro forma adjustments presented above assume that no additional consideration would be required to comply withbe paid to Expedia.
Under the independent registered publicacquisition method of accounting, firm attestation requirementthe identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed are recorded at the acquisition date fair values. The pro forma acquisition adjustments are provisional and based on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements(i) initial fair valuations of purchase consideration, assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and (ii) estimated useful lives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome for us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance withassets. These pro forma acquisition adjustments illustrate the provisionsestimated effect of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacyEgencia Acquisition on the pro forma consolidated statements of operations. For all assets acquired and liabilities assumed other than acquired technology, identified intangible assets and goodwill, the fair value is determined to be the same as its internal controls. The developmentcarrying value. Management continues to evaluate the provisional valuations and the final determination of the internal controlfair values will be completed within the one-year measurement period from the date of any such entitycompletion of the acquisition, as required by Accounting Standard Codification Topic 805 — Business Combinations. The significance of the Egencia Acquisition may necessitate the use of this measurement period to achieve compliance withadequately analyze and assess a number of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actfactors used in establishing the asset and liability fair values as of the acquisition date, including customer relationships, tradenames and technology and the assumptions underpinning the related tax impacts. Any potential adjustments made could be material in relation to the provisional values presented in the consolidated balance sheet and pro forma consolidated statements of operations. Accordingly, the purchase price allocation may increase the timebe subject to further adjustment as additional information becomes available and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.as additional
 
59

 
Because weanalyses are incorporatedcompleted. There can be no assurances that these additional analyses will not result in significant changes to the estimates of fair value set forth below.
(i)
In connection with the Egencia Equity Contribution Agreement, the Company has entered into a long-term hotel supply agreement whereby Legacy GBT will receive hotel commission revenue from Expedia for the hotel bookings made by Egencia on Expedia’s platform. Historically Egencia has recorded the entire hotel commission in its financial statements. The adjustment represents reversal of Expedia’s share of hotel commission revenue from the combined results pursuant to this agreement, and for the ten months ended October 31, 2021, Legacy GBT has estimated that a total of $22 million would have been share of Expedia’s hotel commission revenue under such agreement if the lawsagreement had been in effect as of January 1, 2021.
(ii)
Represents:
(1)
Reversal of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficultiesacquisition transaction costs of $13 million included in protecting your interests,the historical statements of operations of Legacy GBT for the year ended December 31, 2021 and your ability to protect your rights through
(2)
Amortization of deferred compensation asset recognized on the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.Egencia Acquisition of $7 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2021.
We are an exempted limited company incorporated under
(iii)
Represents additional amortization expense resulting from the lawsfair value of Egencia’s acquired intangible assets. The table below indicates the fair values, estimated useful lives and the annual amortization of each of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficultidentifiable acquired intangible asset.
($ in millions, except as stated otherwise)
Fair
value
Useful
lives (years)
Annual
Amortization
Acquired technology$505$10
Customer and Supplier relationships3901526
Tradenames50105
Annual estimated additional amortization41
The pro forma adjustment represents the net additional amount recorded for investorsthe ten months ended October 31, 2021 to effect serviceinclude the impact of process withinamortization of intangibles assets acquired on business combination, after considering reversal of related depreciation and amortization recorded in historical accounts.
(iv)
Represents the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtainedtax adjustment for the pro forma adjustments of Egencia Acquisition calculated at 28%.
Note 3 — Unaudited pro forma adjustments related to Business Combination
The adjustments included in the United States courts against our directors or officers.unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 are as follows:
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association,(a)
Represents the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common lawaggregate impact of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subjectfollowing pro forma adjustments to cash to give effect to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rightsBusiness Combination:
(Signs represent cash inflow (outflow))
Cash inflow from APSG Trust Account$818(c)
Cash inflow from the PIPE Investment324(g)
Payment of transaction fees(70)(d)
Payment to Legacy GBT preferred shareholders(168)(h)
Release of cash for redemption of shares(776)(i)
Net Pro Forma Adjustment to Cash$128(a)
(b)
Represents deferred offering costs being written off to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by statutory law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.equity.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board, three-year director terms and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.
After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.
It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a
 
60

 
result, it may(c)
Represents cash equivalents that was released from the Trust Account and relieved of restrictions regarding use upon consummation of the Business Combination and, accordingly, became available for general use by GBTG.
(d)
Represents the estimated transaction costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination including, but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees and registration fees that were paid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. Of the total amount, (i) $29 million relates to the cash used to pay deferred underwriter compensation that was incurred as part of the APSG IPO and that was to be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors inpaid upon the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect serviceconsummation of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.
We may pursue a business combination with a target businessby APSG (ii) $7 million related to the cash used to pay APSG notes payable and $5 million related to APSG accounts payable and accrued liabilities for costs incurred in any geographic location. If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside ofrelation to the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.
If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with difficult commercial and legal requirements of the overseas market;Business Combination.
(e)
rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;Represents amounts due to affiliates that were settled as of the acquisition date.
(f)
complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;Represents an accrual for unpaid bankers’ fees related to services provided in connection with the Business Combination.
(g)
laws governingReflects the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;gross cash proceeds of $324 million from the issuance and sale of PIPE Securities at $10.00 per share pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements.
(h)
exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;Represents the payment of $168 million to holders of Legacy GBT preferred shares, which includes $3 million of dividends accrued for the period from April 1, 2022 to May 27, 2022.
(i)
tariffsRepresents the cash disbursement for the redemption of 77,514,764 shares of Class A Common Stock at a redemption price of approximately $10.00 per share and trade barriers;any income accrued thereon, totaling approximately $776 million.
(j)
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;Elimination of historical retained earnings of APSG as part of the reverse recapitalization accounting.
(k)
local or regional economic policiesReflects the fair value of the Sponsor and market conditions;Legacy GBT shareholders of earnout shares contingently issued to the Sponsor and the Legacy GBT shareholders as of the Closing. The value was determined utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation analysis in order to capture a wide range of earnout shares vesting scenarios over the five year earnout achievement period. The following assumptions and inputs were used for approximately 20,000 Monte Carlo simulations:
Class A Common Stock price — $9.95
Annual volatility — 35.0%
Risk-free rate of return — 2.42%
(l)
Reflects (i) the redemption of 77,514,764 APSG Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) reclassification of 4,166,236 APSG Class A Ordinary Shares to permanent equity.
(m)
unexpected changesNoncontrolling interests represent direct interests held in regulatory requirements;GBT other than by GBTG immediately after the Business Combination. Reflects the noncontrolling interest ownership of 87.4% ownership of GBTG held by Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
(n)
longer payment cycles;Represents the net US deferred tax liability to be reflected on GBTG’s books for the outside basis difference on its investment in GBT of $(40) million offset by deferred tax assets of $37 million related to foregone US foreign tax credits on GBT’s foreign deferred tax assets.
The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are as follows:
(aa)
Reflects the change in fair value of the Sponsor and Legacy GBT shareholders earnout shares.
(bb)
Represents an adjustment to record the income tax issues, such as tax law changesimpact of APSG’s 2022 income statement activity at a statutory rate of 27% assuming US federal and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;state income taxes would apply after becoming a US resident corporation (Delaware).

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

government appropriation of assets.
We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.
We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks
 
61

 
on, or security breaches(cc)
Noncontrolling interests represent direct interests held in our systems or infrastructure, orGBT other than by APSG immediately after the systems or infrastructureBusiness Combination. Reflects the noncontrolling interest ownership of third parties or87.4%.
(dd)
Represents an adjustment to eliminate the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriationpreferred shares dividend associated with the paydown of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.
If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.
Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directorsLegacy GBT preferred shares upon consummation of the company andBusiness Combination.
Note 4 — Earnings per Share
Represents the managementnet earnings per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding. Pro forma net earnings per share is calculated based on weighted average shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2021. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the target business atperiod presented, the timecalculation of weighted average shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented. The Company uses the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per common share. In periods of net loss, no effect was given to the Company’s participating securities as they did not contractually participate in the losses of the business combination will remainCompany.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented after considering actual redemptions of APSG shares:
For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share
Pro Forma net loss attributable to shareholders (in $ millions)$(13)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted56,945,033
Basic and diluted net loss per share$(0.23)
(1)
Potentially dilutive securities that are not included in place. Managementthe calculation of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.
After our initial business combination, substantially alldiluted net loss per share consist of our assets36,535,801 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be locatedissued upon the exercise of 36,535,801 GBTG Options to purchase Class A Common Stock, 39,451,134 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of warrants and 15,000,000 Legacy GBT shareholders earnout shares. These securities are not included in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue willthe diluted net loss per share calculation because to do so would be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent,anti-dilutive due to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions inPro Forma consolidated net loss results for the country in which we operate.three months ended March 31, 2022.
Note 5 — Long-term Debt
The economic, political and social conditions,Effective as well as government policies, of December 16, 2021, the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our abilitySenior Secured Credit Agreement was amended to, find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.
Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.
In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in non-U.S. regions fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changesestablish the $1,000 million Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, $800 million of which was borrowed on such date and $200 million of which was available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the date of such initial borrowings, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions. On May 19, 2022, a principal amount of $100 million of term loans were borrowed from such $200 million of delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. On June 9, 2022, a principal amount of $100 million of additional term loans were borrowed from the last remaining delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. For additional information, see “Business — Description of Certain Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Agreement — Term Loan Facilities.” The aggregate $200 million of delayed draw term loans that were borrowed in politicalMay and economic conditions. Any changeJune 2022 under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities are not included in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, ourunaudited pro forma condensed combined financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.
The securities in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.information.
The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to
 
62


complete our initial business combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income not released to us, net of taxes payable. Negative interest rates could impact the per-share redemption amount that may be received by public shareholders. In addition, we are allowed to remove permitted withdrawals to pay our taxes; this means that even with a positive interest rate, most or all of the interest income may be withdrawn by us and not be available to fund our business combination or to be returned to investors upon a redemption.
We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, in which case the laws of such jurisdiction would govern some or all of our future material agreements, and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.
In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.
We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.
We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.
Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.
We employ a mail forwarding service, which may delay or disrupt our ability to receive mail in a timely manner.
Mail addressed to the company and received at its registered office will be forwarded unopened to the forwarding address supplied by company to be dealt with. None of the company, its directors, officers, advisors or service providers (including the organization which provides registered office services in the Cayman Islands) will bear any responsibility for any delay howsoever caused in mail reaching the forwarding address, which may impair your ability to communicate with us.

63

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSBUSINESS
Certain statementsUnless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposessection to the “Company,” “our,” “we” or “us” refer to Global Business Travel Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, butBusiness Combination, other than certain historical information which refers to the business of GBT JerseyCo Limited prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
Overview
We are not limitedthe world’s leading B2B travel platform, measured by 2019 TTV, according to statements regardingTravel Weekly (“2021 Power List,” June 2021, Travel Weekly). We provide a full suite of differentiated, technology-enabled solutions to business travelers and corporate clients, suppliers of travel content (such as airlines, hotels, ground transportation and aggregators) and third party travel agencies. We differentiate our orvalue proposition through our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regardingcommitment to deliver unrivalled choice, value and experience, with the future. In addition, any statements that referpowerful backing of American Express GBT, to projections, forecasts orour customers.
We are at the center of the global B2B travel ecosystem, managing the end-to-end logistics of corporate travel and providing an important link between businesses, their employees, travel suppliers and other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, butindustry participants. We service our clients in the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:following ways:

Our travel management solutions (delivered through the portfolio of GBT’s brands, including American Express Global Business Travel, Ovation, Lawyers Travel and Egencia) provide our abilityclients with extensive access to selectflights, hotel rooms, car rentals and other travel services, including exclusive negotiated content, supported by a full suite of services that allows them to design and operate an appropriate target business or businesses;efficient travel program and solve complex travel requirements.

GBT Partner Solutions extends our abilityplatform to complete our initialNetwork Partners who are TMCs and independent advisors, offering them access to our differentiated content and technology. Through GBT Partner Solutions, we aggregate business combination;travel demand serviced by our Network Partners at low incremental cost, which we believe enhances the economics of our platform, generates increased ROI and expands our geographic and segment footprint.

GBT Supply MarketPlace provides travel suppliers with efficient access to business travel clients serviced by our expectations aroundbrands and Network Partners. We believe this access allows travel suppliers to benefit from premium demand (which we generally view as demand that is differentially valuable and profitable to suppliers) without incurring the performancecosts associated with directly marketing to, and servicing, the complex needs of our corporate clients. Our travel supplier relationships generate efficiencies and cost savings that can be passed on to our corporate clients.
As of April 2022, we served approximately 19,000 corporate clients and more than 260 Network Partners.
In June 2014, American Express established the JV comprising the Legacy GBT operations with a predecessor of Juweel and a group of institutional investors led by an affiliate of Certares. Following the formation of the prospective targetJV in 2014, we have evolved from a leading TMC into a complete B2B travel platform, becoming one of the leading marketplaces in travel for corporate clients and travel suppliers according to Travel Weekly (“2021 Power List,” June 2021, Travel Weekly). Before June 2014, our operations were owned by American Express and primarily consisted of providing business or businesses;
travel solutions for corporate clients.
Prior to the Closing Date, we operated our business travel, business consulting and meetings and events businesses under the brands American Express Global Business Travel and American Express Meetings & Events pursuant to an exclusive and worldwide license from American Express. Effective as of the Closing Date, we executed long-term commercial agreements with American Express, including the A&R Trademark License Agreement, pursuant to which we continue to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, continue to license the American Express trademarks used in American Express Meetings & Events (solely during a 12-month transition period) brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel, in each case on an exclusive and worldwide basis. The term of the A&R Trademark License Agreement is for 11 years from the Closing Date, unless earlier terminated or extended (See “Certain Relationships and

63


Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — License of American Express Marks”). The American Express brand, consistently ranked as one of the most valuable brands in the world, brings with it a reputation for service excellence. We believe our successpartnership with American Express has been an important component of our value proposition. Under our commercial agreements with American Express, we exclusively provide business travel and meetings and events services to American Express personnel, subject to limited exceptions, engage in retaining or recruiting, or changes requiredmutual global lead generation activities with American Express for our respective services and continue to exclusively promote American Express payment products to our clients and to make those products available for use by our own personnel in our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interestconnection with our business or in approving our initial business combination;
business.

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

American Express is a bank holding company under the ability of our officersBHC Act, and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the trust account not beingis therefore subject to claimssupervision, regulation and examination by U.S. bank regulatory authorities. Because and for so long as American Express “controls” GBT for the purposes of third parties; or
the BHC Act, GBT is subject to certain bank regulatory requirements and restrictions. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Regulatory, Tax and Litigation Matters,” “Business — Government Regulation — Banking Regulation,” “Business — Government Regulation — Activities” and “Business — Government Regulation — Acquisitions and Investments.”

ourFrom 2015 (the first full fiscal year following the formation of the JV) through 2019, we added more than $790 million in revenue (representing a CAGR of 11%), $235 million in net income and $290 million in Adjusted EBITDA (representing a CAGR of 33%). In addition, we completed two acquisitions in 2021: Egencia and Ovation. The acquisition of Ovation has been included in Legacy GBT’s historical financial performance following this offering.
The forward-looking statements containedresults from the date of its acquisition in this prospectus are based on our current expectationsJanuary 2021, and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us.Legacy GBT’s historical financial results the acquisition of Egencia as of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting usour historical growth from 2015 or 2019 will be those thatreplicated in the future. Our business is susceptible to substantial disruptions, as described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, for information on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on business travel and the Company, see “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.”
Since the formation of the JV, we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involveexpanded our capabilities, integrated new brands through acquisitions, and invested more than $600 million in product and platform, excluding Egencia. In addition to our organic transformation since the formation of the JV, we have added significant capabilities through strategic acquisitions. The graphic below reflects such transactions:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216855d1-fc_kds4clr.jpg]
KDS, which we acquired in October 2016, strengthened our platform and digital capabilities in two key areas: (i) KDS’ flagship Neo Online Booking Tool and Expense platform (“Neo”) provides us with our own leading edge platform to engage with and delight travelers through digital channels; and (ii) KDS’ development group, relaunched as our Neo Technology Group (“NTG”), today comprises more than 200 people and is our dedicated center of excellence for digital and ecommerce innovation.

SMT was our long-time service delivery partner (TPN) in Finland, and became our proprietary operation in October 2016.

Banks Sadler is a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performanceUK-based specialist in creative solutions for meetings and events. We acquired Banks Sadler in August 2017, and it continues to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whetheroperate as a result of new information, futurespecialist brand within our meetings and events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.business.
 
64

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We are offering 75,000,000 units at an offering priceIn December 2017, we acquired the remaining 35% equity stake in our business in Spain that was previously held by joint venture partner, affiliates of $10.00 per unit. We estimate thatBarceló Hotel Group. After the net proceedsconsummation of this offering together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private placement warrants will be used as set forth in the following table.
Without Over-
Allotment Option
Over-Allotment
Option Fully
Exercised
Gross proceeds
Gross proceeds from units offered to public(1)
$750,000,000$862,500,000
Gross proceeds from private placement warrants offered in the private placement17,000,00019,250,000
Total gross proceeds$767,000,000$881,750,000
Offering expenses(2)
Underwriting discounts and commissions (2.0% of gross proceeds from units offered to public, excluding deferred portion)(3)
$15,000,000$17,250,000
Legal fees and expenses500,000500,000
Printing and engraving expenses35,00035,000
Accounting fees and expenses35,00035,000
SEC/FINRA Expenses322,270322,270
Travel and road show20,00020,000
NYSE listing and filing fees85,00085,000
Director and Officer liability insurance premiums200,000200,000
Miscellaneous2,7302,730
Total offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions)$1,200,000$1,200,000
Proceeds after offering expenses$750,800,000$863,300,000
Held in trust account(3)
$750,000,000$862,500,000
% of public offering size100%100%
Not held in trust account$800,000$800,000
The following table shows the use of the approximately $800,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account.(4)
Amount% of Total
Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses in connection with any business combination(5)
225,00028.1%
Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations175,00021.9%
Payment for office space, administrative and support services200,00025.0%
Reserve for liquidation expenses100,00012.5%
NYSE continued listing fees85,00010.6%
Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses (including taxes net of anticipated interest income)15,0001.9%
Total$800,000100.0%
(1)
Includes amounts payable to public shareholders who properly redeem their shares in connection withacquisition, GBT Spain became our successful completion of our initial business combination.wholly-owned business.
(2)
A portionIn July 2018, we completed the acquisition of Hogg Robinson Group Limited (“HRG”), a global B2B services company specializing in travel management. The acquisition of HRG enhanced our global scale, complemented our geographical footprint to offer enhanced service to our clients in key regions, and broadened our product and technology capabilities.

In September 2019, we completed the acquisition of DER Business Travel (“DER”). The DER acquisition expanded our footprint into the small-to-medium-sized enterprise (“SME”) segment in Germany, the largest country by travel spend in Europe according to Global Business Travel Association (“GBTA”) with a significant SME client base.

Our acquisition of 30 Seconds to Fly (“30STF”) in October 2020 was an important investment in AI and machine learning enabled traveler service. 30STF’s innovative CLAIRE AI can fully or partially automate travelers’ chat interactions with travel counselors, driving traveler satisfaction as well as operational efficiency.
In addition, we completed two acquisitions in 2021:

In January 2021, we completed the acquisition of Ovation. Ovation is a leading specialist in providing high-touch service. The Ovation acquisition was an important step in expanding our high value capabilities and building our leadership in the large and attractive U.S. SME segment and the professional services industry. Our historical results of 2021 included in this prospectus reflect the results of Ovations from the date of its acquisition in January 2021.

The Egencia Acquisition, which was completed on November 1, 2021, (i) substantially enhances our capabilities in the SME segment to significantly broaden our addressable client base; (ii) complements our SME value proposition with Egencia’s software solution specifically built for “digital-first” SME clients who want a seamless program that delivers full traveler tools and control at a lower cost; and (iii) provides leading edge traveler and client experience, as well as innovation capability powered by an experienced, proven travel technology talent base. For additional information, see “Business — Egencia Acquisition.” Our historical results included in this prospectus reflect the results of the offering expenses may be paid fromEgencia Acquisition as of the proceedsfiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022.
GBT’s operations are headquartered in London, United Kingdom, and as of loans fromMay 31, 2022, we had approximately 17,000 employees worldwide with a proprietary presence or operations in 31 countries. We service clients in the rest of the world through our sponsorTPN. According to GBTA, the 31 countries in which we have a proprietary presence represent approximately 86% of upbusiness travel spend worldwide, including Egencia.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we generated TTV in excess of $27.7 billion and $25.1 billion, respectively, resulting in revenues of $2,119 million and $1,899 million, respectively, net income of $138 million and $22 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $428 million and $311 million, respectively. As a point of reference, Egencia generated TTV of $8.4 billion and Ovation $1.2 billion in 2019; these amounts are not included the aforementioned result. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information about our non-GAAP measures and a reconciliation to
the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. A discussion of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our 2020 performance, mitigating actions taken by us and potential implications for our future performance is discussed in more detail below under “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update.”
 
65

 
$750,000 as describedAlthough the COVID-19 pandemic significantly disrupted our operations in this prospectus. These loans will be repaid upon completion2020 and 2021, during our years of this offering outnormalized operations, we have delivered strong revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216855d1-bc_formed4clr.jpg]
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
Industry Overview and Competitive Landscape
Over the past 60 years, travel and tourism has been one of the $1,200,000largest and fastest-growing economic sectors, representing $9.2 trillion in spend, or 10.4% of offering proceeds that has been allocated for the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) and amounts not to be heldglobal GDP in the trust account. In the event that offering expenses are less than set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-closing working capital expenses. In the event that the offering expenses are more than as set forth in this table, we may fund such excess with funds not held in the trust account.
(3)
The underwriters have agreed to defer underwriting discounts and commissions equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Upon completion of our initial business combination, $26,250,000, which constitutes the underwriters’ deferred underwriting commissions (or $30,187,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be paid2019, according to the underwriters fromWorld Travel & Tourism Council (“Travel & Tourism: Economic Impact 2021,” April 2021). The travel industry can generally be divided into two sectors: (i) the funds held in the trust account,leisure travel sector, which serves individuals who make reservations for vacation and the remaining funds, less amounts released to the trustee to pay redeeming shareholders, will be released to uspersonal travel, and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of(ii) the business or businesses withtravel sector, which our initialserves corporate clients that require travel by employees and other travelers for business combination occurs or for general corporate purposes, including payment of principal or interest on indebtedness incurred in connection with our initial business combination, to fund the purchases of other companies or for working capital. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accruedneeds and meetings. We focus primarily on the deferred underwriting commissions.
business travel sector.
(4)
These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expendituresAccording to GBTA, global business travel was an estimated $1.4 trillion industry in 2019 with decades of historical secular growth through economic cycles. Through the last two economic cycles (2000-2019), global business travel spend grew by an estimated CAGR of 4.4% compared to 3.7% real global GDP growth rate over the same period (“GBTA BTI Outlook Annual Global Report & Forecast: Prospects for some or allGlobal Business Travel 2020-2024,” January 2021, Global Business Travel Association). We believe this growth, in excess of these items may differ fromreal GDP growth, evidences the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legalsustained role business travel plays as a driver of business and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our business combination based uponeconomic growth around the world. The COVID-19 pandemic severely restricted the level of complexityeconomic activity around the world and has continued to have an unprecedented effect on the global travel industry, decreasing business travel significantly below 2019 levels. Accordingly, CAGR calculations that include the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2021 are not presented in this prospectus because we do not believe those results are indicative of such business combination. In the event we identify a business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligenceCompany’s normal operations and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financialtravel industry more generally due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific categoryimpact of expenses, would not be available for our expenses. The amountthe COVID-19 pandemic. We believe the historical track record of growth and the emergent recovery of business travel as travel restrictions have been relaxed supports the fundamental growth drivers and long-term growth potential of business travel worldwide in the table above does not include interest availablefuture. However, the profile, extent and timing of economic and travel recovery and the pace of future growth remains inherently uncertain given the nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and changes to us frombusiness practices that may become permanent and reduce the trust account. The proceeds heldneed for business travel. There can be no assurance that any emerging growth patterns will continue or that we will replicate our historical growth in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We estimate the interest earnedfuture. For information on the trust account will be approximately $3.8 million per year, assuming an interest rate of 0.5% per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount.
(5)
Includes estimated amounts that may also be used in connection with our business combination to fund a “no shop” provision and commitment fees for financing.
The rulesimpact of the NYSE provide that at least 90%COVID-19 pandemic on business travel, see “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Impact of the gross proceedsCOVID-19 Pandemic” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”
Business travel can be managed or unmanaged. Where business travel is unmanaged, travelers procure travel from, this offering and the private placement be deposited inare serviced by, B2C channels largely outside of corporate clients’ immediate oversight and control. Where business travel is managed, corporate clients choose a trust account. Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, $750,000,000 (or $862,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), including $26,250,000 (or $30,187,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting commissions, will be deposited into a U.S. based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and $17,000,000, (or $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be used to pay expenses in connection with the closing of this offering and for working capital following this offering. The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company ActTMC through which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We estimate that the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $3.8 million per year, assuming an interest rate of 0.5% per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to make permitted withdrawals, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will not be released from the trust account until the earliest to occur of (a) the completion of our initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% ofits travelers
 
66

 
procure travel and travel services. Through a TMC, corporate clients benefit from savings from demand aggregation, access to supplier content, effective fulfilment of corporate clients’ obligations to ensure the safety and well-being of their employees when traveling for business, and enhanced control over travel spending, among many other benefits.
We estimate that approximately 52% to 65% of business travel spend in the U.S., and approximately 40% of business travel spend in Europe, was managed in recent years. We believe that a majority of unmanaged business travel spend is driven by SMEs, which we believe provides us with a significant growth opportunity given our public shares ifstrong SME client base in B2B travel. Additionally, we do notestimate that the growth trends in our SME business, as well as the number of TMCs that currently focus on SMEs, indicate a greater demand for unmanaged travel by SMEs.
We are the world’s leading B2B travel platform based on 2019 TTV according to Travel Weekly. We estimate that the top 10 TMCs, including GBT and Egencia as separate entities, in aggregate accounted for approximately $120 billion in business travel TTV in 2019, or less than 10% of total business travel spend worldwide (“2020 Power List,” January 2020, Travel Weekly).
Many TMCs serve a mix of corporate clients. However, corporate clients have a range of different needs and priorities, and many TMCs focus on core capabilities aligned with the needs of their target clients. We differentiate our solutions to customers through a commitment to unrivaled choice through our portfolio of solutions, including specialist brands that target some of the most attractive segments in business travel; unrivaled value we deliver through comprehensive content and significant savings; and unrivaled traveler and customer experiences our platform offers across all our solutions and brands. We believe this differentiation is further enhanced by our brand promise — the Powerful Backing of American Express GBT:

Unrivaled Choice

Global Servicing with Sophisticated Capabilities: Many clients have global operations, and this is often combined with organizational size and complexity to drive a wide range of sophisticated travel program needs. Often this includes travel management at global and local level, a mix of insourced and outsourced processes and an ecosystem of tools and technology that varies for each client. Additionally, travel programs interface with processes and systems of other corporate functions (such as Finance, HR, sustainability, risk and compliance for example). We are differentiated by our complete solution designed to solve for this complexity: we support travelers and travel managers at a local and global level, through a consistent and flexible service infrastructure and technology backbone with a comprehensive stable of traveler service and travel management solutions configured for the client. The GBT offer spans complete outsourcing of an initial business combination withinentire travel program for even the completion window or (c) the redemptionlargest and most complex of our public shares if weclients, to point solutions that seamlessly integrate into our clients’ travel management program and deliver on their specific needs.

SME-Focused Client and Traveler Service, Including Specialized Brands: SMEs typically request solutions that range from agile and turnkey to global and comprehensive. Our SME offers are unabletailored to complete our initial business combinationSME client needs, for example, for an owner-managed SME, or a SME with operations in more than one country. Our SME value proposition is differentiated by being designed to provide the flexibility to meet this range of needs of SME clients. Our specialized Ovation and Lawyers Travel brands and the Egencia brand, provide even more focused offerings to segments within the completion window, subject to applicable law. Based on current interest rates, we expect that interest earned on the trust account will be sufficient to pay our taxes.SME where this is important and valued.
The net proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete our business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all

Unrivaled Experience

Leading Human (24/7 global customer service) and Digital traveler and customer experience powered by cutting edge Proprietary Platform: Ownership of the funds released fromdigital experience is a critical success factor in many customer segments, as a simple, easy to use, intuitive traveler and client digital experience often drives the trust accountbuying decision. We, through Neo and Egencia, are used for payment ofdifferentiated in this capability at global scale. Most new technology-based TMCs are focused on building this capability. We believe that our proven digital offer, which is further strengthened by the consideration in connection with our business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination,Egencia Acquisition, differentiates us to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital. There is no limitation onthese clients. We believe that our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connectionoffer the seamless combination of digital experience with our initial business combination.
We believe that amounts not held in trust will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. This belief is based on the fact that while we may begin preliminary due diligence of a target business in connection with an indication of interest, we intend to undertake in-depth due diligence, depending on the circumstances of the relevant prospective acquisition, only after we have negotiated and signed a letter of intent or other preliminary agreement that addresses the terms of a business combination. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor, membersexpertise of our management team or any of their affiliates, but such persons are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.travel counselors and
We will reimburse our sponsor for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to members of our management team, in an amount equal to $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.
Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan the company up to $750,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans bear interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and are unsecured and are due at the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering as part of the estimated $1,200,000 of offering expenses.
In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.
 
67

 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to datecustomer relationship managers is a compelling differentiator and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividendsprovides us with leading value propositions in the future will be dependent uponmost valuable customer segments.

Unrivaled Value

Comprehensive Content and Superior Value: While our revenuesclients have distinct service needs, the need for access to comprehensive content and earnings, if any, capital requirementsbest value through savings and general financial condition subsequent to completionamenities is ubiquitous across our client base. The GBT Supply MarketPlace delivers on this need with comprehensive content and superior value. The combination of our initial business combination. The paymentsolving the distinct needs of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplatingclients and does not anticipate declaring any other stock dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of this offering, in which case we will effect a stock dividend or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in an amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders prior to this offering at 20% of our issuedtravelers through tailored segment propositions and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.
DILUTION
The difference between the public offering price per Class A ordinary share, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement warrants, and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the private placement warrants, which would cause the actual dilution to the public shareholders to be higher, particularly where a cashless exercise is utilized. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A ordinary shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares.
At June 30, 2020, our net tangible book value was $0, or approximately $0 per Class B ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of 75,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus (or 86,250,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), the sale of the private placement warrants and the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2020 would have been $5,000,010, or approximately $9.77 per share (or $5,000,010, or $9.80 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value (as decreased bydelivering the value of the 71,954,999 Class A ordinary sharesGBT Supply MarketPlace across our entire client base underpins our differentiation.

The Powerful Backing of American Express GBT

We believe that may be redeemed for cash, or 82,811,249 Class A ordinary shares ifoperating to a higher standard in relation to the underwriters’ over-allotment optionEnvironment, Social Responsibility and Governance is exercised in full) of $9.77 per share (or $9.80 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)integral to our initial shareholders assuccess with customers and suppliers, and to attracting and retaining the best talent in the industry and is the cornerstone of our brand promise.
We believe that we benefit from our proven track record, reputation for service, capacity and capability to adapt to emerging needs and ability to invest in better solutions, and that these attributes will continue to support our business in the future. In particular, we believe that the following long-term structural trends have emphasized the increasingly important role of a well-managed travel program in effectively and efficiently solving critical business problems:

A growing emphasis on employee safety and well-being and the need for robust, high-quality, sophisticated solutions that help businesses deliver on their obligations to employees when they travel, increasing employee satisfaction;

Corporate clients seeking partners with a demonstrated commitment to high-quality service despite periods of significant disruption and uncertainty;

The rising value of technology platforms that can adapt quickly to emerging needs and support an increasingly digitally enabled workforce, supported by investments in innovation;

Corporate clients demanding a higher standard of cybersecurity and data privacy and seeking partners committed to protecting client and traveler data;

Increasingly fragmented content, highlighting the attractiveness of a platform that delivers extensive access to content and simplifies the purchasing process;

Corporate clients continuing to seek more control and visibility over their travel program costs, which benefits TMCs that offer a broader range of content and higher savings; and

Corporate clients seeking partnerships with TMCs that share their ambitions for more responsible and sustainable travel with solutions and clear roadmaps that support these ambitions.
We believe that we benefit from these long-term structural trends by combining:

The world’s leading B2B travel platform by 2019 TTV;

A diverse brand portfolio;

A track record of exceptional client and traveler support;

Comprehensive and differentiated content and experiences that drive improved savings and value; and

Operations that meet high standards in cyber security, data privacy and sustainability.
Impact of the dateCOVID-19 Pandemic
During 2020 and 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic severely restricted the level of this prospectuseconomic activity around the world and has continued to have an immediate dilutionunprecedented effect on the global travel industry. Government measures implemented to public shareholders from this offeringcontain the spread of $10.00 per share. Total dilution to public shareholders from this offering will be $9.77 per share (or $9.80 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).
The following table illustrates the dilution to the public shareholdersCOVID-19, such as imposing restrictions on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units or the private placement warrants:
No exercise of
over-allotment
option
Exercise of
over-allotment
option in full
Public offering price$10.00$10.00
Net tangible book value before this offering0.000.00
Increase attributable to public shareholders9.779.80
Decrease attributable to public shares subject to redemption(10.00)(10.00)
Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering and the sale of the private
placement warrants
$0.23$0.20
Dilution to public shareholders and sale of the private placement warrants$9.77$9.80
For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) by $719,549,990 because holders
 
68

 
travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forgo time outside of uptheir homes, continue to limit business travel significantly below 2019 levels.
Global travel activity has since shown a recovery trend in the first half of 2022, reaching approximately 95.9%70% of 2019 volumes as of May 2022. Even while travel activity remained low during the COVID-19 pandemic, the need for high-quality managed travel solutions that ensure safe and effective travel has increased and continues to increase. We believe this signals a change in the long-term structural needs of corporate clients, which will benefit us. This is evidenced by our strong growth by newly won client expected annual value and growth in client satisfaction performance since March 2020, despite the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, by addressing the increasingly sophisticated needs of corporate clients efficiently and effectively, we believe we further enhance our value to our travel suppliers. This is evidenced by the renewal of 17 of our public shares may redeem their shares fortop 20 travel supplier contracts at equal or better terms since March 2020, despite the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe this is a pro rata share oftestament to our deep relationships with travel suppliers and our role as an increasingly valuable long-term partner in reaching and serving premium corporate demand.
We believe our decisive response during the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account at a per share redemption price equalCOVID-19 pandemic to the amount in the trust account as set forthprotect and continue to invest in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable (initially anticipated to be the aggregate amount held in trust two days prior to the commencement ofclients and travelers further strengthened our shareholders’ meeting or tender offer, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering.
The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial shareholders and the public shareholders:
Shares PurchasedTotal ConsiderationAverage
NumberPercentageAmountPercentagePrice Per Share
Initial Shareholders(1)
18,750,00020.0%$%$0.000
Public Shareholders75,000,00080.0%750,000,000100.0%$10.000
93,750,000100.0%$750,000,000100.0%
competitive position. We:
(1)
Assumes no exerciseRapidly adapted to a flexible operating model that consistently delivers a high standard of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of an aggregate of 2,812,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders.
The pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option) is calculated as follows:
Numerator:
Net tangible book value (deficit) before this offering$
Proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, net of expenses(1)
750,800,000
Offering costs excluded from net tangible book value before this offering
Less: deferred underwriters’ commissions payable(26,250,000)
Less: amount of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption to maintain net tangible
assets of $5,000,001(2)
(719,549,990)
$5,000,010
Denominator:
Shares of Class B ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering21,562,500
Shares forfeited if over-allotment is not exercised(2,812,500)
Shares of Class A ordinary shares included in the units offered75,000,000
Shares of Class A ordinary shares included in placement units offered
Less: Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001(71,954,999)
21,795,001
(1)
Expenses applied against gross proceeds include offering expenses of $1,200,000 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $15,000,000 (excluding deferred underwriting commissions). See “Use of Proceeds.”service while protecting business performance;
(2)
If we seek shareholder approvalContinued to invest in our platform, focusing on key areas such as digital experience and e-commerce;

Further expanded our scale and capabilities through strategic acquisitions (such as Ovation and Egencia); and

Enhanced the resilience of our initialrevenue streams and delivered significant cost efficiencies.
Given the resurgence of travel, indicated by recent volume trends, we believe we are positioned to capitalize on these trends and strengthen our value proposition. A more detailed overview of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the business combinationtravel industry and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed performance is set forth below under “Business — Permitted PurchasesRecent Performance and COVID-19 Update” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Securities.Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.
Value Proposition
We serve and create value for clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners in two ways: (i) by enabling an efficient marketplace for travel transactions through traveler service, content and distribution; and (ii) by offering a suite of products, technology and professional services that enable effective and efficient management of corporate travel programs.
 
69

 
CAPITALIZATIONAmex GBT Value Proposition: Provide Solutions to Critical Problems for Customers, Travelers, and Suppliers
The following table sets forth[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216855d1-fc_global4clr.jpg]
Clients:   As of April 2022, we served approximately 19,000 corporate clients spanning a wide range of end markets, including business and financial services, industrial, technology, healthcare, legal and other industries. During 2018 and 2019, less than 40% of customer driven revenue, including supplier revenue, was generated by our capitalization at June 30, 2020,top 50 clients and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units in this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the saleno single client accounted for more than 3% of such securities, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:revenue.
June 30, 2020
Actual
As Adjusted(1)
Deferred underwriting discounts and commissions$$26,250,000
Class A ordinary shares, subject to redemption, $0.00005 par value per share, 0 and 71,954,999 shares subject to possible redemption, actual and adjusted, respectively(2)
719,549,990
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.00005 par value per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none
issued or outstanding, actual and as adjusted
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value per share, 300,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding (actual); 300,000,000 shares authorized; 3,045,001 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 71,954,999 shares subject to redemption) (as adjusted)152
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized; 21,562,500 shares issued and outstanding (actual); 60,000,000 shares authorized; 18,750,000 issued and outstanding (as adjusted)(3)
1,078938
Additional paid-in capital30,8245,030,822
Accumulated deficit(31,902)(31,902)
Total shareholders’ equity$$5,000,010
Total capitalization$$750,800,000
We deliver:
(1)
Our sponsor has agreed to loan the company up to $750,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be usedA single source for a portioncontent (including flights, hotel rooms, car rentals and other services) from our expansive network of the expenses of this offering. The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the repayment of any loans made under this note out of the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants.travel suppliers;
(2)
In connection withA combination of our initial business combination or certain amendmentsbroad content choices, differentiated GBT content and amenities (the “Preferred Extras”) and client-specific sourcing programs that drive meaningful savings relative to our constitutional documents, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust accountunmanaged travel programs and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein whereby redemptions cannot cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.other TMCs;
(3)
Actual share amount is priorOmnichannel (online, voice, mobile) tools to any forfeitureseamlessly book and plan complex itineraries, as well as full integration into Neo and other third party expense platforms;

24/7, high-touch, global customer service;

A full suite of founder shares bytravel management tools and services, including (i) traveler care tools designed to help ensure the safety and well-being of travelers, (ii) travel spend analysis, travel policy development and governance, (iii) consulting with respect to responsible travel and environmental sustainability and (iv) offerings to partially or fully outsource clients’ travel program, including procurement, consulting and operations;

End-to-end integration into client environments to facilitate compliance, human resources, finance and administrative functions; and

Extensive meeting and event planning capabilities, including preparing event proposals, budgeting, venue sourcing, research and coordination among other services under the American Express Meetings & Events brand (which was transitioned to the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand effective upon the Closing) and the Banks Sadler brand.
We focus on key client segments, which are serviced through our sponsor and as adjusted amount assumes no exerciseportfolio of brands, each of which we believe has a leading value proposition in its respective target segments. As of December 2021 (and excluding Egencia), our corporate client base included:

40 of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.Business Travel News Corporate Travel 100, the top 100 corporations in the U.S. by business travel spend (“2020 Corporate Travel 100,” October 2020, Business Travel News);
 
70

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placementFive of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination10 largest US Banks (Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, largest holding companies by total assets as of 30 June 2021); five of the foregoing.
The issuancetop 10 largest Pharmaceutical Companies by revenue (Pharmaceutical Executive, Volume 41, Issue 6, June 2021); three of additional ordinary shares in connection with a business combination to the owners of the target or other investors:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;four Big Four Accounting Firms;

may subordinateFive of the rights of holders of our ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights seniortop 10 “best companies to those afforded our ordinary shares;work for” ​(“Fortune 500” and “100 Best Companies to Work For,” 2021, FORTUNE); and

could causeMany of the most valuable corporations in Europe, including 19 of the FTSE 100, 11 of the DAX 30 and 16 of the CAC 40.
We estimate SMEs represented approximately 40% of our 2019 TTV. The SME segment is highly competitive and fragmented, but we believe we have one of the most compelling offerings to SME client bases in B2B travel. Through our Ovation and Egencia acquisitions in 2021, we have reaffirmed our commitment to building a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could resultleading presence in the resignation or removalSME segment. Our SME-focused brands are also well positioned in premium segments and across various industries. For example, 58 of the AmLaw 100 law firms are Lawyers Travel and American Express Global Business Travel clients (“The 2021 Am Law 100: Ranked by Gross Revenue,” April 2021, The American Lawyer).
Travel Suppliers:   Our travel suppliers include airlines, individual hotels and hotel groups, hotel aggregators, car rental companies, rail transportation providers and all three major GDSs. Our longstanding and valuable supplier relationships allow us to benefit from our present officersmarketplace with one of the largest concentrations of premium demand in travel. We believe that business demand is differentially important to travel suppliers due to their higher profitability and directors;the high costs of marketing to and serving this demand directly. We are not only one of the largest single sources of business travel demand globally in terms of TTV, but we believe we also have a higher value (in terms of average ticket value and share of first and business class cabins) client base compared to the typical B2B travel benchmark.
Our value to travel suppliers is built on efficient access to premium business travelers, combined with solutions that help them effectively market their content and service offerings, including:

A technology platform distributing content to our approximately 19,000 corporate clients across a wide range of POS;

may haveManaging a highly complex retail environment on behalf of travel suppliers, including client-specific content, fares and POS integrations;

Analytics and other solutions that help travel suppliers make better retail decisions;

Acting as an extension of the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seekingsupplier salesforce to obtain control of us;our clients; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares and/Superior capabilities that allow us to service those clients in challenging or warrants.unpredictable environments.
Similarly, ifWe believe we issue debt securities or otherwise incuroffer access to and service this premium demand more cost-effectively, and with a broader and deeper value proposition, than travel suppliers could themselves. We allow travel suppliers to avoid significant debtinvestment in marketing, technology, servicing resources and infrastructure. This in turn helps drive superior value and economics for travel suppliers and our clients who benefit from savings and extra amenities and perks, such as complimentary Wi-Fi, breakfast, last-room availability and loyalty benefits, compared to bank or other lenders orpublicly available fares.
Network Partners:   Through GBT Partner Solutions, we extend our platform, including our negotiated content, supplier contracts and distribution and POS retailing technology to more than 260 Network Partners. We believe the owners of a target, it could result in:GBT Partner Solutions value proposition is compelling for Network Partners by providing:

defaultSignificantly improved revenue capacity through better content management and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;retailing capabilities;

acceleration ofDifferentiated content and experiences that distinguish our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principalNetwork Partners from their competitors; and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.
 
71

 

Technology designed to solve critical problems for TMCs that are less capable of making these investments.
Business Model
As indicatednoted in the accompanying financial statements,graphic below, our value proposition creates our competitive advantage and is driven by the synergies that drive value for all users of our platform.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216855d1-pc_flywheel4clr.jpg]

We deliver value to all our clients through our high-quality service, comprehensive and exclusive content and experiences, savings on travel spend and differentiated technology-enabled solutions. We deliver this through the compelling combination of tailored value propositions targeted at June 30,attractive client segments in business travel reinforced by dedicated brands, and the significant value created by the GBT platform that powers our brands and Network Partners.

We have one of the largest concentrations of premium demand in travel worldwide. Business travel is important to travel suppliers due to its significant contribution to profitability driven by more first and business class cabin bookings, fewer advance purchases and more flexible tickets. By aggregating business travel demand, we are a valuable partner to travel suppliers.

Our platform provides travel suppliers with efficient access to our valuable client base, creating a strong incentive for travel suppliers to deliver more content, better experiences and increased savings. Serving high value corporate clients is a significant investment in technology, service resources, infrastructure and capabilities. The volume of business travel we manage and our efficient platform enables us to make and sustain this investment at compelling economics for both clients and travel suppliers. This creates margin headroom for travel suppliers to offer differentiated value through savings, content and experiences commensurate with the differentiated value of this demand to them. These savings and benefits make our value proposition even more compelling for our clients. Moreover, we benefit from premium economics and capacity to invest in our platform and in inorganic expansion of platform scale and capability. Our clients and suppliers benefit from the incremental value created by these investments through more services and solutions, better client and traveler experiences and a more efficient platform.

Our end-to-end ownership of our technology platform, from connectivity to sources that supply to our POS, allows us to deploy investments efficiently and generate extensive benefits for our clients and travel suppliers. In addition, our strategic acquisitions help us build scale and add capabilities. We believe that our continued innovation and development of our platform makes us more competitive.
Our Revenue Model
We generate revenue in two primary ways — (1) fees and other revenues relating to processing and servicing travel transactions (“Travel Revenues”) received from clients and travel suppliers and (2) revenues for the provision of products and professional services not directly related to transactions (“Product and Professional Services Revenues”) received from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners.

72


Travel Revenues:   Travel Revenues, which comprised 76% of our revenue in 2019, include all revenue relating to servicing a travel transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related bookings or reservations, cancellations, exchanges or refunds. The major components of our Travel Revenues are:

Client Fees: We typically charge clients transaction fees for arranging travel.

Supplier Fees: Travel suppliers pay us for distributing and promoting their content. The mechanism varies by supplier, but the amount is usually a volume-linked fee. This includes fees from the three major GDSs.
Product and Professional Services Revenues:   We receive revenue from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners for using our platform, products and value-added services, which comprised 24% of our revenue in 2019.

Management Fees: Many clients request a contractually fixed, dedicated staffing pool to serve their travelers for part or all of their business travel. In these cases, we use a cost-recovery-plus-margin pricing structure instead of a transaction fee. Client management resources and overhead allocations are also included in this management fee.

Products Revenues: We provide a broad range of business travel management tools used by clients to manage their travel programs. Revenue for these solutions usually takes the form of recurring subscriptions or management fees.

Consulting and Meetings and Events Revenues: Consulting revenues (including outsourcing to us of part, or all, of a client’s travel program management) are usually a fixed fee for delivery of a certain engagement (such as company travel policy design). Meetings and events revenue is based on fees for booking, planning and managing meetings and events.

Other Revenues: Other revenues typically include certain marketing and advertising fees from travel suppliers, as well as direct revenues from our Network Partners (excludes certain supplier fees that are indirectly driven by Network Partners’ contribution to aggregate volumes).
Technology
Since the formation of the JV in 2014, we have spent approximately $1.4 billion, including Egencia, on product and platform, to create a global platform that powers travel distribution, servicing and corporate travel programs. We continue to implement focused, high-impact enhancements to our technology platform and solutions in order to continually improve our value proposition to our clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners.
Technology Investments Create a Sustainable Competitive Advantage
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216855d1-fc_industry4clr.jpg]
Our technology investment has centered on three key strategic goals:

Creating a custom-built technology infrastructure to power our platform and maintain robust privacy and data security;

73



Developing an omnichannel core platform capable of powering a global travel program at scale, including an e-commerce platform that provides content for our clients and seamless distribution for our travel suppliers; and

Creating seamless travel experiences founded upon an integrated suite of digital products.
We began with a product and technology strategy to own all core needs and develop a modern, agile, flexible, globally consistent and secure platform. In 2016, we released the first phase of our omnichannel core platform, which today consists of our global profile solution, global trip record repository, and GBT Supply MarketPlace with content and an expansive data repository that houses most of our trip and traveler data. The core platform is designed to support our own proprietary solutions as well as an ecosystem of third party products and solutions in order to offer clients the broadest choice in how they design and configure their travel programs.
In 2018, we completed the full separation of our infrastructure from American Express, including our global telephony systems and network.
Over the last two years, we have accelerated our strategy of delivering capabilities to our clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners. We relaunched KDS (acquired in 2016) as NTG in 2019. NTG is our innovation engine and the center of excellence for all of our digital and e-commerce development. In 2020, we had $0added new features to support clients and travelers during the COVID-19 pandemic, such as Travel Vitals, which delivers critical travel information and advisories.
With the completion of the Egencia Acquisition, we strengthened our digital and e-commerce capabilities; Egencia brings a compelling and integrated end-to-end B2B software solution to our clients. The synergies we gain from the Egencia Acquisition are underpinned by a platform and innovation capability designed to serve travelers and clients with a differentiated digital experience in cash. Further,target segments, and is highly complementary and accretive to our business. For additional information, see “Business — Egencia Acquisition” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with Shareholders — Arrangements Relating to GBT’s Acquisitions of HRG and Egencia.”
We currently offer over 50 distinct technology-enabled products intended to address specific, high-impact problems for our clients. In addition to these capabilities, we support seamless integrations with over 100 third party solutions that are commonly used by our clients. Our products and third party integrations continue to grow as travel programs and needs evolve, and our core platform is central to our ability to quickly and efficiently develop, deploy and improve solutions across our client base globally.
We have a robust set of global capabilities that meet the needs of some of the most sophisticated global travel programs as well as the most digitally savvy frequent travelers. Travel management solutions include policy and compliance management, trip approvals, unused ticket management, full featured reporting (including data, analytics and insights), traveler care tools designed to help ensure traveler safety and wellbeing, and continuous rate search. For the traveler, a digital suite of solutions enables information, communication, booking and travel management where they want it to be: online, on mobile and by e-mail, as well as by chat with travel counselors through GBT’s Mobile App, iMessage, Android Message, WhatsApp and additional channels. Our platform also supports our travel counselors, which enables personalized servicing, proactive traveler care (we reach out to travelers during disruptions before they even know to call us) and robust transaction services all supported by workforce management tools.
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our success and historical performance to the following key strengths that we believe differentiate us from our competition:

World’s leading B2B travel platform by 2019 TTV with a multi-brand portfolio serving corporate clients (“2021 Power List,” June 2021, Travel Weekly);

High-quality client base with track record of attractive retention rates and new business growth;

Traveler-centric, omnichannel service model;

74



Relationships with top-tier travel suppliers driven by value proposition;

Cutting-edge proprietary technology platform seamlessly integrated into our operations;

Industry-leading standard of sustainability;

Attractive financial profile with diversified revenue streams and a flexible cost structure; and

Management team with industry-leading experience.
World’s Leading B2B Travel Platform by 2019 TTV with a Multi-Brand Portfolio Serving Corporate Clients
According to Travel Weekly, based on 2019 TTV, we are the world’s leading B2B travel platform and one of the leading platforms in travel (after leading B2C travel platforms such as Trip.com Group, Expedia Group and Booking Holdings). We offer solutions for demand and supply fragmentation, designed to provide travel suppliers with a cost-efficient channel to reach corporate clients and business travelers, and we own parts of the distribution value chain, including technology, that enable us to differentiate our service and deliver excellence in client and traveler experiences. We deliver an expansive suite of professional and technology services to clients in addition to superior traveler services. We believe these capabilities and services increase the value of our B2B model.
We distinguish ourselves from other B2B travel providers through our multi-brand portfolio that targets premium demand segments in business travel with tailored and leading value propositions.
We serve a range of corporate clients and offer complete business travel solutions that can be designed and configured around client needs and fully integrated into client environments.
Our Ovation and Lawyers Travel brands focus on SME solutions. These brands specialize in providing high-touch service at scale with deep strength in selected industries, including the legal, private equity and entertainment industries.
Egencia is focused on integrated software solutions for SMEs. The Egencia platform is simple and easy to use, provides the “look and feel” of a consumer platform for travelers, and features intuitive integrated travel management solutions. Egencia was designed and built as a software solution for SMEs.
We supplement our portfolio of leading brands, which target attractive segments in B2B travel, with our GBT Partner Solutions proposition. We believe that the combination of our brands and partner solutions provides us with growth options, scalability and capacity for investment in our platform that powers the GBT Flywheel and distinguishes us from our competitors.
High-quality Client Base with Track Record of Attractive Retention Rates and New Business Growth
Through our multi-brand portfolio, we serve a broad range of corporate clients globally. As of April 2022, we served approximately 19,000 corporate clients worldwide across a diverse range of industries including, among others, business and financial services, industrial, technology, healthcare, legal and other industries. Our brand value propositions are tailored to meet the sophisticated needs of business travel clients, which in turn are valuable to our travel suppliers.
We believe the strength of our value proposition is demonstrated by our track record of attracting and retaining premium demand corporate clients. Our client retention rate was over 95% in 2021. The average tenure of our top 100 clients by TTV is approximately 16 years with more than 81% of our client relationships having a tenure of more than five years. In addition to maintaining our existing clients, our expected annual value from new client wins averaged approximately $2.6 billion over the past three years, with an average win / loss ratio of 2.2x. The foregoing figures do not include Egencia or otherwise relate to the Egencia Acquisition.
Our commitment to supporting our clients through the COVID-19 pandemic has enhanced our value proposition and strengthened our brand and reputation, as demonstrated by our sustained high win rate and client satisfaction ranking through 2020 to date. Specifically, per the July — August 2021 survey commissioned by APSG, the net promoter scores (“NPS”), which measure customer experience and are an indicator of our ability to win new customers and grow with existing customers, was 56 and 52 for Egencia

75


and GBT respectively, each of which were at least three points higher than the closest competitors. In addition we continue to maintain our strong client retention results.
Traveler-Centric, Omnichannel Service Model
We are proud to offer our travelers 24/7 customer service anywhere in the world through a number of service channels. In 2021, 74% of our bookings were through digital channels (such as online booking tools (“OBTs”), the GBT mobile app and instant messaging), including Egencia. Alongside our digital channels, our agent facilitated channels have played a critical role is supporting travelers seeking the expertise and support of our travel counselors in navigating a more complex travel environment.
Our platform is channel-agnostic, ensuring travelers and clients benefit from the full range of our content, savings and solutions regardless of how they choose to engage with us. Where it is valued by our clients, our platform also integrates seamlessly with all major third party OBTs as well as Neo, further enhancing our flexibility.
Our travel counselors are experienced specialists in B2B travel and provide 24/7 global support capabilities. Our service constructs are flexible to match client needs. Within our global client solutions, our tools and infrastructure allow travel counselors to serve any client or traveler anywhere, to the high standard our clients expect of us. Where our clients require deep, personal knowledge of their business and travelers, we dedicate travel counselors to their account and offer on-site service.
Our service footprint includes 31 countries where we have a proprietary presence or operations. Our TPN, which is integrated into our infrastructure and platform, extends this service footprint to our clients in the rest of the world. This broad geographic reach allows us to offer streamlined access to a consistent portfolio of services across the globe and a differentiated local service where such service is needed and valued by the traveler and client.
Our traveler interactions are captured within and powered by our core platform, which is fully integrated into all service channels. This allows seamless, simple and efficient cross channel engagement for our travelers (for example, booking a trip through the OBT, changing the itinerary by calling a travel counselor and rebooking a connecting flight through messaging). In 2020, we acquired 30STF, a cutting-edge AI and machine learning enabled messaging tool, to further enhance our capabilities.
Relationships with Top-Tier Travel Suppliers Driven by Value Proposition
We believe that our longstanding supplier relationships, built on a track record of delivering premium demand, improving profitability and meeting supplier objectives, differentiate us from our competitors. These relationships include airlines, hotel groups and individual hotel properties, content aggregators, including Expedia Partner Solutions (“EPS”) and Booking.com, all three major GDS platforms, car rental, rail, ground transportation companies and many other travel suppliers.
Travel suppliers value business travel demand due to a higher proportion of first and business class cabin bookings, fewer advance purchases, more flexible tickets and more long-haul international bookings, all of which drive superior economics and profitability. For example, according to Skift Research, business travelers may have driven 55% to 75% of profits for major airlines prior to the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, even though they represent a minority of bookings. As the world’s leading B2B travel platform by 2019 TTV, we offer travel suppliers access to one of the largest aggregations of this premium demand in the travel industry. Moreover, we believe the composition of our bookings is uniquely valuable compared to typical B2B bookings. Due to the nature and mix of our client types, our clients typically choose premium tickets that we estimate are on average approximately 40% higher than the average TMC booking. In addition, more than half of our TTV related to air travel is derived from first and business class cabin bookings.
We offer travel suppliers efficient access to this premium demand. For example, we estimate that the total distribution cost through us is comparable (as a percentage of booking value) to the reported selling costs for at least our top five airline clients and even more cost-effective when considering the technology investment and servicing cost savings our travel suppliers realize.
These high value relationships and economics are powered by the GBT Supply MarketPlace, our unified platform encompassing the GDS and non-GDS content aggregation that connects all of our travel

76


suppliers and content to the POS our clients and travelers use. We believe this provides value to travel suppliers by eliminating the need to invest in complex corporate client POS environments while also providing them with the capabilities they need to market, promote and sell their content, products and services effectively.
We have extensive experience working closely with travel suppliers to deliver their objectives and create value for clients. We have a dedicated team of proprietary content acquisition and revenue management specialists providing data insight, backed by advanced optimization tools and data analytics that deliver compelling solutions to travel suppliers.
The value proposition, strength and sustainability of our travel supplier partnerships is further demonstrated by the extension of 17 of our top 20 supplier contracts by 2019 revenue at equal or better terms since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. On average these extensions run through 2023. Moreover, in 2020 we collected 99.5% of supplier fees owed to us during that year, including fixed and variable fees, demonstrating the strength of our relationships and business model.
We believe our offerings create a strong incentive for travel suppliers to deliver more content, experiences, and savings specifically for our clients. This includes Preferred Extras that are not available to the general public, which provides clients with value through extra amenities and savings from exclusive fares. For example, in 2019, more than 90 airlines and more than 60,000 hotel properties participated in the Preferred Extras program, with clients benefiting from an average saving of approximately 7% compared to public fares when they used Preferred Extras content, in addition to benefiting from extra amenities and perks such as free Wi-Fi, breakfast, last-room availability and loyalty benefits.
Cutting-Edge Proprietary Technology Platform Seamlessly Integrated into our Operations
Corporate clients and travelers expect a single integrated global platform to drive seamless experiences and integration with their chosen systems. Our approach provides a differentiated mix of a full end-to-end proprietary solution set as well as a flexible architecture integrating the myriad third party solutions that our clients request. We believe the capacity to offer both end-to-end proprietary solutions and global, seamless integrations is a differentiator relative to our competitors.
Our core platform is the foundation of our ability to deliver this value. The core platform sits at the heart of our business and is custom-built to integrate with our solutions and the technology ecosystems of corporate clients, travel suppliers and technology partners, providing seamless experiences and technology-enabled solutions. The core platform demonstrates how the GBT Flywheel enables enhanced investment in our technology to drive better outcomes for our clients and travel suppliers.
By increasingly owning both the traveler experience (whether through Neo, GBT Mobile or Chat) and the distribution technology (through the GBT Supply MarketPlace), we deliver content to travelers the way they want it. This technology makes us one of the few TMCs to have a full digital POS solution and content delivery technology. Our technology allows us to control our digital roadmap, including with respect to content aggregation, and user experiences with merchandising and retailing of content to generate the maximum benefit for travelers, clients and travel suppliers. Owning this technology drives efficiencies in our own operations and provides us with a unique position in the marketplace by supporting the distribution needs of travel suppliers, as well as enhancing the quality of the user experience and driving savings for our clients and their travelers.
On top of the platform is a full digital solution set, for both traveler satisfaction and productivity enhancement. This allows us to offer self-service solutions or agent facilitated interactions through all the channels that travelers want: online, through GBT’s Mobile App or through e-mail or chat. We also have end-to-end digital solutions that enable full travel spend visibility, control and compliance and support our clients’ travel management needs, such as traveler tracking, reporting and insights, travel approvals, continuous rate search and unused ticket tracking. We continuously build on our expansive data repository and we deploy extensive data analytics, including sustainability metrics, to generate actionable insights and improve our products. Our proprietary technology utilizes data analytics capabilities to enhance travel program insights and create a more personalized user experience, which we believe will drive our client reach.
We also offer clients the ability to integrate third party solutions such as SAP Concur. We seamlessly integrate these solutions, as well as links to core client systems, such as finance and HR applications, via our

77


flexible Application Programming Interfaces to drive consistent client and traveler experiences. By doing so, we can quickly adapt to client needs while also maintaining robust information security, privacy and compliance safeguards.
Egencia is a strong strategic fit with the GBT platform. The Egencia platform was built as a fully integrated B2B travel software solution. It is differentiated from GBT’s historical solutions because it primarily focuses on digital-first clients (more than 90% of transactions were served through digital channels in 2021) who value a simple, easy to use and integrated standardized end-to-end solution. This approach is highly complementary to the GBT platform, which is modular solution primarily focused on flexibility and configurability of service offerings.
Industry-Leading Standard of Sustainability
Our clients are some of the most forward-thinking leaders on corporate environmental and sustainability issues. We share our clients’ ambitious sustainability goals and together we strive to define the future of eco-friendly travel.
Our sustainability roadmap echoes our clients’ sustainability aspirations. We provide expertise and an efficient marketplace for green business travel and strive to be a catalyst for, and enabler of, industry wide progress. We also live by our commitment to sustainability. We believe we are one of the first global TMCs to offset 100% of the carbon emissions for our own employee business travel. In 2020 and 2019, we achieved carbon neutrality for our employees’ business travel by purchasing and retiring carbon credits sufficient to account for the estimated carbon emissions associated with our employees’ business travel for the applicable years. To promote our and our clients’ mutual commitment to a more sustainable future for business travel, we are proud to offer an expanding suite of sustainable travel services and solutions, including:

Proprietary tools for measuring carbon footprint and options to filter travel by carbon emission levels built into Neo;

Access to carbon offset programs that enable our clients to purchase carbon offsets directly;

Industry-leading sustainability consulting, analytics and meetings and events proposition, including Green Compass; and

Solutions designed to decarbonize the travel sector, including solutions for increasing the supply and use of sustainable aviation fuel in business travel in collaboration with our clients and industry partners.
Attractive Financial Profile with Diversified Revenue Streams and a Flexible Cost Structure
Our types and sources of revenue are highly diversified. We receive revenue from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners for air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related transactions as well as a broad range of non-transaction related products and services. No single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue in 2018 and 2019, the last two years of normalized operations.
Travel Revenues are primarily driven by transaction volumes, with volume floors included in many client contracts. Product and Professional Services Revenues, which constituted 24% of our total revenue in 2019, 41% of our total revenue in 2020 and 42% of our total revenue in 2021, are not directly driven by transaction volume. This revenue mix allows us to mitigate volume downside risk while benefiting from growth in our business as well as the underlying growth in the B2B travel industry.
Business resilience is further enhanced by our flexible cost structure, enabling us to quickly and efficiently react to changes in the demand for travel management services. For information regarding the cost-reduction measures we took in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.”
Management Team with Industry-Leading Experience
We are led by a highly experienced management team with a track record of delivering results. The team has diverse backgrounds and experiences, both from inside and outside the travel industry.

78


They have successfully managed the business through the formation of the JV, as well as through several acquisitions and transformations, while delivering consistent growth. They have also deftly managed the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic together, taking roles as industry leaders in supporting the emerging resurgence of travel, and have the expertise and leadership required to execute on our growth strategy.
Our Growth Strategy
We believe GBT has significant runway for growth and margin expansion opportunity, enabled by our differentiated industry position. Our growth strategy is focused on realizing this opportunity through multiple levers to drive growth, accelerating our new wins with our strengthened value proposition and industry tailwinds from increased need for high quality managed travel solutions, growing our leadership in the large and fast-growing SME segment, further benefiting from shifts towards managed travel in these segments, delivering further value through M&A and expanding our GBT Partner Solutions business. We are also positioned to be a more profitable business and drive margin expansion through $235 million of structural cost reductions enabling higher underlying margins compared to 2019, a proven approach to delivering synergies to drive value from recent and future M&A, a modern and agile technology platform well-equipped to drive sustained productivity improvements and increasing exposure to the high margin SME segment.
We regularly consider acquisition opportunities as well as other forms of business combinations. Historically, we have been involved in numerous transactions of various magnitudes, for consideration which included cash, securities or combinations thereof. We are continuing to evaluate and to pursue appropriate acquisition and combination opportunities as they arise in the expansion of our operations. No assurance can be given with respect to the timing, likelihood or financial or business effect of any possible transaction. As part of our regular on-going evaluation of acquisition opportunities, we are currently engaged in a number of unrelated preliminary discussions concerning possible acquisitions. We are in the early stages of such discussions and have not entered into any agreement in principle with respect to any possible acquisitions not expressly described in this prospectus. The purchase price for possible acquisitions may be paid in cash, through the issuance of equity, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, or a combination thereof. Prior to consummating any such possible acquisition, we, among other things, will have to satisfactorily complete our due diligence investigation, negotiate the financial and other terms (including price) and conditions of such acquisitions, obtain necessary consents and approvals and, if necessary, obtain financing. The fact that we are subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) under the BHC Act could limit our ability to engage in acquisition activity (See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Regulatory, Tax and Litigation Matters — Because we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and our business, results of operations and financial condition”). Furthermore, our ability to consummate and finance acquisitions may be limited by the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements. We cannot predict if any such acquisition will be consummated or, if consummated, will result in a financial or other benefit to us. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Employee Matters, Managing Our Growth and Other Risks Relating to Our Business — We may be unable to identify and consummate new acquisition opportunities, which would significantly impact our growth strategy.”
Capitalize on our Differentiated Value Proposition and Technology Platform
Since the formation of the JV, we have invested more than $600 million in product and platform, excluding Egencia, to deliver the leading B2B travel platform, including exceptional traveler experience and leading travel program management tools and capabilities. Our proprietary technology utilizes data analytics capabilities to enhance travel program insights and create a more personalized user experience, which we believe will drive our client reach. We intend to expand our value proposition through the continued integration of travel and expense and payment tools. In addition, the GBT Supply MarketPlace aggregates and optimizes content delivery, which we believe will solve critical problems for corporate clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners.
With increased capabilities and functionality, we can deliver more value for our clients and potentially capture a higher share of travel spend from our clients. Our efforts are evidenced in strong retention and business growth rates. We believe that continuing to invest in our digital transformation will also improve

79


client satisfaction while reducing costs. We plan to continue expanding our technology suite in order to seamlessly deliver on clients’ needs in each target segment and to execute on opportunities designed to further improve profitability.
Strengthen Position in Global and Multinational Segment
We believe our value proposition to corporate clients was strengthened by the COVID-19 pandemic, which underscored our high-quality service and created a flight to service quality, where quality of service became highly prioritized as a critical buying factor. As a result of this paradigm shift, 2020 was a record year for growth by newly won client expected annual value and growth in client and traveler satisfaction performance. We provide one of the most complete business travel solutions for corporate clients, and we believe our differentiated value proposition will enable us to continue to grow in this segment. Corporate clients require sophisticated capabilities on a global scale, and we believe that we can deliver them through our platform and solutions, high-quality traveler service and suite of professional services.
We plan to continue to grow through new client wins and expanding upon our existing relationships by providing more comprehensive solutions, including meetings and events planning, consulting, outsourced services and more products and technology that are integrated into our clients to provide the best possible experience and value.
Accelerate Penetration in SME Segment
We are focused on growth in the SME segment, which we believe represents a large and profitable opportunity for our business. In 2019, estimated U.S. SME Total Travel Spend was approximately $180 billion, including both significant managed and unmanaged spend. We believe a significant portion of the U.S. SME segment is unmanaged, representing a large growth opportunity.
Ovation (including the Ovation and Lawyers Travel brands) and Egencia, are two of our SME-focused acquisitions in 2021 that demonstrate our commitment and ability to execute in the SME segment. Ovation and Lawyers Travel are leading solutions for the high-touch segment where personal, human service remains a key buying criterion. Egencia is a leading SME software platform where a largely self-service model is desired. GBT, together with Ovation and Egencia, has the capability of serving SMEs with a variety of solutions designed to meet their needs.
We also recently launched Neo1, a fully self-registered SME expense management tool in the UK in 2020 and in the U.S. in 2021.
With these two businesses and our SME expense management tool, we intend to unlock significant potential in the SME segment through new business development with unmanaged clients and increasing value with our existing client base.
Accelerate the Deployment of our Partner Solutions Platform
We believe there is significant opportunity to further expand our GBT Partner Solutions platform to serve other TMCs and drive high-margin growth due to the high degree of fragmentation within the travel industry. We believe there is strong demand for partnerships driven by investment constraints of other TMCs, content fragmentation and the increased technology needs of the client. We view GBT Partner Solutions as an opportunity to appeal to unmanaged SME clients through our Network Partners while further establishing us as an important outsourced supplier to the industry for premium products, services and content.
With increased scale through third party travel agency partnerships, we can improve our broader economics from a larger aggregate volume base, increased ROI and broadened geographic reach with a more global footprint. This has helped increase the scale of our platform and provided attractive margins and capital efficient growth.
Pursue Strategic and Accretive M&A
We have historically built scale and added capabilities through M&A activity and expect to incurcontinue to pursue strategic opportunities to complement our platform. We have demonstrated an ability to execute accretive and synergistic acquisitions as well as integrate and fundamentally improve our acquired businesses.

80


We intend to broaden our family of brands and our geographic reach, which will allow us to add more corporate clients and travel suppliers to our platform, driving top-line growth as well as enhancing our technology capabilities and value proposition to deliver increasing value across our client base. We actively monitor and evaluate our M&A pipeline across all our strategic pillars for key opportunities in SME, high growth regions and technology capabilities. Our industry is highly fragmented with hundreds of TMCs, providing a large and attractive pool of potential M&A opportunities. We believe there remains significant costsM&A opportunity in the pursuitbusiness travel industry and adjacent industries that could continue to create growth opportunities for us in the future. This provides a large opportunity to target strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and partnerships to improve our geographic footprint and capabilities. We may be required to raise additional capital through new equity or debt financings or the incurrence of additional indebtedness to support our acquisition strategy.
Earnings Growth Through Productivity and Automation
We have ongoing digital transformation and automation initiatives to increase efficiency in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, by bringing more solutions from our core platform into our travel counselor toolkit, we can automate more processes, as well as create more self-service and “co-pilot” solutions for travel counselors that combine automation with human service. We believe this type of servicing delivers the best of both worlds in achieving traveler satisfaction and efficiency.
Together, these initiatives will enable us to deliver a higher level of service, thus benefiting clients, travelers and our business. Combined with the $235 million in structural cost reductions delivered over the 2020 and 2021 period, we believe we are in a strong position to realize and maintain higher margins going forward.
Egencia Acquisition
The Egencia Acquisition was consummated on November 1, 2021, and Expedia became an indirect holder of approximately 19% of the equity interests of Legacy GBT, excluding preferred shares and profit shares of Legacy GBT, GBT MIP Options and GBT MIP Shares.
The Egencia value proposition focuses on clients that value a software solution and a primarily digitally delivered self-service model. Egencia is a compelling globally consistent solution that is custom-built to solve for the critical needs of these clients.

At the heart of the value proposition is easy to use and intuitive self-service technology for the traveler, the travel arranger and the client.

Integrated solution, including a proprietary online and mobile booking and trip management experience and full suite of self-service travel management tools powered by both Expedia content and GBT Supply MarketPlace, provides full ownership of the traveler and client experience.

Extensive automation and data environment power a highly digitalized service platform, using modern machine learning and AI solutions in a data-science driven approach.

The digital solution is supplemented by a streamlined traveler and client support infrastructure, offering 24/7 support through our highly qualified travel consultants.
The Egencia solution, footprint and capabilities are complementary to our business and further accelerate our growth strategy. In particular, the Egencia Acquisition:

Substantially enhances our capabilities in the SME segment to significantly broaden its addressable client base;

Complements our SME value proposition with Egencia’s software solution specifically built for “digital-first” SME clients who want a seamless program that delivers full traveler tools and control at a lower cost; and

Provides leading edge traveler and client experience as well as innovation capability powered by an experienced, proven travel technology talent base.

81


On November 1, 2021, EAN.com LP, an affiliate of Expedia, entered into that certain Marketing Partner Agreement, which is a ten-year term marketing partner agreement with an affiliate of GBT to provide GBT’s clients with access to Expedia Group hotel content through the GBT Supply MarketPlace (the “EPS Agreement”). The EPS Agreement requires EAN.com LP to meet certain competitiveness thresholds with respect to the Expedia Group hotel content offered to GBT and requires GBT to satisfy certain share of wallet commitments to EAN.com LP (including the making of cash shortfall payments in the event of a share of wallet failure, subject to offset based on outperformance by GBT in subsequent periods). GBT’s share of wallet obligations are subject to adjustment for future acquisitions and dispositions and the failure of EAN.com LP to meet agreed competitiveness thresholds. EAN.com LP is entitled to a liquidated damages termination fee payment in connection with a termination resulting from (i) a material breach of the EPS Agreement by GBT after applicable notice and opportunity to cure, or (ii) a change of control of GBT that would materially adversely impact the performance of the obligations owed to EAN.com LP under the EPS Agreement.
As part of the Egencia Acquisition, on November 1, 2021, GBT Travel Services UK Limited entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Expedia, Inc. (the “Egencia TSA”), pursuant to which Expedia, Inc. (an affiliate of Expedia) and its affiliates provide certain transition services to GBT Travel Services UK Limited and its affiliates to facilitate an orderly transfer of Egencia from Expedia, Inc. to GBT. The initial term of the Egencia TSA is eighteen (18) months. The initial term of each service is set forth in the Egencia TSA, and the term of certain services is subject to extension under certain circumstances. GBT Travel Services UK Limited has the right to terminate services for convenience upon prior written notice to Expedia, Inc. For services provided by Expedia, Inc. to Egencia prior to the Egencia Acquisition, pricing under the Egencia TSA is determined in the same manner as pricing for such services was historically determined by Expedia, Inc. For services that were not provided by Expedia, Inc. to Egencia prior to the Egencia Acquisition, in general pricing is equal to the cost of providing such services. For 2021, the total cost charged to GBT was approximately $7.9 million.
The Egencia Acquisition represents our ninth acquisition since the formation of the JV in June 2014, demonstrating GBT’s ability to identify highly strategic targets and successfully execute on value-enhancing M&A.
Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused material declines in demand within the travel industry and has consequently adversely and materially affected our business, results of operations and financial condition since March 2020. Historically, significant events affecting travel, such as the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and the 2003 outbreak of SARS, have an impact on booking patterns, with the full extent of the impact generally determined by the length of time the event and related government and societal reactions influence travel decisions. However, after each event business travel spend has recovered and continued to grow. The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant adverse effect on the travel industry, global travel bookings and on our business, financial condition and operating results. Some adverse effect is likely to continue until the spread of COVID-19 is further contained and may continue thereafter, particularly if government regulation of, and employer and employee attitudes toward, business travel change in a lasting way. In addition, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the adoption of teleconference and virtual meeting technologies significantly increased. The extent of permanent, structural substitution of business travel by such alternatives, if any, is uncertain. While we have seen positive recovery in business travel demand where COVID-19 has been contained and restrictions relaxed, the speed of the full recovery or extent of any permanent impact on demand remains difficult to predict until industry recovery in key geographies and segments is more advanced. In addition, we are seeing many clients adopt hybrid meetings, which include a combination of in-person and virtual attendees. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”
While the full recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic is inherently uncertain, with vaccinations and new treatments underway, we believe the longer-term opportunity for us remains strong. Our customer service was especially valuable to travelers during the initial outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, during which we repatriated more than 100,000 travelers. Our traveler satisfaction averaged 92% since 2020, the highest since the formation of the JV in 2014. We are confident in the future of business travel as the estimated $1.4 trillion industry opportunity as of 2019 provides ample runway for growth. Following the COVID-19

82


pandemic, we believe the need for high-quality travel management solutions with a focus on employee safety and well-being will be more important than ever. In addition, with our additional capabilities in the SME segment, we believe the opportunity for us to leverage these capabilities and grow in the SME segment is substantial. We have observed improvements in the number of our transactions since March 2021, and October 2021 reflected a 38% recovery in transactions compared to October 2019. October 2021 air travel transactions, compared to October 2019, recovered by over 36% in the U.S., 50% in each of France and Spain and over 30% in Germany and 45% in the Nordics (consisting of Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland). October 2021 worldwide hotel transactions, compared to October 2019, recovered by 39%. October 2021 U.S. SME segment transactions, compared to October 2019, recovered by 48%. By comparison, the SME segment as a whole recovered by approximately 50% over the same period. The foregoing discussion of recent trends in our business is based on preliminary data and assumptions and remains subject to change, particularly in light of the unpredictability of the COVID-19 pandemic. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”
During the year ended December 31, 2020, our TTV declined by approximately 80% compared to the prior year and total revenue declined by 63% compared to the prior year. Some of the volume decline was mitigated by fixed and non-transaction related revenues and cost reduction measures in our business model. We experienced similar declines through the first quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2019. Volumes have recovered through the latter half of 2021, but remain materially below 2019 levels. As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to develop, governments, corporations and other authorities may continue to implement restrictions or policies that continue to adversely impact our business.
Following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, we took immediate action to reduce our operating expenses and preserve cash through our COVID-19 Business Response Plan (the “COVID-19 BRP”). We have identified and taken $574 million in operating expense reductions, defined as “Total Operating Expenses” excluding depreciation and amortization and restructuring charges, in 2020 representing a 33% decrease in operating costs compared to 2019 and a further $605 million in operating expense reductions in 2021, net of the incremental operating expenses from the Egencia and Ovation acquisitions, compared to the same time period of 2019, consisting of reductions of salary and benefits and other operating expenses costs reductions. This represents a 34% decrease in expenses compared to 2019, demonstrating the flexibility in our operating model. Restructuring charges during the year ended December 31, 2020 were primarily related to severance costs incurred for headcount reduction and impairment charges from closures of certain of our offices. Key action items spanned: (i) employee cost-reduction measures (including salary and hiring freezes, pay reductions, furloughs and headcount reductions and other adjustments to salary and benefits), (ii) vendor cost-reduction measures (including vendor contract renegotiations, harmonization of mid- and back-office activities, technology and real estate rationalization) and (iii) other cost-reduction measures (including with respect to non-essential capital expenditures). Such actions are expected to result in $235 million of annualized permanent cost reductions that were delivered through structural efficiency gains, which we believe will enhance the underlying profitability of our business going forward.
We continue to win new business by strengthening our value proposition for corporate clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners. In 2021, we significantly strengthened customer value. We delivered (i) $ 3.7 billion in new client wins, which represents 10% of 2019 pro forma TTV (expected annual average TTV over the contract term from new client wins based on 2019 spend; includes Egencia for the full year), (ii) 95% customer retention rate (excludes Egencia and Ovation) in 2021, (iii) 92% customer satisfaction score customer (excludes Egencia and Ovation) and (iv) major new customer wins. In addition, 17 out of top 20 supplier contracts renegotiated with equal or better terms since January 2020 (the remaining four are in negotiation). As a way to continue to grow the business, we continuously sell our solutions and services to organizations that currently do not manage their travel program with GBT. We measure new sales in terms of the average annual spend expected to be served under the contract over its term, which is usually three years, as estimated by clients. Given the recovery trajectory in the near term, the standard practice adopted by clients since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic has been to quantify spend in terms of 2019 benchmark. We have followed this practice in how we value new wins.
Liquidity Update
Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, we have remained focused on preserving liquidity to ensure that we emerge as a stronger competitor and maximize flexibility to react to the shape of the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

83


On May 27, 2022, we completed our Business Combination transaction. After considering payments of certain transaction expenses and redemption of GBT Preferred Shares of $168 million (including accrued dividends until the Closing Date), we received net proceeds of $128 million upon Closing.
The GBT Preferred Shares were originally issued during 2021 pursuant to Equity Commitment Letters entered into by Juweel and Amex HoldCo. with Legacy GBT in August 2020. The Equity Commitment Letters provided commitments for an aggregate of up to $300 million of preferred equity financing, half of which was funded to Legacy GBT in 2021 in connection with such issuances of GBT Preferred Shares. $150 million of commitments remained undrawn under the Equity Commitment Letters as of March 31, 2022. The Equity Commitment Letters were terminated upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
Effective as of December 16, 2021, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, establish the $1,000 million Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, $800 million of which was borrowed on such date and $200 million of which was available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the date of such initial borrowings, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions. On May 19, 2022, a principal amount of $100 million of term loans were borrowed from such $200 million of delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. On June 9, 2022, a principal amount of $100 million of additional term loans were borrowed from the last remaining delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities.
The $50 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility remained undrawn during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021.
The proceeds from these financing arrangements have been and will continue to be used to reinforce our liquidity position and preserve financial flexibility. We believe this additional flexibility will be important given our limited ability to predict our future financial performance due to the uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures implemented in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Utilization of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be effectively limited in future periods if we are unable to comply with the leverage-based financial covenant for such facility contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement when required.
As of March 31, 2022, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $329 million, which represents a decrease of $187 million compared to cash and cash equivalents of $516 million at December 31, 2021. The decrease as of March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by cash outflows from our operating and investing activities.
While it remains difficult to predict the precise path to recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic and certain changes in business combination.practices may become permanent, we remain confident that travel will recover and we believe we are well positioned to respond to rapidly evolving scenarios. We continue to believe we will play a critical role in that recovery and beyond by continuing to actively support our clients, partners and employees worldwide.
We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and cash flows from operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, financial liabilities, capital expenditures and business expansion for at least the next 12 months. Although we believe that we will have a sufficient level of cash and cash equivalents to cover our working capital needs in the ordinary course of business and to continue to expand our business, we may, from time to time, explore additional financing sources to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, from time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions and other strategic opportunities. If we elect to pursue any such investments, we may fund them with internally generated funds, bank financing, the issuance of other debt or equity or a combination thereof. There is no assurance that such funding would be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we would be able to satisfy or obtain a waiver of applicable borrowing conditions for borrowing additional amounts under the unused commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in the future. In addition, utilization of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be effectively limited as of the end of any fiscal quarter if we are unable to comply with the leverage-based financial covenant for such facility contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement when required.

84


There is also no assurance that the holders of the warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the warrants or whether or when the GBTG Options may be exercised, which could impact our liquidity position. To the extent that the warrants or GBTG Options are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants or the GBTG Options will decrease. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the warrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable.
For additional information, see “— Description of Certain Indebtedness,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry,” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness.”
Description of Certain Indebtedness
The following is a summary of the material terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and related amendments thereto as of the date of this prospectus. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the amendments thereto, all of which are included as exhibits to this prospectus. You are urged to read carefully the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the amendments thereto in their entirety.
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
On August 13, 2018, certain of our subsidiaries entered into the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, by and among GBT Group Services B.V. (the “Borrower”), GBT III, as the original parent guarantor, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders and letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto, which initially provided for $250 million of Senior Secured Initial Term Loans and the $50 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. In December 2019, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was modified to, among other things, permit certain internal reorganization transactions and add GBT UK TopCo Limited, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of GBT, as the parent guarantor. On September 4, 2020, $400 million of Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans were borrowed under an incremental facility that was established pursuant to an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. On January 20, 2021, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was further amended to, among other things, (i) establish the $200 million Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility and (ii) modify certain terms applicable to the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans. On December 2, 2021, the Borrower obtained commitments for the $1,000 million Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. Effective as of December 16, 2021, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, (x) establish the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities (together with the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans, the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities”), a portion of which was applied to refinance and repay in full the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans and the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility. The various amendments referred to above also modified certain covenants and certain other terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
Term Loan Facilities
Senior Secured Initial Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million were drawn in full at the original closing of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and the proceeds therefrom were used for general corporate purposes, including repayment of a then-existing bridge facility that was incurred to finance our July 2018 acquisition of HRG. Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $800 million were drawn under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities on December 16, 2021, a portion of which was applied to refinance and repay in full the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans and the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility, and, in connection therewith, the remaining unused commitments under the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility were terminated. The then remaining $200 million of commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities were available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the initial borrowing date under the Senior

85


Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions, to be used for ongoing working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes permitted by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. On May 19, 2022, $100 million of term loans were borrowed from such $200 million of delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. On June 9, 2022, an additional $100 million of term loans were borrowed from the last remaining delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. Lenders under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities include funds managed or advised by certain affiliates of the Sponsor and affiliates of certain PIPE Investors.
The Senior Secured Initial Term Loans mature, and all amounts outstanding thereunder will become due and payable in full, on August 13, 2025. Principal amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans are required to be repaid on a quarterly basis at an amortization rate of 1.00% per annum, with the balance due at maturity. The Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities mature, and all amounts outstanding thereunder will become due and payable in full, on December 16, 2026. The Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities do not have any scheduled amortization payments prior to maturity.
At the option of the Borrower (upon prior written notice), amounts borrowed under one or more of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities (as selected by the Borrower) may be voluntarily prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty (other than (x) any applicable prepayment premium required to be paid with respect to the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, as described below, and (y) customary breakage costs in connection with certain prepayments of loans bearing interest at a rate based on LIBOR). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Borrower is required to prepay loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities with (i) 50% (subject to leverage-based stepdowns) of annual excess cash flow in excess of a threshold amount, (ii) 100% (subject to leverage-based stepdowns) of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales and casualty events, subject to customary reinvestment rights, (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain indebtedness. No mandatory prepayments were required under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.
Any voluntary prepayment or debt incurrence mandatory prepayment event with respect to any loan under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities shall be subject to the following prepayment premium: (i) a make-whole amount with respect to any such prepayment prior to the 24-month anniversary of the initial borrowing date under the Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities equal to 2.25% of the principal amount of the loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities being prepaid plus the present value of the amount of interest that would have been paid on such loan for the period from the date of such prepayment through the end of such 24-month period, (ii) 2.25% of the principal amount of the loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities being prepaid with respect to any such prepayment on or after the 24-month anniversary, but prior to the 36-month anniversary, of the initial borrowing date under the Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities, and (iii) 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities being prepaid with respect to any such prepayment on or after the 36-month anniversary, but prior to the 42-month anniversary, of the initial borrowing date under the Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The applicable prepayment premium is also due upon acceleration of the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities.
As of March 31, 2022, an aggregate principal amount of $241 million of Senior Secured Initial Term Loans and $800 million of loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities were outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and $200 million of delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities remained undrawn as of such date. Such delayed draw commitments were subsequently fully drawn as a result of the aggregate $200 million of borrowings under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities in May and June 2022, as described above.
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility has (i) a $30 million sublimit for extensions of credit denominated in certain currencies other than U.S. dollars, (ii) a $10 million sublimit for letters of credit,

86


and (iii) a $10 million sublimit for swingline borrowings. Extensions of credit under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility are subject to customary borrowing conditions. The proceeds from borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility matures, and all amounts outstanding thereunder will become due and payable in full, on August 13, 2023. At the option of the Borrower (upon prior written notice), amounts borrowed under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be voluntarily prepaid, and/or the commitments thereunder may be voluntarily reduced or terminated, in each case, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty (other than customary LIBOR breakage costs). As of March 31, 2022, no borrowings or letters of credit were outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.
Security; Guarantees
GBT UK TopCo Limited, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of GBT, and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors (such guarantors, collectively with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”), provide an unconditional guarantee, on a joint and several basis, of all obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and under cash management agreements and swap contracts with the lenders or their affiliates (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain cure rights, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, at least 70% of the consolidated total assets of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries must be attributable, in the aggregate, to the Loan Parties; provided that such coverage test shall instead be calculated based on 70% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the calculation of which differs from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA included elsewhere in this prospectus) of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries for the four prior fiscal quarters, commencing with the first quarterly test date after January 2021 on which Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries exceeds $100 million. Further, the lenders have a first (1st) priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Loan Parties. The Borrower may (but is not required to) join GBT and GBTG as additional guarantors under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, subject to satisfying the requirements set forth therein.
Interest and Certain Fees
Loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement accrue interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or the “base rate” ​(as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor for loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities and a 0.00% LIBOR floor for the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans and loans under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility). The Senior Secured Initial Term Loans have an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 1.50% per annum for base rate loans. For any period for which accrued interest is paid in cash, the applicable margin for loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities is initially 6.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 5.50% per annum for base rate loans and, commencing with the test period ending December 31, 2022, will vary with the total leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement), ranging from 5.00% to 6.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 4.00% to 5.50% per annum for base rate loans. Until December 16, 2023, the Borrower will have the option to pay accrued interest on loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities at a rate equal to (i) LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor) plus 4.00% per annum with respect to the portion required to be paid in cash plus (ii) 4.00% per annum with respect to the portion paid in kind by adding such interest to the principal amount of the loans. Loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility have an applicable margin of 2.25% per annum for LIBOR loans and 1.25% per annum for base rate loans. If any amount owing under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement is not paid when due, then such overdue amount would thereafter bear interest at a rate that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable thereon. Interest on the loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement is payable quarterly in arrears (or, if earlier in the case of LIBOR loans, at the end of the applicable interest period). As of March 31, 2022, the applicable interest rate in effect was 2.96% for the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans and 7.50% for loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The Borrower paid $15 million of upfront fees for the commitments of the lenders under the Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The Borrower was required to pay a fee of 3.00% per annum on the actual daily unused delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The Borrower is required to pay a fee of 0.375% per annum on the average

87


daily unused commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears. The Borrower is also obligated to pay other customary fees described in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
Covenants
The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants (see below) and limitations (subject to exceptions) on the ability of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries to: (i) incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) incur liens on their assets; (iii) consummate certain fundamental changes (such as acquisitions, mergers, liquidations or changes in the nature of the business); (iv) dispose of all or any part of their assets; (v) pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or repurchase, any equity interests of any Loan Party or any equity interests of any direct or indirect parent company or subsidiary of any Loan Party; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates and certain other permitted holders; (viii) modify the terms of, or prepay, any of their subordinated or junior lien indebtedness; (ix) make certain changes to a Loan Party’s entity classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes or certain intercompany transfers of a Loan Party’s assets if, as a result thereof, an entity would cease to be a Loan Party due to adverse tax consequences; (x) enter into swap contracts; and (xi) enter into certain burdensome agreements.
The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also requires that an aggregate amount of Liquidity, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, equal to at least $200 million be maintained as of the end of each calendar month. Liquidity is calculated as the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries plus, under certain circumstances, the unused amount available to be drawn under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.
The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also contains a financial covenant applicable solely to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility that requires the first lien net leverage ratio to be less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter on which the aggregate principal amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement provides that such financial covenant is suspended for a limited period of time if an event that constitutes a “Travel MAC” ​(as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) has occurred and the Loan Parties are unable to comply with such covenant as a result of such event. The first lien net leverage ratio is calculated as the ratio of (i) the aggregate principal amount of funded indebtedness and capital lease obligations of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries that are secured by liens that rank pari passu with or senior in priority to the liens securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, minus the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries, as of the relevant test date, to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the calculation of which differs from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA included elsewhere in this prospectus and may differ from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for other purposes under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries for the four prior fiscal quarters. Such financial covenant did not apply for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022.
The Loan Parties and their subsidiaries were in compliance with all applicable covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2022.
Events of Default
The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains default events (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), which could require early prepayment, termination of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or other enforcement actions customary for facilities of this type. Defaults include, but are not limited to, the following:

non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts when due under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement;

materially incorrect representations or warranties;

breaches of covenants;

88



cross-default to other material indebtedness of any of the Loan Parties or their subsidiaries;

one or more material monetary judgments against any of the Loan Parties or their subsidiaries remaining undischarged, unpaid or unstayed;

certain bankruptcy or insolvency events affecting any of the Loan Parties or any of their material subsidiaries;

invalidity of any loan document;

certain events with respect to U.S. and/or non-U.S. employee benefit plans and pension plans; and

the occurrence of one or more change in control events, which are limited to the following events from and after the Closing (as further described in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement):

any person or group (other than any combination of the Sponsor, Amex HoldCo., Juweel, QIA, BlackRock, Inc, Certares, certain of their respective affiliates and/or certain other permitted holders) shall have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Loan Party that is the direct or indirect party of all the other Loan Parties;

a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board shall be occupied by persons who were not nominated, appointed or approved for election by the Board; and/or

100% of the equity interests in the Borrower shall cease to be owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Loan Party that is the direct or indirect parent of all the other Loan Parties.
Sales and Marketing
Our travel management solutions are procured by corporate buyers who choose one or more TMCs to manage their organizations’ travel program. Our Global Customer Partnerships team is focused on developing relationships with, and engaging with, new prospects. They also manage day-to-day relationships with our existing client base, including sales and marketing of our products, services and solutions to our existing clients.
In addition to supporting travelers, our travel counselors and digital self-service channels act as an extension of the salesforce for our travel suppliers, promoting and marketing content in line with our corporate client and supplier agreements.
Our dedicated Global Supplier Partnerships team works closely with our travel suppliers to promote our solutions to travel suppliers and negotiate proprietary content that delivers value and benefits to our clients.
Our Partner Solutions business is grown by a dedicated sales team that develops relationships and negotiate partnerships with prospective TMCs and independent agents that could benefit from our platform and/or prospective service delivery partners who could become part of our TPN.
We receive marketing funds from certain travel suppliers for use in promotion, product and brand development programs, including national and/or regional marketing, advertising, public relations, social media, research and sales promotion campaigns.
Competition
The travel industry, and the business travel services industry, are highly competitive. We currently compete, and will continue to compete, with a variety of travel and travel-related companies, including other corporate travel management service providers, consumer travel agencies and emerging and established online travel agencies. We also compete with travel suppliers, such as airlines and hotels, some of which market their products and services directly to business travelers through B2C channels, including by offering more favorable rates, exclusive products/services and loyalty points to business travelers who purchase directly from such travel suppliers through B2C channels. We compete, to a lesser extent, with credit card loyalty programs, online travel search and price comparison services, facilitators of alternative accommodations, such as short-term home or condominium rentals, and social media and e-commerce

89


websites. In the future, we may also face increased competition including through the emergence of new competitors or business models. Some of our competitors may have access to more financial resources, greater name recognition and well-established client bases in their target client segments, differentiated business models, technology and other capabilities, or a differentiated geographic coverage, which may make it difficult for us and our Network Partners to retain or attract new clients. Nevertheless, we believe we are distinguished from our competitors by:

our ability to provide services tailored to the specific needs of corporate clients and business travelers effectively and efficiently when compared to B2C-focused travel service providers; and

our portfolio of brands that target some of the most attractive segments in business travel, solutions tailored to solve the needs of these segments, our platform that delivers differentiated value and experiences to clients and travelers and our track record of consistent delivery of excellent service and value when compared to other B2B-focused travel service providers.
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks, copyrights, domain names, proprietary technology and trade secrets, are an important component of our business, and we rely heavily upon our intellectual property and proprietary information in our content, brands, domain names and website URLs and other components that make up our services. We have acquired some of our intellectual property rights and proprietary information through acquisitions, as well as licenses and content agreements with third parties. We protect our intellectual property and proprietary information through registrations, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, in addition to international, national, state and common law intellectual property rights.
We depend on the use of sophisticated information technologies and systems, including, but not limited to the following:

third party reservation systems from all the major GDS providers;

third party and company-owned online booking portals for air, hotel, car, cruise, activities, insurance etc.;

third party and company-owned technology that facilitates the marketing of supplier sponsored advertisements and promotions;

marketing platforms to attract and acquire quality leads from the internet;

third party and proprietary systems for providing customer service, accepting and processing payments, detecting fraud, etc.;

business intelligence tools to deliver insights and reporting for our corporate travelers;

mobile applications to assist our travel advisors in providing just in time services for travelers such as trip or flight recovery tools and destination-related emergency monitoring and alerts;

third party and proprietary systems for various business processes such as ticketing, policy validation, document delivery, invoicing, commission management, operational reporting and finance; and

enterprise communication and productivity software, systems and computing devices for our travel advisors.
We continuously improve and upgrade our systems, infrastructure and information security. Over the next several years, we intend to continue to increase the level of investment towards information security to better protect data, communication and transactions. In addition, we plan to invest in technology to allow for the next generation of travel advisors to come onboard quickly without needing to learn complex GDS cryptic commands, while providing them qualified leads to help them build a book of business and grow. We have also designed processes to streamline travel advisor sales and support workflow to integrate acquired companies efficiently.

90


Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of May 31, 2022, we had approximately 17,000 employees worldwide with a proprietary presence or operations in 31 countries. While our employees in many European, Asia Pacific and Latin American countries are legally required to be represented by works councils and/or trade unions, our employees in North America are not represented by any labor organization and are not party to any collective bargaining arrangement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be mutually respectful.
We are committed to rewarding and supporting our employees to enable us to attract and retain top talent globally. Our total compensation package includes competitive base pay (with variable pay programs to reward outstanding performance), bonus programs, long term incentive programs, benefits programs, retirement savings options and matching contributions, paid time off and parental and medical leave.
As part of our continuous effort to cultivate a better workplace, we conduct global engagement surveys annually. These surveys focus on a variety of different areas, including engagement and alignment with our GBT behaviors. Although our workforce was primarily remote prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, we transitioned to a 100% remote workforce in 2020. Throughout the year, we conducted a series of pulse surveys to understand and respond to the needs of our employees in real time. These pulse surveys focused on topics such as our employees’ continued effectiveness in a remote environment, continued client focus, employee health and well-being and social equity. We continue to conduct an annual engagement survey to measure employee engagement and alignment with our core values and desired leadership behaviors. We achieved an overall engagement score of 74, which is 3% higher than the global high performing benchmark of the most admired corporations as defined by our third party engagement expert. In addition, 90% of our employees report feeling that people of all backgrounds can succeed at the Company, 8% higher than the global high performing benchmark. These surveys were conducted prior to the consummation of the Egencia Acquisition and consequently the results do not include Egencia.
We believe that the development and engagement of our employees is key to our sustainability and growth. We aim to ensure that our hiring and promotional processes are both transparent and equitable. We also provide a range of continuing education programs to our employees to promote their skill and professional development. Our employees have access to product and technology training so that they can stay up to date on product and travel booking tools, as well as leadership, management and professional skills training. We also have a global tuition reimbursement policy available to full-time and part-time employees worldwide.
The health and wellness of our employees is a primary focus. Our employees have access to voluntary wellness programs, tools and resources. In 2020, we expanded our global flexible work program, Better Balance, to make alternative work arrangements available to our employees to suit their needs.
A key component of our corporate culture is our commitment to creating a globally inclusive workplace. Currently, 58.3% of the global employee headcount was female and, in the U.S., 32.2% of our employees self-identified as part of a minority group. We seek to continuously improve diverse representation in our workforce. In 2020, we established a global Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Center of Excellence to improve colleague awareness, reduce unconscious bias in the workplace and help drive diversity, equity and inclusion across GBT. Minority affiliations are encouraged and supported through our inclusion groups.
We remain committed to ensuring that all employees can continuously grow and develop with us.
Facilities
We lease our corporate headquarters in London, United Kingdom pursuant to a lease that expires on April 1, 2025. We believe that our headquarters are adequate for our needs and we believe that we should be able to renew our lease or secure a similar property without an adverse impact on our operations.
We also routinely make purchases of property, plant and equipment to strengthen our information technology infrastructure and enabling technologies. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our ongoing needs, and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

91


Legal Proceedings
We are involved in litigation and other proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Management believes that we do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Government Regulation
Travel Licenses and Regulation
We maintain travel licenses and/or registrations in the jurisdictions in which they are required. We are required to renew our licenses, typically on an annual basis, and to do so, we must satisfy the licensee renewal requirements of each jurisdiction. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements to which our licensed entities are subject could result in a variety of regulatory actions ranging from a fine, a directive requiring remedial action, suspension of a license or, ultimately, revocation of a license.
In the United States, our businesses are subject to regulation by the DOT under the U.S. Transportation Code and state agencies under state seller of travel laws and must comply with various rules and regulations governing the holding out, offering, sale and arrangement of travel products and services as a travel agency and, in the case of the DOT, air transportation as a ticket agent. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations could also result in a variety of regulatory actions, including investigations, fines or directives requiring remedial action.
Our businesses also are subject to licensing requirements imposed by airline established organizations, including agent accreditation requirements by the Airlines Reporting Corporation in the United States and, in other countries, the International Air Transport Association (“IATA”). Pursuant to such accreditations, our businesses are authorized to sell and issue tickets on behalf of various airlines, subject to agent rules set by the Airlines Reporting Corporation and the IATA. The failure by our businesses to comply with such rules could result in the suspension or revocation of our authority to sell and issue tickets on behalf of one or more airlines.
As we continue to expand the reach of our brands into other regions we are increasingly subject to laws and regulations applicable to travel advisors or tour operators in those regions, including, in some countries, pricing display requirements, licensing and registration requirements, mandatory bonding and travel indemnity fund contributions, industry specific value-added tax regimes and laws regulating the provision of travel packages.
Banking Regulation
Because American Express “controls” GBT for purposes of the BHC Act, GBT is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has broad examination and enforcement power, including the power to impose substantial fines, limit dividends and other capital distributions, restrict our operations and acquisitions and require divestitures. Any of the foregoing could compromise our competitive position, especially because our competitors are not subject to these same regulations. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Regulatory, Tax and Litigation Matters — Because we are deemed to be “controlled” by American Express under the BHC Act, we are and will be subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve which could adversely affect our future growth and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Activities
The BHC Act generally limits bank holding companies, including entities that are deemed “controlled” for BHC Act purposes, to activities that are considered to be banking activities and certain closely related activities. American Express is a bank holding company and has elected to become a financial holding company, which means that it and the entities that are deemed “controlled” for BHC Act purposes are authorized to engage in a broader range of activities. In order to remain eligible for financial holding company status, bank holding companies must meet certain eligibility requirements. If a bank holding company fails meet to these requirements, the bank holding company and any entities that are deemed “controlled” by the bank holding company for BHC Act purposes could be barred from making certain types

92


of acquisitions or investments in reliance on such financial holding company status, and ultimately such entities could be required to discontinue certain activities permitted for financial holding companies.
Acquisitions and Investments
We are subject to banking laws and regulations that limit our investments and acquisitions and, in some cases, subject them to the prior review and approval of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has broad discretion in evaluating proposed acquisitions and investments that are subject to their prior review or approval.
Other
We are also subject to domestic and international laws and regulations that are not specific to the travel industry, including those related to consumer protection, privacy, consumer data, labor, economic and trade sanction programs, tax, anti-bribery and antitrust and competition laws and regulations. For example, the GDPR, which became effective in May 2018, requires companies, including ours, to meet enhanced requirements regarding the handling of personal data. The CCPA, which became effective in January 2020, may also limit how we use personal information. Similar laws are currently under discussion in other jurisdictions.
We maintain operations and employees in the U.S. and worldwide. Accordingly, we are subject to a wide range of employment laws and regulations relating to compensation, benefits, healthcare, headcount reductions and various workplace issues, all of which are applicable to our employees, and in some cases, independent contractors. State labor and employment rules vary from state to state and, in some states, require us to meet much stricter standards than required in other states.

93


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements, and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis below presents our historical results as of and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to raisediffer materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. The historical financials below are those of GBT JerseyCo Limited and its subsidiaries that became predecessors of GBTG upon the consummation of the Business Combination and depending on the context, “we,” “us,” or “our,” could mean GBT JerseyCo and its subsidiaries or GBTG.
Overview
We are the world’s leading B2B travel platform providing a full suite of differentiated, technology-enabled solutions to business travelers and corporate clients, suppliers of travel content (such as airlines, hotels, ground transportation and aggregators) and third party travel agencies. We differentiate our value proposition through our commitment to deliver unrivalled choice, value and experience, with the powerful backing of American Express GBT, to our customers.
We are at the center of the global B2B travel ecosystem, managing the end-to-end logistics of corporate travel and providing an important link between businesses, their employees, travel suppliers and other industry participants. We service our clients in the following ways:

Our travel management solutions (delivered through the portfolio of GBT’s brands, including American Express Global Business Travel, Ovation, Lawyers Travel and Egencia) provide our clients with extensive access to flights, hotel rooms, car rentals and other travel services, including exclusive negotiated content, supported by a full suite of services that allows them to design and operate an efficient travel program and solve complex travel requirements.

GBT Partner Solutions extends our platform to our Network Partners and independent advisors, offering them access to our differentiated content and technology. Through GBT Partner Solutions, we aggregate business travel demand serviced by our Network Partners at low incremental cost, which we believe enhances the economics of our platform, generates increased ROI and expands our geographic and segment footprint.

GBT Supply MarketPlace provides travel suppliers with efficient access to business travel clients serviced by our brands and Network Partners. We believe this access allows travel suppliers to benefit from premium demand (which we generally view as demand that is differentially valuable and profitable to suppliers) without incurring the costs associated with directly marketing to, and servicing, the complex needs of our corporate clients. Our travel supplier relationships generate efficiencies and cost savings that can be passed on to our corporate clients.
As of April 30, 2022, we served approximately 19,000 corporate clients and more than 260 Network Partners.
In June 2014, American Express established JV comprising the Legacy GBT operations with a predecessor of Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (“Juweel”) and a group of institutional investors led by an affiliate of Certares. Following the formation of the JV in 2014, we have evolved from a leading TMC into a complete B2B travel platform, becoming one of the leading marketplaces in travel for corporate clients and travel suppliers. Before June 2014, our operations were owned by American Express and primarily consisted of providing business travel solutions for corporate clients.
Prior to the Closing Date, we operated our business travel, business consulting and meetings and events businesses under the brands American Express Global Business Travel and American Express Meetings & Events pursuant to an exclusive and worldwide license from American Express. Effective as of the Closing Date, we executed long-term commercial agreements with American Express, including the A&R

94


Trademark License Agreement, pursuant to which we continue to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, continue to license the American Express trademarks used in American Express Meetings & Events (solely during a 12-month transition period) brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel, in each case on an exclusive and worldwide basis. The term of the A&R Trademark License Agreement is for 11 years from the Closing Date, unless earlier terminated or extended (See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — License of American Express Marks”). The American Express brand, consistently ranked as one of the most valuable brands in the world, brings with it a reputation for service excellence. We believe our partnership with American Express has been an important component of our value proposition. Under our commercial agreements with American Express, we exclusively provide business travel and meetings and events services to American Express personnel, subject to limited exceptions, engage in mutual global lead generation activities with American Express for our respective services and continue to exclusively promote American Express payment products to our clients and to make those products available for use by our own personnel in connection with our business.
As of May 31, 2022, we had approximately 17,000 employees worldwide with a proprietary presence or operations in 31 countries. We service clients in the rest of the world through our TPN.
On December 2, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement with APSG, a special purpose acquisition company, listed on the NYSE (the “Business Combination”). The Business Combination closed on May 27, 2022 upon satisfaction of the closing conditions provided in the Business Combination Agreement, including approval by APSG’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals. Upon Closing, Legacy GBT became a direct subsidiary of APSG, with APSG being renamed “Global Business Travel Group, Inc.” and conducting its business through GBT. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” elsewhere in this prospectus to determine the impact of this Business Combination on a pro forma basis.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
As a result of a number of factors, our historical results of operations are not comparable from period to period and may not be comparable to our financial results of operations in future periods. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the key factors impacting the comparability of our results of operations.
Industry Trends
The travel industry can generally be divided into two sectors: (i) the leisure travel sector, which serves individuals who make reservations for vacation and personal travel, and (ii) the business travel sector, which serves corporate clients that require travel by employees and other travelers for business needs and meetings. We focus primarily on the business travel sector, which is approximately twice as valuable as the leisure travel sector because business travel customers purchase more premium seats, more flexible tickets, more long-haul international trips and more last-minute bookings.
Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
Since March 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of the coronavirus, COVID-19 (“COVID-19”) severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world and had an unprecedented effect on the global travel industry. Government measures implemented to contain the spread of COVID‑19, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forgo time outside of their homes, limited business travel significantly below 2019 levels.
While many countries have vaccinated a reasonable proportion of their population, the rate and pace of vaccination globally, the severity and duration of resurgence, as well as uncertainty over the efficacy of the vaccines against new variants of the virus, may contribute to delays in economic recovery. Overall, the ultimate impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain and will depend upon future developments, which are difficult to predict.
However, with the spread of the virus now being contained to varying degrees in certain countries during different times, travel restrictions have been lifted and clients have become more comfortable

95


traveling, particularly to domestic locations. This has led to a moderation of the more severe declines in business travel bookings experienced at certain points since the pandemic began. Starting in the second half of 2021 and continuing into first quarter of 2022, global travel activity has since shown a recovery trend, but remained below 2019 levels as of April 2022. We continue to see momentum in the business travel recovery, with transactions reaching 72% of 2019 levels in the last three weeks of April 2022.
Impact of Acquisitions
We regularly evaluate and pursue accretive acquisitions and have realized substantial growth through our acquisition strategy. In January 2021, we completed the acquisition of Ovation Travel, LLC, (along with its subsidiaries, “Ovation”). Ovation is a leading specialist in providing high-touch service. The Ovation acquisition was an important step in expanding our high value capabilities and building our leadership in the large and attractive SME customer base and the professional services industry. Further, on November 1, 2021, we completed acquisition of Egencia, a business-to-business digital travel management company serving corporate clients, from an affiliate of Expedia, Inc., EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (“Expedia”).
Our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2022 include the results of the acquisitions discussed above from the respective closing date of their acquisitions.
These acquisitions have been a significant driver of our revenue, cost of revenue and other operating expenses (including integration, restructuring and depreciation and amortization). Further, purchase accounting under GAAP requires that all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. As a result, our acquisition strategy has resulted in past and could result in future significant amount of amortization of acquired intangibles (or impairments, if any) recorded in our results of operations following our acquisition, which may significantly impact our results of operations.
Key Operating and Financial Metrics
We monitor the following key operating and financial metrics to help us evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions. The following key operating and financial metrics, which we believe are useful in evaluating our business, are used by management to monitor and analyze the operational and financial performance of our business:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions except percentages)20222021202120202019
Key Operating Metrics
TTV4,0286606,3855,56327,667
Transaction Growth (Decline)382%(82)%6%(71)%17%
Key Financial Metrics
Revenue3501267637932,119
Total operating expense4462551,3231,5401,913
Net loss(91)(114)(475)(619)138
Net cash used in operating activities(154)(114)(512)(250)227
EBITDA(53)(91)(406)(590)349
Adjusted EBITDA(28)(90)(340)(363)428
Adjusted Operating Expenses3772151,0951,1511,696
Free Cash Flow(175)(123)(556)(297)165
As of
March 31
2022
As of
December 31,
2021
Net Debt (Cash)694507

96


Key Operating Metrics
We consider TTV, followed by Transaction Growth (Decline), to be two significant non-financial metrics that are broadly used in the travel industry and help understand revenue and expense trends. These metrics are used by our management to (1) manage the financial planning and performance of our business, (2) evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, (3) make budgeting decisions, and (4) compare our performance to the performance of our peer companies. We also believe that TTV, followed by Transaction Growth (Decline), may assist potential investors and financial analysts in understanding the drivers of growth in our revenues and changes in our operating expenses across reporting periods.
TTV
TTV refers to the sum of the total price paid by travelers for air, hotel, rail, car rental and cruise bookings, including taxes and other charges applied by suppliers at point of sale, less cancellations and refunds.
TTV of $ 4,028 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by 510% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021 primarily due to (i) full quarterly inclusion of Egencia’s TTV, which contributed 162% to the TTV increase and (ii) continued recovery of our business’ from a period of significant COVID-19 travel restrictions, that were introduced by governments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in TTV, in part, reflects increasing numbers of companies returning to travel and reductions in international travel restrictions.
TTV of $6,385 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 15% compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to the easing of travel restrictions, that were introduced by governments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 2021. For information on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on business travel, see “— Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic” and “Business — Recent Performance and COVID-19 Update.”
TTV of $5,563 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by 80% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to reduced travel resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting global travel restrictions.
Transaction Growth (Decline)
Transaction Growth (Decline) represents year-over-year decline or growth as a percentage of the total transactions, including air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related transactions, recorded at the time of booking, and is calculated on a gross basis to include cancellations, refunds and exchanges. To calculate year-over-year growth or decline, we compare the total number of transactions in the comparative previous period/year to the total number of transactions in the current period in percentage terms.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, Transaction Growth was 382% compared to three months ended March 31, 2021 primarily due to (i) full quarterly inclusion of Egencia’s transaction volume, which contributed 171 % to Transaction Growth and (ii) the increase in transactions due to continued easing of travel restrictions that were introduced by governments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, Transaction Growth was 6% compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to the easing of travel restrictions, that were introduced by governments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 2021.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, Transaction Decline was 71% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to reduced travel resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting global travel restrictions.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, Transaction Growth was 17% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of our acquisitions of HRG and DER, which added 12% and 3% to Transaction Growth, respectively. Excluding these acquisitions, Transaction Growth for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 2%.

97


Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures are provided in addition to, and should not be considered as an alternative to, other performance or liquidity measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. In addition, because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company.
Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide users of our financial information with useful supplemental information that enables a better comparison of our performance or liquidity across periods. In addition, we use certain of these non-GAAP financial measures as performance measures as they are important metrics used by management to evaluate and understand the underlying operations and business trends, forecast future results and determine future capital investment allocations. We use two of our non-GAAP financial measures as indicators of our ability to generate cash to meet our liquidity needs and to assist our management in evaluating our financial flexibility, capital structure and leverage. These non-GAAP financial measures supplement comparable GAAP measures in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, and/or to completecompare our initialperformance and liquidity against that of other peer companies using similar measures.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Operating Expenses
We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, loss on early extinguishment of debt, benefit from (provision for) income taxes and depreciation and amortization.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, loss on early extinguishment of debt, benefit from (provision for) income taxes and depreciation and amortization and as further adjusted to exclude costs that management believes are non-core to the underlying business combinationof the Company, consisting of restructuring costs, integration costs, costs related to mergers and acquisitions, separation costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, long-term incentive plan costs, certain corporate costs, foreign currency gains (losses), non-service components of net periodic pension benefit (costs) and gains (losses) on disposal of businesses.
We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
We define Adjusted Operating Expenses as total operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization and costs that management believes are non-core to the underlying business of the Company, consisting of restructuring costs, integration costs, costs related to mergers and acquisitions, separation costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, long-term incentive plan costs and certain corporate costs.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Operating Expenses are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures of operating performance that do not represent and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or total operating expenses, as determined under GAAP. In addition, these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. These non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, and these measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results or expenses as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are that these measures do not reflect:

changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

our interest expense, or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

our tax expense, or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

recurring, non-cash expenses of depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future;

98



the non-cash expense of stock-based compensation, which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, an important part of how we attract and retain our employees and a significant recurring expense in our business;

restructuring, mergers and acquisition and integration costs, all of which are intrinsic of our acquisitive business model; and

impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that are non-core to our underlying business, as we believe they are not indicative of our underlying operations.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Operating Expenses should not be considered as a measure of liquidity or as a measure determining discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be successful.available to us to meet our obligations.
We believe that the adjustments applied in presenting EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Operating Expenses are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash and other items that management believes are non-core to our underlying business.
We use these measures as performance measures as they are important metrics used by management to evaluate and understand the underlying operations and business trends, forecast future results and determine future capital investment allocations. These non-GAAP measures supplement comparable GAAP measures in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. We also believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Operating Expenses are helpful supplemental measures to assist potential investors and analysts in evaluating our operating results across reporting periods on a consistent basis.
Set forth below is a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions except percentages)20222021202120202019
Net (loss) income(91)(114)(475)(619)138
Interest income(1)(1)(5)
Interest expense1911532715
Loss on early extinguishment of debt49
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes(25)(22)(186)(145)60
Depreciation and amortization4434154148141
EBITDA(53)(91)(406)(590)349
Restructuring charges(a)
21420612
Integration costs(b)
91221436
Mergers and acquisitions(c)
13141012
Separation costs(d)
3
Equity-based compensation(e)
3336
Other adjustments, net(f)
10(3)13(6)10
Adjusted EBITDA(28)(90)(340)(363)428
Net loss margin(26)(90)%(62)%(78)%7%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(8)(71)%(45)%(46)%20%

99


Set forth below is a reconciliation of total operating expenses to Adjusted Operating Expenses:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions)20222021202120202019
Total operating expenses4462551,3231,5401,913
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization(44)(34)(154)(148)(141)
Restructuring charges(a)
(2)(14)(206)(12)
Integration costs(b)
(9)(1)(22)(14)(36)
Mergers and acquisition(c)
(1)(3)(14)(10)(12)
Separation costs(d)
(3)
Equity-based compensation(e)
(3)(3)(3)(6)
Other adjustments, net(f)
(10)(2)(21)(8)(7)
Adjusted Operating Expenses3772151,0951,1511,696
(a)
Represents severance and related expenses due to restructuring activities.
(b)
Represents expenses related to the integration of businesses acquired.
(c)
Represents expenses related to business acquisitions, including potential business acquisitions, and includes pre-acquisition due diligence and related activities costs.
(d)
Represents expenses related to the separation of Legacy GBT’s business from American Express, which was substantially completed in 2018.
(e)
Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense related to the GBT MIP Options.
(f)
Adjusted Operating Expenses excludes (i) long-term incentive plan expense of $9 million and $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $15 million, $2 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively and (ii) litigation and professional services costs of $1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $6 million, $6 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively. Adjusted EBITDA additionally excludes (i) unrealized foreign exchange (losses) gains of $(2) million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, (ii) unrealized gains (losses) of $0 million, $12 and $(4) million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively, (iii) non-service component of our net periodic pension benefit related to our defined benefit pension plans of $2 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $9 million, $2 million and $4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively and (iv) loss on disposal of business of $1 million, $0 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively.
For a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Net Debt (Cash), see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Free Cash Flow” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Net Debt (Cash).”
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
We generate revenue in two primary ways — (1) Travel Revenues received from clients and travel suppliers and (2) Product and Professional Services Revenues received from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners.

100


Travel Revenues:   Travel Revenues include all revenue relating to servicing a travel transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related bookings or reservations, cancellations, exchanges or refunds. The major components of our Travel Revenues are:

Client Fees:   We typically charge clients transaction fees for arranging travel.

Supplier Fees:   Travel suppliers pay us for distributing and promoting their content. The mechanism varies by supplier, but the amount is usually a volume-linked fee. This includes fees from the three major GDSs.
Product and Professional Services Revenues:   We receive revenue from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners for using our platform, products and value-added services.

Management Fees:   Many clients request a contractually fixed, dedicated staffing pool to serve their travelers for part or all of their business travel. In these cases, we use a cost-recovery-plus-margin pricing structure instead of a transaction fee. Client management resources and overhead allocations are also included in this management fee.

Products Revenues:   We provide a broad range of business travel management tools used by clients to manage their travel programs. Revenue for these solutions usually takes the form of recurring subscriptions or management fees.

Consulting and Meetings and Events Revenues:   Consulting revenues (including outsourcing to us of part, or all, of a client’s travel program management) are usually a fixed fee for delivery of a certain engagement (such as company travel policy design). Meetings and events revenue is based on fees for booking, planning and managing meetings and events.

Other Revenues:   Other revenues typically include certain marketing and advertising fees from travel suppliers, as well as direct revenues from our Network Partners (excluding certain supplier fees that are indirectly driven by Network Partners’ contribution to aggregate volumes).
Costs and Expenses
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of (i) salary and benefits of our travel counsellors, meetings and events teams and their supporting functions and (ii) the cost of outsourcing resources in transaction processing and the processing costs of online booking tools.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing primarily consists of (i) salaries and benefits of employees in our sales and marketing function and (ii) the expenses for acquiring and maintaining client partnerships, including account management, sales, marketing and consulting, as well as certain other functions that support these efforts.
Technology and Content
Technology and content primarily consists of (i) salaries and benefits of employees engaged in our product and content development, back-end applications, support infrastructure and maintain security of our networks and (ii) other costs associated with licensing of software and information technology maintenance expense.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consists of (i) salaries and benefits of our employees in finance, legal, human resources and administrative support, including expenses associated with the executive non-cash equity plan and long-term incentive plans, (ii) integration expenses related to the acquisitions, costs related to mergers and acquisitions primarily related to due diligence, legal expenses and related professional services fees and (iii) fees and costs related to accounting, tax and other professional services fees, legal related costs, and other miscellaneous expenses.

101


We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as we grow our operations as a newly public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, accounting and auditing expenses, and the additional costs of enhancing and maintaining our internal control environment through the adoption of new corporate policies. We also expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our operations.
Results of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
The following table summarizes our historical condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and Known Trends2021:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Revenue$350$126$224179%
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below)17382(91)(110)%
Sales and marketing7243(29)(70)%
Technology and content9057(33)(59)%
General and administrative6539(26)(69)%
Restructuring charges2(2)n/m
Depreciation and amortization4434(10)(28)%
Total operating expense446255(191)(75)%
Operating loss(96)(129)3326%
Interest expense(19)(11)(8)(75)%
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Other income, net5(5)(93)%
Loss before income taxes and share of losses from equity method
investments
(115)(135)2015%
Benefit from income taxes2522317%
Share of losses in equity method investments(1)(1)
Net loss
(91)
(114)
23
20%
n/m — not meaningful
Revenue
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Travel Revenue$256$62$194318%
Products & Professional Services Revenue94643045%
Total Revenue$350$126$224179%
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, our total revenue increased by $224 million, or Future Events179%, due to incremental revenue resulting from the Egencia consolidation and recovery in both Travel Revenue and Products & Professional Services revenue.

102


Travel Revenue increased by $194 million, or 318%, primarily due to (i) incremental revenue of $64 million resulting from the Egencia consolidation and (ii) Transaction Growth of 211% driven by the recovery in travel from the COVID-19 pandemic, with transaction yield remaining stable. Transaction yield is calculated by dividing our Travel Revenue by total gross transactions.
Product and Professional Services Revenue increased $30 million, or 45%, primarily due to (i) $28 million of increased management fees and meetings and events revenue as increasingly relaxed COVID-19 restrictions drove increased business meetings and (ii) $ 2 million resulting from the Egencia consolidation.
Cost of Revenue
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)$173$82$(91)(110)%
We have neither engagedFor the three months ended March 31, 2022, cost of revenue increased by $91 million, or 110%, due to additional cost of revenue resulting from Egencia consolidation and increase in any operations nor generated any revenuesboth salaries and benefits expenses and other cost of revenue.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activitiescost of revenue increased by $70 million, or 103%, primarily due to increase in (i) number of travel care employees employed to meet the increased travel demand as the recovery in business travel from the COVID-19 pandemic continues, (ii) $18 million incremental salaries and those necessarybenefits resulting from Egencia consolidation and (iii) a decrease in funds received from governments of $12 million in connection with programs designed to prepare for this offering. Following this offering,minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other cost of revenue increased by $21 million, or 142%, primarily due to (i) inclusion of $13 million of other cost of revenue resulting from Egencia consolidation and (ii) increase in vendor costs to meet the increase in transaction volume driven by the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.
Sales and Marketing
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Sales and marketing$72$43$(29)(70)%
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, sales and marketing expenses increased by $29 million, or 70%, due to additional sales and marketing cost resulting from Egencia consolidation and increase in both, salaries and benefits expenses and other sales and marketing costs.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to sales and marketing increased by $26 million, or 74%, due to (i) $17 million of incremental salaries and benefits resulting from Egencia consolidation and (ii) $9 million increase primarily due to the restoration of full salaries and benefits during the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to reduced salaries and benefits resulting from mandatory salary reductions that were in place during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Other sales and marketing expenses increased by $3 million, or 47%, primarily due to Egencia consolidation.
Technology and Content
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
Technology and content$90$57$(33)(59)%

103


For the three months ended March 31, 2022, technology and content costs increased by $33 million, or 59%, due to additional technology and content costs resulting from Egencia consolidation and increases in both, salaries and benefits expenses and other technology and content costs.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to technology and content increased by $16 million, or 58%, primarily due to (i) $10 million of incremental salaries and benefits resulting from Egencia consolidation and (ii) $5 million increase due to the restoration of full salaries and benefits during the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to reduced salaries and benefits resulting from the mandatory salary reductions that were in place during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Other technology and content costs increased by $17 million, or 61%, due to (i) $10 million increase resulting from Egencia consolidation and (ii) $7 million increase driven by higher volumes on voice related costs and an increase in data processing parallel costs from cloud migration as we will not generate any operating revenues until after completioncomplete the transition from proprietary data centers to cloud hosting.
General and Administrative
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20222021$%
General and administrative$65$39$(26)(69)%
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, general and administrative expenses increased by $26 million, or 69%, due to additional general and administrative costs resulting from Egencia consolidation and increase in both, salaries and benefits expenses and other general and administrative costs.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to general and administrative increased by $10 million, or 41%, primarily due to incremental salaries and benefits of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income$11 million resulting from the Egencia consolidation
Other general and administrative expenses increased by $16 million, or 107%, due to (i) $4 million resulting from the Egencia consolidation and (ii) $12 million increase in head office costs including $6 million of integration costs with the form of interest income on cashremainder driven by increased outsourced vendor costs and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant changean increase in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expensestravel spend as a result of return to travel.
Depreciation and Amortization
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, depreciation and amortization increased by $10 million, or 28%, primarily due to additional depreciation and amortization resulting from higher fair value of property and equipment and additional other intangible assets, recognized from the Ovation and Egencia acquisitions.
Interest Expense
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, interest expense increased by $8 million, or 75%. The increase was primarily due to additional borrowings of term loans in December 2021 at a higher rate of interest.
Other Income, net
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, other income, net, decreased by $5 million, or 100%, due to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates.
Benefit from Income Taxes
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the effective income tax rate was 22% compared to 16% during the three months ended March 31, 2021. The change in effective tax rate is primarily driven by the change in the UK statutory corporation tax rate which was enacted in the second quarter of 2021 and which changed the UK corporation income tax rate from 19% to 25% effective from April 2023. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2022 is higher than the UK statutory rate of 19%

104


due to overseas tax rate differentials and UK operating losses being recognized at the rate at which they are expected to reverse of 25%. This is partially negated by changes in valuation allowances.
Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020
The following table summarizes our historical consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Revenue$763$793$(30)(4)%
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization shown
separately below)
4775295210%
Sales and marketing201199(2)(1)%
Technology and content264277135%
General and administrative213181(32)(17)%
Restructuring charges14(206)19293%
Depreciation and amortization154148(6)(4)%
Total operating expense���1,3231,54021714%
Operating loss(560)(747)18725%
Interest income11
Interest expense(53)(27)(26)(95)%
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(49)(49)n/m
Other income, net814(6)(27)%
Loss before income taxes and share of losses from equity method
investments
(653)(759)10614%
Benefit from income taxes1861454127%
Share of losses in equity method investments(8)(5)(3)(51)%
Net loss(475)(619)14424%
n/m — not meaningful
Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Travel Revenue$446$468$(22)(5)%
Products & Professional Services Revenue317325(8)(2)%
Total Revenue$763$793$(30)(4)%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, our total revenue decreased by $30 million, or 4%, due to the decline in both Travel Revenue and Products & Professional Services Revenue described below.
Travel Revenue decreased by $22 million, or 5%, despite Transaction Growth. This decline was due to a public company (for legal,change in mix of domestic and international travel, where we had higher domestic travel with lower client fees compared to international travel, which typically has higher client fees. During most of the year ended December 31, 2021, there remained more stringent restrictions on international travel across all regions due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

105


Products & Professional Services Revenue is not dependent on transaction volume and decreased by $8 million, or 2%, despite Transaction Growth during the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in Products & Professional Services Revenue was primarily driven by a decline in our meeting and events revenue.
Cost of Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)$477$529$5210%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, cost of revenue decreased by $52 million, or 10%, due to a decline of $26 million in each of salaries and benefits expenses, and other cost of revenue.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to cost of revenue decreased by $26 million, or 6%, primarily due to the COVID-19 BRP of $72 million, offset by decrease in funds received from governments of $33 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses and $13 million in incremental salaries and benefits related to the Egencia Acquisition.
Other cost of revenue decreased by $26 million, or 23%, primarily due to a decrease of $35 million in outsourced vendor cost and other expenses, offset by $9 million incremental other cost of revenue related to the Egencia Acquisition.
Sales and Marketing
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Sales and marketing$201$199$(2)(1)%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, sales and marketing expenses increased marginally by $2 million, or 1%. The increase in salaries and benefits expenses of $8 million was offset by a decline in other sales and marketing costs of $6 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to sales and marketing increased by $8 million, or 5%, primarily due to incremental salaries of $15 million resulting from the Egencia Acquisition, offset by a reduction resulting from the COVID-19 BRP of $1 million and an increase in funds received from governments of $7 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other sales and marketing expenses decreased by $6 million, or 17%, primarily due to a reduction in vendor costs.
Technology and Content
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Technology and content$264$277$135%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, technology and content costs decreased by $13 million, or 5%. The increase in salaries and benefits expenses of $4 million was more than offset by a decline in other technology and content costs of $17 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to technology and content increased by $4 million, or 3%, primarily due to incremental salaries of $6 million resulting from the Egencia Acquisition and a decrease in funds received from governments of $3 million in connection with programs designed to minimize

106


employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses, offset by a reduction in salaries and benefits resulting from the COVID-19 BRP of $5 million.
Other technology and content costs decreased by $17 million, or 11%, primarily due to reduction in third party technology vendor costs and lower technology investments of $26 million, offset by $9 million of incremental other technology and content expenses due to the Egencia Acquisition.
General and Administrative
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
General and administrative$213$181$(32)(17)%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, general and administrative expenses increased by $32 million, or 17%, due to an increase in salaries and benefits expenses of $28 million and an increase in other general and administrative costs of $4 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to general and administrative increased by $28 million, or 29%, due to an increase in annual incentive award and employee long-term cash incentive plan expenses amounting to $42 million, a decrease in funds received from governments of $9 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses, and incremental salaries of $5 million resulting from the Egencia Acquisition partially offset by the COVID-19 BRP of $28 million.
Other general and administrative expenses increased by $4 million, or 4%, primarily due to $8 million of incremental other general and administrative expenses resulting from the Egencia Acquisition and increased mergers and acquisition expenses amounting to $4 million primarily driven by the Egencia Acquisition, offset by a reduction in third party technology vendor processing, license costs, reduced investments and integration costs amounting to $7 million.
Restructuring Charges
For the year ended December 31, 2021, restructuring charges were reduced significantly by $196 million due to the completion of a majority of mitigating actions taken in response to the adverse business impact of the COVID- 19 pandemic during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Restructuring activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 were initiated to mitigate the adverse impact on our business resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and to simplify our business processes and improve our operational efficiencies. The cost saving measures included voluntary and involuntary terminations of employee services and facility closures across various locations.
Depreciation and Amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2021, depreciation and amortization increased by $6 million, or 4%, primarily due to additional depreciation and amortization resulting from the Egencia Acquisition.
Interest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2021, interest expense increased by $26 million, or 95%. The increase was primarily due to (i) $19 million of interest expense attributable to the $400 million principal amount of Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans that were borrowed in September 2020, including as a result of an increase to the interest rate for such loans pursuant to an amendment in January 2021, and (ii) $6 million of interest expense related to additional borrowings of $150 million principal amount of Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loans that were borrowed in different tranches in 2021.

107


Other Income, Net
Other income, net consists of:
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20212020$%
Foreign exchange gains, net12(12)100
Loss on disposal of business(1)(1)n/m
Non-service components of net periodic pension benefit927n/m
Other income, net814(6)(27)%
n/m
not meaningful
For the year ended December 31, 2021, other income, net, decreased by $6 million, or 27%, primarily due to $12 million of adverse change in foreign exchange, offset by a $7 million increase in non-service components of net periodic pension benefit during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Benefit from Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2021 we recognized a benefit from incomes taxes of $186 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 28.39%. For the year ended December 31, 2020 we recognized a benefit from incomes taxes of $145 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 19.13%. The increase in the effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by a change in the U.K.’s enacted tax rate from 19% to 25% during the second quarter of 2021, and which becomes effective from April 2023. Deferred tax balances are measured at the rate at which they are expected to reverse; therefore this resulted in a benefit of $35 million on remeasurement of our existing deferred tax assets and liabilities in the second quarter of 2021 and an additional benefit throughout the year on new balances that are expected to reverse at the newly enacted rate.
Share of Losses in Equity Method Investments
Our share of losses in equity method investments was $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a share of losses of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The losses during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were due to the adverse impact of restrictions on travel resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and include impairment of equity method investments of $2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

108


Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
The following table summarizes our historical consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Revenue$793$2,119$(1,326)(63)
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown
separately below)
52988035140
Sales and marketing1992868730
Technology and content2773396218
General and administrative1812557429
Restructuring charges20612(194)n/m
Depreciation and amortization148141(7)(5)
Total operating expenses1,5401,91337320
Operating (loss) income(747)206(953)n/m
Interest income15(4)(68)
Interest expense(27)(15)(12)(76)
Other income (expense), net14(3)17n/m
(Loss) income before income taxes and share of (losses) earnings
from equity method investments
(759)193(952)n/m
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes145(60)205n/m
Share of (losses) earnings in equity method investments(5)5(10)n/m
Net (loss) income$(619)$138$(757)n/m
n/m — not meaningful
Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Travel Revenues$468$1,605$(1,137)(71)
Product and Professional Services Revenues325514(189)(37)
Total Revenue$793$2,119$(1,326)(63)
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our total revenue decreased by $1,326 million, or 63%, due to the decline in both Travel Revenues and Product and Professional Services Revenues described below.
Travel Revenues decreased by $1,137 million, or 71%, in line with Transaction Decline due to the adverse impact on our business resulting from restrictions on travel across all regions due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Product and Professional Services Revenues decreased by $189 million, or 37%. The decrease in Product and Professional Services Revenues was lower than Transaction Decline due to the fixed revenue components of management fees and other revenue, which are not dependent on transaction volume.

109


Cost of Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Cost of revenue$529$880$35140
For the year ended December 31, 2020, cost of revenue decreased by $351 million, or 40%, due to a decline in salaries and benefits expenses of $243 million and a decline in other cost of revenue of $108 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to cost of revenue decreased by $243 million, or 37%, primarily due to the COVID-19 BRP of $171 million and funds received from governments of $72 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic during the year ended December 31, 2020, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other cost of revenue decreased by $108 million, or 49%, primarily due to lower volumes of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2020. The reduction was primarily due to decrease in online booking tool fees and merchant fees amounting to $65 million, both of which are variable costs related to transaction volumes, and decreases in outsourced vendors cost and other expenses of $43 million.
Sales and Marketing
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Sales and marketing$199$286$8730
For the year ended December 31, 2020, sales and marketing expenses decreased by $87 million, or 30%, due to a decline in salaries and benefits expenses of $59 million and a decline in other sales and marketing costs of $28 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to sales and marketing decreased by $59 million, or 27% primarily due to the COVID-19 BRP of $49 million and funds received from governments of $10 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic during the year ended December 31, 2020, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other sales and marketing expenses decreased by $28 million, or 43%, primarily due to reduction in vendor costs.
Technology and Content
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Technology and content$277$339$6218
For the year ended December 31, 2020, technology and content costs decreased by $62 million, or 18%, due to a decline in salaries and benefits expenses of $23 million and a decline in other technology and content costs of $39 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to technology and content decreased by $23 million, or 16%, primarily due to the COVID-19 BRP of $17 million and funds received from governments of $6 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic during the year ended December 31, 2020, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other technology and content costs decreased by $39 million, or 20%, primarily due to reduction in third party technology vendor costs of $26 million and lower technology investments of $13 million.

110


General and Administrative
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Total general and administrative$181$255$7429
For the year ended December 31, 2020, general and administrative expenses decreased by $74 million, or 29%, due to a decline in salaries and benefits of $42 million and a decline in other general and administrative costs of $32 million.
Salaries and benefits expenses related to general and administrative decreased by $42 million, or 31%, primarily due to the COVID-19 BRP of $29 million and funds received from governments of $13 million in connection with programs designed to minimize employment losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic during the year ended December 31, 2020, which were netted against salaries and benefits expenses.
Other general and administrative expenses decreased by $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to a reduction in third party technology vendor processing, license costs, reduced investments and substantial completion of activities associated with the integration of HRG.
Restructuring Charges
For the year ended December 31, 2020, restructuring charges were $206 million. Restructuring activities during the period were initiated to mitigate the adverse impact on our business resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and to simplify our business processes and improve our operational efficiencies. The cost saving measures included voluntary and involuntary terminations of employee services and facility closures across various locations. See note 14 to our consolidated financial reporting, accountingstatements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, restructuring charges were $12 million, primarily related to restructuring activities initiated to enhance and auditing compliance)optimize our operational efficiency and as a result of the integration of acquired businesses.
Depreciation and Amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2020, depreciation and amortization increased by $7 million, or 5%, primarily due to the accelerated depreciation of certain software and leasehold improvement assets in connection with restructuring activities.
Interest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2020, interest expense increased by $12 million, or 76%, to $27 million. This increase was primarily due to interest expense attributable to the $400 million principal amount of Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans that were borrowed pursuant to an incremental facility that was established under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in September 2020. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

111


Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists of:
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
($ in millions except percentages)20202019$%
Foreign exchange gain (losses), net$12$(4)$16n/m
Loss on sale of businesses(3)3100
Non-service components of net periodic pension benefit24(2)(86)
Other income (expense), net$14$(3)$17n/m
n/m — not meaningful
For the year ended December 31, 2020, other income (expense), net increased $17 million as wella result of $12 million of foreign exchange gains recognized during the period compared to foreign exchange losses of $4 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Benefit from (Provision for) Income Taxes
In 2020, our income tax benefit was $145 million, driven by our effective tax rate and our $759 million loss before income taxes and share of losses from equity method investments. In 2019, our income tax provision was $60 million, driven by our effective tax rate and our $193 million income before income taxes and share of earnings from equity method investments. In 2019, our effective tax rate was higher than the statutory rate in the UK primarily as a result of certain discrete taxable items, including non-deductible expenses as we conductand state and local income taxes.
Share of (Losses) Earnings in Equity Method Investments
Our share of losses in equity method investments was $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to a share of earnings of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The loss during the year ended December 31, 2020 was due diligenceto the adverse impact of restrictions on prospective business combination candidates. We expect our expenses to increase substantially aftertravel resulting from the closing of this offering.COVID-19 pandemic.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity needs have been satisfied priorare typically cash flows generated from operations, cash available under the credit facilities under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as well as cash and cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our cash and cash equivalent balances were $329 million, $516 million and $584 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our Free Cash Flow was $(175) million, $(123) million, $(556) million, $(297) million and $165 million, respectively (See “— Free Cash Flow” for additional information about this non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation to completionthe most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP). The $50 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility remained undrawn at March 31, 2022.
On May 27, 2022, we completed our Business Combination. After giving effect to payments of this offering through capital contributions from related partiescertain transaction expenses and redemption of $30,824. We estimate thatGBT Preferred Shares of $168 million (including accrued dividends until the Closing Date), we received net proceeds of $128 million upon Closing.
On May 19, 2022, a principal amount of $100 million of term loans were borrowed from (i) the sale$200 million of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $1,200,000, underwriting discounts and commissions of $15,000,000 ($17,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (excluding deferred underwriting commissions of $26,250,000 (or $30,187,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)), and (ii) the sale of the private placement warrants for a purchase price of $17,000,000 (or approximately $19,250,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be $750,800,000 (or $863,300,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $750,000,000 (or $862,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account, which includes $26,250,000 (or $30,187,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting commissions. The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7delayed draw commitments under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We will disclose in each quarterly and annual report filed with the SEC prior to our initial business combination whether the proceeds deposited in the trust account are invested in U.S. government treasury obligations or money market funds orSenior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. On June 9, 2022, a combination thereof. The remaining approximately $2,000,000 will not be held in the trust account. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,200,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, theprincipal amount of funds we intend to be held outside$100 million of additional term loans were borrowed from the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, inlast remaining delayed draw commitments under the event that the offering expenses are less thanSenior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities.
As of March 31, 2022, our estimate of $1,200,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.
We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earnedliquidity was over $700 million computed on the trust account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest to make permitted withdrawals. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the trust account. To the extent that our capital shares or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.
After the closing of this offering, we will have available to us the approximately $800,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account. We will use these funds primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, structure, negotiate and complete a business combination and pay cash compensation to our independent directors.following basis:
 
72112

 
In addition,
$657 million of pro forma cash and cash equivalents (comprised of (i) $329 million of cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2022, (ii) $128 million net proceeds received upon Closing and (iii) $200 million of principal amount of senior secured tranche B-3 term loans borrowed in May and June 2022),

$50 million of undrawn commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (subject to the satisfaction of applicable borrowing conditions and compliance with applicable covenants related to borrowings thereunder).
We believe, based on our sponsor, an affiliatecurrent operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and cash flows from operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, financial liabilities, capital expenditures and business expansion for at least the next 12 months. Although we believe that we will have a sufficient level of our sponsor or our officerscash and directors may, but none of them is obligatedcash equivalents to loan us funds as may be required to fundcover our working capital requirements.needs in the ordinary course of business and to continue to expand our business, we may, from time to time, explore additional financing sources to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, from time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions and other strategic opportunities. If we complete our initial businesselect to pursue any such investments, we may fund them with internally generated funds, bank financing, the issuance of other debt or equity or a combination thereof. There is no assurance that such funding would be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we would repay such loanedbe able to satisfy or obtain a waiver of applicable borrowing conditions for borrowing additional amounts outunder the unused commitments under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in the future. In addition, utilization of the proceedsSenior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be effectively limited as of the trust account released to us. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portionend of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.
We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business prior to our initial business combination. However,any fiscal quarter if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.
We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $225,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses in connection with any business combinations; $175,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements; $85,000 for the NYSE continued listing fees; $200,000 for office space, administrative and support services; $100,000 as a reserve for liquidation expenses; and approximately $15,000 for working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses (including taxes net of anticipated interest income).
These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.
Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing to complete our business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account.
Controls and Procedures
We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirementsleverage-based financial covenant for such facility contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement when required. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness” for more information.
There is also no assurance that the holders of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actwarrants will elect to exercise any or all of the warrants or whether or when the GBTG Options may be exercised, which could impact our liquidity position. To the extent that the warrants or GBTG Options are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants or the GBTG Options will decrease. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their warrants, or GBTG Option holders will exercise their GBTG Options, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive is, among other things, dependent upon the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If the market price for our Class A Common Stock is less than the applicable exercise price ($11.50 for the fiscal year endingwarrants, subject to adjustment as described herein, and $5.74 to $14.58 for the GBTG Options), we believe such holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants or GBTG Options, as applicable.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions)20222021202120202019
Net cash (used in) operating activities(154)(114)(512)(250)227
Net cash used in investing activities(21)(62)(27)(47)(87)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities(7)89478384(65)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3)(3)(7)71
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (185)(90)(68)9476
Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
As of March 31, 2022, we had $340 million of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, a decrease of $185 million compared to December 31, 2021. Only in the event that we areThe following discussion summarizes changes to our cash
 
73113

 
deemedflows from operating, investing and financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Operating Activities
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used in operating activities was $154 million compared to $114 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase in cash used in operating activities of $40 million was primarily due to increased cash usage for working capital as business recovery from COVID-19 pandemic continued, partially offset by decrease in operating loss.
Investing Activities
During the three months ended March 31, 2022 net cash used in investing activities of $21 million was related to purchase of property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 of $62 million consisting of cash consideration of $53 million paid for the acquisition of the Ovation travel business and $9 million used for the purchase of property and equipment.
Financing Activities
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used in financing activities of $7 million was due to $4 million of costs related to the Business Combination transaction and $3 million of repayment of finance lease obligation and principal amount of quarterly term loan installment. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash from financing activities of $89 million primarily consisted of: (i) $50 million of gross cash proceeds received from term loans borrowed pursuant to Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility, (ii) $50 million of proceeds received from the issuance of preferred shares, partially, offset by: (iii) $ 6 million of payment of lender fees and issuance costs for senior secured term loans facilities and (iv) $ 4 million of repayment of finance lease obligation and principal amount of quarterly term loan installment.
Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
As of December 31, 2021, we had $525 million of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, a decrease of $68 million compared to December 31, 2020. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $512 million compared to $250 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change of $262 million was primarily due to (i) fluctuations in working capital of $364 million, mainly driven by higher collections from our accounts receivable in 2020, as we focused on collections, to maintain our liquidity to manage the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and (ii) $31 million of higher interest payments, partially offset by (iii) reduced operating expenses.
Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021 net cash used in investing activities of $27 million was primarily due to cash consideration of $53 million paid for the acquisition of the Ovation travel business and $44 million used for the purchase of property and equipment, offset by $73 million of cash acquired in the Egencia Acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities of $47 million was due to purchase of property and equipment.
Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash from financing activities of $478 million was primarily due to (i) $935 million of gross cash proceeds received from term loans borrowed pursuant to Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan

114


Facilities (net of debt discount of $15 million), and (ii) $150 million of proceeds received from the issuance of preferred shares, partially, offset by (iii) $ 551 million of gross cash payments towards the principal amount of the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans and Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2 Term Loan Facility and for scheduled repayments of the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans, (iv) $42 million of cash paid for prepayment penalty and related costs, and for debt issuance costs, and (v) $10 million paid for a potential equity offering transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2020 net cash from financing activities was $384 million due to $388 million of cash proceeds received from the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans (net of debt discount of $12 million), offset by $4 million repayment of principal amount of senior secured term loans.
Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2019
As of December 31, 2020, we had $593 million of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, an increase of $94 million compared to December 31, 2019. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.
Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash (used in) from operating activities was $(250) million compared to $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $477 million was primarily due to the decrease in operating income of $953 million, partially offset by the cash inflows from fluctuations in working capital of $377 million, primarily driven by collections from our accounts receivables, and lower cash tax payments of $62 million.
Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities of $47 million was primarily due to cash used for the purchase of property and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities of $87 million was primarily due to $62 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment and $25 million of cash consideration paid for the acquisition of DER, net of cash acquired.
Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash from financing activities of $384 million was primarily due to the net cash proceeds received from the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1 Term Loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in financing activities of $65 million was primarily due to $58 million of capital distributions to shareholders and $5 million dividend paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries.
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as net cash from (used in) operating activities, less cash used for additions to property and equipment.
We believe Free Cash Flow is an important measure of our liquidity. This measure is a useful indicator of our ability to generate cash to meet our liquidity demands. We use this measure to conduct and evaluate our operating liquidity. We believe it typically presents an alternate measure of cash flows since purchases of property and equipment are a necessary component of our ongoing operations and it provides useful information regarding how cash provided by operating activities compares to the property and equipment investments required to maintain and grow our platform. We believe Free Cash Flow provides investors with an understanding of how assets are performing and measures management’s effectiveness in managing cash.
Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similarly named measures used by other companies. This measure has limitations in that it does not represent the total increase or decrease in the cash balance for the period, nor does it represent cash flow for discretionary expenditures.

115


This measure should not be considered as a measure of liquidity or cash flows from operations as determined under GAAP. This measure is not measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as alternative to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity.
Set forth below is a reconciliation of net cash used in operating activities to Free Cash Flow.
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions)20222021202120202019
Net cash (used in) operating activities(154)(114)(512)(250)227
Less: Purchase of property and equipment(21)(9)(44)(47)(62)
Free Cash Flow(175)(123)(556)(297)165
Free Cash Flow of $(175) million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, declined by $(52) million compared to Free Cash Flow of $(123) million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, due to a $40 million increase in net cash used in operating activities as discussed above and an increase of $12 million of cash outflows related to purchases of property and equipment.
Free Cash Flow of $(556) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, declined by $(259) million compared to Free Cash Flow of $(297) million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due to a $262 million increase in net cash used in operating activities as discussed above, offset by $3 million of lower cash outflows related to purchases of property and equipment.
Free Cash Flow of $(297) million for the year ended December 31, 2020, declined by $(462) million compared to Free Cash Flow of $165 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, due to $477 million increase in net cash used in operating activities as discussed above, offset by $15 million of lower cash outflows related to purchases of property and equipment.
Net Debt (Cash)
The following table summarizes our Net Debt (Cash) position as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
2022
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in millions)20212020
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
Principal amount of Senior Secured Initial Term Loans
(Maturity – August 2025)(1)
241242244
Principal amount of loans under the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-1
Term Loans (Maturity – December 2026)(2)
399
Principal amount of loans under the Senior Secured Prior Tranche B-2
Term Loan Facility(3)
Principal amount of loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3
Term Loan Facilities(4)
800800
Principal amount of Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (Maturity – August 2023)(5)
1,0411,042643
Less: Unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs(18)(19)(19)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs1,0231,023624
Less: Cash and cash equivalents(329)(516)(584)
Net Debt (Cash)69450740

116


(1)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.50% as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(2)
The outstanding principal amount of Tranche B-1 term loans were repaid in full in December 2021.
(3)
The outstanding principal amount of Tranche B-2 term loans were repaid in full in December 2021.
(4)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 6.50% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%) as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(5)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.25% as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and 2020.
We define Net Debt (Cash) as total debt outstanding consisting of current and non-current portion of long-term debt (defined as debt (excluding lease liabilities) with original contractual maturity dates of one year or greater), net of unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs, minus cash and cash equivalents. Net Debt (Cash) is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similarly named measures used by other companies. This measure is not a measurement of our indebtedness as determined under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as alternative to assess our total debt or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to total debt. Management uses Net Debt (Cash) to review our overall liquidity, financial flexibility, capital structure and leverage. Further, we believe that certain debt rating agencies, creditors and credit analysts monitor our Net Debt (Cash) as part of their assessment of our business.
Total debt was $1,023 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and $624 million as of December 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2022, Net Debt (Cash) was $694 million compared to Net Debt (Cash) of $507 million as of December 31, 2021 and $40 million as of December 31, 2020. The increase in Net Debt (Cash) was driven by a $187 million decreased cash and cash equivalent balance as of March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021.
As of March 31, 2022, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.
On May 19, 2022, we borrowed a principal amount of $100 million of term loans from the $200 million of delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities that were established under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement in December 2021. On June 9, 2022, we borrowed a principal amount of $100 million of additional term loans from the last remaining delayed draw commitments under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of March 31, 2022:
Payments Due by Year ($ in millions)
Total
Less than 1
Year
1 – 3 Years3 – 5 Years
More than 5
Years
Long-term debt obligations(1)
$1,023$3$5$1,015$
Operating lease liabilities(2)
9525351421
Finance lease liabilities22
Interest payments(3)
31168136107
Purchase commitments(4)
2067111619
Total contractual obligations$1,637$169$292$1,155$21
(1)
Long-term debt obligations exclude lease liabilities. On May 19, 2022, we borrowed $100 million of delayed draw term loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. On June 9, 2022, we borrowed an additional $100 million of delayed draw term loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. These amounts are not reflected in the amounts above. Under certain circumstances, each year, a portion of the senior secured term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are required to be

117


prepaid with a percentage of annual excess cash flow, if any, calculated in a manner set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Under certain circumstances, we will also be required to prepay, or make an offer to prepay, the senior secured term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with the proceeds received from certain other events, subject to certain exceptions and limitations set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. None of these mandatory prepayment obligations are reflected in the table above. Long-term debt obligations reflected in this table do not include the related unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs. As of March 31, 2022, we have unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs of $18 million related to the senior secured term loans outstanding as of such date under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement that will be amortized over their contractual period.
(2)
The operating lease liability amounts in the table above are primarily related to corporate office facility leases, as well as other offices for our local operations. Our operating leases expire on various dates through December 31, 2035. In addition to minimum lease payments, we are responsible for our ratable share of taxes and operating costs for leased premises.
(3)
Includes interest on the senior secured term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and our finance leases. Interest payments reflected in the table above for the senior secured term loans outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are based on the applicable interest rate in effect as of March 31, 2022, which was 2.96% per annum for the Senior Secured Initial Term Loans (calculated as LIBOR plus 2.5%) and 7.5% per annum for loans under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities (calculated as LIBOR plus 6.5%, with a 1.00% LIBOR floor). Interest payments exclude any impact of expected cash flows resulting from interest rate swap contract entered into in February 2022. The initial quarterly calculation period for such interest rate swap contract commenced on March 16, 2022, so no payment dates occurred thereunder on or prior to March 31, 2022. As of March 31, 2022, our condensed consolidated balance sheet reflected accrued and unpaid interest of $3 million and we had derivative asset related to interest rate swaps of $9 million.
(4)
Primarily reflects our noncancelable contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of March 31, 2022. The obligations are primarily related to service, hosting and licensing contracts for information technology arrangements.
Our obligations related to defined benefit and post-retirement plans are actuarially determined on an annual basis at our financial year end. As of December 31, 2021, plan contributions of $25 million were expected to be made in 2022 and for the three months ended March 31, 2022, we have made plan contributions of $6 million. Funding projections beyond 2022 are not practical to estimate based on currently available information. Income tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions are excluded as we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period of related future payments.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, which primarily relate to fluctuations in interest rates. Such fluctuations to date have not been significant.
Interest Rate Risk
As of March 31, 2022, we had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $329 million and restricted cash of approximately $11 million.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including fiscal and monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political considerations, as well as other factors beyond our control. Interest rate risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in the level of interest rates and the spread between different interest rates. We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on debt, which bears interest at variable rates. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control. Our debt has floating interest rates. We are exposed to changes in the level of interest rates and to changes in the relationship or spread between interest rates for our floating rate debt. We have interest rate risk primarily related to borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, which bear interest at a variable rate tied to LIBOR or the applicable base rate plus a margin (subject to certain benchmark replacement provisions and certain

118


interest rate floors, as applicable), and, during certain periods, the margin applicable to certain term loan facilities thereunder will be based on a pricing grid that varies with the total leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement). Therefore, increases in interest rates may reduce our net income or increase our net loss by increasing the cost of debt. As of March 31, 2022, $1,023 million of senior secured term loans were outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, net of unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs, and no borrowings or letters of credit were outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of such date.
Based on the outstanding debt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2022, and assuming that our mix of debt instruments and other variables remain unchanged, and excluding any impact of expected cash flows resulting from interest rate swap contract entered into in February 2022: (i) a hypothetical 100 basis points increase in LIBOR would have increased our interest expense by $6 million on an annualized basis and (ii) a hypothetical 100 basis points decrease in LIBOR would have decreased our interest expense by $1 million on an annualized basis due to the LIBOR component thereof being tied to a LIBOR floor in respect of loans that were outstanding as of such date under the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. In February 2022, we entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $600 million of debt for a period covering from March 2022 to March 2025 to hedge against any future increases in the benchmark rate for the Senior Secured New Tranche B-3 Term Loan Facilities. The terms of such swap are initially linked to LIBOR as the benchmark rate, with an adjusted SOFR-based rate replacing LIBOR as the benchmark rate for such swap commencing in June 2023. The interest rate swap is considered as an accounting hedge and as of March 31, 2022, we had recognized $9 million of derivative asset in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to U.S. dollars, our functional and reporting currency. Our revenue is generated primarily in U.S. dollars, British pounds sterling, and Euros. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currency of the country in which our operations are located, which are primarily the U.S., Europe and Asia. Our functional currency is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates in ways that are unrelated to our operating performance. As exchange rates may fluctuate significantly between periods, revenue and operating expenses, when converted into U.S. dollars, may also experience significant fluctuations between periods. As our revenues earned and expenses incurred in currencies other than U.S. dollars largely offset each other, fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates have not had a material impact on our financial results.
We do not engage in any foreign currency related hedging activities. We will continue to reassess our approach to managing risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information on recently issued accounting pronouncements, adopted and not yet adopted by us, see note 2 to each of our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other

119


assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a significant degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue in two primary ways:

Travel Revenues, which include fees received from clients and travel suppliers relating to servicing a travel transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related bookings or reservations; and

Products and Professional Services Revenues, which include revenues received from clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners for using our platform, products and value-added services.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services in an arrangement is transferred to the clients in an amount that reflects the expected consideration in exchange for those services. Our clients are (i) corporate clients to whom we provide travel processing, consultancy and management services and (ii) travel suppliers including providers of GDS.
We have determined a net presentation of revenue (that is, the amount billed to a corporate client less the amount paid to a travel supplier) is appropriate for the majority of our transactions as the travel supplier is primarily responsible for providing the underlying travel services and we do not control the service provided to the traveler/corporate clients. We exclude all taxes assessed by a government authority, if any, from the measurement of transaction prices that are imposed on our travel-related services or collected by us from clients (which are therefore excluded from revenue).
Travel Revenue
Client Fees
Transaction Fees and Other Revenues:   We enter into contracts with corporate clients to provide travel-related services each period over the contract term. Our obligation to the client is to stand ready to provide service over the contractual term. The performance obligation under these contracts is typically satisfied over time as our clients benefit from our services as they are performed. We receive nonrefundable transaction fees from corporate clients each time a travel transaction is processed. Transaction fee revenue, which is unit-priced under the service contract, is generally allocated to and recognized in the period the transaction is processed. We also receive revenue from the provision of other transactional services to clients such as revenue generated from the provision of servicing after business close or during travel disruption. Such other transactional travel revenue is also generally allocated to and recognized in the period when the travel transaction is processed.
We also receive revenue from the provision of other transactional services to clients such as revenue generated from the provision of servicing after business close or during travel disruption. Such other transactional travel revenue is also generally recognized at the time the client books the travel arrangements.
Consideration Payable to Clients and Client Incentives:   As part of the arrangements with corporate clients, we may be contractually obligated to share with them the commissions collected from travel suppliers that are directly attributable to our business with the corporate clients. Additionally, in certain contractual agreements with its clients, we are required to pay them in the form of credits or upfront payments. We capitalize such consideration payments to our clients and recognize them ratably over the period of contract, as a reduction of revenue, as the revenue is recognized, unless the payment is in exchange for a distinct good or service that the corporate clients transfers to us. The capitalized upfront payments are

120


reviewed for recoverability and impairment based on future forecasted revenues and are included within other non-current assets, net of any related liability, on our consolidated balance sheets.
Supplier Fees
Base Commissions and Incentives:   Certain of our travel suppliers (e.g., airlines, hotels, car rental companies, and rail carriers) pay commissions and/or fees on tickets issued, sales and other services provided by us based on contractual agreements to promote or distribute travel supplier content. Commissions and fees from travel suppliers are generally recognized (i) at the time a ticket is purchased for air travel reservations as our performance obligation to the supplier is satisfied at the time of ticketing and/or (ii) upon fulfillment of the reservation for hotels and car rentals as the performance obligation to the hotel and car rental companies is not satisfied until the customer has checked-in to the hotel property and/or picked up the rental car.
We receive incentives from air travel suppliers for incremental bookings above minimum targeted thresholds established under relevant agreements. We estimate such incentive revenues using internal and external data detailing completed and estimated completed airline travel and the price thresholds applicable to the volume for the period, as the consideration is variable and determined by meeting volume targets. We allocate the variable consideration to the bookings during the incentive period, which is generally determined by the airlines to be a large accelerated filersingle fiscal quarter, and recognize that amount as the related performance obligations are satisfied, to the extent that it is probable that a subsequent change in the estimate would not result in a significant revenue reversal.
GDS Revenues:   In certain transactions, the GDS receives commission revenues from travel suppliers in exchange for distributing their content and distributes a portion of these commissions to us as an incentive for us to utilize their platform. Therefore, we view payments through the GDS as commissions from travel suppliers and recognize these commissions in revenue on a per segment basis as travel bookings are made through the GDS platform.
Product and Professional Services Revenues
Management Fees:   We receive management fees from corporate clients for travel management services. Our obligation to our clients is to stand ready to provide services over their respective contractual terms. The performance obligation under these contracts is typically satisfied over time as our clients benefit from our services as they are performed. Management fees are recognized ratably over the contract term as the performance obligation is satisfied on a stand-ready basis over the contract term.
Product Revenues:   Revenues from the provision of travel management tools to corporate clients are recognized ratably over the contract term as the performance obligation is satisfied over the contract term over which the travel-related products are made available to clients.
Consulting and Meeting and Events Revenues:   Fees from consulting and meetings and events planning services that are recognized over the contract term as the promised services are delivered by our personnel.
Other Revenues:   Fees from Network Partners are recognized in proportion to sales as sales occur over the contract term, as the performance obligation is satisfied.
Business Combination
The application of the acquisition accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Our estimates of the fair value are based upon assumptions that we believe are reasonable. When we deem appropriate, we utilize assistance from a third-party valuation firm. The consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the consideration transferred over the net of the amounts allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.
When determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, we make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing certain

121


intangible assets include but are not limited to future expected cash flows from corporate client and travel supplier relationships and trade names, discount rates and the period of time the acquired relationships will continue. We also have to estimate fair value contractual obligations assumed, pre-acquisition contingencies, if any, and contingent consideration. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill if new information is obtained related to facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. Acquisition costs, such as legal and consulting fees, are expensed as incurred.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets and Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Our long-lived assets comprise property and equipment. We review long-lived tangible assets, operating lease right-of-use assets and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset (or the asset group) may not be recoverable. The undiscounted future cash flows associated with the expected service potential of the assets are compared to the carrying value of the assets. If our projection of undiscounted future cash flows is in excess of the carrying value of the assets, no impairment charge is recorded. If our projection of undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value, the assets are then measured at fair value and an accelerated filer wouldimpairment charge is recorded based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over its fair value.
In estimating the fair value, we beare required to complymake a number of assumptions including assumptions related to projections of future cash flows, estimated growth and discount rates. A change in these underlying assumptions could cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could result in impairment.
Due to the significant and negative financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and modifications / terminations of operating leases, we performed the recoverability test of our long-lived assets, operating lease right-of-use assets and definite-live intangible assets. Such tests resulted in us recognizing impairment of operating lease right-of-uses assets of $20 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. There was no significant impairment of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2019.
Goodwill
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment on December 31 each year, or when an event occurs or circumstances change and there is an indication of impairment. The performance of the goodwill impairment test is the comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value no impairment exists. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is higher than its fair value, an impairment loss is recorded for the difference and charged to the consolidated statement of operations.
We test goodwill at a reporting unit level. A reporting unit is either the “operating segment level” or one level below, which is referred to as a “component.” The level at which the impairment test is performed requires judgment as to whether the operations below the operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business or whether the operations are similar such that they should be aggregated for purposes of the impairment test. Fair values of reporting units are determined using a combination of standard valuation techniques, including an income approach (discounted cash flows) and market approach such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies and precedent transactions, and based on market participant assumptions. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that we expect the reporting unit to generate in the future. Periodically, we may choose to perform a qualitative assessment, prior to performing the quantitative analysis, to determine whether the fair value of the goodwill is more likely than not impaired.
Our significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: our weighted average cost of capital; long-term rate of growth and profitability of our business; and working capital effects. Our significant

122


estimates in the market approach include identifying similar companies and comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting units. We believe the weighted use of the discounted cash flows and market approach is the best method for determining the fair value of our reporting unit as the blended use of both models compensates for the inherent risks associated with either model if used on a stand-alone basis.
Due to continuing significant and negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we adopted quantitative approach to test our Goodwill for impairment during the year ended December 31, 2021. The key assumptions applied in our impairment testing of goodwill were (i) estimated cash flows based on financial projections for the periods from 2022 through 2026, which were extrapolated to perpetuity, (ii) terminal values based on terminal growth rates not exceeding 2% and (iii) discount rates, based on weighted average cost of capital of 11%. We also considered the enterprise and/or equity value of the Company, determined in connection with the independent registered publicEgencia Acquisition, while performing goodwill impairment testing. The results of impairment testing performed in 2021 indicated that the fair value of each of the reporting unit exceed their respective carrying values. As a result, we did not record any impairment of goodwill in our consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Pension and Other Post-Retirement Defined Benefits
We provide post-employment defined benefits to our current and former employees in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, with the most material defined benefit pension plan being in the U.K.
The determination of the obligation and expense for our pension and other post-retirement employee benefits is dependent on certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Certain of the more important assumptions are described in note 16 Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates and other factors. The effects of any modification to those assumptions are either recognized immediately or amortized over future periods in accordance with GAAP. Actual results that differ from assumptions used are accumulated and generally amortized over future periods.
The primary assumptions affecting our accounting firm attestation requirement. Further, for employee benefits are:
Discount rate: The discount rate is used to calculate pension benefit obligations. The discount rate assumption is developed by determining a constant effective yield that produces the same result as longdiscounting projected plan cash flows using high-quality (AA) bond yields of corresponding maturities as of the measurement date. We used weighted average discount rates of 1.7% for defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2021.
The impact of a 100 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate for defined benefit pension plans would be to decrease pension liabilities by $165 million or increase pension liabilities by $217 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. The sensitivity to a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate assumption related to our pre-tax employee benefit expense for 2021 would have no impact on our 2021 pretax pension expense; however a 100 basis point decrease would have increased our 2021 pre-tax pension expense by $1 million.
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets: The expected long-term rate of return is used in the calculation of net periodic benefit cost. The required use of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized returns that are greater or less than the actual returns on those plan assets in any given year. The expected long-term rate of return for plan assets has been determined using historical returns for the different asset classes held by our trusts and its asset allocation, as well as inputs from internal and external sources regarding expected capital market return, inflation and other variables. In determining the pension expense for 2021 we used a weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 4.4%.
Actual returns on plan assets for 2021 and 2020 were 7.5% and 11.5%, respectively, compared to the expected rate of return assumptions of 4.4% and 4.4%, respectively. The sensitivity to a 100 basis point

123


increase or decrease in the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption related to our pre-tax employee benefit expense for 2021 would be to decrease or increase the 2021 pre-tax expense by $6 million in each case.
We use a single discount rate to determine the service cost and the interest cost components of the net periodic benefit cost. The single discount rate is developed using the relevant yield curve and projected cash flows.
While we believe these assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in these assumptions may materially affect our defined benefit pension and post-retirement employee benefit obligations and our future expense. See note 16 Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our retirement benefit plans.
Equity-Based Compensation
Stock Options
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options that are expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Forfeitures are accounted for when they occur.
The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include:
Fair value of Common Stock — Because our Common Stock was not publicly traded, we estimated the fair value of Common Stock. The GBT Board considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our Common Stock as discussed in “GBT’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Equity-Based Compensation — Common Stock Valuations” below.
Expected volatility — Expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price is expected to fluctuate. Since we do not have trading history of our Common Stock, we estimate the expected volatility by taking the average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the awards.
Expected term — We determine the expected term based on the average period the stock-based awards are expected to remain outstanding, as we remaindo not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.
Risk-free rate — We use the U.S. Treasury yield for our risk-free interest rate that corresponds with the expected term.
Expected dividend yield — We utilize a dividend yield of zero, as we do not currently issue dividends, nor do we expect to do so in the future.
If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that recorded in the current period.
Common Stock Valuations
Prior to the Business Combination transaction on May 27, 2022, the fair value of our common shares underlying our stock-based awards was determined by the Board with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our Board and management have the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common shares. Given the absence of a public trading market for our Class A Common Stock prior to us become public through the Business Combination transaction, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, the

124


GBT Board determined the best estimate of fair value of our Common Stock exercising reasonable judgment and considering numerous objective and subjective factors. These factors included:

contemporaneous third party valuations of our Common Stock and the prices at which we or other holders contemplated the sale of our common in recent past in arms-length transactions;

our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources;

the industry outlook;

the fact that stock option grants have involved rights in illiquid securities in a private company;

the valuation of comparable companies;

the lack of marketability of our Common Stock;

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions;

the history and nature of our business, industry trends and competitive environment; and

general economic outlook including economic growth, inflation, unemployment, interest rate environment and global economic trends.
The GBT Board determined the fair value of our Common Stock by first determining the enterprise value of our business, and then allocating the value among our equity securities to derive a per share value of our Common Stock.
The enterprise value of our business was primarily estimated by reference to valuation carried out with the assistant of third party valuers by utilizing the income and market approach.
The income approach estimates fair value based on the expectation of future cash flows that will generate such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and the proceeds from disposition of assets. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which reflects the risks inherent in our cash flows. This approach requires significant judgment in estimating projected growth rates and cost trends and in determining a discount rate adjusted for the risks associated with our business.
Under the market approach, we use both the market comparable method and market pricing based on recent transactions. The market comparable method estimates our fair value based on a comparison to comparable public companies in similar lines of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to our operating results to estimate our value. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the EV to projected revenue and/or earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization for the last 12 months. Our peer group of companies included a number of industry leaders in travel agency businesses similar to, or adjacent to our own business. The market comparable method requires judgment in selecting the public companies that are most similar to our business and in the application of the relevant market multiples to our financial performance metrics. We have from time to time updated the set of comparable companies utilized as new or more relevant information became available, including changes in the market and our business models and input from third party market experts.
Once we determine our EV under each approach, we apply a weighting to the income approach and the market approach primarily based on relevance of the peer companies chosen for the market approach analysis as well as other relevant factors. We then reduce the EV by our total Net Debt (Cash) to arrive at the estimated fair value of our common shares. Based on this information, the GBT Board and management makes the final determination of the estimated fair value of our equity and common shares.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review deferred tax assets by jurisdiction to assess their potential realization and establish a valuation allowance for portions of such assets that we believe will not be ultimately realized. In performing this review, we make

125


estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. A change in these assumptions could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, which could materially impact our results of operations. During 2021, we recognized a credit of $1 million in respect of changes in the valuation allowance within the benefit from income taxes in our consolidated statement of operations. All deferred income taxes are classified as long-term on our consolidated balance sheets.
We operate in numerous countries where our income tax returns are subject to audit and adjustment by local tax authorities. As we operate globally, the nature of the uncertain tax positions is often very complex and subject to change, and the amounts at issue can be substantial. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We account for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process of evaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the tax authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, based on the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more likely than not criteria, the portion of the tax benefit greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement with the tax authority is recognized in the financial statements.
The ultimate resolution of these tax positions may be greater or less than the liabilities recorded. We reevaluate uncertain tax positions at the end of each reporting period. This evaluation is based on factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity.
Emerging Growth Company Status
In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company as defined incan take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the JOBS Act, we intendadoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain exemptions from various reportingof the reduced disclosure requirements thatavailable to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we are applicablenot subject to the same implementation timeline for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult.
We may also take advantage of some of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements of emerging growth companies pursuant to the JOBS Act so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firmauditor attestation requirement.
Prior to the closingrequirements of this offering, we have not completed an assessment, nor has our independent registered public accounting firm tested our systems, of our internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisionsSection 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the adequacyrequirements of internal controls. Many smallholding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and mid-sized target businesses we may consider forgolden parachute payments.
We will lose our business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

staffing for financial, accountingemerging growth company status and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

reconciliation of accounts;

proper recording of expenses and liabilities inbecome subject to the period to which they relate;

evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

documentation of accounting policies and procedures.
Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expenses in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.
Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent registered public accounting firm to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404. The independent registered public accounting firm may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit ofSEC’s internal control over financial reporting.
Quantitativereporting management and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The net proceedsauditor attestation requirements upon the earlier of this offering and(1) the salelast day of the private placement warrants held infiscal year (a) following the trust account will be invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.
Related Party Transactions
Asfifth anniversary of the dateClosing Date, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of this prospectus,at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our initial shareholders owned 21,562,500 founder shares. In August 2020, we conducted stock splits, resulting in our sponsor holding 60,000,000 founder shares, and our sponsor subsequently surrendered 31,250,000 founder shares. In September 2020, our sponsor surrendered an additional 7,187,500 founder shares. The number of founder shares issued in the stock split and the number of shares surrenderedCommon Stock that is held by our Sponsor was determined was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20%non-affiliates to equal or exceed $700 million as of the outstanding shares upon completion of this offering. In September 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors.
Commencing onprior June 30th, and (2) the date that our securities are first listed on the NYSE,which we have agreed to pay our sponsor a total of $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, for office space, utilities, secretarial support andissued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three (3)-year period.
 
74126


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
GBT Related Party Transactions
Subscription and Distribution Agreements
At the Closing, we and GBT entered into a Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement (the “GBTG Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement”) and a Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement (the “Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement”).
Pursuant to the GBTG Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement, we issued and sold to GBT, and GBT subscribed for and purchased from us, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the total number of GBT B Ordinary Shares issued in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, and GBT paid us the amount which equals the product of (a) $0.0001 per share and (b) the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock subscribed for by GBT at the Closing in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement (the “GBT Subscription”).
Pursuant to the Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement, GBT issued and sold to us, and we subscribed for and purchased from GBT, (i) a number of shares of GBT A Ordinary Shares equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination and the related transactions and (ii) a GBT Z Ordinary Share, and we paid GBT the GBTG Subscribed Ordinary Shares Purchase Price (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement).
In addition, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners entered into a Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement (the “Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement”) pursuant to which, following the GBT Subscription, GBT distributed to the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, and each Continuing JerseyCo Owner accepted from GBT, the shares of Class B Common Stock that GBT acquired in connection with the GBTG Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement, in partial consideration for the redemption and cancellation of the voting and non-voting ordinary shares of Legacy GBT held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
The foregoing descriptions of the GBTG Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement, the Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement and the Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement do not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of such agreements, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.
Registration Rights Agreement
At the Closing, we entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Sponsor, the Insiders and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, pursuant to which, among other things, we agreed to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain shares of our Class A Common Stock and other equity securities that are held by the holders party to the Registration Rights Agreement from time to time. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we will be required to submit or file with the SEC, within 30 calendar days after the Closing, a shelf registration statement covering the issuance and the resale of all such registrable securities on a delayed or continuous basis, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) 60 calendar days (or 90 calendar days if the SEC notifies us that it will “review” the shelf registration statement) after the filing thereof and (ii) the 10th business day after the date we are notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the SEC that the shelf registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review.
When an effective shelf registration statement is on file with the SEC, the Sponsor and the Insiders may collectively demand not more than one underwritten shelf takedown per fiscal quarter and each Continuing JerseyCo Owner may demand not more than one underwritten shelf takedown per fiscal quarter, in each case, subject to certain customary limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement,

127

 
administrative services. Uponincluding the right of the underwriters to limit the number of securities to be included in an underwritten offering and our right to delay or withdraw a registration statement under certain circumstances. The holders party to the Registration Rights Agreement are also entitled to certain piggyback registration rights and indemnification rights.
The foregoing description of the Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.4 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Exchange Agreement
At the Closing, we entered into an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, giving the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions, or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the exchange committee (the “Exchange Committee”) designated in the Exchange Agreement, for cash (based on the dollar volume-weighted average price (the “VWAP”) of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date).
In addition, to preserve the Up-C structure, the Exchange Agreement provides that we and GBT will take (or, in some cases, forbear from taking) various actions, as necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding (x) Class A Common Stock (and equivalents) and the GBT A Ordinary Shares and (y) Class B Common Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares. For example, if we issue or sell additional shares of Class A Common Stock, we will contribute the net proceeds of such issuance or sale to GBT, and GBT will issue to us an equal number of GBT A Ordinary Shares. Similarly, the Exchange Agreement provides neither we nor GBT may effect any subdivision or combination of any of its equity securities unless the other effects an identical subdivision or combination of the corresponding class of its equity securities. As the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) exchange GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, the number of GBT A Ordinary Shares held by us will be correspondingly increased, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled.
We, acting through the Exchange Committee, may limit or restrict such exchanges if the Exchange Committee determines that such limitations or restrictions are necessary to avoid a violation of applicable law or GBT being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The foregoing description of the Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Exchange Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.5 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Shareholders Agreement
At the Closing, we, GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners entered into a Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”). The Shareholders Agreement sets forth various restrictions, limitations and other terms concerning the transfer of our or GBT’s equity securities by the parties thereto (other than, in most circumstances, the GBT A Ordinary Shares). Among other matters, and subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, the Shareholders Agreement prohibits each Continuing JerseyCo Owner, severally and not jointly, from effecting transfers of such equity securities to certain specified restricted persons, as well as transfers that would violate applicable securities laws or cause GBT to be treated other than as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The Shareholders Agreement specifies the initial composition of our Board effective immediately upon the Closing. We agreed with each Continuing JerseyCo Owner (on a several basis), to take all necessary action within its control to cause the Board to have 11 directors, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, two

128


Amex HoldCo. nominees, two Juweel nominees, one Expedia nominee, one Sponsor nominee, and, for so long as the director designated by the Sponsor is serving on the Board, four independent nominees, nominated by the Board’s nominating and governance committee, and, following the conclusion of the Sponsor designee’s service on the Board, five such independent nominees. If Amex HoldCo. or Juweel ceases to own at least 15% of our issued shares, it will thereafter have the right (on a several basis) to nominate only one director, and if any Continuing JerseyCo Owner ceases to own at least 5% of our issued shares, it will thereafter have no right to nominate a director, except that Amex HoldCo. will continue to have the right (on a several basis) to nominate a director for so long as we are a “controlled entity” under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”).
The Shareholders Agreement also requires (subject to certain specified conditions and exceptions including those described below) the approval of each Continuing JerseyCo Owner for us or its subsidiaries to take certain actions, including:

Other than in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to an issuer tender offer or share repurchase program that, in each case, was approved by the Board, the redemption, cancellation or repayment of any of our or GBT’s equity securities, other than on a pro rata basis from all shareholders;

Dividends or distributions, other than on a pro rata basis;

Other than in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, any share exchanges, splits, combinations and similar actions with respect to one or more, but not all, classes or series of GBTG or GBT shares;

Amendments to GBT’s organizational documents that relate specifically and solely to rights, priorities and privileges of the GBT B Ordinary Shares or the GBT C Ordinary Shares, as applicable, or have a disproportionate adverse effect on such shares as compared to any other class or series of shares, and do not require a separate class vote of the holders of such shares; or

Any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.
In general, the foregoing approval right of a Continuing JerseyCo Owner will terminate if such Continuing JerseyCo Owner ceases to own at least 10% of our issued Common Stock; however, an amendment to GBT’s organizational documents of the type described in the fourth bullet in the preceding sentence will require the approval of any Continuing JerseyCo Owner to which such amendment is materially adverse, regardless of such Continuing JerseyCo Owner’s percentage interest of Common Stock. The foregoing approval rights do not apply to actions that we or GBT undertake to effect an exchange pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, actions that they are otherwise authorized to undertake pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
In addition, provided Amex HoldCo. continues to own 25% of our issued stock, Amex HoldCo. has approval rights with regard to a certain specified internal corporate transactions and other actions or inactions that would result in consolidation of us or GBT with American Express and/or its affiliates or result in we or GBT becoming a “variable interest entity” under Accounting Standard Codification 810 —  Consolidation.
Each Continuing JerseyCo Owner will appoint us as its attorney-in-fact to, among other things, execute (x) written resolutions in their capacities as holders of GBT B Ordinary Shares and GBT C Ordinary Shares, as applicable, and (y) instruments appointing us as their proxy to vote such shares, in each case on all such matters as to which a vote or written resolution of the holders of such shares is required by law, other than matters that relate specifically and solely to the rights, priorities and privileges of the GBT B Ordinary Shares or the GBT C Ordinary Shares, as applicable, or matters that have a disproportionate adverse effect on the GBT B Ordinary Shares or the GBT C Ordinary Shares, as applicable, as compared to any other class or series.
At the Closing, we became a holding company whose principal asset is the GBT A Ordinary Shares. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or operating cash flows. GBT is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of GBT capital stock, including us.

129


Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on its allocable share of any net taxable income of GBT and will also incur taxes and other expenses incidental to its functions as a public company.
Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, GBT will make pro rata cash distributions to GBT’s shareholders, including us, in amounts intended to be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our liabilities for taxes, as reasonably determined by the Board. GBT will be required to make tax distributions pro rata in accordance with ownership of GBT capital stock.
In addition to tax expenses, we incur other expenses incidental to its functions as a public company, which could be significant. The Shareholders Agreement requires GBT to pay or reimburse (or to cause one or more of its subsidiaries to pay or reimburse) such non-tax expenses (without making corresponding ratable distributions to GBT’s other shareholders). However, GBT’s ability to make such distributions and pay or reimburse such expenses may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, including but not limited to, restrictions in debt documents and the applicable provisions of Jersey law including, but not limited to, the obligation of the GBT Board to declare a 12-month forward-looking cash flow solvency statement in accordance with the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, prior to the declaration of a distribution. Subsidiaries of GBT are also generally subject to similar or other types of legal limitations on their ability to make distributions that would have the effect of rendering them insolvent.
Under the Shareholders Agreement, for as long as American Express “controls” us under the BHC Act, we must provide prior notice to Amex HoldCo. before it and its subsidiaries may engage in certain new activities, investments and acquisitions, subject to exceptions for certain pre-approved new products and services, and Amex HoldCo. may veto such new activities, investments and acquisitions if, after cooperating with us for a period of time to reach a mutually agreeable solution, Amex HoldCo. reasonably concludes that such new activities, investments and acquisitions would have an adverse effect on Amex HoldCo.’s regulatory status under applicable banking laws.
The Shareholders Agreement permits American Express to take, or require us to take (in American Express’s sole discretion), certain actions to terminate its deemed “control” of us under the BHC Act upon the occurrence of any of the “Amex Exit Conditions” specified in the Shareholders Agreement.
If an Amex Exit Condition occurs, American Express may exercise any of the following remedies to terminate its deemed “control” of us for purposes of the BHC Act:

Require us to issue to American Express in exchange for its shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, an equal number of shares of GBTG Class A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class A-1 Preferred Stock”) and GBTG Class B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B-1 Preferred Stock”), respectively, which are non-voting;

Exercise demand registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement without regard to certain restrictions and limitations on the exercise of demand registration rights thereunder; or have no obligation to renew such co-brands or support any future co-brands once the A&R Trademark License Agreement is terminated).

Transfer some or all of its shares of GBTG or GBT without regard to most transfer restrictions and limitations that would otherwise apply in connection with a transfer of such shares.
If an Amex Exit Condition occurs and American Express is required to or chooses to terminate its deemed “control” of us under the BHC Act, American Express will have the sole right to determine what approach or option to take to achieve a decontrol position, subject to a requirement to use commercially reasonable efforts and consult with us in good faith to minimize costs and maximize tax efficiency for both American Express and us. In addition, if we make a “GBTG Election” ​(as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), Amex HoldCo. may, at its option, terminate the A&R Trademark License Agreement, subject to the two-year transition period set forth therein (including termination of the “Payment Provider Obligations” referred to in A&R Trademark License Agreement and the American Express exclusivity obligations to us and our affiliates, and our and our affiliates’ other exclusivity obligations to American Express under the operating agreements between GBT UK (and its affiliates, where applicable) and American Express; provided, however, that our co-brand obligations with respect to the existing co-brands will

130


continue on their current terms until the existing termination dates of such agreements; provided, further, that we and our affiliates will have no obligation to renew such co-brands or support any future co-brands once the A&R Trademark License Agreement is terminated).
The foregoing description of the Shareholders Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Shareholders Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.6 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Sponsor Side Letter Amendment
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Sponsor, the Insiders, APSG and Legacy GBT entered into a side letter (the “Sponsor Side Letter”) which, among other things, contain certain restrictions on the transfer by the Sponsor and the Insiders with respect to the Class A Common Stock issued to each of them at the Closing in connection with the conversion of the Founder Shares. The Sponsor and the Insiders are not permitted to transfer their Class A Common Stock, subject to certain permitted exceptions, until the earlier to occur of (a) one year following the Closing and (b) the date which the VWAP of Class A Common Stock exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days. Permitted exceptions include (i) transfers to APSG’s officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of APSG’s officers or directors, any partner of the Sponsor, or any affiliates of the Sponsor; (ii) in the case of an individual, transfers by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family, to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (iii) in the case of an individual, transfers by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (iv) in the case of an individual, transfers pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (v) transfers by virtue of the laws of Delaware or the Sponsor’s partnership agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor; (vi) transfers pursuant to APSG’s completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of APSG’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Closing and (vii) transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above.
In connection with the Closing, APSG, Legacy GBT, Sponsor and certain of its insiders entered into an amendment to the Sponsor Side Letter (the “Sponsor Side Letter Amendment”), to subject an additional approximately 10% of Sponsor’s Class A Common Stock that would have immediately vested at the Closing to a vesting condition that the VWAP of the Class A Common Stock exceeds $12.50 for any 20 trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days within five years of Closing.
After giving effect to the Sponsor Side Letter Amendment, 12,268,186 of the Class A Common Stock issued to Sponsor at the Closing (such shares, which for the avoidance of doubt do not include any PIPE Securities or any Syndicate Shares (as defined in the Sponsor Side Letter), the “Sponsor Shares”) immediately vested without restrictions and 8,077,064 of the Sponsor Shares were deemed unvested subject to certain triggering events to occur within five years following the Closing (the “Sponsor Side Letter Vesting Period”). If, within the Sponsor Side Letter Vesting Period, the VWAP of Class A Common Stock is greater than or equal to $12.50 for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days, 4,720,098 of the unvested Sponsor Shares will vest. If, within the Sponsor Side Letter Vesting Period, the VWAP of Class A Common Stock is greater than or equal to $15.00 for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days the remaining 3,356,966 of the unvested Sponsor Shares will vest. To the extent that either of the aforementioned triggering events do not occur within the Sponsor Side Letter Vesting Period, such Sponsor Shares will be forfeited to and terminated by us. For the avoidance of doubt, any Class A Common Stock purchased by the Sponsor in connection with the PIPE Investment will not be subject to the vesting or transfer restrictions described above.
The registered holder(s) of the unvested Sponsor Shares continue to be entitled to all of the rights of ownership thereof, including the right to vote and receive dividends and other distributions in respect thereof. The number of shares and the price targets listed above will be equitably adjusted for stock splits, reverse stock splits, dividends (cash or stock), reorganizations, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or other like changes or transactions with respect to the Class A Common Stock occurring after the Closing.

131


The foregoing description of the Sponsor Side Letter Amendment does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Sponsor Side Letter Amendment, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.7 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
GBTG 2022 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2022 Plan was approved at a special meeting of APSG’s stockholders on May 27, 2022.
Purpose.   The purpose of the 2022 Plan is to assist GBTG and its subsidiaries in attracting and retaining valued employees, consultants and non-employee directors by offering them a greater stake in our initial businesssuccess and a closer identity with GBTG, and to encourage ownership of its shares by such employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Below is a summary of the material terms of the 2022 Plan, and it is qualified in its entirety by the 2022 Plan document.
Eligibility.   Any employee or consultant of GBTG and its subsidiaries or non-employee director of GBTG is eligible to receive awards under the 2022 Plan. As of May 31, 2022, GBT employed approximately 17,000 employees, and received services from 10 non-employee directors and 1 individual consultant.
Administration.   The 2022 Plan is administered by GBTG’s compensation committee, which under the terms of the 2022 Plan is required to have at least two members, each of whom is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the regulations issued thereunder and an “independent director” under the rules of any applicable stock exchange. The compensation committee generally has full and final authority to administer the 2022 Plan, including the discretion to: (i) select participants and determine all terms of their awards, provided that awards to non-employee members of the GBTG Board will be subject to approval and administration by the full GBTG Board; (ii) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2022 Plan and award agreements, and to adopt, amend and rescind such rules, regulations, guidelines, forms of agreements and instruments as, in its opinion, may be necessary or advisable; (iii) construe and interpret the 2022 Plan and award agreements and (iv) make all other determinations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2022 Plan and award agreements.
The compensation committee may delegate some or all of its authority to any of GBTG’s executive officers or any other person or persons designated by the compensation committee. However, the compensation committee may not delegate its authority to grant awards to the following persons: (i) employees subject to the requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act; (ii) officers or other employees who have been delegated authority under the 2022 Plan or (iii) members of the GBTG Board.
The compensation committee may adopt special rules or provisions for awards granted to employees, consultants and non-employee directors who are foreign nationals or are employed or providing services outside the United States, provided that such rules may not include any provisions that are prohibited by the terms of the 2022 Plan, as then in effect, unless the 2022 Plan could have been amended to eliminate such prohibition without further approval by GBTG’s stockholders.
Shares Available Under 2022 Plan.   47,870,291 total shares (the “Share Reserve”) are available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2022 Plan, which is also the maximum number of shares that may be issued in respect of incentive stock options. The aggregate number of shares that will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2022 Plan will also be increased by the number of shares underlying the portion of an award granted under the GBTG MIP that is cancelled, terminated or forfeited or lapses after the effective date of the 2022 Plan. No more than the number of shares in the Share Reserve may be issued under the 2022 Plan pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued by us in connection with the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants or under certain stockholder approved plans from an acquired company will not reduce the number of shares available for awards under the 2022 Plan. Shares underlying the portion of an award that is forfeited or otherwise terminated for any reason whatsoever, in any case, without the issuance of shares, will be added back to the number of shares available for grant under the 2022 Plan. No non-employee director may be paid, issued, or granted in any one calendar year, equity awards (including any awards issued under the 2022 Plan) with an aggregate value (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with GAAP) and any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees) but

132


excluding expense reimbursements, that in the aggregate, exceed $750,000. Shares issued under the 2022 Plan may, at the election of the GBTG Board, be (i) authorized but previously unissued shares or (ii) shares previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by GBTG.
Awards — Generally.   The right of a participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance goals as may be determined by the compensation committee. Each award, and the terms and conditions applicable thereto, will be evidenced by an award agreement. Awards generally are not transferrable, with limited exceptions for certain awards in connection with estate planning transfers. The impact of a termination of employment or service on an award generally will be set forth in the applicable award agreement (though the 2022 Plan contains certain default treatment if not addressed in the award agreement), subject to certain terminations in connection with a change in control (as described below).
Awards — Types of Awards

Options.   Options give a participant the right to purchase a specified number of shares from GBTG for a specified time period at a fixed exercise price. Options granted under the 2022 Plan may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or nonqualified stock options; provided that, no ISOs will be granted until GBTG and its subsidiaries are eligible to grant ISOs. The price at which shares may be purchased upon exercise will be determined by the compensation committee, but will not be less than the fair market value of one share on the date of grant, or, in the case of an ISO granted to certain large stockholders, less than 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The compensation committee may grant options that have a term of up to 10 years, or, in the case of an ISO granted to certain large stockholders, five years. The award agreement will specify the exercise price, term, vesting requirements, including any performance goals, and any other terms and conditions applicable to the granted option, including the methods of payment of the exercise price. Fair market value under the 2022 Plan is generally the closing price of GBTG’s shares on the date of determination.

SARs.   A grant of a stock appreciation right (“SAR”) entitles a participant to receive, upon exercise of the SAR, the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share on the date of exercise, over (ii) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the compensation committee, but which may never be less than the fair market value of one share on the grant date. The compensation committee will determine and specify in each award agreement the number of SARs granted, the grant price of the SAR (which will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant), the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, the method by which shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to a participant, the term of the SAR (which will not be greater than 10 years) and any other terms and conditions of the SAR. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, all SARs will be settled in shares.

Restricted Stock and Performance Stock.   An award of restricted stock is a grant of a specified number of shares, which shares are subject to forfeiture upon the happening of certain events during a specified restriction period. Each award of restricted stock will specify the duration of the restriction period, the conditions under which the shares may be forfeited, and the amount, if any, the participant must pay to receive the shares. During the restriction period, the participant will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, including to vote the shares of restricted stock and to receive dividends. However, dividends may, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be paid currently or subject to the same restrictions as the underlying stock (and the compensation committee may withhold cash dividends paid on restricted stock until the applicable restrictions have lapsed), provided that dividends paid on unvested restricted stock that is subject to performance goals will not be paid or released until the applicable performance goals have been achieved. Performance stock is restricted stock that becomes earned and/or vested based on the achievement of one or more performance goals.

RSUs and PSUs.   A restricted stock unit (“RSU”) award is a grant of the right to receive a payment in shares or cash, or a combination thereof, equal to the fair market value of a share on the settlement date of the award. RSUs are solely a device for determining amounts to be paid to a participant, do not constitute shares and will not be treated as a trust fund of any kind. During the

133


restriction period, the participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any such shares underlying the RSU award. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the compensation committee may provide in an award agreement that amounts equal to dividends declared during the restriction period on the shares covered by the award will be credited to the participant’s account and settled in shares at the same time as the RSUs to which such dividend equivalents relate. Awards of RSUs will be settled in shares, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement; provided that any fractional RSUs will be settled in cash. Provided that the restrictions, including any applicable performance goals, on such award have lapsed, the participant will receive shares covered by the award (or if such award is cash settled, cash) at the end of the restriction period (generally within 60 days thereafter). Performance stock units (“PSUs”) are RSUs that become earned and/or our liquidation, wevested based on the achievement of one or more performance goals.

Other Stock-Based Awards.   The compensation committee may grant, subject to applicable law, any other type of award under the 2022 Plan that is payable in, or valued in whole or in part by reference to, shares, and that is deemed by the compensation committee to be consistent with the purposes of the 2022 Plan, including, without limitation, fully vested shares and dividend equivalents.

Change in Control and Other Corporate Transactions.   Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, a change in control will cease paying these monthly fees.not, in and of itself, accelerate the vesting, settlement, or exercisability of outstanding awards. Awards in a change in control may, without the consent of any participant, be assumed by the successor corporation or company (or one of its affiliates) or may be cancelled in exchange for a substitute award issued by the successor corporation or company (or one of its affiliates) determined by the compensation committee to preserve the rights of the participant in the cancelled award. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or an effective employment, consulting or similar agreement with us or a subsidiary, if (i) the successor corporation (or its direct or indirect parent) does not agree to assume an outstanding award or does not agree to substitute or replace such award with an award involving the ordinary equity securities of such successor corporation (or its direct or indirect parent) on terms and conditions necessary to preserve the rights of the applicable participant with respect to such award, (ii) GBTG’s or GBTG’s successor’s (or its direct or indirect parent’s) securities will not be publicly traded immediately following such change in control or (iii) the change in control is not approved by a majority of certain members of the GBTG Board immediately prior to such change in control, then the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may take certain actions with respect to outstanding awards, such as accelerating vesting, settling awards, cashing out awards and taking such other actions as the compensation committee deems appropriate. If the compensation committee exercises its discretion to vest or settle outstanding awards, all applicable performance goals will be deemed satisfied based on actual performance as of the date of the change in control or, if determined by the compensation committee, prior to such change in control, at target level performance.
Our sponsor, officers
Unless provided otherwise in an award agreement, or as otherwise may be determined by the compensation committee prior to a change in control, in the event that awards are assumed in connection with a change in control or substituted with new awards, and directors,a participant’s employment or other service with GBTG and its subsidiaries is terminated without cause, by the participant for good reason or as the result of the participant’s death or disability, in any case, within 18 months following certain changes in control, (i) the unvested portion of such participant’s awards will vest in full (with any applicable performance goals being deemed to have been achieved at target or, if greater, actual levels of performance), (ii) awards of options and SARs will remain exercisable by the participant or the participant’s beneficiary or legal representative, as the case may be, for a period of one year (but not beyond the stated term of the option or SAR), (iii) all RSUs and PSUs generally will be settled within 30 days after such termination and (iv) all other stock-based awards generally will be settled within 30 days after such termination.
In the event of certain corporate events, such as a recapitalization, share split or extraordinary cash distributions, in any case, that occurs on or after the date the 2022 Plan is approved by the GBTG Board, the compensation committee will make equitable adjustments in (i) the number and/or kind of shares which may thereafter be issued in connection with awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares issuable in respect of outstanding awards, (iii) the aggregate number and kind of shares available under the 2022 Plan and certain specific share limitations and (iv) the exercise or grant price relating to any award, or, if deemed appropriate, the compensation committee may also make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding

134


award. In addition, the compensation committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards, including any performance goals, in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting GBTG or its subsidiaries or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles.
Clawback and Recoupment.   Any award granted under the 2022 Plan (and all shares acquired thereunder) will be subject to mandatory repayment and clawback pursuant to the terms of GBTG’s corporate governance guidelines, as in effect from time to time, and as may otherwise be required by any federal or state laws or listing requirements of any applicable securities exchange. Additional recoupment and clawback policies may be provided in an award agreement, and may be enacted after the grant date of the applicable award.
Share Ownership.   All awards granted under the 2022 Plan (and all shares acquired thereunder) will be subject to the holding periods set forth in GBTG stock ownership guidelines, as in effect from time to time.
Amendment and Termination.   The GBTG Board has the power to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2022 Plan, provided that, except for adjustments upon certain changes to the corporate structure of GBTG affecting the shares (as described above), the GBTG Board must obtain stockholder approval for actions which would: (i) increase the number of shares subject to the 2022 Plan; or (ii) require stockholder approval under any applicable federal, state or foreign law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares may then be listed or quoted. Without the consent of an affected participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the 2022 Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of the participant under any outstanding award unless such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is required by law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange. No award of options or SARs may be repriced, replaced or regranted through cancellation, nor may any underwater option or underwater SAR be repurchased for cash, without the approval of GBTG’s stockholders.
The compensation committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any award and any award agreement relating thereto without the consent of any affected participant, provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination that adversely affects the rights of a participant will be effective without such participant’s consent unless such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is required by law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange.
Unless earlier terminated, the 2022 Plan will terminate with respect to the grant of new awards on the earlier of the 10-year anniversary of the date the 2022 Plan was approved by the APSG’s stockholders or the 10-year anniversary of the date the 2022 Plan was approved by the APSG Board.
The foregoing description of the 2022 Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2022 Plan, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.8 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
GBTG Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The ESPP was approved at a special meeting of APSG’s stockholders on May 27, 2022.
The purpose of the ESPP is to provide eligible employees the opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in GBTG. Below is a summary of the material terms of the ESPP, and it is qualified in its entirety by the ESPP plan document. In the event of a conflict between the summary below and the ESPP plan document, the terms of the ESPP plan document will control. References in this summary to “shares” or “share” means shares of the Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock. The APSG Board believes that equity awards are necessary to remain competitive in its industry and are essential to recruiting and retaining the highly qualified employees who help it meet its goals.
Administration; Operation.   The GBTG Board will delegate the authority to administer the ESPP to GBTG’s compensation committee, which has the right and power to interpret the provisions of the ESPP and to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP. GBTG’s compensation committee may also delegate some or all of its authority under the ESPP. The ESPP is

135


implemented through a series of offerings to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, GBTG may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering (it is expected that each calendar year will consist of two offering periods, one commencing on January 1 and ending on June 30 and one commencing on July 1 and ending on December 31, though the compensation committee may elect to operate the ESPP differently). At the end of an offering period, shares will be purchased for employees participating in the offering period using their contributions to the ESPP for that offering period. An offering period may be terminated under certain circumstances. GBTG Board and/or GBTG’s compensation committee may adopt procedures and sub-plans to the ESPP that are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the ESPP by eligible employees who are employed or located in a jurisdiction other than the United States or to generally operate the ESPP in jurisdictions outside the United States. The ESPP offers the Company the ability to implement offerings that are both intended to be compliant with, and not intended to be compliant with, Section 423 of the Code, provided that until GBTG and its subsidiaries are eligible to offer a tax-qualified employee stock purchase plan, all offerings under the ESPP are expected to be made under the non-423 compliant component of the ESPP.
Eligibility.   Generally, all of GBTG’s employees and all of the employees of GBTG’s participating subsidiaries, in each case, who do not own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all of GBTG’s, GBTG’s parent’s or any of GBTG’s subsidiaries’ classes of stock (determined using certain attribution rules) are eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, employees who are residents or citizens of a country other than the United States may be excluded if their respective affiliates,participation is prohibited by law or compliance with the laws of their home country would jeopardize an offering’s qualification under applicable tax law. Additionally, the compensation committee may decide to exclude certain part-time, seasonal, highly compensated and/or newly hired employees.
Participation.   Eligible employees may elect to contribute, normally through payroll deductions, at least 1% and up to 15% of their compensation (which is generally limited to just base salary and hourly wages) for the purchase of shares under the ESPP with respect to an offering period, with contributions being a whole percentage of compensation. Participants generally may not change the rate of their contributions during an offering period unless the participant is withdrawing from the ESPP or discontinuing his or her contributions for that offering period in their entirety. Generally, a participant who has discontinued employee contributions may not resume contributions until the next offering period, but previously made contributions will remain in the ESPP. A participant who has withdrawn from participation in the ESPP will receive a refund of his or her contributions, without interest. Generally, a termination of employment will be reimbursedtreated as a withdrawal from the ESPP. Rights under the ESPP are not transferrable.
Purchasing of Shares.   At the end of an offering period, each participant’s contributions to the ESPP will be used to purchase a whole number of shares, with the purchase price per share between 85% to 100% of the fair market value of a share on the last date of the offering period as determined by GBTG’s compensation committee; provided that, the compensation committee may set a purchase price per share between 85% to 100% of the fair market value of a share on the first day of the offering period. Any fractional share that otherwise would be purchased will be rounded down to the next lower whole share, with the funds associated with the fractional share to be carried over to the next offering period. Notwithstanding the above, participants may not purchase more than 10,000 shares during any offering period (subject to adjustment by the compensation committee), nor may any participant purchase shares under the ESPP and all other qualified employee stock purchase plans of GBTG or any parent or subsidiary of GBTG at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in fair market value of the shares (determined at the time the option is granted) for each calendar year in which any out-of-pocket expenses incurredoption granted to the participant is outstanding at any time. Fair market value under the ESPP is generally the closing price of GBTG’s shares on the date of determination.
Share Reserve.   11,068,989 total shares (the “ESPP Cap”) are initially available for purchase under the ESPP. On January 1 of each year during which the ESPP is in effect, commencing on January 1, 2023, the number of shares available for purchase under the ESPP will be automatically increased by the lesser of (x) the ESPP Cap, (y) 1% of the number of shares of all Class A Common Stock outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31 (calculated on a fully diluted basis, including derivative securities of GBTG and securities of GBT that may become convertible for equity securities of GBTG), and (z) such lesser number of shares as the GBTG Board may determine, in each case, subject to equitable adjustment to reflect certain corporate events. Shares issued under the ESPP may be shares already outstanding or newly issued or

136


treasury shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in the ESPP to the contrary, not more than 12% of the fully diluted number of shares of all classes of GBTG (including derivative securities of GBTG and securities of GBT that may become convertible into shares of GBTG), measured immediately after the Closing (post-money and post-conversion) may be issued under the portion of the ESPP that is intended to be qualified under Section 423 of the Code, and not more than 12% of the fully diluted number of shares of all classes of GBTG (including derivative securities of GBTG and securities of GBT that may become convertible into shares of GBTG), measured immediately after the Closing (post-money and post-conversion) may be issued under the portion of the ESPP that is not intended to be qualified under Section 423 of the Code.
Changes to Capital Structure; Change in Control.   In the event that a change in GBTG’s capital structure occurs due to certain events that occur on or after the date the ESPP is approved by the GBTG Board, then the compensation committee will make appropriate adjustments to (i) the aggregate number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (ii) the number of shares subject to, and purchase price of, all outstanding purchase rights and (iii) the maximum number of shares each participant may purchase in an offering period. In addition, in the event of a change in control, the ESPP will terminate and shares will be purchased in accordance with the ESPP as if the offering period ended on the day immediately preceding the change in control, unless the ESPP is assumed in the change in control. The compensation committee may take certain actions in anticipation of a change in control, including terminating the ESPP and preventing participants from continuing their contributions to the ESPP.
Plan Amendments, Termination.   The GBTG Board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP, and to shorten an offering period (and refund contributions in the event of such shortening, suspension or termination), at any time and without notice, provided, however, that any increase in the aggregate number of shares to be issued under the ESPP will be subject to approval by GBTG’s stockholders. GBTG also will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP as required by applicable law, rule or regulation. No amendment, termination or suspension of the ESPP will require the consent of any participant unless otherwise required by applicable law or listing requirements. The ESPP will terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) a termination of the ESPP by the GBTG Board and (ii) the tenth anniversary of the date the ESPP is approved by the APSG Board, and (iii) the tenth anniversary of the date the ESPP is approved by the APSG’s stockholders.
The foregoing description of the ESPP does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the ESPP, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.9 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Employment Arrangements
We have entered into or intend to enter into employment arrangements with our executive officers, as more fully described in “Director and Executive Compensation.”
Arrangements with Shareholders
Governance, Advisory and Equity Commitment Arrangements
On June 30, 2014, Legacy GBT entered into a shareholders agreement with its then shareholders, American Express and a predecessor of Juweel, which contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, board designation rights, consent rights, drag-along and tag-along rights, pre-emptive rights, registration rights and restrictions on the transfer of our shares. On December 10, 2019, in connection with activitiesan internal restructuring of Legacy GBT, the original shareholders agreement was superseded, and Amex HoldCo., Juweel and Legacy GBT entered into the Old Shareholders Agreement. The Old Shareholders Agreement was amended and restated on our behalf suchMarch 15, 2021, to, among other things, provide for preferred shares of Legacy GBT and amend and restate certain other rights and obligations with respect to the GBT Capital Stock and Legacy GBT, and was further amended and restated on November 1, 2021, in connection with the Egencia Acquisition. The consent rights and restrictions on tag-along, drag-along and pre-emptive rights, as identifying potential target businesseswell as certain of the restrictions on transfers of shares under the Old Shareholders Agreement, terminated upon the consummation of the Business Combination. In connection with the

137


Business Combination, we entered into a Shareholders Agreement that superseded the Old Shareholders Agreement and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were madeincludes provisions with respect to Apollo, our sponsor, officers, directors or our ortax matters and corporate governance following the Business Combination.
On August 25, 2020, Juweel and Amex HoldCo. entered into Equity Commitment Letters with Legacy GBT pursuant to which Juweel and Amex HoldCo., in their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amountrespective capacities as shareholders of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceilingLegacy GBT, committed to provide an aggregate of up to $300 million of preferred equity financing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. Prior to the Closing, Legacy GBT received $150 million in cash proceeds from preferred share issuances pursuant to these Equity Commitment Letters. The Equity Commitment Letters were terminated upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
On March 2, 2016, Legacy GBT entered into an Advisory Services Agreement with Certares Management Corp. pursuant to which Certares Management Corp. agreed to provide advisory services with respect to any acquisition or disposition of any business, company or material assets of any business or company (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise) or any other similar transaction in which we or any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries of may be, or may consider becoming, involved. Pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement, Legacy GBT paid Certares Management Corp. an annual fee of $2.5 million plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such personsnot in excess of $400,000 per year. The Advisory Services Agreement terminated upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
Arrangements Relating to Legacy GBT’s Acquisitions of HRG and Egencia
In February 2018, in connection with activities onthe announcement of our behalf.
Priorplanned acquisition of HRG, Legacy GBT entered into certain arrangements with Legacy GBT’s shareholders relating to the consummation of such acquisition. Pursuant to these arrangements, Legacy GBT agreed, among other things: to (i) refrain from taking any actions with respect to the HRG Pension Scheme without the approval of the Legacy GBT Board and after consultation with Legacy GBT’s shareholders; and (ii) indemnify Legacy GBT’s shareholders from any losses incurred by Legacy GBT’s shareholders in relation to the HRG Pension Scheme or the disposal by HRG of Fraedom Holdings Limited and Fraedom LLC to Visa International Holdings Limited. Except for certain matters, including with respect to information, indemnification and certain other rights and obligations in connection with the HRG Pension Scheme, these arrangements were terminated upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
On November 1, 2021, the parties consummated the Egencia Acquisition. In connection with the Egencia Acquisition, on November 1, 2021, (i) an affiliate of Legacy GBT and an affiliate of Expedia entered into the EPS Agreement and (ii) an affiliate of Legacy GBT and an affiliate of Expedia entered into the Egencia TSA. For additional information, see “Business — Egencia Acquisition.”
In addition to the above, we may from time to time and in the ordinary course of business provide travel management services to certain of direct or indirect shareholders pursuant to customary travel management agreements.
Commercial Arrangements with American Express
In June 2014, in connection with, and as part of, the formation of the JV comprising the Legacy GBT operations established by American Express in June 2014 with a predecessor of Juweel, which represents a group of institutional investors led by an affiliate of Certares Management LLC, GBT US LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GBT, entered into a trademark license agreement (the “Trademark License Agreement”) with American Express pursuant to which GBT US LLC was granted a license for GBT US, GBT III B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“GBT III B.V.”), all wholly-owned subsidiaries of GBT III B.V. and other permitted sublicensees to license certain of the American Express trademarks, including used in the American Express Global Business Travel and American Express Meetings & Events brands for business travel, business consulting and meetings and events businesses on an exclusive and worldwide basis.
Before the consummation of the Business Combination, on May 27, 2022, the parties amended and restated the Trademark License Agreement (the “A&R Trademark License Agreement”) to grant GBT Travel Services UK Limited (“GBT UK”) a long-term, 11-year license (unless earlier terminated or extended)

138


pursuant to which GBT UK, all of our wholly owned operating subsidiaries and other permitted sublicensees will continue to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, continue to license the American Express trademarks used in American Express Meetings & Events (solely during a 12-month transition period) brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel, in each case on an exclusive and worldwide basis (“Business Travel Services”). The A&R Trademark License Agreement also provides us the flexibility to operate non-Business Travel Services businesses under brands that do not use any trademarks owned by American Express, subject to BHC Act permissibility and other requirements.
In June 2014, in connection with, and as part of, the formation of the JV, GBT III B.V. entered into a series of commercial arrangements on an arm’s-length basis with affiliates of American Express. These arrangements included, among other things, American Express’ oversight of certain legal compliance functions of GBT’s business, services in support of American Express’ consumer services and consumer travel businesses, including GBT’s support of certain American Express partnerships and the parties’ joint negotiation with travel suppliers, American Express card acceptance by GBT as an American Express card merchant, the strategic relationship between GBT and American Express’ corporate payments/commercial services business, including lead generation, joint client services and product development, and data sharing, the provision of business travel and meetings and events services by GBT to American Express, the provision of corporate payments services by American Express to GBT and participation in the American Express Membership Rewards Program for the provision of bonus points to qualifying GBT clients.
The parties amended the terms of certain of these commercial arrangements (such agreements, as amended and collectively with the A&R Trademark License Agreement, the “Amended Amex Commercial Agreements”) by providing for the following:

GBT UK (including American Express-branded and non-American Express branded businesses of GBTG) continues to be committed to: (i) solely and exclusively offer, promote and market American Express payment product solutions to any current, future or potential client of GBTG; (ii) make available American Express products and services as the default and/or primary payment option when a client or its personnel use or otherwise select a payment method on GBT’s platform; (iii) solely and exclusively make available American Express payments products, including the American Express corporate card, to our own personnel; (iv) not directly or indirectly offer, promote, market or provide any scorecard or travel-related benefit to or through certain American Express competitors, third party travel agency or other third party, in each case as a card member benefit; and/or (v) not permit any consumer travel agency (other than American Express’ Travel and Lifestyle Services division) to use GBT’s travel volume as a means of obtaining any scorecard or travel-related benefit for purposes of providing such travel-related benefit, in each case as a card member benefit (such obligations in (i) through (v), collectively, the “GBT Exclusivity Obligations”). However, GBT may accept payments from other providers and may develop technical integration of products that support payments made via other payment providers.

American Express exclusively uses GBT as its business travel and meetings and events provider, subject to limited exceptions, for so long as the GBT Exclusivity Obligations remain in place.

American Express exclusively submits eligible business travel and meetings and events leads to GBT, but will not be foreclosed from receiving leads from any third party, and GBT will exclusively submit eligible payment products leads to American Express.

American Express is restricted from entering into any exclusive agreements or otherwise exclusively partnering with specified categories of GBT’s competitors for the development and delivery of Business Travel Services.

GBT continues to support certain pre-Closing American Express partnerships, renewals of those relationships, and certain new partnerships, each on mutually acceptable terms.

GBT and American Express collaborate on mutually beneficial growth opportunities on mutually beneficial terms, including the expansion of their global lead generation partnership and joint client value proposition and retention.

139



GBT continues to accept the American Express card as an American Express card merchant as long as the license of the American Express trademarks used in our business is in effect.
The foregoing description of the Amended Amex Commercial Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Amended Amex Commercial Agreements, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.10 through 10.13 and are incorporated herein by reference.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Effective substantially concurrently with the Closing, we will adopt our Certificate of Incorporation, which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, the directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.
In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws require us to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law as in effect as of the closing of the Business Combination or subsequently amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted us to provide prior to such amendment), any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or any other type whatsoever by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of ours or, while a director or officer of ours, is or was serving at our request as a director, member, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, member, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, member, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee, against all liability and loss suffered and expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection with such proceeding.
Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our newly elected executive officers and directors to indemnify such directors and executive officers under the circumstances and to the extent provided for therein, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, and including appeals, in which he or she may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.
Other than as described above under this offering,section “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” since the beginning of our sponsor has agreedlast completed fiscal year, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, with a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would

140


exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe that the terms of the transactions described above are comparable to terms that could have been obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties.
Sponsor Related Party Transactions
On February 22, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note with a principal amount of $800,000. The promissory note, dated February 22, 2021, by and between the Sponsor and APSG (the “February Note”) bears interest at a rate of 0.12% per annum and became payable on the Closing Date. On February 22, 2021, APSG borrowed $800,000 pursuant to the February Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the February Note was $800,000.
On June 18, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note to loan APSG an aggregate principal amount of $2 million. The promissory note, dated June 18, 2021, by and between the company upSponsor and APSG (the “June Note”) bears interest at a rate of 0.13% per annum and became payable on the Closing Date. On June 18, 2021, APSG borrowed $2 million pursuant to $750,000the June Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the June Note was $2 million.
On September 14, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portionloan APSG an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The promissory note, dated September 14, 2021, by and between the expenses of this offering. These loans bearSponsor and APSG (the “September Note”) bears interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and became payable on the Closing Date. On September 14, 2021, APSG borrowed $1.5 million pursuant to the September Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the September Note was $1.5 million.
On April 1, 2022, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note to loan APSG an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The promissory note, dated April 1, 2022, by and between the Sponsor and APSG (the “April Note”) bears interest at a rate of 0.13% per annum and became payable on the Closing Date. On April 1, 2022, APSG borrowed $1.5 million pursuant to the April Note.
Apollo Global Securities, LLC received approximately $1.7 million as a placement agent fee paid in connection with the PIPE Investment pursuant to the Placement Agent Engagement Letter. Further, the Sponsor agreed to purchase 2.0 million shares of PIPE Securities on the same terms and conditions as the other PIPE Investors at a price of $10.00 per share.
Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions
Our Board has adopted a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person transactions policy.” Our related person transactions policy requires that a “related person” ​(as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any “related person transaction” ​(defined as any transaction that is anticipated to be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are unsecuredto be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our Board. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our Board. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

141


MANAGEMENT
The following sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus, concerning the persons who serve as our directors and executive officers. There are dueno family relationships among the executive officers or between any executive officer or director. All executive officers are appointed by the board of directors to serve in their roles. Each executive officer is appointed for such term as may be prescribed by the board of directors or until a successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal.
Board of Directors
The table below lists each of our directors and each such person’s age as of the date of this prospectus.
NamePositionAge
Paul AbbottDirector53
James P. BushDirector64
Gloria Guevara ManzoDirector54
Eric HartDirector46
Raymond Donald JoabarDirector56
Michael Gregory (Greg) O’HaraDirector56
Richard PetrinoDirector54
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-SowaidiDirector40
Itai WallachDirector34
Susan WardDirector61
Kathleen WintersDirector54
Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara served as the Chairman of GBT since June 2014 and has served as the Chairman of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. O’Hara is the Founder and Senior Managing Director of Certares, a firm that invests in the travel, tourism and hospitality sectors, and co-founder of GO Acquisition Corp. Prior to forming Certares, Mr. O’Hara served as Chief Investment Officer of JPMorgan Chase’s Special Investments Group (“JPM SIG”). Prior to this role at JPM SIG, Mr. O’Hara was a Managing Director of One Equity Partners (“OEP”), the private equity arm of JPMorgan. Before joining OEP in 2005, he served as Executive Vice President of Worldspan and was a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. O’Hara is the Chairperson of Hertz Global Holdings and Vice Chairman of Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings and serves on the Boards of Directors of Certares Holdings, CK Opportunities Fund, Certares Real Estate Holdings, Hertz Global Holdings (Nasdaq: HTZ) Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings (Nasdaq: LTRPA) and Tripadvisor (Nasdaq: TRIP), Singer Vehicle Design and World Travel & Tourism Council.
James P. Bush joined the GBT Board in January 2020 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Bush joined American Express in 1987 and served various marketing, customer service and operations roles before becoming EVP and General Manager of the new Strategic Alliances Group in 2000. Before retiring from American Express in 2018, Mr. Bush served as a Senior Advisor to the new CEO, with a special focus on growth opportunities in Asia. In his most recent profit and loss role from 2015 to 2018, Mr. Bush was President, Global Network and International Card Services, responsible for all consumer business outside the U.S. and all global bank partnerships. As EVP, World Service from 2009 to 2015 and EVP, US Service Delivery from 2005 to 2009, Mr. Bush led customer care as well as global operations, card processing and credit and fraud management. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Bush was the Regional President, Japan/Asia Pacific/Australia. Mr. Bush is a member of the Global Policy Forum at Penn State University, the Board of Trustees and the President’s Council at Valley Health System in New Jersey, the Corporate Board of Jupiter Medical Center in Jupiter, Florida and the Board of Trustees of Rider University. Mr. Bush previously served on the board of Webster Financial Corporation. Mr. Bush received his B.S. in Accounting from Rider University.
Eric Hart has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Hart is the Chief Financial Officer at Expedia Group. Prior to this role, Mr. Hart acted as Chief Strategy Officer where he was responsible

142


for Expedia Group strategy and business development as well as global M&A and investments. In his over 10 years with Expedia Group, Mr. Hart was most recently the General Manager of CarRentals.com. Prior to his role as General Manager, Mr. Hart led corporate strategy for the company, leading some of the company’s largest acquisitions. Prior to joining Expedia Group, Mr. Hart spent time as a Vice President at Lake Capital, a Project Leader at Boston Consulting Group, and a Consultant at Accenture. Hart holds a bachelor’s degree from Georgia State University and a Master’s in Business Administration from University of Chicago Booth School of Business.
Raymond Donald Joabar joined the GBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Joabar joined American Express in 1992 and has served in a wide variety of senior roles. Mr. Joabar is Group President of American Express’ Global Merchant & Network Services (“GMNS”) organization. In this position, he leads the team that oversees relationships with the millions of merchants around the world that accept American Express, as well as the team that runs American Express’ payment network and manages bank partnerships globally. Mr. Joabar is a member of the American Express Executive Committee, which is responsible for developing the company’s strategic direction and determining key policies affecting the company overall. Prior to his role as Group President, GMNS, Mr. Joabar served as Chief Risk Officer of American Express and American Express National Bank from September 2019 to May 2021. As Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Joabar was responsible for developing American Express’ and the American Express National Bank’s risk appetite, ensuring safety and soundness, and strengthening the control and compliance environment. Prior to this, Mr. Joabar served as President of the International Consumer Services and Global Travel and Lifestyle Services group at American Express, where he helped lead the development of the country-by-country strategy that led to accelerated growth in the company’s top strategic international markets. Mr. Joabar received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan and his MBA from Manchester Business School. He currently serves on the boards of the Lincoln Center Theatre and the American Associates of the National Theatre.
Richard Petrino joined the GBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Petrino is COO of American Express National Bank (“AENB”) and a member of the AENB Board of Directors and American Express’ Executive Committee. In this role, Mr. Petrino is responsible for the administration of programs and services provided by AENB in partnership with the CEO and other executive officers of AENB. Prior to his role as COO, Mr. Petrino served as Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller of American Express. Over his 25+ year career at American Express, Mr. Petrino served in various roles of increasing responsibility in both the Finance and Risk Management organizations. These roles included American Express Chief Operational Risk Officer as well as SVP of Corporate Planning and Investor Relations. Prior to joining American Express, Mr. Petrino worked in the Controllers Group at CS First Boston and in the Audit Group at KPMG. Mr. Petrino received his degree in Accounting from Lehigh University and his MBA from NYU. He is also a CPA.
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi joined the GBT Board in June 2014 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is the Chief Investment Officer — North and South Americas, for the Qatar Investment Authority, where he leads QIA’s investments across various asset classes in the Americas region. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is also a member of the QIA executive committee. Mr. Al-Sowaidi was President — Qatar Investment Authority US Office, in New York for the period 2015-2020, where Mr. Al-Sowaidi established QIA’s office in the United States, which office hosts an investment team that supports QIA to become a significant investor in the US. Mr. Al-Sowadi joined QIA in 2010 and has held multiple roles, such as Portfolio Manager for the TMT Portfolio, Industrial Portfolio and Head of the Private Equity Funds Portfolio. Before joining QIA, Mr. Al-Sowaidi was a Director, Corporate Banking at Masraf Al-Rayan covering the Government and Real Estate Sectors from 2006-2010 and Financial Analyst at ExxonMobil Treasury in Qatar from 2004-2006. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is a CFA Charterholder, 2013 and obtained his MBA from the TRIUM Program in 2018. Mr. Al-Sowaidi holds double major Bachelor’s Degrees in Statistics and Finance from the University of Missouri Columbia.
Susan Ward joined the GBT Board in September 20, 2021 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Ward currently serves on the board of directors of Saia, Inc. (Nasdaq: SAIA) and Ecovyst Inc. (NYSE: ECVT). Ms. Ward is the retired Chief Accounting Officer of UPS with her career spanning more than 25 years. At UPS, she held a variety of roles within Finance & Accounting as well as Operations. Her experience includes Corporate Finance, Mergers & Acquisitions, Global Risk Management,

143


Pension Investments, External Reporting, Corporate Accounting, and Internal Audit. Ms. Ward’s experience also includes P&L responsibility for a U.S. small package operation and the design and execution of a global finance and accounting functional transformation, which was targeted to save annually through technology enabled solutions such as data analytics, artificial intelligence and robotics. Prior to joining UPS, Ms. Ward served as a Senior Manager at Ernst & Young in both New York City and Atlanta where her industry experience included real estate, telecommunications and entrepreneurial businesses. Ms. Ward received her Bachelors in Accounting from St. Bonaventure University and her MBA in Finance from Fordham University. Ms. Ward also attended the Leadership and Strategic Impact Executive Program at the closingTuck School of this offering. The loan will be repaid uponBusiness at Dartmouth College. Ms. Ward is a Certified Public Accountant.
Gloria Guevara Manzo has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Guevara Manzo has served as Chief Special Advisor for the closingMinistry of this offeringTourism of Saudi Arabia since May 2021. Prior to joining the Ministry of Tourism of Saudi Arabia, Ms. Guevara Manzo was President and CEO of the World Travel & Tourism Council (“WTCC”), the body that represents global private travel and tourism worldwide, from August 2017 to May 2021. Ms. Guevara Manzo began her career at NCR Corp in 1989 and in the travel industry in 1995 working at Sabre Travel Network and Sabre Holdings. Ms. Guevara Manzo later served as CEO of JV Sabre Mexico, reporting to a board of directors from Aeromexico, Mexicana, and Sabre Holdings. In March 2010, Ms. Guevara Manzo was appointed by President Felipe Calderon as Secretary of Tourism for Mexico, and in addition, was given the full responsibility of the Mexican Tourism Board. Ms. Guevara Manzo formerly served on the boards of HSBC Mexico, Playa Hotels & Resorts (Nasdaq: PLYA) and other organizations. Ms. Guevara Manzo was Special Advisor on Government Affairs to Harvard University’s School of Public Health and was part of the estimated $1,200,000Future for Travel, Tourism and Aviation Global Agenda Council of offering expenses.the World Economic Forum. Ms. Guevara Manzo received her B.S. in Computer Science from Anahuac University and MBA from Kellogg School of Business, Northwestern University.
Itai Wallach has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Wallach is a partner in the Private Equity group of Apollo, which he joined in 2012. Mr. Wallach also currently serves on the board of directors of Qdoba Restaurant Corporation. He was previously on the Board of Directors of Jacuzzi Brands from February 2017 to February 2019, McGraw-Hill Education from March 2017 to July 2021, Smart & Final from June 2019 to July 2021, Smart Foodservice from April 2019 to April 2020 and The Fresh Market from January 2017 to December 2020. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Wallach was a member of the Financial Sponsors Investment Banking group at Barclays Capital. He graduated with distinction as an Ivey scholar from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario with a Bachelor of Arts in Honors Business Administration.
Kathleen Winters has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Winters served as Chief Financial Officer of ADP (Nasdaq: ADP), a leading global technology company providing human capital management solutions, from 2019 to 2021. As CFO, Ms. Winters guided the Company through the pandemic, accelerated meaningful digital and operational transformation and implemented a rigorous capital allocation program. Ms. Winters led ADP’s global finance organization and represented the company to stakeholders, communicating the company’s strategy, investments and financial performance. Ms. Winters oversaw Business Finance, Financial Planning and Analysis, Investor Relations, Tax, Treasury (including Client Fund Portfolio Investment), Controllership and Internal Audit. Ms. Winters currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of Definitive Healthcare (Nasdaq: DH), an industry leader in healthcare commercial intelligence. Prior to joining ADP, Ms. Winters served as Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer of MSCI Inc. (NYSE: MSCI), a leading provider of investment decision support tools for institutional investors, including indexes, for three years. Before joining MSCI, Ms. Winters spent fourteen years in various leadership roles at Honeywell International, including CFO of Performance Materials & Technologies, a $10 billion materials and services company, Corporate Controller and Global Leader of Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to Honeywell, Ms. Winters began her career at PwC, serving clients primarily in the entertainment and media industries. Ms. Winters received her bachelor’s degree from Boston College, is a CPA and a Six Sigma Certified Black Belt.

144


Executive Officers
The table below lists our executive officers and each such person’s age as of the date of this prospectus.
NamePositionAge
Paul AbbottChief Executive Officer53
Eric J. BockChief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary57
Andrew George CrawleyChief Commercial Officer55
Martine GerowChief Financial Officer61
Mark HollyheadPresident, Egencia52
Patricia Anne HuskaChief People Officer53
Evan KonwiserEVP Product, Strategy and Communications40
Michael QualantoneChief Revenue Officer60
Boriana TchobanovaChief Transformation Officer47
David ThompsonChief Technology Officer55
Paul Abbott has served as the Chief Executive Officer of GBT since October 2019 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Abbott was Chief Commercial Officer, Global Commercial Payments at American Express. In his 24 years at American Express, Mr. Abbott served in a variety of senior roles across the corporate travel business. Mr. Abbott led the rapid and successful expansion of the American Express Business-to-Business Payments business around the world and introduced innovative new products and services to four million businesses of all sizes in over 150 countries. In addition, an affiliateMr. Abbott led the expansion of American Express’ card-issuing partnerships with some of the Sponsor paid certain administrative expensesworld’s largest financial institutions. Mr. Abbott previously worked at British Airways for nine years. Mr. Abbott received his postgraduate degree from Lancaster University.
Eric J. Bock has served as the Chief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and offering costs totaling $30,464Corporate Secretary of GBT since October 2014 and has served as our Chief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bock served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer, as well as Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of Travelport Worldwide Limited (“Travelport”) and as a member of the board of directors of eNett International, a leading provider of innovative, integrated payment solutions. In addition to playing an integral role in developing and implementing Travelport’s strategic plans, Mr. Bock was also Chairman of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee and a member of the Employee Benefits, Charitable, Disclosure and Investment Committees. Prior to joining Travelport, Mr. Bock served as Executive Vice President, Law and Corporate Secretary for Cendant Corporation, overseeing the company’s legal practice groups in securities and corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, corporate secretarial and governance matters, executive compensation, travel distribution services and marketing services. Mr. Bock also served on behalfCendant Corporation’s business ethics committee, disclosure committee, employee benefits committee and business continuity planning committee. Before Cendant Corporation, Mr. Bock was an associate in the corporate group of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Bock received his B.A. from Lafayette College and his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.
Andrew George Crawley has served as the Chief Commercial Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since May 27, 2022. Mr. Crawley is also a non-executive director of Travelopia, a KKR portfolio company. Previously, Mr. Crawley served as CEO and Chairman of the board of directors of International Airlines Group (“IAG”) Loyalty. In addition, Mr. Crawley was a member of the IAG Management Committee from January 2016 to March 2020. Prior to joining IAG Loyalty, Mr. Crawley served as CEO of IAG Cargo. Prior to joining IAG Cargo, Mr. Crawley served as Chief Commercial Officer and Executive Board Member at British Airways plc (“British Airways”). Mr. Crawley also served as Chairman of British Airways Holidays, Chairman of OpenSkies (British Airways’ wholly-owned French airline subsidiary) and a board member of Avios Group Ltd. Mr. Crawley started his travel career in British Airways in 1992 and worked in a variety of sales, marketing and operational roles in the UK, Europe and Asia, ultimately serving on the board of the company. Prior to joining British Airways, Mr. Crawley

145


spent two years in advertising. Mr. Crawley received his BSc degree from London University (QMC). Mr. Crawley also completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.
Martine Gerow has served as the Chief Financial Officer of GBT since June 2017 and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 27, 2022. Ms. Gerow currently serves as the chair of the audit committee on the board of directors of Europcar Mobility Group. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Gerow served as Chief Financial Officer of Carlson Wagonlit Travel where she led a complete refinancing and a global finance transformation program. Ms. Gerow has also held CFO positions at French media services company Solocal Groupe and Spanish multinational food company, Campofrio. Earlier in her career, Ms. Gerow was a strategy consultant for the Boston Consulting Group, before moving to PepsiCo and then Danone, where she held Division CFO and Group Controller roles. Ms. Gerow received her business degree from HEC Paris and her MBA from Columbia Business School in New York.
Mark Hollyhead has served as the President of Egencia since April 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hollyhead served as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer since 2016. Prior to serving as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hollyhead served as a Senior Vice President for the Americas with Egencia. Mr. Hollyhead has over 30 years of global experience in commercial, operations and product across the travel and telecommunications industries. Prior to joining Egencia, Mr. Hollyhead was the Head of Transformation with Vodafone. Prior to joining Vodafone, Mr. Hollyhead spent 15 years at British Airways in a variety of leadership positions including as Vice President of eCommerce and Customer Contact, and Head of Revenue Management for the long-haul business worldwide. Mr. Hollyhead completed his tenure at British Airways as the Head of London Heathrow Customer Operations where he was responsible for Terminals 1, 3 and 4. Mr. Hollyhead was also the Chair of the Terminal 5 passenger program that was tasked with designing the customer experience and the consolidation of all operations into one terminal. Mr. Hollyhead received his MBA in Strategy and Distribution from the City of London Westminster Business School and received a post graduate Diploma in Applied Economics at Birkbeck University of London.
Patricia Anne Huska has served as the Chief People Officer of GBT since December 2018 and has served as our Chief People Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to becoming Chief People Officer, Ms. Huska served as our Vice President of Global Human Resources, responsible for the development and execution of strategies aimed at attracting talent, while retaining and engaging the existing employee base. Ms. Huska also has significant merger and acquisition experience. Ms. Huska played a key role in the planning and creation of the JV as well as spearheading the HR integration of multiple acquisitions. Ms. Huska was previously with American Express from 1994 to 2014. Ms. Huska received her M.A. in Management from Lesley University and her B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Evan Konwiser has served as the EVP Product, Strategy and Communications of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our EVP Product, Strategy and Communications since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Konwiser served as co-founder and COO of Skylark, a luxury leisure travel agency start-up. Mr. Konwiser previously built two other travel products: FlightCaster, which predicts flight delays real-time and was acquired in 2010, and Farely, which analyzes airline cost data for travel buyers. As part of the FlightCaster acquisition, Mr. Konwiser ran the travel business for Next Jump, which includes employee discount programs for Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Konwiser also spent several years consulting in the travel industry for TMCs, airlines, GDS and travel media companies. Mr. Konwiser has also been an advisor to travel start-ups including Safely, Suiteness, Olset (acquired by Deem), RocketMiles (acquired by Priceline), and GetGoing (acquired by BCD Travel). Prior to that, Mr. Konwiser was a consultant at Bain & Company and also worked at Kayak. Mr. Konwiser is a six-time Dragon / Critic at the Phocuswright Travel Innovation Summit and is the facilitator of the Phocuswright Young Leaders Summit. Mr. Konwiser previously served on the board of ACTE and was selected as one of the “25 Most Influential Business Travel Executives” of 2016. Mr. Konwiser received his B.A. and MBA degrees from Dartmouth.
Michael Qualantone has served as the Chief Revenue Officer of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since May 27, 2022. In this capacity, he has oversight for all GBT revenues, including supplier and customer, while leading Global Supplier Relations and Customer Revenue Management and Pricing functions. From 1988 to 2014, Mr. Qualantone held various leadership positions within Finance and Business Travel with American Express. Mr. Qualantone has been at the Company since June 2014. Prior to becoming Chief Revenue Officer, Mr. Qualantone served as EVP of Global Supplier

146


Relations, where he led a global team responsible for all our travel supplier engagements with airlines, hotels, car companies and limo providers, as well as OBT providers and GDSs. Mr. Qualantone has also led the TPN, made up of Network Partners who service business travelers in countries where we have no proprietary presence. Prior to his role as EVP of Global Supplier Relations, Mr. Qualantone led Global Marketing, Product Development and Innovation, as well as internal and external Communications. In a prior role, Mr. Qualantone was Vice President, Client Services Group, bringing together key Operational and Client Management aspects of the organization, with over 2,500 employees. Prior to that, Mr. Qualantone led operations for both the U.S. onsite servicing as well as the Latin America call centers. Mr. Qualantone received his B.S. and MBA degrees from Arizona State University.
Boriana Tchobanova has served as the Chief Transformation Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our Chief Transformation Officer since May 27, 2022. In this capacity, Ms. Tchobanova works directly with Mr. Abbott to lead business transformation, mergers and acquisitions integration, and strategic projects. Ms. Tchobanova has led multiple business transformation functions and championed large enterprise-wide changing initiatives, including the creation of global shared services and centers of excellence. Ms. Tchobanova held various positions at American Express from 2004 to 2018, including as VP of Strategic Planning and Business Transformation, Operational Excellence and M&A Integration. Ms. Tchobanova received her B.S. in Management and MBA degrees from the University of New Orleans.
David Thompson has served as the Chief Technology Officer of GBT since November 2017 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President, Global Operations and Chief Technology Officer at The Western Union Company (“Western Union”), where he was responsible for overseeing the IT infrastructure needed to develop and support the next generation of Western Union money transfer and payment capabilities. Mr. Thompson has more than 20 years of experience in the technology industry. Prior to joining Western Union, Mr. Thompson served as Group President, Services and Support and Global CIO of Symantec Corporation. Prior to this role, Mr. Thompson served as Symantec Corporation’s EVP and CIO and, during his six years at the company, led an organization that offered expert solutions and support in information security, technology, availability and storage. Earlier in his career, Mr. Thompson served as SVP and CIO for Oracle Corp. and Vice President of Services and CIO at PeopleSoft, Inc. Mr. Thompson previously served over 10 years on the board of directors for CoreSite Realty Corp. Mr. Thompson received his B.B.A. from Marymount University.
Independence of the Board
NYSE listing standards require that a majority of a board of directors be independent, subject to the controlled company exception. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
We have six “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, including James P. Bush, Gloria Guevara Manzo, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi, Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters. In addition, each of them qualifies as independent directors for the purpose of serving on the audit and finance committee of the Board under SEC rules.
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. The Board consists of 11 directors. In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the number of directors on the Board will be determined from time to time by the Board, subject to the rights of the shareholders party to the Shareholders Agreement. The nominating and corporate governance committee and the Board may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin, although we currently do not anticipate having a formal policy regarding board diversity. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s and the Board’s priority in selecting members of the Board is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board

147


members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. We believe that our directors will provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of the Board will consider the following important characteristics, among others:

personal and professional integrity;

ethics and values;

experience in corporate management, such as servicing as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

experience in the industries in which we compete;

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

diversity of background and expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

conflicts of interest; and

practical and mature business judgment.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

Our initial Class I directors are Paul Abbott, Eric Hart and Kathleen Winters, and their initial term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class II directors are James P. Bush, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class III directors are Gloria Guevara Manzo, Raymond Donald Joabar, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and Itai Wallach, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.
Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Each director’s term continues until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.
Board Leadership Structure
The Board is chaired by Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and our Chief Executive Officer is Mr. Abbott. As a general policy, we believe separation of the positions of chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.
Diversity
Our Board
Establishing and implementing a policy regarding gender, racial and ethnic diversity on the Board is an element that we take into consideration.
The Board is committed to increasing the level of diversity on the Board as board turnover occurs from time to time, taking into account educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders along with the level of diversity on the Board. Accordingly,

148


consideration of the number of gender and racially/ethnically diverse directors, along with consideration of whether other diverse attributes are sufficiently represented on the Board, is an important component of the selection process for new members of the Board.
Diversity on the Board is achieved by continuously monitoring the level of diverse representation and, where appropriate, recruiting qualified female candidates to fill positions, as the need arises, through vacancies, growth or otherwise.
The Board is expected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a target regarding the number of diverse directors who are women and racial/ethnic minorities on its board of directors, subject to the nomination rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement.
Executive Officer Positions
In appointing individuals to executive officer positions, the Board weighs a number of factors, including educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders along with the level of diverse representation within our senior management team. We are committed to increasing the diversity of our executive officers.
We believe the most effective way to achieve greater diversity in our senior management team is to identify high-potential candidates within the organization and work with them to ensure they develop the skills, acquire the experience and have the opportunities necessary to eventually occupy executive officer positions. This includes taking action to build a culture of inclusion throughout the organization. The Board is expected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a target regarding the number of diverse directors on its board of directors.
Board Committees
The Board has established the following committees: an audit and finance committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a risk management and compliance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of the Board is described below. From time to time, the Board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by the Board.
Audit and Finance Committee
The audit and finance committee consists of Susan Ward, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters. Each of Susan Ward, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters qualifies as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of the NYSE and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The Board has determined that each of Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The functions of the audit and finance committee include, among other things:

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law and considering whether, in order to assure continuing auditor independence, it is appropriate to adopt a policy of rotating the independent auditing firm on a regular basis;

reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on our auditors’ independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditors;

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

149



reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;

reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented; and

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit and finance committee, including compliance of the audit and finance committee with its charter.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the audit and finance committee that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
In addition, the audit and finance committee carries out the functions assigned to the Exchange Committee under the Exchange Agreement, subject to the Board’s reserved discretion to redelegate such functions to a separate Exchange Committee that meets the requirements set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee consists of James P. Bush, who serves as the chair, Gloria Guevara Manzo and Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara. The functions of the compensation committee include, among other things:

reviewing, modifying and approving our overall compensation strategy and policies;

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

reviewing and approving the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

retaining or terminating a compensation consultant or firm to be used to assist the compensation committee in benchmarking and setting appropriate compensation levels and policies and approving such consultant’s or firm’s fees and other retention terms;

approving, modifying and administering our equity incentive plans;

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on a periodic basis;

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

150



reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi. The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on the Board consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

determining the minimum qualifications for service on the Board;

evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on the Board;

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board;

considering and assessing the independence of members of GBTG;

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to the Board any changes to such policies and principles;

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis; and

annually evaluating the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, subject to the nomination rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Risk Management and Compliance Committee
The risk management and compliance committee consists of Kathleen Winters, who serves as the chair, Raymond Donald Joabar, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward. The functions of the risk management and compliance committee include, among other things:

assessing and providing oversight to management relating to the identification and assessment of material risks facing us, including strategic, operational, regulatory, information and external risks inherent in our business and the control processes with respect to such risks;

overseeing our risk management, compliance and control activities, including without limitation the development and execution by management of strategies to mitigate risks; and

overseeing the integrity of our systems of operational controls regarding legal and regulatory compliance.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the risk management and compliance committee. The charter is available on our website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or the Board of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Board or compensation committee. Our Bylaws provide that, for so long as we are considered a controlled entity of any Continuing JerseyCo Owner under the BHC Act, no person may serve as a director of GBTG if such person is a director or other management official of another entity

151


and if such person’s service to such other entity would result in a violation of, or the need for a waiver or exemption under, the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act or other applicable laws.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
The Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. Any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for damages as a result of an act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a director, except liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

152


DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of GBTG and its subsidiaries as it currently exists following the consummation of the Business Combination, and to GBT as it existed prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
GBTG’s Executive and Director Compensation
Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2021, are:

Paul Abbott, our Chief Executive Officer;

Andrew Crawley, our Chief Commercial Officer; and

Michael Qualantone, our Chief Revenue Officer.
The named executive officer and director compensation described in this section discusses our 2021 compensation programs. Our compensation committee may choose to implement different compensation programs for our named executive officers and directors in the future.
2021 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation provided to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Amounts paid in British pound sterling have been converted to United States dollars for purposes of this disclosure. Salary and all other compensation have been converted at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent) and bonuses have been converted at the rate in effect at the time of payments as set forth in the notes to the table below.
Name and Principal PositionYear
Salary
($)(1)
Bonus
($)(2)
Option
Awards
($)(3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
Compensation
($)
Paul Abbott
Chief Executive Officer
20211,233,7174,000,0009,000,0004,050,255115,001(5)18,398,973
20201,072,7512,756,5401,168,8794,998,170
Andrew Crawley
Chief Commercial Officer
2021804,3181,250,0003,750,0001,140,00070,818(6)7,015,136
2020471,122447,938635,0111,554,071
Michael Qualantone
Chief Revenue Officer(7)
2021578,750500,0003,448,9201,000,00036,400(8)5,564,070
(1)
In 2021, as a result of the continued impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table — Annual Base Salary” below. The table reflects the actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 after the effect of these reductions.
(2)
The amounts in this column for 2021 reflect the vesting and payment of $1,000,000, $500,000 and $500,000 for each of Messrs. Abbott, Crawley and Qualantone in respect of the first tranche of the 2020 Executive LTIP awards granted in November 2020 with an initial vesting date of September 1, 2020 which in the aggregate vest as to 16.667% on each of the first three anniversaries of the initial vesting date, with the remaining 50% cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the initial vesting date. In addition, the amounts in this column for 2021 include special one-time cash awards to (i) Paul Abbott equal to $3,000,000 and (ii) Andrew Crawley equal to $750,000, paid in December 2021. These awards were intended to bridge the gap from Mr. Abbott joining GBT in October 2019 and Mr. Crawley joining GBT in April 2020 until the date of their first long-term incentive award granted by us in November 2020.

153


Each such award is subject to clawback provisions that require the executive to repay the full cash amount if the executive terminates employment with us on or before November 30, 2022 for any reason other than a termination by GBT without cause, a termination by the executive for good reason or a termination due to the executive’s death or disability.
(3)
The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the options granted to our named executive officers on December 2, 2021. These options have an exercise price of $10.03 and are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date based on continued service. The aggregate grant date fair values of the awards shown in this column are calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 Compensation Stock Compensation. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 19 Equity-Based Compensation to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus. For additional details of the option awards granted to our named executive officers and that are set forth in this column, see the section entitled “Long-Term Incentive Compensation — Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan” below.
(4)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts earned in 2021 as annual cash incentive awards as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table Annual Incentive Compensation” below.
(5)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $96,106, (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674, (iii) a company contribution of $668 for an annual executive-level medical assessment, and (iv) a company contribution of $2,553 for family private medical and dental benefits. In 2020, Mr. Abbott received similar types of perquisites in addition to a one-time payment equal to $1,050,000 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Abbott’s former employer.
(6)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $55,144 and (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674. In 2020, Mr. Crawley received similar types of perquisites in addition to a onetime payment equal to $601,115 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Crawley’s former employer. The one-time payment was paid on May 31, 2020 in British pound sterling but converted for purposes of this disclosure at the exchange rate applicable on the payment date equal to $1.23 per £1.00 (rounded to the nearest cent).
(7)
Mr. Qualantone would not have been disclosed as a named executive officer if we had been a public company in 2021. Therefore, his compensation for 2020 has not been provided in this table because it was not required to have been previously disclosed.
(8)
Amount represents (i) a $25,000 cash payment and (ii) a company contribution of $11,400 to the 401(k) plan.
Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table
The compensation committee annually reviews and approves compensation for our named executive officers. The compensation committee considers recommendations by our Chief Executive Officer for the compensation of all other named executive officers. Compensation for our Chief Executive Officer typically has been recommended by the chairman of the GBT Board, which is reviewed and subject to approval by the compensation committee.
Annual Base Salary
We believe that a competitive base salary is essential in attracting and retaining key executive talent. The base salary established for each of our named executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, position, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our compensation committee. Based on market benchmarking conducted by the compensation consultants to the compensation committee for 2021, Semler Brossy Consulting Group, our compensation committee determines market level compensation for base salaries after a review of market data and discussions with our Chief Executive Officer regarding our other executive officers.
The table below reflects the annual base salaries approved by the compensation committee for our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, prior to

154


the COVID-19 related reductions discussed below and that, for two named executive officers, would have been paid in British pound sterling and were the same amounts for 2021 and 2020, but converted for purposes of disclosure at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent).
Name
2020 Base
Salary ($)
2021
Base Salary($)
Paul Abbott1,288,5381,374,903
Andrew Crawley837,549893,687
Michael Qualantone650,000650,000
In 2021, as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, with a maximum reduction of 21%, which was effective for the period commencing January 1, 2021 and ending July 5, 2021. The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table.
Annual Incentive Compensation
We maintain an annual incentive award plan (the “AIA Plan”) in order to align participants’ incentives to deliver GBT’s financial and client goals and to provide an objective setting and review process for our named executive officers that forms the basis for determining their potential annual bonuses. Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide that they will be eligible to participate in the AIA Plan up to a specific target percentage of their salary based on the compensation committee’s assessment of their and our performance against goals, as established by GBTG management and approved by the compensation committee. The compensation committee approves our annual objectives which are based in part on our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the year as well as the individual objectives of each named executive officer, which are focused on each named executive officer’s specific performance relative to our company-wide achievements.
The target award opportunities for our named executive officers for fiscal year 2021, expressed as a percentage of their annual base salary, were 200% for Paul Abbott, 100% for Andrew Crawley and 100% for Michael Qualantone. In addition, if the performance targets established by the compensation committee were exceeded, Mr. Abbott could have earned up to 300% of his base salary and Mr. Crawley and Mr. Qualantone could have each earned up to 200% of their base salary, respectively.
Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to an employment agreement with GBT UK, and Mr. Qualantone is party to an employment letter with GBT US LLC (together referred to as the “employment agreements”). The discussion below summarizes the material terms of the named executive officer employment agreements. For details of the Severance Protection Agreements entered into with our named executive officers, see the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.
Paul Abbott
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Paul Abbott dated June 5, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated upon 26 weeks’ notice by Mr. Abbott or 52 weeks’ notice by us, or upon an earlier termination due to breach of the agreement by Mr. Abbott.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will receive an annual base salary of £1,000,000, subject to applicable tax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Abbott will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 200% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 300%.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under our long term incentive award program.

155


Pension Benefits.   Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive an additional amount each year under the employment agreement equal to (8/(1+x))% (where “x” is the aggregate rate of employer national insurance contributions and other employer levies, expressed as a decimal) of his salary per annum in lieu of pension contributions subject to deductions for tax and national insurance contributions as required by law, payable monthly in arrears.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be provided with coverage under a permanent health insurance scheme. Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive a monthly car allowance equal to £950.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Abbott’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Abbott for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to garden leave, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on the target level of performance, (iii) the annual cash bonus (based on actual performance) for any prior year not already paid, and (iv) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Abbott’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property and one-year (inclusive of any period of garden leave) post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants.
Andrew Crawley
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Andrew Crawley dated November 26, 2019, in connection with Mr. Crawley’s assumption of the role of Chief Commercial Officer on April 1, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated by either party upon 26 weeks’ notice, or upon an earlier termination due to breach of the agreement by the executive.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will receive an annual base salary of £650,000, subject to applicable tax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Crawley will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Make-Whole Replacement Award.   In order to make Mr. Crawley whole for the value of long-term incentive awards that were forfeited upon Mr. Crawley’s appointment as our Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. Crawley received a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of £486,780, paid in cash on May 31, 2020 and that was subject to clawback upon a voluntary resignation or termination without cause prior to April 1, 2021.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under GBT’s long term incentive award program.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Crawley is entitled to participate in the GBT UK Pension Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria. Mr. Crawley has reached the maximum life-time statutory allowance for contributions to the GBT UK Pension Plan. Accordingly, in lieu of additional contributions to the pension plan and in accordance with the terms of the plan, GBT UK provides Mr. Crawley an annual cash allowance equal to 8% of Mr. Crawley’s salary, net of 14.3% national insurance withholding.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley is entitled to receive an annual car allowance equal to £11,900.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Crawley’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Crawley for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to garden leave, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of

156


termination based on the target level of performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date (excluding any period of garden leave), and (iii) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Crawley’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property.
Michael Qualantone
Agreement; Term.   GBT US LLC entered into an employment letter with Michael Qualantone effective April 1, 2019, that provides for at-will employment with GBT US LLC.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment letter, Mr. Qualantone will receive an annual base salary of $550,000 (which as of December 31, 2021 had increased to $650,000), subject to applicable tax withholding. Mr. Qualantone is eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is entitled to participate in the Amex GBT 401(k) Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria.
Additional Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT US LLC.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Qualantone’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Qualantone for good reason, each as defined in the employment letter, subject to his execution of a general release of claims. Mr. Qualantone will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 52 weeks’ base salary, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date paid in or around March of the year following the year in which termination occurs, (iii) provided that Mr. Qualantone elects to receive continued health coverage under The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, continued healthcare benefits under GBT US LLC health plans for 52 weeks (at active employee rates) and (iv) continued vesting of GBTG Options for six months following the applicable termination date, in accordance with the GBTG MIP.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (“GBTG MIP”)
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the GBTG MIP which supersedes the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. Pursuant to the terms of the GBTG MIP, all options granted under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP that were outstanding at the Closing were converted into GBTG Options and were treated as capital contributions.if they were originally granted under the GBTG MIP. Generally, the vesting and forfeiture terms of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers continue to be the same as provided under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP, as described below.
In addition, in order to finance transaction costsUnder the GBTG MIP, all unexercised GBTG Options, whether vested or unvested, expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant date, unless earlier cancelled, such as in connection with an intended initial business combination,a termination of employment. GBTG Options granted to our sponsornamed executive officers in December 2021 vest one-third annually over a three-year period and all other GBTG Options generally vest annually at the rate of 20% per year, in each case, generally subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.
Upon a termination of employment by GBTG or an affiliateits subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason by the participant (in each case, other than in connection with a change in control), the portion of GBTG Options held by our sponsornamed executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is then outstanding and was scheduled to vest during the period the participant is entitled to receive severance payments or certainbenefits under any employment or severance agreement with GBTG or its subsidiaries as a result of a termination by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason (the “severance period”) will continue to vest on the applicable vesting date during the severance period. Upon a

157


termination of employment due to death, all outstanding and unvested GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that were granted in December 2021 will immediately vest in full. Upon a termination of employment due to retirement or disability, the portion of GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and directors may, but are not obligatedthat is then outstanding and was scheduled to loan us fundsvest on the next anniversary of the grant date immediately following such termination due to disability or retirement will vest in full on such scheduled vesting date.
The portion of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is or becomes vested and exercisable as of or after the date of a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiary without cause, due to death or disability, resignation for good reason or due to retirement (in each case, other than in connection with a change of control) will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the later of the 18 month anniversary of the Business Combination and the date that is one year after the date of termination of employment (or in the case of a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, one year after the last day of the participant’s severance period (which period may be required. If we completelonger in the event of certain corporate transactions)) and (ii) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date, in each case, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the GBTG MIP and the applicable award agreement; provided, however, that if such termination of employment occurs prior to the six month anniversary of the Business Combination, then no portion of such GBTG Option held by our initial business combination, we would repaynamed executive officers will become exercisable (even if vested) before the first date immediately following the six month anniversary of such loaned amounts.Business Combination. In the event that the participant incurs (a) a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause within 60 days before, or within 18 months after, a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction (as defined therein)) of GBTG or its subsidiaries (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction) or (b) a termination of employment as the result of participant’s death or disability or by the participant for good reason, in each case, within 18 months after a change in control of GBTG or its affiliates, then in each such case, the portion of the GBTG Option granted in December 2021 that is then outstanding and unvested will immediately become vested and exercisable (or in the case that a change in control occurs after such eligible termination of employment, will become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of the change in control) and such GBTG Option will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of such termination of employment and (y) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
With respect to all GBTG Options granted to our initial business combination doesnamed executive officers prior to December 2021, (i) upon a termination of employment without cause (other than within 12 months after a change in control), the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for six months after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for 90 days following the applicable vesting date, but not close,beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date), (ii) upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for one year after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for one year following the applicable vesting date, but not beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date) and (iii) upon a termination of employment without cause or for good reason, in each case, within 12 months after a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction), the GBTG Option will vest in full and remain exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date. Any such GBTG Options that were vested as of such termination of employment will remain exercisable for 90 days following a termination without cause and for 12 months following a termination due to death or disability, but in no event beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
“Change in Control” under the GBTG MIP continues to have the same meaning as under the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. For avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the Business Combination did not constitute a change in control under the GBTG MIP.
The GBTG MIP provides for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non- disparagement and 24 month (or such lesser period as may be provided in an award agreement) post-termination non-competition (other than with respect to the options granted on December 2, 2021) and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the GBTG MIP restrictive covenants would result in forfeiture of any outstanding options held by the participant.

158


GBT JerseyCo Limited Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans
On November 5, 2020, we adopted the 2020 Executive LTIP, which provided for a total pool of $36 million allocated pursuant to awards granted under the 2020 Executive LTIP. The 2020 Executive LTIP was intended to replace potential grants of GBT MIP Options due to the reserve of GBT MIP Shares having been substantially exhausted by December 31, 2019. On November 2, 2021, we adopted the 2021 Executive LTIP, which provides for a total pool of $38 million, with up to $4 million allocable by the chairman of the GBT Board as of the effective date of the 2021 Executive LTIP, for so long as he continues to serve on the GBT Board (and after the Business Combination, the GBTG Board). On November 8, 2021, GBT and certain of its subsidiaries granted cash awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP to certain individuals then serving as executive officers of GBT. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP, previously granted awards are based 50% on time-vesting conditions and 50% on performance-vesting conditions.
Under the 2020 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2021, September 1, 2022 and September 1, 2023 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2022, September 1, 2023 and September 1, 2024 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries.
The performance-based portion of an award is eligible to vest based on the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established by the compensation committee. As of the date of this prospectus filing, performance-criteria related to awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP had not yet been established. The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP do not contain any change in control related vesting provisions and unvested awards are cancelled without consideration upon a participant’s termination of employment. However, the performance-based portion of the 2020 Executive LTIP and 2021 Executive LTIP awards held by our named executive officers and certain other participants may usebe converted, in the discretion of the GBTG compensation committee, into restricted stock units or performance stock units of GBTG on the same vesting and forfeiture terms as applicable to the portion of the 2021 Executive LTIP award and the 2020 Executive LTIP award.
The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP provide for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non-disparagement and 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the restrictive covenants under the 2021 Executive LTIP or the 2020 Executive LTIP, as applicable, would result in forfeiture of any awards held by the participant.
2022 Plan and ESPP
See the sections entitled “GBTG 2022 Equity Incentive Plan” and “GBTG Employee Stock Purchase Agreement”, herein, for details of our new equity incentive programs adopted in connection with the Business Combination.
Perquisites
Our named executive officers receive certain perquisites relating to medical and dental coverage, pension-related contributions and cash allowances and car allowances. Detail on the quantification of perquisites is set forth in the notes to the Summary Compensation Table, above.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021
The following table provides information about the number of outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. The number of shares subject to the options and the exercise prices for the options have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Business Combination by multiplying the number of shares originally subject to the options by a conversion ratio of approximately 8.765899 (the “Conversion Ratio”) and by dividing the original exercise prices for the options by the Conversion Ratio.

159


Option Awards
Name
Grant
Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Paul Abbott12/2/20212,983,535(1)10.0312/2/2031
Andrew Crawley12/2/20211,243,136(1)10.0312/2/2031
Michael Qualantone12/2/20211,113,909(1)10.0312/2/2031
9/25/2019508,422(2)14.589/25/2029
3/13/2018438,294(3)7.233/13/2028
9/30/2015596,081(4)6.379/30/2025
3/30/2015385,699(4)5.743/30/2025
(1)
Consists of options that vest one-third on December 2nd of each year from 2022 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(2)
Consists of options that vest 20% on October 1st of each year from 2020 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
Consists of options that vest 20% on April 1st of each year from 2019 through 2023, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(4)
Consists of options that vested 20% on July 1st of each year from 2015 through 2019, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits
All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and vision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees in the applicable jurisdiction.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pretax basis and on an after-tax “Roth” contribution basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Code. The 401(k) plan provides us with the discretion to match a portion of contributions made by our employees, including executives, subject to the working capital held outsideapproval of the trust accountBoard. We intend for our 401(k) plan to repay such loaned amounts but no proceedsqualify under Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our trust401(k) plan.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
GBT US LLC maintains the GBT DCP a tax-deferred non-qualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of a select group of management and key employees, including our named executive officers, who are located in the United States. The GBT DCP is open to employees with the position of director and above with annual salary levels equal to or in excess of $150,000 and in excess of tax-qualified salary thresholds for purposes of contributions to GBT’s 401(k) plan. The GBT DCP provides participants with the ability to elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation (including annual salary and incentive compensation) until the earlier of the participant’s separation from service with GBT and its affiliates or a scheduled in-service withdrawal date, which may not be earlier than two years after the year in which base compensation is earned, three years after the year AIA Plan awards are earned or five years after the year in which long-term incentive plan awards are earned. GBT has established a Rabbi Trust, a segregated account that remains subject to any claims of unsecured general creditors of GBT, pursuant to which GBT intends to make periodic contributions equal the deferral contributions made by participants to the GBT DCP.

160


UK Pension Plans
GBT UK maintains two pension plans, the GBT UK Pension Plan and the Hogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme.
The GBT UK Pension Plan is a defined contribution pension scheme that provides for employer contributions of between 5% and 8% of qualifying earnings, with matching employee contributions of between 3% and 6%. Employees can elect to contribute more than 6% of their qualifying earnings but the employer contribution does not increase beyond 8%. Employee contributions are made by way of salary sacrifice up to the statutory annual allowance limit per year. Eligible employees are automatically enrolled in the GBT UK Pension Plan unless the employee has already met the statutory life time allowance.
The Hogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme is a two-part pension scheme comprised of a frozen defined benefit section and an active defined contribution section. The scheme is managed by its trustees and administered by a trustee appointed company, XPS Pensions Group PLC.
The defined benefit section of the scheme was closed to new members on March 31, 2003 and was closed to future accrual on June 30, 2013. Those employees who were members of the defined benefit section of the scheme on June 30, 2013 automatically became members of the defined contribution section of the scheme, unless they opted out. The defined benefit section of the scheme includes early retirement and death in service benefits. None of our named executive officers participates in or receives benefits under any of our defined benefit pension plans.
The defined contribution section of the scheme is not open to new members. As of December 31, 2021, there were 109 active participants in the defined contribution part of the scheme. Employee contributions are between 2.25% and 4% of the employee’s basic salary, and employer contributions are between 5.75% and 10.4% of basic salary. Employees can elect to contribute more than 4% of their basic salary, although the employer contribution does not increase beyond 10.4%. Contributions to the pension scheme are made by way of salary deduction. Certain members of the scheme also have a death in service and income protection benefit.
Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to an amendment with GBT UK to their current employment agreement (collectively, the “severance amendments”) and Michael Qualantone is a party to a severance protection agreement with GBT US LLC (the “severance protection agreement”), which provide, in each case, for certain severance payments and benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated by GBTG without cause or due to the executive’s disability (and not due to death) or if the executive resigns employment for good reason (in either case, a “qualifying termination”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination occurring outside of the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a “change in control” ​(as such term is defined in the 2022 Plan), then the executive will be entitled to receive (i) one times the executive’s base salary, to be paid in equal installments over the one year period following such qualifying termination, (ii) one times the executive’s annual target cash bonus, to be paid at the time such bonuses would be usedpaid in the ordinary course and (iii) a pro-rata annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on (A) actual performance, for Messrs. Abbott and Qualantone, or (B) target performance, for Andrew Crawley, in the cases of each of (A) and (B), to be paid at the same time as such repayment. Upbonuses would be paid in the ordinary course and (iv) company-provided health benefits assistance for up to $1,500,000twelve months following termination (collectively, the “Non-Change in Control Severance”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination (other than due to the executive’s disability) within the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a change in control (which will not occur due to the Business Combination), then the named executive officer will be entitled to receive the Non-Change in Control Severance plus the following additional severance payments and benefits: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to (A) one times the executive’s base salary and (B) one times the executive’s target bonus and (ii) up to six additional months of such loans may be convertible into warrantsGBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 18 months) or in the case of Paul Abbott, up to twelve additional months of GBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 24 months). All payments under the severance protection agreements and the severance amendments are subject to the named executive officer’s execution of a general release of claims.

161


Non-Employee Director Compensation
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Director Compensation Policy”). Under our Director Compensation Policy, we pay retainers to our independent directors in an equal mix of cash and equity. The cash retainers and additional meeting fees are paid quarterly in arrears, and the equity is awarded as restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2022 Plan that are granted each year on the date of the postannual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders. RSUs vest on the one-year anniversary of their grant date, with pro-rated vesting from the date of appointment through the date of the next annual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders for independent directors elected or appointed to serve on the Board of Directors for a partial term. In addition, we pay a meeting fee premium for each committee meeting attended above (A) eight meetings, with respect to our audit Ccmmittee and our compensation committee or (B) five meetings, with respect to our nominating and corporate governance committee and our risk and compliance committee.
Our Director Compensation Policy provides for the annual payments and meeting fee premiums to independent directors described in the table below:
Cash
($)
Meeting
Fee
Premium
($)
Restricted Stock
Unit Awards
($)
Board
Chair485,000160,000
Other Directors85,000160,000
Audit Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members15,0002,000
Compensation Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Risk and Compliance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
We do not pay retainers to directors who are not independent. All members of our Board of Directors, including directors who are not independent, are reimbursed for their travel costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and related Company business.
Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that we paid or awarded to our non-executive directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, prior to our adoption of the Director Compensation Policy.
Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Ugo Arzani180,000180,000
James P. Bush(2)
180,000180,000
Philippe Chérèque(3)
226,060226,060
Marc D. Gordon(4)
Eric Hart(5)
8,1528,152
Raymond Donald Joabar(4)

162


Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Glenda McNeal(4)
Greg O’Hara(6)
630,000630,000
Richard Petrino(4)
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi180,000180,000
Susan Ward(7)
72,82672,826
Julia Wittlin(8)
180,000180,000
(1)
These amounts represent fees paid to non-employee directors for board and committee meetings and reflect a 20% reduction in fees from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 in order to align with the reductions in named executive officer annual base salaries due to the effects of COVID-19 on our performance and the travel industry as a whole. Prior to such reductions, non-employee directors were each eligible to receive a $200,000 annual cash retainer and an additional $500,000 annual cash retainer for the chairman of the GBT Board.
(2)
Mr. Bush’s fees were paid directly to Spyglass Unlimited, LLC, an entity partially owned by Mr. Bush.
(3)
Mr. Chérèque received prorated fees for his service on the GBT Board in 2020 based on his appointment date of September 10, 2020, paid in June 2021 along with payment of fees for 2021 and which are reflected in this row.
(4)
Mr. Gordon, Mr. Joabar, Ms. McNeal, and Mr. Petrino did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and committees thereof, however we paid $720,000 in the aggregate to Amex HoldCo. on behalf of each director’s service in 2021.
(5)
Mr. Hart’s fees were pro-rated for his appointment date of December 17, 2021 and paid to Expedia, Inc. in respect of his service.
(6)
Mr. O’Hara’s fees were paid directly to Clementine Investments LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. O’Hara.
(7)
Ms. Ward’s fees were pro-rated for her appointment date of September 21, 2021.
(8)
Ms. Wittlin did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and its committees, however, in respect of her service we paid $180,000 to BlackRock Investment Management, LLC. Ms. Wittlin ceased serving on the GBT Board effective as of December 15, 2021.

163


SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
This prospectus relates to the resale from time to time of (i) an aggregate of 492,628,569 shares of our Class A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Securityholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interest in the Class A Common Stock or warrants other than through a public sale.
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Securityholders, and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants that the Selling Securityholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
Please see the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” for further information regarding the Selling
Securityholders’ method of distributing these securities.
Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited(2)(3)(4)
162,388,084168,189,894**
American Express Company(2)(3)(5)
157,786,199163,423,593**
Expedia Group,
Inc.(2)(3)(6)
74,274,19876,927,871**
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(7)
34,569,38412,224,13434,569,38412,224,134**
Jennifer Fleiss25,00025,000**
Mitch Garber25,00025,000**
James H. Simmons III25,00025,000**
Dendur Master Fund Ltd.(8)
1,000,0001,000,000**
Alyeska Master Fund, L.P.(9)
650,000650,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin(10)
25,00025,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb(11)
25,00025,000**
Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP(12)
200,000200,000**
Zoom Video Communications,
Inc.(13)
4,000,0004,000,000**
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, LTD(14)
8,200,0008,200,000**
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(15)
8,000,0008,000,000**

164


Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P.(16)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF II Holdings I, L.P.(17)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF Holdings I, L.P.(18)
4,125,0004,125,000**
Paul Abbott(19)
2,983,535**
Eric J. Bock(3)(20)
1,938,49610,0003,001,90510,000**
Andrew George Crawley(21)
1,243,136**
Martine Gerow(3)(22)
1,086,9702,383,021**
Patricia Anne Huska(3)(23)
666,2061,710,788**
Evan Konwiser(3)(24)
192,848568,774**
Michael Qualantone(3)(25)
1,535,7843,111,306**
Boriana Tchobanova(26)
124,317**
David Thompson(3)(27)
894,1211,968,648**
Philippe Chereque(3)(28)
1,928,4961,997,397**
*
Less than 1%
**
Warrants listed on Selling Securityholder table represent warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.
(1)
The business combination entity ataddress of each director and executive officer of GBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The business address of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James H. Simmons III is 9 West 57th Street, 42rd Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(2)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a price of $1.50 per warrantone-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the lender. Such warrants wouldExchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(3)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners and holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares received “earnout” shares in connection with the Closing. The earnout shares will, upon the achievement of certain earnout milestones, (i) in the case of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, be identicalconverted and re-designated into GBT B Ordinary Shares, with GBTG issuing such holders shares of Class B Common Stock, or (ii) in the case of the holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares, be redeemed and cancelled, with the holders thereof receiving shares of Class A Common Stock. ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ do not include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversions and redemptions.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 162,388,084 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 162,388,084 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,801,810 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,801,810 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an

165


equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,801,810 “earnout” shares. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 157,786,199 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 157,786,199 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,637,394 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,637,394 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,637,394 “earnout” shares. American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company, is the direct holder of these securities. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 74,274,198 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 74,274,198 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 2,653,673 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 2,653,673 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 2,653,673 “earnout” shares. EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc., is the direct holder of these securities. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, Washington 98119.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Consists of (i) 20,345,250 converted Founder Shares, (ii) 2,000,000 PIPE Securities and (iii) 12,224,134 private placement warrants, includingwhich, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is managed by affiliates of Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole member of Holdings GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Marc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and James Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to exercise price, exercisabilityhave voting and exercise period.dispositive control of the securities held of record by Sponsor. The termsaddress of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(8)
Consists of 1,000,000 PIPE Securities. Dendur Capital LP, the investment manager of Dendur Master Fund Ltd., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Dendur Master Fund Ltd. Malcolm Levine is the Chief Investment Officer of Dendur Capital LP and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such loansshares. The registered address of the foregoing individual and entities is 250 West 55th Street, 26th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(9)
Consists of 650,000 PIPE Securities. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., the investment manager of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P., has voting and investment control of the shares held by our officersAlyeska Master Fund, L.P. Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. and directors, ifmay be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Parekh, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. The registered address of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is located at 77 W. Wacker, Suite 700, Chicago IL 60601.
(10)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin resides with its trustees, John A. Levin, Elisabeth L. Levin and Jean L. Troubh, who may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(11)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb resides with its trustees, John A. Levin and John L. Loeb, Jr., who may

166


be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(12)
Consists of 200,000 PIPE Securities. Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP is managed by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and Gray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. Jason R. Little and Gerrit B. Parker are the natural persons who have not been determinedvoting or investment control over the shares beneficially owned by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and no written agreements existGray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. The business address of the foregoing individuals and entities is 500 Post Road East, Suite 233 Westport, CT 06880.
(13)
Consists of 4,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to such loans.the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Consists of 8,200,000 PIPE Securities. HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(15)
Consists of 8,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(16)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities owned by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(17)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities

167


owned by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(18)
Consists of 4,125,000 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities owned by ASOF Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(19)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 2,983,535 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not expectinclude 2,983,535 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(20)
“Securities to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliatebe Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 2,923,004 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options, (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares and (iii) 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of public warrants. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 994,508 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(21)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 1,243,136 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,243,136 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(22)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 2,337,609 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,250,639 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(23)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,673,205 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 37,583 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,006,999 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(24)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 560,944 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 7,830 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 368,096 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.

168


(25)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 3,042,405 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,506,621 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(26)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 124,317 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 124,317 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(27)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,923,236 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,029,115 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(28)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,928,496 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares.
Material Relationships with the Selling Securityholders
For a description of our sponsor as werelationships with the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates see the sections entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

169


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws. Because they are only summaries, they do not believe third parties willcontain all the information that may be willingimportant to loan such fundsyou. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section, you should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation and provide a waiver against anyour Bylaws, the GBT Amended and all rightsRestated M&A, the Exchange Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, which are included as exhibits to seek access to funds in our trust account.
Our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (or 12,833,334 private placement warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($17,000,000 in the aggregate, or $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Each whole private placement warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Under “Description of Securities,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “Company” refer to GBTG and not to any of its subsidiaries.
General
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iii) 6,010,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. With respect to our Preferred Stock, (a) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock, (b) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock and (c) the remaining 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock is undesignated Preferred Stock. Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, the Board has the authority, without stockholder approval (but without limitation of the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement), to issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock. Unless the Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
As of July 18, 2022, our issued and outstanding share capital consisted of (i) 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock, (iii) no shares of Preferred Stock and (iv) 39,451,134 warrants, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants and 12,224,134 private placement warrants.
Common Stock
We have two classes of authorized Common Stock: Class A and Class B, each of which has one vote per share. All classes of Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law, including in connection with amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
In order to preserve the Up-C structure, the Exchange Agreement provides that we and GBT will take (or, in some cases, forbear from taking) various actions, as necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding (x) Class A Stock (and equivalents) and the GBT A Ordinary Shares and (y) Class B Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares. For example, the Exchange Agreement provides that, if we issue or sell additional shares of Class A Common Stock, we will contribute the net proceeds of such issuance and sale to GBT, and GBT will issue to us an equal number of GBT A Ordinary Shares. Similarly, the Exchange Agreement provides that neither we nor GBT may effect any subdivision or combination of any of its equity securities unless the other effects an identical subdivision or combination of the corresponding class of its equity securities.
Class A Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on

170


the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
In the case of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class A Common Stock (subject to the nominal economic rights of holders of the Class B Common Stock described below), our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders.
All shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class A Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Class B Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
The shares of Class B Common Stock generally have only nominal economic rights (limited to the right to receive up to the par value in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up). Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on Class B Common Stock. Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock have the right to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class B Common Stock and holders of Class A Common Stock, a distribution from our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders, up to the par value of such shares of Class B Common Stock, but otherwise are not entitled to receive any of our assets in connection with any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
All shares of Class B Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class B Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class B Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Stock) for shares of Class A Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date).
Preferred Stock
No shares of Preferred Stock are issued or outstanding.
The Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock are part of our Certificate of Incorporation and authorize the issuance of 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, respectively.

171


Holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock have no voting rights except as otherwise from time to time required by law.
Except as set forth in the Certificate of Designations, and as described below, holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class B Common Stock, as provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise and Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class B Common Stock.
In the event of any binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, merger or consolidation of us with another entity (whether or not a corporation) or conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance of us into another entity or into another jurisdiction, in each case, in connection with which holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, would receive shares of capital stock that constitute “voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or of securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), we may provide for the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, to receive, in lieu thereof, on a per share basis, the same number of shares of capital stock of another class or series that constitute “nonvoting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), and that otherwise have the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as the shares of capital stock to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable.
In the event any rights, qualifications or limitations would result in the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, receiving voting securities in connection with any dividend or distribution by us, such holders shall receive, in lieu of such voting securities, non-voting securities that are otherwise entitled to the same rights, privileges and qualifications as such voting securities subject to the limitations on voting described above.
In the event that the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall be split, divided, or combined, substantially concurrently therewith, the outstanding shares of the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be proportionately split, divided or combined.
Exchanges of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are governed by the terms set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, (a) the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the par value of Class A-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) the distribution to “Participating Shares” contemplated by Section 5.3(c)(i) of the Certificate of Incorporation. For purposes of calculating the amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, it shall be assumed that all then outstanding shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Class A Common Stock and (b) the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, up to the par value of Class B-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, the holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any of our assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets available for distribution to our stockholders shall be insufficient to pay to holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

172


Shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock are not convertible into Common Stock other than in connection with a Permitted BHCA Transfer (as defined below). Any holder of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock may transfer such shares in a Permitted BHCA Transfer to a Permitted BHCA Transferee (as defined below), and any shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock so transferred shall immediately following such transfer automatically be converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, respectively. A “Permitted BHCA Transferee” shall mean a person or entity who acquires shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock from a holder thereof in any of the following transfers (each a “Permitted BHCA Transfer”): (i) a widespread public distribution; (ii) a transfer to us; (iii) a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of the outstanding securities of any “class of voting securities” of ours (as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act); or (iv) a transfer to a transferee who would control more than 50% of every “class of voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) of us without giving effect to the shares of our capital stock transferred by the applicable transferred stockholder or any of its Permitted BHCA Transferees.
The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Subject to any limitations prescribed by the DGCL, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. The Board may fix the number of shares constituting a series of preferred stock and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our Class A Common Stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our Class A Common Stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our Class A Common Stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock by restricting dividends on the Class A Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A Common Stock or, as is the case with the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of Class A Common Stock.
Dividend Rights
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board.
Except as described in “Dividend Policy,” we have no current plans to pay dividends on Class A Common Stock. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Ownership of the Class A Common Stock — We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock, so any returns will be substantially limited to the value of the Class A Common Stock.” We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends from future earnings for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our Bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held on a date and at a time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by the Board. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

173


Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of the Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Class A Common Stock held by stockholders.
These provisions include:
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting (with exceptions for (i) actions taken by holders of a series of preferred stock, as provided by the applicable certificate of designation, and (ii) actions required or permitted to be taken by holders of Class B Common Stock separately as a class but only if such action were taken by holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of all the Class B Common Stock then, outstanding). Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only by or at the direction of the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board to call a special meeting. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified at the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of the Company.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of the Board. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that any vacancies on the Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or at a special meeting of stockholders called by or at the direction of the Board for such purpose. Moreover, under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is divided into three classes of directors, each of which will hold office for a three-year term. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of the Board, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure — The classification of the Board may have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.”
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our Class A Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

174


Advance Notice Procedures
Our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Although our Bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.
Supermajority Approval Requirements
The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. The DGCL does not specify a required vote for stockholders to amend a corporation’s bylaws and, therefore, the default voting standard set forth in a corporation’s bylaws will apply to votes to amend the bylaws unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise. In addition, the DGCL provides that a board of directors may amend the bylaws without further stockholder action if authorized to do so by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, a majority vote of the Board or the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our Bylaws or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend our Certificate of Incorporation (and, in addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required to amend any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects the rights, priorities or privileged of the Class B Common Stock). This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our bylaws and certificate of incorporation could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of the Board and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of Class A Common Stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and so long as Class A Common Stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval prior to the issuance of

175


shares of Class A Common Stock in certain circumstances, including (i) if the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued is, or will be upon issuance, equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance and (ii) if such issuance is to a person considered a Related Party (as defined in Rule 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) solely by virtue of being a substantial security holder of the issuer and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued exceeds five percent of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance.
The Board may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
Our authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and corporate acquisitions. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our Class A Common Stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholders’ stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court of Chancery shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of ours to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (3) any action asserting a claim arising under any provision of the DGCL, Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware or (6) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that, (i) such exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We note that our investors and stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation

176


described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Subscription Agreements, we are obligated to, among other things, register for resale certain securities that are held by the Sponsor, any other parties to the Registration Rights Agreement and the PIPE Investors. Subject to certain exceptions, we will bear all registration expenses under the Registration Rights Agreement. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the terms thereof, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our non-employee directors (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation, and without limiting any separate agreement to between any person and us or any of our subsidiaries, no non-employee director will (i) have any duty to present business opportunities to us or our subsidiaries or (ii) be liable to the us, any of our stockholders or any other person who acquires an interest in our stock, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires a business opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the us or any of our subsidiaries. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of, through his or her service to, or pursuant to a contract with, the Company.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the Company or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL from time to time. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. The DGCL does not permit a corporation to eliminate or limit the liability of a director who has acted in bad faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, knowingly violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director. If, however, the DGCL is amended to permit a corporation to eliminate or limit a director’s liability for any such conduct, then the exculpation provisions in our Certificate of

177


Incorporation will function automatically to eliminate our directors’ personal liability to the Company and its stockholder for such conduct.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We will also be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. In addition, in the event that one of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the Company: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director or officer are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance and indemnify the full amounts to which such director or officer are entitled under our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, without regard to any rights such director or officer may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Section 203 of the DGCL
In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 of the DGCL with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, however, include provisions similar to Section 203 of the DGCL that generally prohibit us from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless (i) such person became an interested stockholder as a result of a transaction approved by the Board (other than the Business Combination), (ii) such person acquired at least 85% of our voting stock (excluding shares owned by our officers and directors and employee stock plans) in the transaction by which such person became an interested stockholder or (iii) such transactions are approved by the Board and the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock (other than such stock owned by the interested stockholder). In general, a

178


person and its affiliates and associates will be an “interested stockholder” under our Certificate of Incorporation if such person (a) holds at least 15% of our voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of ours and (b) held at least 15% of our voting stock at any time during the three-year period preceding the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; however, a person that acquires greater than 15% of our voting stock solely as a result of actions taken by us will not be an interested stockholder unless such person thereafter acquires additional shares of voting stock other than as a result of further corporate action not caused by such person. Further, the foregoing restrictions will not apply if the business combination is with a person who became an interested stockholder as a result of the Business Combination (provided such person does not acquire more than an additional 1% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock after the date of the Closing). As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.
Warrants
Public Stockholders’ Warrants
There are currently outstanding an aggregate of 27,227,000 public warrants, which will entitle the holders of such warrants to acquire our Class A Common Stock.
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the Closing of the Business Combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A Common Stock. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, a holder must have at least three units to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the Closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We are not obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A Common Stock underlying such unit.
We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the Closing, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth business day after the Closing, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective

179


registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if our shares of Class A Common Stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering each such warrant for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of our shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of our shares of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.
Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00.    Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (which we refer to as the “Reference Value”).
We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined below) except as otherwise described below; and

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined above under “Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the

180


exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”).
During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of shares of our Class A Common Stock on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on the volume-weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of the warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the fifth paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the exercise price after such adjustment and the denominator of which is $10.00. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the second paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment less the decrease in the exercise price pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
60 months0.2610.2810.2970.3110.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
57 months0.2570.2770.2940.3100.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
54 months0.2520.2720.2910.3070.3220.3350.3470.3570.361
51 months0.2460.2680.2870.3040.3200.3330.3460.3570.361
48 months0.2410.2630.2830.3010.3170.3320.3440.3560.361
45 months0.2350.2580.2790.2980.3150.3300.3430.3560.361
42 months0.2280.2520.2740.2940.3120.3280.3420.3550.361
39 months0.2210.2460.2690.2900.3090.3250.3400.3540.361
36 months0.2130.2390.2630.2850.3050.3230.3390.3530.361
33 months0.2050.2320.2570.2800.3010.3200.3370.3520.361
30 months0.1960.2240.2500.2740.2970.3160.3350.3510.361
27 months0.1850.2140.2420.2680.2910.3130.3320.3500.361
24 months0.1730.2040.2330.2600.2850.3080.3290.3480.361
21 months0.1610.1930.2230.2520.2790.3040.3260.3470.361
18 months0.1460.1790.2110.2420.2710.2980.3220.3450.361
15 months0.1300.1640.1970.2300.2620.2910.3170.3420.361
12 months0.1110.1460.1810.2160.2500.2820.3120.3390.361
9 months0.0900.1250.1620.1990.2370.2720.3050.3360.361

181


Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
6 months0.0650.0990.1370.1780.2190.2590.2960.3310.361
3 months0.0340.0650.1040.1500.1970.2430.2860.3260.361
0 months0.0420.1150.1790.2330.2810.3230.361
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 shares of Class A Common Stock per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock.
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the shares of Class A Common Stock are trading at or above $10.00 per public share, which may be at a time when the trading price of shares of our Class A Common Stock is below the exercise price of the warrants. Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of October 1, 2020. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so.
No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the holder.
Redemption procedures.   A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-dilution Adjustments.   If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A

182


Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of APSG Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for shares of Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of shares of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our share capital into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the shares of Class A Common Stock during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, , then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter. The warrant agreement provides that no adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant will be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant as last adjusted. Any such adjustments that are not made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All such carried forward adjustments will be made (i) in connection with any subsequent adjustment that (taken together with such carried forward adjustments) would result in a change of at least 1% in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant and (ii) on the exercise date of any warrant.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing entity and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable

183


and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.
The warrants are issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus relating to the APSG IPO, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
The public warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.
Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
Private Placement Warrants
The private placement warrants (including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination (except in limited exceptions) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The private placement warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, the private placement warrants are not exercisable more than five years from October 1, 2020, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsorthe Sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. Our sponsor will be permitted to transfer the private placement warrants held by it to certain permitted transferees, including our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with or related to it, but the transferees receiving such securities will be subject to the same agreements with respect to such securities as the sponsor. Otherwise, these warrants will not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our business combination. The private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees. The private placement warrants may also be exercised by the sponsor and its permitted transferees for cash or on a cashless basis. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering, includingthe APSG IPO. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in the APSG IPO.
If holders of the private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price exercisability and exercise period.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into with our initial shareholders onby surrendering his, her or prior to the closingits warrants for that number of this offering, we may be required to register certain securities for sale under the Securities Act. These holders and holdersshares of warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, are entitled under the registration rights agreement to make up to one demand that we register certain of our securities held by them for sale under the Securities Act and to have the securities covered thereby registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders have the right to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. However, the registration rights agreementClass A Common
 
75184

 
provides that we will not permit any registration statement filedStock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” ​(defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our capital stock is Continental Transfer & Trust Company.
Listing
Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the Securities Act to become effective until the securities covered thereby are released from their lock-up restrictions, as described herein. We will bear the costssymbol “GBTG” and expenses of filing any such registration statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results
As of June 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have not conducted any operations to date.
JOBS Act
The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the independent registered public accounting firm’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,“GBTG.WS,whichever is earlier.respectively.
 
76185

 
PROPOSED BUSINESSSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of June 16, 2022:

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock;

each of our current named executive officers and directors; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Company stock issuable upon exercise of options and warrants currently exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding solely for purposes of calculating the percentage of total voting power of the beneficial owner thereof.
The beneficial ownership of our Common Stock is based on 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock and 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June 16, 2022. The share amounts in the table below do not reflect any redemptions in connection with the Business Combination.
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement” for additional information regarding our relationship with American Express.
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Five Percent Holders
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (3)
162,388,08474.0%162,388,08441.2%36.0%
American Express Company(4)
157,786,19973.5%157,786,19940.0%35.0%
Expedia Group, Inc.(5)
74,274,19856.6%74,274,19818.8%16.5%
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(6)
34,569,38450.0%7.5%
Ares Partners Holdco LLC(7)
8,675,56815.2%1.9%
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund,
LTD(8)
8,200,00014.4%1.8%
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(9)
8,000,00014.0%1.8%
Marshall Wace LLP(10)
6,109,05910.7%1.4%
Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd.(11)
4,696,9818.2%1.0%
Bank of Montreal(12)
4,144,7547.3%*%
Zoom Video Communications, Inc.(13)
4,000,0007.0%*
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Paul Abbott
Andrew George Crawley
Michael Qualantone(14)
1,535,7842.6%*%
James P. Bush
Gloria Guevara Manzo
Eric Hart
Raymond Donald Joabar
Michael Gregory O’Hara
Richard Petrino
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi
Itai Wallach
Susan Ward
Kathleen Winters

186


Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (20 Individuals)(14)
6,304,42510.0%1.4%
*
Less than 1%
(1)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). “Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned” includes the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(2)
The business address of each director and executive officer of GBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10172.
(3)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Juweel is managed by its board of directors. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, WA 98119.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Numbers and percentages include 12,224,134 private placement warrants, which, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is managed by affiliates of Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole member of Holdings GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Marc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and James Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the securities held of record by Sponsor. The address of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed by the Ares Entities (as defined below) with the SEC on June 8, 2022. Consists of 8,675,568 shares of Class A Common Stock. 4,337,784 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., 2,168,891 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and 2,168,893 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. (collectively, the “Ares Holders”). The manager of the Ares Holders is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares

187


Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock owned by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., respectively. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., each with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares of Class A Common Stock. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(8)
HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(9)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(10)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022 by Marshall Wace LLP. The business address of Marshall Wace LLP is George House, 131 Sloane Street, London, SW1X 9AT, UK.
(11)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on May 2, 2022 by Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd., Empyrean Capital Partners, LP and Amos Meron, each of which shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the reported shares shown above. The business address of such parties is c/o Empyrean Capital Partners, LP, 10250 Constellation Boulevard, Suite 2950, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(12)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 15, 2022 by Bank of Montreal. The business address of Bank of Montreal is 100 King Street West, 21st Floor, Toronto, M5X 1A1, Ontario, Canada.
(13)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Shares consist of vested and unvested GBTG Options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date of this prospectus.

188


U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary is a discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants, which we refer to collectively as our securities. This section applies only to holders that hold our securities as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment).
This section is general in nature and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s circumstances or status, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to a holder subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions;

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

insurance companies;

dealers or traders subject to a mark-to-market method of tax accounting with respect to our securities;

persons holding our securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction, or persons deemed to sell our securities under constructive sale provisions of the Code;

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities;

holders who are controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

persons who acquired our securities through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services;

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our common stock;

U.S. holders that hold our securities through a non-U.S. broker or other non-U.S. intermediary;

persons who are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

persons that are subject to “applicable financial statement rules” under Section 451(b) of the Code;

tax-exempt entities; or

the Sponsor or its affiliates.
This discussion is based on the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein (possibly with retroactive effect).
This discussion does not take into account proposed changes in such tax laws and does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as estate or gift tax consequences, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on investment income). Each of the foregoing is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. You should consult your tax advisors with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
We have not and do not intend to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service regarding any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not take positions that are inconsistent with the discussion below or that any such positions would not be sustained by a court.

189


If a partnership (or any entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner of such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding any of our securities and persons that are treated as partners of such partnerships should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our securities.
THE FOLLOWING IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. ALL PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our securities who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “United States persons” ​(within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has validly elected to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Taxation of Distributions
OverviewIf we pay distributions in cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in Class A Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described under “— U.S. holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below.
Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder will generally constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum preferential tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains.
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a U.S. holder of Warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants) as a result of a distribution

190


of cash or other property, such as other securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such U.S. holders as described under “— U.S. holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if such U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash. Generally, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrant would be increased to the extent any such constructive distribution is treated as a dividend.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the share of Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant will generally be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant and the exercise price of such warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; however, in either case the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a “recapitalization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. Although we expect a U.S. holder’s cashless exercise of our warrants (including after we provide notice of our intent to redeem warrants for cash) to be treated as a recapitalization, a cashless exercise could alternatively be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized.
In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would generally equal the holder’s tax basis in the warrant exercised. If a cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the following day. If, however, a cashless exercise is treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A Common Stock would include the holding period of the warrant.
If a cashless exercise is treated as a taxable exchange, a U.S. holder could be deemed to have surrendered a number of warrants having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in such warrants. Such gain or loss would be long-term or short-term depending on the U.S. holder’s holding period in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would equal the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrants exercised and the exercise price of such warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Warrant.

191


Because of the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Class A Common Stock received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.
If we redeem Warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants” or if we purchase Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. holder, taxed as described above under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Non-U.S. Holders
The following describes U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder. A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a non-resident alien individual;

a foreign corporation; or

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
Taxation of Distributions
In general, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a non-U.S. holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). In the case of any constructive dividend, it is possible that this tax would be withheld from any amount owed to a non-U.S. holder by the applicable withholding agent, including cash distributions on other property or sale proceeds from warrants or other property subsequently paid or credited to such holder. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of Class A Common Stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock, which will be treated as described under “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below. In addition, if we determine that we are classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(see “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below), we will withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and if a tax treaty applies are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to U.S. holders. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, dividends that are effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as

192


discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a non-U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants), including as a result of a distribution of cash or other property, such as securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such non-U.S. holders as described under “— Non-U.S. holders —  Taxation of Distributions” above. A non-U.S. holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding under that section in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash.
Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the non-U.S. holder);

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

GBTG is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, and either (i) GBTG’s Class A Common Stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market or (ii) the non-U.S. holder has owned or is deemed to have owned under constructive ownership rules, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of GBTG’s Class A Common Stock.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in addition, a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point that is a foreign corporation will be subject to U.S. federal “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate) on such non-U.S. holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments). Any gain of a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses during the taxable year of the disposition) generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate). If you are such an individual, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the third bullet point above that is recognized by such non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants generally will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of such Class A Common Stock or warrants from a non-U.S. holder may be required to withhold U.S. income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such disposition unless our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and such non-U.S. holder did not actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock at any time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the date of the sale or disposition and (b) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period in such stock. We anticipate that our Class A Common Stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering. However, no assurance can be given in this regard and no assurance can be given that our Class A Common Stock will remain regularly traded in the future. GBTG will generally be classified as a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax

193


purposes. GBTG does not expect to be classified as a USRPHC. However, such determination is factual in nature and subject to change, and no assurance can be provided as to whether GBTG is or will be a USRPHC with respect to a non-U.S. holder at any future time.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the exercise, lapse or redemption of a non-U.S. holder’s warrant will generally correspond to the characterization described under “— U.S. holders — Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise or redemption results in a taxable exchange, the tax consequences to the non-U.S. holder would be similar to those described above in “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to Class A Common Stock and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of Class A Common Stock or warrants may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status.
A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting (other than with respect to dividends) and backup withholding by providing certification of its non-U.S. status on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, set forth in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, foreign financial institutions (which include hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds and any other investment vehicles regardless of their size) must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or bear a withholding tax on certain payments made to them (including such payments made to them in their capacity as intermediaries). Generally, if a foreign financial institution or certain other foreign entity does not comply with these reporting requirements, “withholdable payments” to the noncomplying entity will be subject to a 30% withholding tax. For this purpose, withholdable payments include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax and, subject to the discussion of the proposed Treasury Regulations below, the entire gross proceeds from the sale of certain equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. This withholding tax will apply to a non-compliant foreign financial institution regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident withholding tax.
Withholding under Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) will generally apply to payments of dividends on Class A Common Stock to foreign financial institutions that are not in compliance with FATCA. The U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or disposition of equity interests. In its preamble to the proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.
Similar withholding requirements to the foregoing apply to dividends on and, subject to the proposed regulations, gross proceeds from the sale of, Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn be required to provide to the Secretary of the Treasury.

194


If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding these rules and whether they may be relevant to such non-U.S. holder’s ownership and disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have entered into intergovernmental agreements with the United States in connection with FATCA may be subject to different rules.

195


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering the issuance by us of up to 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the public warrants and private placement warrants. We are also registering for resale by the Selling Securityholders (i) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants.
Except as set forth in any applicable agreement providing registration rights, the Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in connection with disposing of the securities. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.
The securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders. The term “Selling Securityholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors in interest selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Securityholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at prices and under terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price or in negotiated transactions. Each Selling Securityholder reserves the right to accept and, together with its respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents. The Selling Securityholders and any of their permitted transferees may sell their securities offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. If underwriters are used in the sale, such underwriters will acquire the shares for their own account. These sales may be at a fixed price or varying prices, which may be changed, or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices relating to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The securities may be offered to the public through underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters or by underwriters without a syndicate. The obligations of the underwriters to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions. The underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the securities offered if any of the securities are purchased.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the securities offered by this prospectus:

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of NYSE;

through trading plans entered into by a Selling Securityholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;

to or through underwriters or broker-dealers;

at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

directly to purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

in options transactions;

196



through a combination of any of the above methods of sale; or

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.
The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by a Selling Securityholder that a donee, pledgee, transferee, other successor-in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a Selling Securityholder.
With respect to a particular offering of the securities held by the Selling Securityholders, to the extent required, an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, will be prepared and will set forth the following information:

the specific securities to be offered and sold;

the names of the Selling Securityholders;

the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the proceeds to be received from the sale, if any, and other material terms of the offering;

the names of any participating agents, broker-dealers or underwriters; and

any applicable commissions, discounts, concessions and other items constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders.
In connection with distributions of the securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions. In connection with such transactions, broker-dealers or other financial institutions may engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume with Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may also sell the securities short and redeliver the securities to close out such short positions. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The Selling Securityholders may also pledge securities to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, and, upon a default, such broker-dealer or other financial institution, may effect sales of the pledged securities pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
In order to facilitate the offering of the securities, any underwriters or agents, as the case may be, involved in the offering of such securities may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may overallot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in our securities for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of our securities, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may bid for, and purchase, such securities in the open market. Finally, in any offering of securities through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allotted to an underwriter or a broker-dealer for distributing such securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters or agents, as the case may be, are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Selling Securityholders may solicit offers to purchase the securities directly from, and they may sell such securities directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be

197


involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our securities. Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.
The Selling Securityholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Securityholders pay for solicitation of these contracts.
A Selling Securityholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Securityholder or borrowed from any Selling Securityholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Securityholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Securityholder may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.
In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the Selling Securityholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate. Broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions, discounts or concessions from the Selling Securityholders in amounts to be negotiated immediately prior to the sale.
In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

198


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
We have 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of July 18, 2022. All of the 20,420,250 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and the Insiders are restricted securities, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of the 32,350,000 PIPE Securities we issued to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the Subscription Agreements are also restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part registers for resale all of the Founder Shares and PIPE Securities, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement or applicable Subscription Agreements.
Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, we have 39,451,134 warrants issued and outstanding, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants originally sold as part of the units issued in the APSG IPO and 12,224,134 private placement warrants that were sold by APSG to the Sponsor in a private placement prior to the APSG IPO. Each warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The public warrants are freely tradable. In addition, we have filed the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part under the Securities Act covering the 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the warrants and resales by the holders of the 12,234,134 warrants, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration or redemption of the warrants.
We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of our shares and warrants or the availability of our shares and warrants for sale will have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock or warrants in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Rule 144
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.
Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding; or

the average weekly reported trading volume of Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

199



the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company (“Form 10 information”).
Following the consummation of the Business Combination we are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.
As a result, the Sponsor and the Insiders will be able to sell their Founder Shares and private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information with the SEC. Similarly, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will be able to sell the Class A Common Stock they receive upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with certain agreements related to the Business Combination, certain Selling Securityholders who received Founder Shares, GBTG Options, MIP Options, GBT B Ordinary Shares, Class B Common Stock, earnout shares and any shares of Class A Common Stock into which such stock and shares are converted are subject to a post-Closing lock-up until the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date. The PIPE Securities will not be subject to a post-Closing lock-up period.

200


LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of the Class A Common Stock and warrants covered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of GBT JerseyCo Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of Egencia at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years then ended, appearing in this registration statement and related Preliminary Prospectus of Global Business Travel Group, Inc. have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever reference is made in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the annexes to the prospectus and the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The information found on, or that can be accessed from or that is hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement through the SEC’s website, as provided herein.

201


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-24
F-28
F-29
F-30
F-31
F-32
GBT JerseyCo Limited
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-50
F-52
F-53
F-54
F-55
F-56
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-75
F-76
F-78
F-79
F-80
F-82
F-83

F-1


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.).
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash$80,242$161,277
Prepaid expenses336,193495,915
Total current assets416,435657,192
Investments held in Trust Account817,678,426817,356,537
Total assets$818,094,861$818,013,729
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued offering costs$5,594,897$6,560,426
Advances from related party4,258,5892,040,211
Note payable – Sponsor5,800,0005,800,000
Total current liabilities15,653,48614,400,637
Derivative warrant liabilities60,098,28555,943,533
Deferred underwriting compensation28,588,35028,588,350
Total liabilities104,340,12198,932,520
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Temporary Equity:
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 81,681,000 shares (at $10.00 per share) as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021816,810,000816,810,000
Shareholders’ deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.00005 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding excluding the shares subject to possible redemption
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares
authorized, 20,420,250 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31,
2022 and December 31, 2021
1,0211,021
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit(103,056,281)(97,729,812)
Total shareholders’ deficit(103,055,260)(97,728,791)
Total liabilities, temporary equity and shareholders’ deficit$818,094,861$818,013,729
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-3


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
REVENUE$$
EXPENSES
Administrative fee – related party50,00150,647
General and administrative1,441,5674,592,167
TOTAL EXPENSES1,491,5684,642,814
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Investment income from Trust Account321,889141,517
Interest expense(2,038)(615)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(4,154,752)24,785,058
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)(3,834,901)24,925,960
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted81,681,00081,681,000
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class A ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
Weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted20,420,25020,420,250
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class B ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-4


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$ —$(97,729,812)$(97,728,791)
Net loss(5,326,469)(5,326,469)
Balance as of March 31, 202220,420,250$1,021$$(103,056,281)$(103,055,260)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202020,420,250$1,021$ —$(103,929,702)$(103,928,681)
Net income20,283,14620,283,146
Balance as of March 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$$(83,646,556)$(83,645,535)
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-5


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Investment income earned on investment held in Trust Account(321,889)(141,517)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities4,154,752(24,785,058)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses159,722150,174
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(965,529)4,138,691
Advances from Related Parties2,218,378
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities(81,035)(354,564)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from Sponsor note800,000
Repayment of advances from Sponsor(371,767)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities428,233
Net change in cash(81,035)73,669
Cash at beginning of period161,277257,872
Cash at end of period$80,242$331,541
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-6


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN
Organizational and General
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.) (the “Company”) was initially incorporated in Cayman Islands incorporated and exempted blank check companyon October 10, 2008 under the name of APH III (Sub I), Ltd. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses which we refer(the “Initial Business Combination”). On August 6, 2020, the Company formally changed its name to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, engaged in any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target with respect to an initial business combination with us.
Apollo Strategic Growth CapitalCapital.
At March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 10, 2008 through March 31, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) described below and search for a target company. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the net proceeds derived from the Public Offering.
Sponsor and Public Offering
On October 6, 2020, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 75,000,000 units, $0.00005 par value at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) generating gross proceeds of $750,000,000 which is described in Note 4. APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (the “Sponsor”), purchased an affiliateaggregate of Apollo. Founded11,333,334 private placement warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant, or approximately $17,000,000 in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative investment manager with approximately $414 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020. Apollo operates its three primary business segments, private equity, credit and real assets,the aggregate, in a fully integrated mannerprivate placement simultaneously with no information barriers. This integrated model provides Apollo investment professionalsthe closing of the Public Offering. Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the private placement on October 6, 2020, $750,000,000 was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) (discussed below). Transaction costs amounted to $41,389,428 consisting of $15,000,000 of underwriting fees, $26,250,000 of deferred underwriting fees payable (which are held in Trust Account with differentiated industryContinental Stock Transfer and market insights,Trust Company acting as each investment business line drawstrustee) and $139,428 of Public Offering costs. These costs were charged to temporary equity upon completion of the Public Offering. As described in Note 4, the $26,250,000 deferred underwriting fee payable is contingent upon the intellectual capitalconsummation of an Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022 (or by January 6, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for the Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022) (the “Completion Window”). In addition, $2,344,508 of costs were allocated to the Public Warrants and experience from others, which Apollo believes isPrivate Placement Warrants and were included in the statement of operations as a significant competitive advantage and is distinct fromcomponent of other alternative investment managers.income/(expense).
Apollo’s private equity segment (approximately $73 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) manages funds that focus on corporate private equity and provide capital solutions across industries and geographies. Apollo’s flagship private equity funds pursue a value-oriented, contrarian approach, investing acrossOn November 10, 2020, the capital structure with a focus on three primary pathways to capture value: opportunistic buyouts, corporate carve-outs and distressed-for-control investments. Since inception, Apollo’s flagship private equity funds have invested more than $64 billion of fund capital across over 170 portfolio companies, representing more than $250 billion of enterprise value inCompany consummated the aggregate. Apollo’s flagship private equity funds have consistently produced attractive returns, having generated a gross IRR of 39% (24% net IRR)4 on a compound annual basis from inception through June 30, 2020. Apollo’s credit segment (approximately $300 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) is debt-focused and primarily deploys capital across corporate credit and structured credit in non-control scenarios; it also directly lends and originates loans on a global basis in large, established corporations. Apollo’s real assets segment (approximately $40 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2020) primarily invests in assets across hospitality, office, industrial, retail, healthcare, residential and non-performing loans in the United States, Europe and Asia.
Apollo is led by its Managing Partners, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, who have worked together for over 33 years and who remain involved in Apollo’s strategic leadership, as well as Scott Kleinman and Jim Zelter, Co-Presidents of Apollo Global Managment, Inc. who share oversight for all of Apollo’s revenue-generating and investing businesses. Together they lead a team of over 1,500 employees across 15
4
Represents returns of traditional Apollo private equity funds since inception in 1990 through June 30, 2020. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Gross IRR represents the cumulative investment-related cash flows (i) for a given investment for the fund or funds which made such investment, and (ii) for a given fund, in the relevant fund itself (and not any one investor in the fund), in each case, on the basisclosing of the actual timingsale of investment inflows and outflows (for unrealized investments assuming disposition on June 30, 2020 or other date specified) aggregated on6,681,000 additional Units at a gross basis quarterly, and the return is annualized and compounded before management fees, performance fees and certain other expenses (including interest incurred by the fund itself) and measures the returns on the fund’s investments as a whole without regard to whether allprice of $10 per unit upon receiving notice of the returns would, if distributed, be payableunderwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option (“Overallotment Units”), generating additional gross proceeds of $66,810,000 and incurred additional offering costs of $3,674,550 in underwriting fees. Simultaneously with the exercise of the overallotment, the Company consummated the Private Placement of an additional 890,800 Private Placement Warrants to the fund’s investors. In addition,Sponsor, generating gross IRRs atproceeds of $1,336,200. Of the fund level will differ from those atadditional $3,674,550 in underwriting fees, $2,338,350 is deferred until the individual investor level ascompletion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination. As a result of among other factors, timing of investor-level inflows and outflows. Gross IRR does not represent the returnunderwriters’ election to any fund investor. Net IRR meanspartially exercise their overallotment option, 1,142,250 Founder Shares were forfeited.
The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the Gross IRR applicable toPublic Offering, the Private Placement, debt or a fund, including returns for related parties which may not pay fees or performance fees, net of management fees, certain expenses (including interest incurred or earned by the fund itself) and realized performance fees all offset to the extent of interest income, and measures returns at the fund level on amounts that, if distributed, would be paid to investorscombination of the fund. The timing of cash flows applicable to investments, management fees and certain expenses, may be adjusted for the usage of a fund’s subscription facility. To the extent that a fund exceeds all requirements detailed within the applicable fund agreement, the estimated unrealized value is adjusted such that a percentage of up to 20.0% of the unrealized gain is allocated to the general partner of such fund, thereby reducing the balance attributable to fund investors. In addition, net IRR at the fund level will differ from that at the individual investor level as a result of, among other factors, timing of investor-level inflows and outflows. Net IRR does not represent the return to any fund investor.
foregoing.
 
77F-7

 
officesTrust Account
The proceeds held in New York, Los Angeles, San Diego, Houston, Bethesda, London, Frankfurt, Madrid, Luxembourg, Mumbai, Delhi, Singapore, Hong Kong, Shanghaithe Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and Tokyo (asthat invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of June 30, 2020).(i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. At March 31, 2022, the proceeds of the Public Offering were held in U.S. government securities, as specified above.
Apollo hasThe Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay its tax obligations (the “Permitted Withdrawals”), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares included in the Units (the “Public Shares”) sold in the Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a long historyshareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of extending its platform outsideassociation to affect the substance or timing of its existing investment fundsobligation to diversify into areas with meaningful synergy with its core businesses. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital broadens Apollo’s investment mandate, allowingredeem 100% of such Public Shares if it has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within the platformCompletion Window, or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to pursue new opportunities that leverage Apollo’s significant experience in building and accelerating growth in businesses across diverse industries. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will seek to invest in more growth-oriented businesses that stand to benefit from being publiccomplete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. The proceeds deposited in the acceleration of their value-creation strategies. We believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will come across a considerable number of potential investment opportunities sourced through our management team’s network of existing relationships and through existing deal flow within Apollo’s infrastructure today that currently lacks a natural repository within the Apollo platform. Our very targeted investment approach has a clear delineation relative to that of other investment funds within Apollo.
As an extension of Apollo’s integrated platform, Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will benefit from Apollo’s diverse investment experience. We believe the association with the Apollo platform will enable Apollo Strategic Growth Capital to (i) source a greater number and a more differentiated set of business combination opportunities, (ii) utilize Apollo’s pre-existing executive relationships and institutional knowledge in due diligence, (iii) more successfully implement value creation strategies and initiatives to accelerate growth following a business combination, and (iv) better optimize our capital structure and more easily raise any required incremental capital to support any potential go-forward needs following a business combination.
With respectTrust Account could become subject to the foregoing examples, past performance of Apollo and the Apollo Funds is not a guarantee either (i) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (ii) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of Apollo’s, the Apollo Funds’ or our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. An investment in us is not an investment in the Apollo Funds.
Sanjay Patel serves as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors. Mr. Patel has over 35 years of investment and transactional experience in private equity and is currently Chairman International and Senior Partner of Private Equity at Apollo, with responsibility for helping to build and develop Apollo’s international businesses. Mr. Patel is also a member of Apollo’s Management Committee and Investment Committees and was formerly Head of Europe and managing partner of Apollo European Principal Finance. Mr. Patel joined Apollo in 2010 as Head of International Private Equity; prior to this, he was a partner at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he was co-head of European and Indian Private Equity for the Principal Investment Area (PIA) and previously also served as President of Greenwich Street Capital. Mr. Patel currently serves on the board of directors of Tegra Apparel.
Scott Kleinman serves as our Executive Chairman. Mr. Kleinman is a member of Apollo’s Executive Committee and is Co-President of Apollo Global Management, sharing responsibility for all of Apollo’s revenue-generating and investing businesses across its integrated alternative investment platform. Mr. Kleinman, who focuses on Apollo’s equity and opportunistic businesses as well as its financial institutions and insurance activities, joined Apollo in 1996, and in 2009 he was named Lead Partner for Private Equity. Mr. Kleinman currently serves on the board of directors of Athene Holding Ltd.
Business Strategy
Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, further accelerate the growth of a company in the public markets. Our team has a history of executing transactions in multiple geographies and under varying economic and financial market conditions. Although we may pursue an acquisition in a number of industries or geographies, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team and the broader Apollo platform where we believe a combination of our relationships, knowledge and experience across industries can effect a positive transformation or augmentation of an existing business.

78


Specifically, we believe the following characteristics can help us identify an opportunity and allow for a successful transaction:

Apollo’s Proprietary Sourcing Engine:   We believe Apollo’s integrated platform and its established network of relationships have been critical to generating differentiated and proprietary investment ideas, allowing Apollo to successfully deploy capital across various asset classes and market environments. Apollo has a bench of more than 500 investment professionals across North America, Europe, and Asia, with broad industry coverage. We believe management teams seek to work with Apollo’s private equity business because of its ability to quickly understand business models, structure flexible solutions and offer operational expertise; over 60% of Apollo’s private equity investments since inception have been proprietary in nature. Likewise, we believe Apollo’s credit business is recognized as a preferred capital provider due to its ability to move quickly and provide large commitments with high certainty. We believe a considerable number of potential investment opportunities that would fit our mandate are already being sourced through the Apollo platform, but currently lack a natural home within the infrastructure.

Opportunity to Accelerate and Support Growth:   Apollo has significant experience accelerating and investing behind growth as a core value creation lever. This approach has come in numerous forms: investing in the incubation of a new technology (Hughes Telematics); building and launching a new platform (Sirius Satellite Radio); acquiring a high-growth target through an existing portfolio company (Playtika); seeding upfront costs to expand a company into a new business line (National Cinemedia); accelerating high-ROI investments in a portfolio company (ecoATM); materially expanding an existing platform and footprint (Sprouts Farmers Market); completing large-scale acquisitions to drive consolidation (Unitymedia); and repositioning a company’s go-to-market strategy (Hostess Brands). We believe Apollo’s experience in accelerating and supporting growth within its funds’ portfolio companies will enable Apollo Strategic Growth Capital to identify and unlock value in targets with strong growth potential that are at the right stage in their life cycle to be listed in the public markets.

Extensive Industry & Public Markets Expertise:   Over the past 30+ years, through ownership of over 170 portfolio companies by Apollo Funds, Apollo has developed deep expertise and relationships with operating partners across a variety of sectors, including financial services; business and healthcare services; consumer services; chemicals; natural resources; consumer and retail; gaming and leisure; manufacturing and industrial; and media, telecom and technology. By leveraging this industry expertise, we believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital is better positioned to understand key trends, assess areas of revenue and margin upside, detect potential risks and structure transactions to maximize the potential for value creation. Apollo’s private equity funds also have had a strong history of helping companies successfully transition to public ownership. As an example, in November 2016, Apollo helped take Hostess Brands public via a SPAC transaction.

Apollo’s Differentiated “Playbook” of Driving Value Creation:   The members of our team and their affiliates have extensive experience in working closely with board members and management teams to execute a holistic approach to value creation. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will have the ability to leverage APPS, Apollo’s in-house team dedicated to engaging with and driving impact at portfolio companies through operational improvements and transformational initiatives based on Apollo’s institutionalized best practices. APPS is adept at working with Apollo Funds’ portfolio companies to implement cost and working capital efficiencies, build stronger businesses through mergers and acquisitions, identify and recruit leading management teams and leverage technology and advanced analytics to maximize financial impact. Woven into the fabric of Apollo’s culture and approach is a commitment to recognize and realize the full value of environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors.

Capital Structure Optimization and Capital Support:   We believe Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will benefit from Apollo’s leading financing and capital markets expertise as oneclaims of the largest participants inCompany’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the leveraged finance market. Apollo has a long history of assisting its funds’ portfolio companies in structuring capital structures to maintain financial and operational flexibility, allowing for maximum value creation. Apollo’s credit business is oneclaims of the largest alternative credit managers in the industry, with an ability to support high-quality companies by investing into existingCompany’s public shareholders.

79


capital structures, as well as by offering capital support in large size. As an example, Apollo Funds recently provided a direct financing to Airbnb in April 2020. Given this significant capital markets presence, Apollo maintains strong relationships with investment banks, institutional buyers of debt securities, and alternative sources of capital. Since 2016, Apollo has directly placed over $10 billion of financing for its funds’ portfolio companies.
Acquisition Criteria
Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets for our initial business combination. We will leverage these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire target businesses that we believe:

are leading companies that have exhibited positive top-line growth and/or are experiencing secular tailwinds;

have defensible and established business models, with sustainable competitive advantages and multiple avenues for growth;

can potentially benefit from having a public currency to accelerate growth trajectory;

can benefit from our management team and Apollo’s operating expertise, industry network and financing experience;

are not reliant on financial leverage to generate returns;

are at the point in their lifecycle at which going public is a natural next step; and

will offer an attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders.
We do not intend to pursue an acquisition in the natural resources or energy industries, including the upstream, midstream and energy services sub-sectors.
These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials that we would file with the SEC.
Initial Business CombinationMANAGEMENT
The rulesfollowing sets forth certain information, as of the NYSE require that we must consummatedate of this prospectus, concerning the persons who serve as our initial business combination with onedirectors and executive officers. There are no family relationships among the executive officers or more operating businessesbetween any executive officer or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% ofdirector. All executive officers are appointed by the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions held in trust) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will maketo serve in their roles. Each executive officer is appointed for such term as may be prescribed by the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market valueor until a successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal.
Board of Directors
The table below lists each of our initialdirectors and each such person’s age as of the date of this prospectus.
NamePositionAge
Paul AbbottDirector53
James P. BushDirector64
Gloria Guevara ManzoDirector54
Eric HartDirector46
Raymond Donald JoabarDirector56
Michael Gregory (Greg) O’HaraDirector56
Richard PetrinoDirector54
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-SowaidiDirector40
Itai WallachDirector34
Susan WardDirector61
Kathleen WintersDirector54
Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara served as the Chairman of GBT since June 2014 and has served as the Chairman of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. O’Hara is the Founder and Senior Managing Director of Certares, a firm that invests in the travel, tourism and hospitality sectors, and co-founder of GO Acquisition Corp. Prior to forming Certares, Mr. O’Hara served as Chief Investment Officer of JPMorgan Chase’s Special Investments Group (“JPM SIG”). Prior to this role at JPM SIG, Mr. O’Hara was a Managing Director of One Equity Partners (“OEP”), the private equity arm of JPMorgan. Before joining OEP in 2005, he served as Executive Vice President of Worldspan and was a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. O’Hara is the Chairperson of Hertz Global Holdings and Vice Chairman of Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings and serves on the Boards of Directors of Certares Holdings, CK Opportunities Fund, Certares Real Estate Holdings, Hertz Global Holdings (Nasdaq: HTZ) Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings (Nasdaq: LTRPA) and Tripadvisor (Nasdaq: TRIP), Singer Vehicle Design and World Travel & Tourism Council.
James P. Bush joined the GBT Board in January 2020 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Bush joined American Express in 1987 and served various marketing, customer service and operations roles before becoming EVP and General Manager of the new Strategic Alliances Group in 2000. Before retiring from American Express in 2018, Mr. Bush served as a Senior Advisor to the new CEO, with a special focus on growth opportunities in Asia. In his most recent profit and loss role from 2015 to 2018, Mr. Bush was President, Global Network and International Card Services, responsible for all consumer business combination, we will obtain an opinionoutside the U.S. and all global bank partnerships. As EVP, World Service from an independent investment banking firm which2009 to 2015 and EVP, US Service Delivery from 2005 to 2009, Mr. Bush led customer care as well as global operations, card processing and credit and fraud management. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Bush was the Regional President, Japan/Asia Pacific/Australia. Mr. Bush is a member of the Global Policy Forum at Penn State University, the Board of Trustees and the President’s Council at Valley Health System in New Jersey, the Corporate Board of Jupiter Medical Center in Jupiter, Florida and the Board of Trustees of Rider University. Mr. Bush previously served on the board of Webster Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.Corporation. Mr. Bush received his B.S. in Accounting from Rider University.
We may pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with our sponsor, Apollo, or one or more of its affiliates, one or more Apollo Funds and/or investors in the Apollo Funds, which we refer toEric Hart has served as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the timea member of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceedsBoard since May 27, 2022. Mr. Hart is the Chief Financial Officer at Expedia Group. Prior to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Any such issuance of equity or equity-linked securities would, on a fully diluted basis, reduce the percentage ownership of our then-existing shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B ordinary shares,this role, Mr. Hart acted as Chief Strategy Officer where he was responsible
 
80142

 
issuances or deemed issuancesfor Expedia Group strategy and business development as well as global M&A and investments. In his over 10 years with Expedia Group, Mr. Hart was most recently the General Manager of Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities would result in an adjustmentCarRentals.com. Prior to his role as General Manager, Mr. Hart led corporate strategy for the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares such that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20%company, leading some of the sumcompany’s largest acquisitions. Prior to joining Expedia Group, Mr. Hart spent time as a Vice President at Lake Capital, a Project Leader at Boston Consulting Group, and a Consultant at Accenture. Hart holds a bachelor’s degree from Georgia State University and a Master’s in Business Administration from University of Chicago Booth School of Business.
Raymond Donald Joabar joined the total numberGBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a member of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completionour Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Joabar joined American Express in 1992 and has served in a wide variety of senior roles. Mr. Joabar is Group President of American Express’ Global Merchant & Network Services (“GMNS”) organization. In this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connectionposition, he leads the team that oversees relationships with the business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller inmillions of merchants around the business combination), unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to such issuance or deemed issuance at the time thereof. Neither our sponsor nor Apollo, nor any of their respective affiliates, have an obligation to make any such investment, and may compete with us for potential business combinations.
We anticipate structuring our initial business combination soworld that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisitionaccept American Express, as described above. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% of net assets test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses togetherwell as the initial business combination for seeking shareholder approval or for purposes of a tender offer, as applicable.
Our Acquisition Process
In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a rigorous due diligence review of issuesteam that we deem important to validating a company’s business quality and assessing growth and value creation opportunities, allowing our management team to price returns relative to potential risks appropriately. This review may encompass, among other things, research related to the company’s industry, markets, products, services and competitors, meetings with incumbent management and employees, on-site visits and a review of financial and other information which will be made available to us. Our approach to the acquisition process will be centered around leveraging Apollo’s existingruns American Express’ payment network and knowledge base across its integrated platform and our management team’s operational and capital allocation expertise to target high-quality, established businesses where we see multiple opportunities for continued organic and strategic growth.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm whichmanages bank partnerships globally. Mr. Joabar is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firmthe American Express Executive Committee, which is responsible for developing the company’s strategic direction and determining key policies affecting the company overall. Prior to his role as Group President, GMNS, Mr. Joabar served as Chief Risk Officer of American Express and American Express National Bank from September 2019 to May 2021. As Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Joabar was responsible for developing American Express’ and the American Express National Bank’s risk appetite, ensuring safety and soundness, and strengthening the control and compliance environment. Prior to this, Mr. Joabar served as President of the International Consumer Services and Global Travel and Lifestyle Services group at American Express, where he helped lead the development of the country-by-country strategy that our initial business combination is fairled to our companyaccelerated growth in the company’s top strategic international markets. Mr. Joabar received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan and his MBA from Manchester Business School. He currently serves on the boards of the Lincoln Center Theatre and the American Associates of the National Theatre.
Richard Petrino joined the GBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a financial point of view.
Apollo, membersmember of our managementBoard since May 27, 2022. Mr. Petrino is COO of American Express National Bank (“AENB”) and a member of the AENB Board of Directors and American Express’ Executive Committee. In this role, Mr. Petrino is responsible for the administration of programs and services provided by AENB in partnership with the CEO and other executive officers of AENB. Prior to his role as COO, Mr. Petrino served as Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller of American Express. Over his 25+ year career at American Express, Mr. Petrino served in various roles of increasing responsibility in both the Finance and Risk Management organizations. These roles included American Express Chief Operational Risk Officer as well as SVP of Corporate Planning and Investor Relations. Prior to joining American Express, Mr. Petrino worked in the Controllers Group at CS First Boston and in the Audit Group at KPMG. Mr. Petrino received his degree in Accounting from Lehigh University and his MBA from NYU. He is also a CPA.
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi joined the GBT Board in June 2014 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is the Chief Investment Officer — North and South Americas, for the Qatar Investment Authority, where he leads QIA’s investments across various asset classes in the Americas region. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is also a member of the QIA executive committee. Mr. Al-Sowaidi was President — Qatar Investment Authority US Office, in New York for the period 2015-2020, where Mr. Al-Sowaidi established QIA’s office in the United States, which office hosts an investment team that supports QIA to become a significant investor in the US. Mr. Al-Sowadi joined QIA in 2010 and has held multiple roles, such as Portfolio Manager for the TMT Portfolio, Industrial Portfolio and Head of the Private Equity Funds Portfolio. Before joining QIA, Mr. Al-Sowaidi was a Director, Corporate Banking at Masraf Al-Rayan covering the Government and Real Estate Sectors from 2006-2010 and Financial Analyst at ExxonMobil Treasury in Qatar from 2004-2006. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is a CFA Charterholder, 2013 and obtained his MBA from the TRIUM Program in 2018. Mr. Al-Sowaidi holds double major Bachelor’s Degrees in Statistics and Finance from the University of Missouri Columbia.
Susan Ward joined the GBT Board in September 20, 2021 and has served as a member of our independentBoard since May 27, 2022. Ms. Ward currently serves on the board of directors may directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants following this offeringof Saia, Inc. (Nasdaq: SAIA) and accordingly, may haveEcovyst Inc. (NYSE: ECVT). Ms. Ward is the retired Chief Accounting Officer of UPS with her career spanning more than 25 years. At UPS, she held a variety of roles within Finance & Accounting as well as Operations. Her experience includes Corporate Finance, Mergers & Acquisitions, Global Risk Management,
 
81143

 
conflictPension Investments, External Reporting, Corporate Accounting, and Internal Audit. Ms. Ward’s experience also includes P&L responsibility for a U.S. small package operation and the design and execution of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business withglobal finance and accounting functional transformation, which was targeted to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officerssave annually through technology enabled solutions such as data analytics, artificial intelligence and directors may have a conflict of interest with respectrobotics. Prior to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target businessjoining UPS, Ms. Ward served as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.Senior Manager at Ernst & Young in both New York City and Atlanta where her industry experience included real estate, telecommunications and entrepreneurial businesses. Ms. Ward received her Bachelors in Accounting from St. Bonaventure University and her MBA in Finance from Fordham University. Ms. Ward also attended the Leadership and Strategic Impact Executive Program at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Ms. Ward is a Certified Public Accountant.
We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor consideredGloria Guevara Manzo has served as a target business for our initial business combination. All of the members of our management team are also employed by Apollo. Apollo is continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a business combination transaction. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.
Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Certain members of our management team and directors who are affiliated with Apollo have fiduciary duties or are subject to contractual obligations or policies and procedures that require them to present business opportunities that may be appropriate for one or more Apollo Funds to the respective investment committees of such funds prior to presenting such opportunities to us regardless of the capacity in which they are made aware of such opportunities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity, including an Apollo entity, to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such other entity. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledgeBoard since May 27, 2022. Ms. Guevara Manzo has served as Chief Special Advisor for the Ministry of Tourism of Saudi Arabia since May 2021. Prior to joining the Ministry of Tourism of Saudi Arabia, Ms. Guevara Manzo was President and we will waive any claim or causeCEO of action we may havethe World Travel & Tourism Council (“WTCC”), the body that represents global private travel and tourism worldwide, from August 2017 to May 2021. Ms. Guevara Manzo began her career at NCR Corp in respect thereof. In addition, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us1989 and in the target businesstravel industry in 1995 working at Sabre Travel Network and Sabre Holdings. Ms. Guevara Manzo later served as CEO of JV Sabre Mexico, reporting to a board of directors from Aeromexico, Mexicana, and Sabre Holdings. In March 2010, Ms. Guevara Manzo was appointed by President Felipe Calderon as Secretary of Tourism for Mexico, and in addition, was given the full responsibility of the Mexican Tourism Board. Ms. Guevara Manzo formerly served on the boards of HSBC Mexico, Playa Hotels & Resorts (Nasdaq: PLYA) and other organizations. Ms. Guevara Manzo was Special Advisor on Government Affairs to Harvard University’s School of Public Health and was part of the Future for Travel, Tourism and Aviation Global Agenda Council of the World Economic Forum. Ms. Guevara Manzo received her B.S. in Computer Science from Anahuac University and MBA from Kellogg School of Business, Northwestern University.
Itai Wallach has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Wallach is a partner in the Private Equity group of Apollo, which he joined in 2012. Mr. Wallach also currently serves on the board of directors of Qdoba Restaurant Corporation. He was previously on the Board of Directors of Jacuzzi Brands from February 2017 to February 2019, McGraw-Hill Education from March 2017 to July 2021, Smart & Final from June 2019 to July 2021, Smart Foodservice from April 2019 to April 2020 and The Fresh Market from January 2017 to December 2020. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Wallach was a member of the Financial Sponsors Investment Banking group at Barclays Capital. He graduated with distinction as an Ivey scholar from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the timeUniversity of Western Ontario with a Bachelor of Arts in Honors Business Administration.
Kathleen Winters has served as a member of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceedsBoard since May 27, 2022. Ms. Winters served as Chief Financial Officer of ADP (Nasdaq: ADP), a leading global technology company providing human capital management solutions, from 2019 to complete2021. As CFO, Ms. Winters guided the acquisition by borrowing from or issuingCompany through the pandemic, accelerated meaningful digital and operational transformation and implemented a rigorous capital allocation program. Ms. Winters led ADP’s global finance organization and represented the company to such entitystakeholders, communicating the company’s strategy, investments and financial performance. Ms. Winters oversaw Business Finance, Financial Planning and Analysis, Investor Relations, Tax, Treasury (including Client Fund Portfolio Investment), Controllership and Internal Audit. Ms. Winters currently serves as a classmember of equity or equity-linked securities. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligationsBoard of our officers or directors will materially affect our abilityDirectors and Audit Committee of Definitive Healthcare (Nasdaq: DH), an industry leader in healthcare commercial intelligence. Prior to complete our business combination.
In addition, our officersjoining ADP, Ms. Winters served as Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer of MSCI Inc. (NYSE: MSCI), a leading provider of investment decision support tools for institutional investors, including indexes, for three years. Before joining MSCI, Ms. Winters spent fourteen years in various leadership roles at Honeywell International, including CFO of Performance Materials & Technologies, a $10 billion materials and directors are not requiredservices company, Corporate Controller and Global Leader of Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, our officers and directors have and will haveHoneywell, Ms. Winters began her career at PwC, serving clients primarily in the future timeentertainment and attention requirements for currentmedia industries. Ms. Winters received her bachelor’s degree from Boston College, is a CPA and future investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Apollo or its affiliates. Apollo manages a significant number of Apollo Funds and may raise additional funds and/or accounts in the future, which may be during the period in which we are seeking our initial business combination. These Apollo investment entities may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity. To the extent any conflict of interest arises between, on the one hand, us and, on the other hand, investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Apollo or its affiliates (including, without limitation, arising as a result of certain of our officers and directors being required to offer acquisition opportunities to Apollo or investment funds, accounts, co-investment vehicles and other entities), Apollo and its affiliates will resolve such conflicts of interest in their sole discretion in accordance with their then existing fiduciary, contractual and other duties and there can be no assurance that such conflict of interest will be resolved in our favor.
In addition, Apollo or its affiliates, as well as Apollo Funds, has sponsored other blank check companies in the past and may sponsor other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we areSix Sigma Certified Black Belt.
 
82


seeking an initial business combination, and members of our management team may participate in such blank check companies. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates and the board and management teams. However, we do not expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Our Management Team
Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any members of our management team will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.
We believe our management team’s operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies will provide us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Management” for a more complete description of our management team’s experience.
Status as a Public Company
We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their ordinary shares in the target business for Class A ordinary shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A ordinary shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.
Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its equity as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.
While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding

83


advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
Financial Position
With funds available for a business combination initially in the amount of up to $723,750,000, after payment of $26,250,000 of deferred underwriting commissions (or up to $832,312,500 after payment of $30,187,500 of deferred underwriting commissions if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in each case before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.
Effecting our Initial Business Combination
We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, our capital shares, debt or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.
If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.
We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any business combination target. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business, other than our officers and directors.
Accordingly, there is no current basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination. Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine,

84


we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.
We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by applicable law, we would seek shareholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.
Sources of Target Businesses
We believe our ability to leverage the capabilities of Apollo’s integrated platform and its established network of relationships will result in a significant pipeline of target business opportunities. We believe that Apollo’s broad reach and deep relationships provide us with a distinct competitive advantage, allowing us to source a greater number and more differentiated set of business combination opportunities. As a result, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the track record and business relationships of our officers and directors.
In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction; in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. Our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, may serve as a finder or provide other services for which they may be paid underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder’s fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similiar fees for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We have agreed to pay our sponsor a total of $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services and to reimburse our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigation and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or from making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete

85


our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.
As more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that will take priority over their duties to us. We may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.
Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination
Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.
In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our business combination.
To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.
In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a disciplined due diligence review of issues that we deem important to validating a company’s business quality and assessing growth and value creation opportunities, allowing our management team to price returns relative to potential risks appropriately. This review may encompass, among other things, research related to the company’s industry, markets, products, services and competitors, meetings with incumbent management and employees, on-site visits and a review of financial and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

86


The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. The company may pay underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder’s fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similar fees or other compensation to Apollo, our sponsor, our directors, members of our management team, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our initial business combination.
Lack of Business Diversification
For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. By completing our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.
Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team
Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.
We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.
Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.
Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve our Initial Business Combination
We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

87


Under the NYSE’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

we issue (other than in a public offering for cash) ordinary shares that will either (a) be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of Class A ordinary shares then outstanding or (b) have voting power equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power then outstanding;

any of our directors, officers or substantial securityholders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of ordinary shares to be issued, or if the number of ordinary shares into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of ordinary shares or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors and officers or (b) 5% of the number of ordinary shares or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial securityholders; or

the issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.
Other than if effected by a merger under Companies Law, which would require the passing of a shareholders’ special resolution, the Companies Law and Cayman Islands law do not currently require, and we are not aware of any other applicable law that will require, shareholder approval of our initial business combination.
The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination in those instances in which shareholder approval is not required by law will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine shareholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek shareholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company;

the expected cost of holding a shareholder vote;

the risk that the shareholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination;

other time and budget constraints of the company; and

additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to shareholders.
Permitted Purchases of our Securities
In the event we seek shareholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and the rules of the NYSE. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights.
In the event that our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to

88


exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.
The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.
In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.
Our initial shareholders, sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our initial shareholders, sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the class of Class A ordinary shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the shareholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.
Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.
Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders in Connection with our Initial Business Combination
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares in connection with our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us as permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them and any public shares held by them in connection with our initial business combination.

89144

 
Limitations on RedemptionsExecutive Officers
Our amendedThe table below lists our executive officers and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the termseach such person’s age as of the proposed business combination.date of this prospectus.
NamePositionAge
Paul AbbottChief Executive Officer53
Eric J. BockChief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary57
Andrew George CrawleyChief Commercial Officer55
Martine GerowChief Financial Officer61
Mark HollyheadPresident, Egencia52
Patricia Anne HuskaChief People Officer53
Evan KonwiserEVP Product, Strategy and Communications40
Michael QualantoneChief Revenue Officer60
Boriana TchobanovaChief Transformation Officer47
David ThompsonChief Technology Officer55
Paul Abbott has served as the Chief Executive Officer of GBT since October 2019 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Abbott was Chief Commercial Officer, Global Commercial Payments at American Express. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.
Manner of Conducting Redemptions
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares either (i)his 24 years at American Express, Mr. Abbott served in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors suchsenior roles across the corporate travel business. Mr. Abbott led the rapid and successful expansion of the American Express Business-to-Business Payments business around the world and introduced innovative new products and services to four million businesses of all sizes in over 150 countries. In addition, Mr. Abbott led the expansion of American Express’ card-issuing partnerships with some of the world’s largest financial institutions. Mr. Abbott previously worked at British Airways for nine years. Mr. Abbott received his postgraduate degree from Lancaster University.
Eric J. Bock has served as the timingChief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Corporate Secretary of GBT since October 2014 and has served as our Chief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bock served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer, as well as Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of Travelport Worldwide Limited (“Travelport”) and as a member of the transactionboard of directors of eNett International, a leading provider of innovative, integrated payment solutions. In addition to playing an integral role in developing and whether the termsimplementing Travelport’s strategic plans, Mr. Bock was also Chairman of the transaction would require usEnterprise Risk Management Committee and a member of the Employee Benefits, Charitable, Disclosure and Investment Committees. Prior to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Assetjoining Travelport, Mr. Bock served as Executive Vice President, Law and Corporate Secretary for Cendant Corporation, overseeing the company’s legal practice groups in securities and corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, corporate secretarial and stock purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers withgovernance matters, executive compensation, travel distribution services and marketing services. Mr. Bock also served on Cendant Corporation’s business ethics committee, disclosure committee, employee benefits committee and business continuity planning committee. Before Cendant Corporation, Mr. Bock was an associate in the corporate group of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Bock received his B.A. from Lafayette College and his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.
Andrew George Crawley has served as the Chief Commercial Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our companyChief Commercial Officer since May 27, 2022. Mr. Crawley is also a non-executive director of Travelopia, a KKR portfolio company. Previously, Mr. Crawley served as CEO and any transactions where we issue more than 20%Chairman of our outstanding ordinary shares or seekthe board of directors of International Airlines Group (“IAG”) Loyalty. In addition, Mr. Crawley was a member of the IAG Management Committee from January 2016 to amend our amendedMarch 2020. Prior to joining IAG Loyalty, Mr. Crawley served as CEO of IAG Cargo. Prior to joining IAG Cargo, Mr. Crawley served as Chief Commercial Officer and restated memorandumExecutive Board Member at British Airways plc (“British Airways”). Mr. Crawley also served as Chairman of British Airways Holidays, Chairman of OpenSkies (British Airways’ wholly-owned French airline subsidiary) and articlesa board member of association would require shareholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target businessAvios Group Ltd. Mr. Crawley started his travel career in British Airways in 1992 and worked in a manner that requires shareholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a shareholder vote to approvevariety of sales, marketing and operational roles in the proposed business combination. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirementUK, Europe and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant toAsia, ultimately serving on the tender offer rulesboard of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.
If we hold a shareholder votecompany. Prior to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:
joining British Airways, Mr. Crawley
conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.
In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above.
If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of our outstanding ordinary shares representing a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial shareholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 28,125,001, or 37.5%, of the 75,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our
 
90145

 
initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummatespent two years in advertising. Mr. Crawley received his BSc degree from London University (QMC). Mr. Crawley also completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.
Martine Gerow has served as the Chief Financial Officer of GBT since June 2017 and has served as our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or againstChief Financial Officer since May 27, 2022. Ms. Gerow currently serves as the proposed transaction. In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with our initial business combination.
If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer ruleschair of the SEC, we will:audit committee on the board of directors of Europcar Mobility Group. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Gerow served as Chief Financial Officer of Carlson Wagonlit Travel where she led a complete refinancing and a global finance transformation program. Ms. Gerow has also held CFO positions at French media services company Solocal Groupe and Spanish multinational food company, Campofrio. Earlier in her career, Ms. Gerow was a strategy consultant for the Boston Consulting Group, before moving to PepsiCo and then Danone, where she held Division CFO and Group Controller roles. Ms. Gerow received her business degree from HEC Paris and her MBA from Columbia Business School in New York.
Mark Hollyhead
conduct has served as the redemptions pursuantPresident of Egencia since April 2021. Prior to Rule 13e-4joining the Company, Mr. Hollyhead served as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer since 2016. Prior to serving as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hollyhead served as a Senior Vice President for the Americas with Egencia. Mr. Hollyhead has over 30 years of global experience in commercial, operations and Regulation 14Eproduct across the travel and telecommunications industries. Prior to joining Egencia, Mr. Hollyhead was the Head of Transformation with Vodafone. Prior to joining Vodafone, Mr. Hollyhead spent 15 years at British Airways in a variety of leadership positions including as Vice President of eCommerce and Customer Contact, and Head of Revenue Management for the long-haul business worldwide. Mr. Hollyhead completed his tenure at British Airways as the Head of London Heathrow Customer Operations where he was responsible for Terminals 1, 3 and 4. Mr. Hollyhead was also the Chair of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documentsTerminal 5 passenger program that was tasked with designing the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combinationcustomer experience and the redemption rightsconsolidation of all operations into one terminal. Mr. Hollyhead received his MBA in Strategy and Distribution from the City of London Westminster Business School and received a post graduate Diploma in Applied Economics at Birkbeck University of London.
Patricia Anne Huska has served as is required under Regulation 14Athe Chief People Officer of GBT since December 2018 and has served as our Chief People Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to becoming Chief People Officer, Ms. Huska served as our Vice President of Global Human Resources, responsible for the development and execution of strategies aimed at attracting talent, while retaining and engaging the existing employee base. Ms. Huska also has significant merger and acquisition experience. Ms. Huska played a key role in the planning and creation of the Exchange Act,JV as well as spearheading the HR integration of multiple acquisitions. Ms. Huska was previously with American Express from 1994 to 2014. Ms. Huska received her M.A. in Management from Lesley University and her B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Evan Konwiser has served as the EVP Product, Strategy and Communications of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our EVP Product, Strategy and Communications since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Konwiser served as co-founder and COO of Skylark, a luxury leisure travel agency start-up. Mr. Konwiser previously built two other travel products: FlightCaster, which regulatespredicts flight delays real-time and was acquired in 2010, and Farely, which analyzes airline cost data for travel buyers. As part of the solicitation of proxies. Although we are not required to do so, we currently intend to comply withFlightCaster acquisition, Mr. Konwiser ran the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any shareholder vote even if we are not able to maintain our NYSE listing or Exchange Act registration.
Upon the public announcement of ourtravel business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary sharesfor Next Jump, which includes employee discount programs for Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Konwiser also spent several years consulting in the open market if we electtravel industry for TMCs, airlines, GDS and travel media companies. Mr. Konwiser has also been an advisor to redeem our public shares throughtravel start-ups including Safely, Suiteness, Olset (acquired by Deem), RocketMiles (acquired by Priceline), and GetGoing (acquired by BCD Travel). Prior to that, Mr. Konwiser was a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 underconsultant at Bain & Company and also worked at Kayak. Mr. Konwiser is a six-time Dragon / Critic at the Exchange Act.
InPhocuswright Travel Innovation Summit and is the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expirationfacilitator of the tender offer period. In addition,Phocuswright Young Leaders Summit. Mr. Konwiser previously served on the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the numberboard of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offerACTE and not complete the initial business combination.
Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Shareholder Approval
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert orwas selected as a “group” (as defined under Section 13one of the Exchange Act), will be restricted“25 Most Influential Business Travel Executives” of 2016. Mr. Konwiser received his B.A. and MBA degrees from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer toDartmouth.
Michael Qualantone has served as the “Excess Shares.” We believeChief Revenue Officer of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since May 27, 2022. In this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blockscapacity, he has oversight for all GBT revenues, including supplier and customer, while leading Global Supplier Relations and Customer Revenue Management and Pricing functions. From 1988 to 2014, Mr. Qualantone held various leadership positions within Finance and Business Travel with American Express. Mr. Qualantone has been at the Company since June 2014. Prior to becoming Chief Revenue Officer, Mr. Qualantone served as EVP of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.
Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption RightsGlobal Supplier
Public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” will be required to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business
 
91146

 
combinationRelations, where he led a global team responsible for all our travel supplier engagements with airlines, hotels, car companies and limo providers, as well as OBT providers and GDSs. Mr. Qualantone has also led the TPN, made up of Network Partners who service business travelers in countries where we have no proprietary presence. Prior to his role as EVP of Global Supplier Relations, Mr. Qualantone led Global Marketing, Product Development and Innovation, as well as internal and external Communications. In a prior role, Mr. Qualantone was Vice President, Client Services Group, bringing together key Operational and Client Management aspects of the organization, with over 2,500 employees. Prior to that, Mr. Qualantone led operations for both the U.S. onsite servicing as well as the Latin America call centers. Mr. Qualantone received his B.S. and MBA degrees from Arizona State University.
Boriana Tchobanova has served as the Chief Transformation Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our Chief Transformation Officer since May 27, 2022. In this capacity, Ms. Tchobanova works directly with Mr. Abbott to lead business transformation, mergers and acquisitions integration, and strategic projects. Ms. Tchobanova has led multiple business transformation functions and championed large enterprise-wide changing initiatives, including the creation of global shared services and centers of excellence. Ms. Tchobanova held various positions at American Express from 2004 to 2018, including as VP of Strategic Planning and Business Transformation, Operational Excellence and M&A Integration. Ms. Tchobanova received her B.S. in Management and MBA degrees from the University of New Orleans.
David Thompson has served as the Chief Technology Officer of GBT since November 2017 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President, Global Operations and Chief Technology Officer at The Western Union Company (“Western Union”), where he was responsible for overseeing the IT infrastructure needed to develop and support the next generation of Western Union money transfer and payment capabilities. Mr. Thompson has more than 20 years of experience in the event we distribute proxy materials, ortechnology industry. Prior to deliver their sharesjoining Western Union, Mr. Thompson served as Group President, Services and Support and Global CIO of Symantec Corporation. Prior to this role, Mr. Thompson served as Symantec Corporation’s EVP and CIO and, during his six years at the company, led an organization that offered expert solutions and support in information security, technology, availability and storage. Earlier in his career, Mr. Thompson served as SVP and CIO for Oracle Corp. and Vice President of Services and CIO at PeopleSoft, Inc. Mr. Thompson previously served over 10 years on the board of directors for CoreSite Realty Corp. Mr. Thompson received his B.B.A. from Marymount University.
Independence of the Board
NYSE listing standards require that a majority of a board of directors be independent, subject to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy solicitationcontrolled company exception. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or tender offer materials (as applicable) that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the closeemployee of the tender offer period,company or up to two days prior toits subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the vote onopinion of the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic deliveryboard of their public shares.
There is a nominal cost associateddirectors, would interfere with the above-referenced tendering process anddirector’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the actresponsibilities of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.director.
Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forthWe have six “independent directors” as defined in the tender offer materials or the dateNYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, including James P. Bush, Gloria Guevara Manzo, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi, Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters. In addition, each of the shareholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials,them qualifies as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.
If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.
If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different during the remainder of the completion window.
Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that we will have only the completion window to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, we will: (i) cease all operations exceptindependent directors for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earnedserving on the funds held inaudit and finance committee of the trust accountBoard under SEC rules.
Board Composition
Our business and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000affairs are managed under the direction of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided byour Board. The Board consists of 11 directors. In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemptiondirectors on the Board will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (includingbe determined from time to time by the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption,Board, subject to the approvalrights of the shareholders party to the Shareholders Agreement. The nominating and corporate governance committee and the Board may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin, although we currently do not anticipate having a formal policy regarding board diversity. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s and the Board’s priority in selecting members of the Board is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our remaining shareholders and ourstockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.
Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window. However, if our sponsor, officers or directors acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.
 
92147

 
Our sponsor, officers, directorsmembers, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendmentprofessional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our amendedgrowth strategy. We believe that our directors will provide an appropriate mix of experience and restated memorandumskills relevant to the size and articles of association (A) that would affect the substance or timingnature of our obligation to redeem 100%business. In particular, the members of our public shares if we have not consummatedthe Board will consider the following important characteristics, among others:

personal and professional integrity;

ethics and values;

experience in corporate management, such as servicing as an initial business combination within the completion windowofficer or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approvalformer officer of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on depositpublicly held company;

experience in the trust account, including interest earnedindustries in which we compete;

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

diversity of background and expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

conflicts of interest; and

practical and mature business judgment.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

Our initial Class I directors are Paul Abbott, Eric Hart and Kathleen Winters, and their initial term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class II directors are James P. Bush, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class III directors are Gloria Guevara Manzo, Raymond Donald Joabar, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and Itai Wallach, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.
Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Each director’s term continues until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.
Board Leadership Structure
The Board is chaired by Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and our Chief Executive Officer is Mr. Abbott. As a general policy, we believe separation of the positions of chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.
Diversity
Our Board
Establishing and implementing a policy regarding gender, racial and ethnic diversity on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares inBoard is an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares suchelement that we cannot satisfytake into consideration.
The Board is committed to increasing the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed withlevel of diversity on the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. PursuantBoard as board turnover occurs from time to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, such an amendment would need to be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 65% of all then outstanding ordinary shares.
We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining as part of the estimated $800,000 of cash held outside of the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.
However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not used to make permitted withdrawals, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.
If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and withouttime, taking into account interest, if any, earnededucational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders along with the level of diversity on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.
Although we will seek to have all vendors (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to belowBoard. Accordingly,
 
93148

 
(i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account asconsideration of the datenumber of gender and racially/ethnically diverse directors, along with consideration of whether other diverse attributes are sufficiently represented on the Board, is an important component of the liquidationselection process for new members of the trust account, dueBoard.
Diversity on the Board is achieved by continuously monitoring the level of diverse representation and, where appropriate, recruiting qualified female candidates to reductions in valuefill positions, as the need arises, through vacancies, growth or otherwise.
The Board is expected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a target regarding the trust assets, in each case netnumber of the amountdiverse directors who are women and racial/ethnic minorities on its board of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations, and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors, will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.
In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.
We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $2,000,000 from the proceeds of this offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,200,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,200,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.
If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claimsnomination rights of third parties with priority over the claimsContinuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement.
Executive Officer Positions
In appointing individuals to executive officer positions, the Board weighs a number of factors, including educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our shareholders. Tobusiness, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the extent any bankruptcy claims depleteability to represent the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be ablebest interests of our stockholders along with the level of diverse representation within our senior management team. We are committed to return $10.00 per shareincreasing the diversity of our executive officers.
We believe the most effective way to achieve greater diversity in our public shareholders. Additionally, if we filesenior management team is to identify high-potential candidates within the organization and work with them to ensure they develop the skills, acquire the experience and have the opportunities necessary to eventually occupy executive officer positions. This includes taking action to build a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petitionculture of inclusion throughout the organization. The Board is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as eitherexpected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, ourtarget regarding the number of diverse directors on its board of directors.
Board Committees
The Board has established the following committees: an audit and finance committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a risk management and compliance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of the Board is described below. From time to time, the Board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by the Board.
Audit and Finance Committee
The audit and finance committee consists of Susan Ward, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters. Each of Susan Ward, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters qualifies as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of the NYSE and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The Board has determined that each of Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The functions of the audit and finance committee include, among other things:

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law and considering whether, in order to assure continuing auditor independence, it is appropriate to adopt a policy of rotating the independent auditing firm on a regular basis;

reviewing relationships that may reasonably be viewedthought to bear on our auditors’ independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditors;

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;
 
94149

 
as having breached its fiduciary duty to
reviewing with our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith,independent auditors and thereby exposing itselfmanagement significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

reviewing with management and our companyauditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;

reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to claimsgovern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented; and

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of punitivethe audit and finance committee, including compliance of the audit and finance committee with its charter.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the audit and finance committee that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
In addition, the audit and finance committee carries out the functions assigned to the Exchange Committee under the Exchange Agreement, subject to the Board’s reserved discretion to redelegate such functions to a separate Exchange Committee that meets the requirements set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee consists of James P. Bush, who serves as the chair, Gloria Guevara Manzo and Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara. The functions of the compensation committee include, among other things:

reviewing, modifying and approving our overall compensation strategy and policies;

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

reviewing and approving the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

retaining or terminating a compensation consultant or firm to be used to assist the compensation committee in benchmarking and setting appropriate compensation levels and policies and approving such consultant’s or firm’s fees and other retention terms;

approving, modifying and administering our equity incentive plans;

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on a periodic basis;

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

150



reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi. The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on the Board consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

determining the minimum qualifications for service on the Board;

evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on the Board;

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board;

considering and assessing the independence of members of GBTG;

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to the Board any changes to such policies and principles;

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis; and

annually evaluating the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, subject to the nomination rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Risk Management and Compliance Committee
The risk management and compliance committee consists of Kathleen Winters, who serves as the chair, Raymond Donald Joabar, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward. The functions of the risk management and compliance committee include, among other things:

assessing and providing oversight to management relating to the identification and assessment of material risks facing us, including strategic, operational, regulatory, information and external risks inherent in our business and the control processes with respect to such risks;

overseeing our risk management, compliance and control activities, including without limitation the development and execution by management of strategies to mitigate risks; and

overseeing the integrity of our systems of operational controls regarding legal and regulatory compliance.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the risk management and compliance committee. The charter is available on our website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or the Board of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Board or compensation committee. Our Bylaws provide that, for so long as we are considered a controlled entity of any Continuing JerseyCo Owner under the BHC Act, no person may serve as a director of GBTG if such person is a director or other management official of another entity

151


and if such person’s service to such other entity would result in a violation of, or the need for a waiver or exemption under, the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act or other applicable laws.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
The Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. Any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for damages to the fullest extent permitted by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claimsDelaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be broughtpersonally liable to us or our stockholders for damages as a result of an act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a director, except liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

152


DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of GBTG and its subsidiaries as it currently exists following the consummation of the Business Combination, and to GBT as it existed prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
GBTG’s Executive and Director Compensation
Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2021, are:

Paul Abbott, our Chief Executive Officer;

Andrew Crawley, our Chief Commercial Officer; and

Michael Qualantone, our Chief Revenue Officer.
The named executive officer and director compensation described in this section discusses our 2021 compensation programs. Our compensation committee may choose to implement different compensation programs for our named executive officers and directors in the future.
2021 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation provided to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Amounts paid in British pound sterling have been converted to United States dollars for purposes of this disclosure. Salary and all other compensation have been converted at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent) and bonuses have been converted at the rate in effect at the time of payments as set forth in the notes to the table below.
Name and Principal PositionYear
Salary
($)(1)
Bonus
($)(2)
Option
Awards
($)(3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
Compensation
($)
Paul Abbott
Chief Executive Officer
20211,233,7174,000,0009,000,0004,050,255115,001(5)18,398,973
20201,072,7512,756,5401,168,8794,998,170
Andrew Crawley
Chief Commercial Officer
2021804,3181,250,0003,750,0001,140,00070,818(6)7,015,136
2020471,122447,938635,0111,554,071
Michael Qualantone
Chief Revenue Officer(7)
2021578,750500,0003,448,9201,000,00036,400(8)5,564,070
(1)
In 2021, as a result of the continued impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table — Annual Base Salary” below. The table reflects the actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 after the effect of these reductions.
(2)
The amounts in this column for 2021 reflect the vesting and payment of $1,000,000, $500,000 and $500,000 for each of Messrs. Abbott, Crawley and Qualantone in respect of the first tranche of the 2020 Executive LTIP awards granted in November 2020 with an initial vesting date of September 1, 2020 which in the aggregate vest as to 16.667% on each of the first three anniversaries of the initial vesting date, with the remaining 50% cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the initial vesting date. In addition, the amounts in this column for 2021 include special one-time cash awards to (i) Paul Abbott equal to $3,000,000 and (ii) Andrew Crawley equal to $750,000, paid in December 2021. These awards were intended to bridge the gap from Mr. Abbott joining GBT in October 2019 and Mr. Crawley joining GBT in April 2020 until the date of their first long-term incentive award granted by us in November 2020.

153


Each such award is subject to clawback provisions that require the executive to repay the full cash amount if the executive terminates employment with us on or before November 30, 2022 for any reason other than a termination by GBT without cause, a termination by the executive for good reason or a termination due to the executive’s death or disability.
(3)
The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the options granted to our named executive officers on December 2, 2021. These options have an exercise price of $10.03 and are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date based on continued service. The aggregate grant date fair values of the awards shown in this column are calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 Compensation Stock Compensation. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 19 Equity-Based Compensation to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus. For additional details of the option awards granted to our named executive officers and that are set forth in this column, see the section entitled “Long-Term Incentive Compensation — Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan” below.
(4)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts earned in 2021 as annual cash incentive awards as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table Annual Incentive Compensation” below.
(5)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $96,106, (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674, (iii) a company contribution of $668 for an annual executive-level medical assessment, and (iv) a company contribution of $2,553 for family private medical and dental benefits. In 2020, Mr. Abbott received similar types of perquisites in addition to a one-time payment equal to $1,050,000 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Abbott’s former employer.
(6)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $55,144 and (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674. In 2020, Mr. Crawley received similar types of perquisites in addition to a onetime payment equal to $601,115 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Crawley’s former employer. The one-time payment was paid on May 31, 2020 in British pound sterling but converted for purposes of this disclosure at the exchange rate applicable on the payment date equal to $1.23 per £1.00 (rounded to the nearest cent).
(7)
Mr. Qualantone would not have been disclosed as a named executive officer if we had been a public company in 2021. Therefore, his compensation for 2020 has not been provided in this table because it was not required to have been previously disclosed.
(8)
Amount represents (i) a $25,000 cash payment and (ii) a company contribution of $11,400 to the 401(k) plan.
Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table
The compensation committee annually reviews and approves compensation for our named executive officers. The compensation committee considers recommendations by our Chief Executive Officer for the compensation of all other named executive officers. Compensation for our Chief Executive Officer typically has been recommended by the chairman of the GBT Board, which is reviewed and subject to approval by the compensation committee.
Annual Base Salary
We believe that a competitive base salary is essential in attracting and retaining key executive talent. The base salary established for each of our named executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, position, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our compensation committee. Based on market benchmarking conducted by the compensation consultants to the compensation committee for 2021, Semler Brossy Consulting Group, our compensation committee determines market level compensation for base salaries after a review of market data and discussions with our Chief Executive Officer regarding our other executive officers.
The table below reflects the annual base salaries approved by the compensation committee for our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, prior to

154


the COVID-19 related reductions discussed below and that, for two named executive officers, would have been paid in British pound sterling and were the same amounts for 2021 and 2020, but converted for purposes of disclosure at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent).
Name
2020 Base
Salary ($)
2021
Base Salary($)
Paul Abbott1,288,5381,374,903
Andrew Crawley837,549893,687
Michael Qualantone650,000650,000
In 2021, as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, with a maximum reduction of 21%, which was effective for the period commencing January 1, 2021 and ending July 5, 2021. The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table.
Annual Incentive Compensation
We maintain an annual incentive award plan (the “AIA Plan”) in order to align participants’ incentives to deliver GBT’s financial and client goals and to provide an objective setting and review process for our named executive officers that forms the basis for determining their potential annual bonuses. Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide that they will be eligible to participate in the AIA Plan up to a specific target percentage of their salary based on the compensation committee’s assessment of their and our performance against goals, as established by GBTG management and approved by the compensation committee. The compensation committee approves our annual objectives which are based in part on our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the year as well as the individual objectives of each named executive officer, which are focused on each named executive officer’s specific performance relative to our company-wide achievements.
The target award opportunities for our named executive officers for fiscal year 2021, expressed as a percentage of their annual base salary, were 200% for Paul Abbott, 100% for Andrew Crawley and 100% for Michael Qualantone. In addition, if the performance targets established by the compensation committee were exceeded, Mr. Abbott could have earned up to 300% of his base salary and Mr. Crawley and Mr. Qualantone could have each earned up to 200% of their base salary, respectively.
Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to an employment agreement with GBT UK, and Mr. Qualantone is party to an employment letter with GBT US LLC (together referred to as the “employment agreements”). The discussion below summarizes the material terms of the named executive officer employment agreements. For details of the Severance Protection Agreements entered into with our named executive officers, see the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.
Paul Abbott
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Paul Abbott dated June 5, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated upon 26 weeks’ notice by Mr. Abbott or 52 weeks’ notice by us, or upon an earlier termination due to breach of the agreement by Mr. Abbott.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will receive an annual base salary of £1,000,000, subject to applicable tax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Abbott will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 200% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 300%.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under our long term incentive award program.

155


Pension Benefits.   Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive an additional amount each year under the employment agreement equal to (8/(1+x))% (where “x” is the aggregate rate of employer national insurance contributions and other employer levies, expressed as a decimal) of his salary per annum in lieu of pension contributions subject to deductions for tax and national insurance contributions as required by law, payable monthly in arrears.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be provided with coverage under a permanent health insurance scheme. Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive a monthly car allowance equal to £950.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Abbott’s employment by us for these reasons.
Our public shareholdersany reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Abbott for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will be entitled to receive funds from(i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to garden leave, (ii) the trust account only (i)annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on the target level of performance, (iii) the annual cash bonus (based on actual performance) for any prior year not already paid, and (iv) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Abbott’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property and one-year (inclusive of any period of garden leave) post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants.
Andrew Crawley
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Andrew Crawley dated November 26, 2019, in the eventconnection with Mr. Crawley’s assumption of the redemptionrole of our public shares if we are unableChief Commercial Officer on April 1, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated by either party upon 26 weeks’ notice, or upon an earlier termination due to complete our initial business combination withinbreach of the completion window,agreement by the executive.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will receive an annual base salary of £650,000, subject to applicable law, (ii) in connection withtax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Crawley will be eligible to receive a shareholder votetarget annual bonus opportunity equal to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Make-Whole Replacement Award.   In order to make Mr. Crawley whole for the value of long-term incentive awards that were forfeited upon Mr. Crawley’s appointment as our public shares if we have not consummatedChief Commercial Officer, Mr. Crawley received a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of £486,780, paid in cash on May 31, 2020 and that was subject to clawback upon a voluntary resignation or termination without cause prior to April 1, 2021.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under GBT’s long term incentive award program.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Crawley is entitled to participate in the GBT UK Pension Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria. Mr. Crawley has reached the maximum life-time statutory allowance for contributions to the GBT UK Pension Plan. Accordingly, in lieu of additional contributions to the pension plan and in accordance with the terms of the plan, GBT UK provides Mr. Crawley an initial business combination withinannual cash allowance equal to 8% of Mr. Crawley’s salary, net of 14.3% national insurance withholding.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the completion windowemployment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley is entitled to receive an annual car allowance equal to £11,900.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Crawley’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or (B)due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Crawley for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity (iii) if they redeem their respective sharesgarden leave, (ii) the annual cash bonus for cash in connection with our initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interestthe year of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.
Comparison of Redemption or Purchase Prices in Connection with our Initial Business Combination and if We Fail to Complete our Initial Business Combination.
The following table compares the redemptions and other permitted purchases of public shares that may take place in connection with our initial business combination and if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.
Redemptions in Connection
with our Initial Business
Combination
Other Permitted Purchases of
Public Shares by us or our
Affiliates
Redemptions if we fail to
Complete an Initial Business
Combination
Calculation of redemption priceRedemptions at the time of our initial business combination may be made pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a shareholder vote. The redemption price will be the same whether we conduct redemptions pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a shareholder vote. In either case, our public shareholders may redeem their public shares for cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination (which is initially anticipated toIf we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market prior to or following completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit to the prices that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may pay in these transactions.If we are unable to completed our business combination within the completion window, we will redeem all public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount, then on deposit in the trust account (which is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.
 
95156


termination based on the target level of performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date (excluding any period of garden leave), and (iii) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Crawley’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property.
Michael Qualantone
Agreement; Term.   GBT US LLC entered into an employment letter with Michael Qualantone effective April 1, 2019, that provides for at-will employment with GBT US LLC.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment letter, Mr. Qualantone will receive an annual base salary of $550,000 (which as of December 31, 2021 had increased to $650,000), subject to applicable tax withholding. Mr. Qualantone is eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is entitled to participate in the Amex GBT 401(k) Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria.
Additional Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT US LLC.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Qualantone’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Qualantone for good reason, each as defined in the employment letter, subject to his execution of a general release of claims. Mr. Qualantone will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 52 weeks’ base salary, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date paid in or around March of the year following the year in which termination occurs, (iii) provided that Mr. Qualantone elects to receive continued health coverage under The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, continued healthcare benefits under GBT US LLC health plans for 52 weeks (at active employee rates) and (iv) continued vesting of GBTG Options for six months following the applicable termination date, in accordance with the GBTG MIP.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (“GBTG MIP”)
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the GBTG MIP which supersedes the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. Pursuant to the terms of the GBTG MIP, all options granted under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP that were outstanding at the Closing were converted into GBTG Options and were treated as if they were originally granted under the GBTG MIP. Generally, the vesting and forfeiture terms of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers continue to be the same as provided under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP, as described below.
Under the GBTG MIP, all unexercised GBTG Options, whether vested or unvested, expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant date, unless earlier cancelled, such as in connection with a termination of employment. GBTG Options granted to our named executive officers in December 2021 vest one-third annually over a three-year period and all other GBTG Options generally vest annually at the rate of 20% per year, in each case, generally subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.
Upon a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason by the participant (in each case, other than in connection with a change in control), the portion of GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is then outstanding and was scheduled to vest during the period the participant is entitled to receive severance payments or benefits under any employment or severance agreement with GBTG or its subsidiaries as a result of a termination by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason (the “severance period”) will continue to vest on the applicable vesting date during the severance period. Upon a

157


termination of employment due to death, all outstanding and unvested GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that were granted in December 2021 will immediately vest in full. Upon a termination of employment due to retirement or disability, the portion of GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is then outstanding and was scheduled to vest on the next anniversary of the grant date immediately following such termination due to disability or retirement will vest in full on such scheduled vesting date.
The portion of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is or becomes vested and exercisable as of or after the date of a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiary without cause, due to death or disability, resignation for good reason or due to retirement (in each case, other than in connection with a change of control) will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the later of the 18 month anniversary of the Business Combination and the date that is one year after the date of termination of employment (or in the case of a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, one year after the last day of the participant’s severance period (which period may be longer in the event of certain corporate transactions)) and (ii) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date, in each case, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the GBTG MIP and the applicable award agreement; provided, however, that if such termination of employment occurs prior to the six month anniversary of the Business Combination, then no portion of such GBTG Option held by our named executive officers will become exercisable (even if vested) before the first date immediately following the six month anniversary of such Business Combination. In the event that the participant incurs (a) a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause within 60 days before, or within 18 months after, a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction (as defined therein)) of GBTG or its subsidiaries (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction) or (b) a termination of employment as the result of participant’s death or disability or by the participant for good reason, in each case, within 18 months after a change in control of GBTG or its affiliates, then in each such case, the portion of the GBTG Option granted in December 2021 that is then outstanding and unvested will immediately become vested and exercisable (or in the case that a change in control occurs after such eligible termination of employment, will become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of the change in control) and such GBTG Option will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of such termination of employment and (y) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
With respect to all GBTG Options granted to our named executive officers prior to December 2021, (i) upon a termination of employment without cause (other than within 12 months after a change in control), the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for six months after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for 90 days following the applicable vesting date, but not beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date), (ii) upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for one year after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for one year following the applicable vesting date, but not beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date) and (iii) upon a termination of employment without cause or for good reason, in each case, within 12 months after a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction), the GBTG Option will vest in full and remain exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date. Any such GBTG Options that were vested as of such termination of employment will remain exercisable for 90 days following a termination without cause and for 12 months following a termination due to death or disability, but in no event beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
“Change in Control” under the GBTG MIP continues to have the same meaning as under the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. For avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the Business Combination did not constitute a change in control under the GBTG MIP.
The GBTG MIP provides for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non- disparagement and 24 month (or such lesser period as may be provided in an award agreement) post-termination non-competition (other than with respect to the options granted on December 2, 2021) and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the GBTG MIP restrictive covenants would result in forfeiture of any outstanding options held by the participant.

158


GBT JerseyCo Limited Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans
On November 5, 2020, we adopted the 2020 Executive LTIP, which provided for a total pool of $36 million allocated pursuant to awards granted under the 2020 Executive LTIP. The 2020 Executive LTIP was intended to replace potential grants of GBT MIP Options due to the reserve of GBT MIP Shares having been substantially exhausted by December 31, 2019. On November 2, 2021, we adopted the 2021 Executive LTIP, which provides for a total pool of $38 million, with up to $4 million allocable by the chairman of the GBT Board as of the effective date of the 2021 Executive LTIP, for so long as he continues to serve on the GBT Board (and after the Business Combination, the GBTG Board). On November 8, 2021, GBT and certain of its subsidiaries granted cash awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP to certain individuals then serving as executive officers of GBT. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP, previously granted awards are based 50% on time-vesting conditions and 50% on performance-vesting conditions.
Under the 2020 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2021, September 1, 2022 and September 1, 2023 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2022, September 1, 2023 and September 1, 2024 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries.
The performance-based portion of an award is eligible to vest based on the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established by the compensation committee. As of the date of this prospectus filing, performance-criteria related to awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP had not yet been established. The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP do not contain any change in control related vesting provisions and unvested awards are cancelled without consideration upon a participant’s termination of employment. However, the performance-based portion of the 2020 Executive LTIP and 2021 Executive LTIP awards held by our named executive officers and certain other participants may be converted, in the discretion of the GBTG compensation committee, into restricted stock units or performance stock units of GBTG on the same vesting and forfeiture terms as applicable to the portion of the 2021 Executive LTIP award and the 2020 Executive LTIP award.
The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP provide for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non-disparagement and 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the restrictive covenants under the 2021 Executive LTIP or the 2020 Executive LTIP, as applicable, would result in forfeiture of any awards held by the participant.
2022 Plan and ESPP
See the sections entitled “GBTG 2022 Equity Incentive Plan” and “GBTG Employee Stock Purchase Agreement”, herein, for details of our new equity incentive programs adopted in connection with the Business Combination.
Perquisites
Our named executive officers receive certain perquisites relating to medical and dental coverage, pension-related contributions and cash allowances and car allowances. Detail on the quantification of perquisites is set forth in the notes to the Summary Compensation Table, above.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021
The following table provides information about the number of outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. The number of shares subject to the options and the exercise prices for the options have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Business Combination by multiplying the number of shares originally subject to the options by a conversion ratio of approximately 8.765899 (the “Conversion Ratio”) and by dividing the original exercise prices for the options by the Conversion Ratio.

159

 
Option Awards
Name
Redemptions in ConnectionGrant
with our Initial Business
CombinationDate
Other Permitted PurchasesNumber of
Public Shares by us or ourSecurities
AffiliatesUnderlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Redemptions if we fail toNumber of
Complete an Initial BusinessSecurities
CombinationUnderlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Paul Abbottbe $10.00 per public share), including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitation that no redemptions will take place, if all of the redemptions would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 and any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) agreed to in connection with the negotiation of terms of a proposed business combination.12/2/2021
Impact to remaining shareholdersThe redemptions in connection with our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for our remaining shareholders, who will bear the burden of the deferred underwriting commissions and interest withdrawn to make permitted withdrawals payable (to the extent not paid from amounts accrued as interest on the funds held in the trust account).If the permitted purchases described above are made there would be no impact to our remaining shareholders because the purchase price would not be paid by us.The redemption of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for the shares held by our initial shareholders, who will be our only remaining shareholders after such redemptions.
Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419
The following table compares the terms of this offering to the terms of an offering by a blank check company subject to the provisions of Rule 419. This comparison assumes that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and commissions and underwriting expenses of our offering would be identical to those of an offering undertaken by a company subject to Rule 419, and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the provisions of Rule 419 apply to our offering.

96


Terms of Our OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering2,983,535(1)
Escrow of offering proceedsThe rules of the NYSE provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the private placement be deposited in a U.S.-based trust account. $750,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.Approximately $637,875,000 of the offering proceeds would be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net proceeds$750,000,000 of the net offering proceeds and the sale of the private placement warrants held in trust will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.
Receipt of interest on escrowed fundsInterest on proceeds from the trust account to be paid to shareholders is reduced by (i) any permitted withdrawals, and (ii) in the event of our liquidation for failure to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time, up to $100,000 of net interest that may be released to us should we have no or insufficient working capital to fund the costs and expenses of our dissolution and liquidation.Interest on funds in escrow account would be held for the sole benefit of investors, unless and only after the funds held in escrow were released to us in connection with our completion of a business combination.
Limitation on fair value or net assets of target businessThe NYSE rules require that our initial business combination must occur be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions held in trust and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement inThe fair value or net assets of a target business must represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

97


Terms of Our Offering10.03Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering12/2/2031
Andrew Crawley12/2/20211,243,136(1)10.0312/2/2031
Michael Qualantone12/2/20211,113,909(1)10.0312/2/2031
connection with our initial business combination.9/25/2019
Trading of securities issued
The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless the representative informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option.
Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.
No trading of the units or the underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.
Exercise of the warrantsThe warrants cannot be exercised until the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering.The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.
Election to remain an investorWe will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initialA prospectus containing information pertaining to the business combination required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45

98


Terms of Our Offering508,422(2)Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering14.589/25/2029
business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals, subject to the limitations described herein. We may not be required by law to hold a shareholder vote. If we are not required by law and do not otherwise decide to hold a shareholder vote, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.3/13/2018438,294business days from the effective date of a post-effective amendment to the company’s registration statement, to decide if he, she or it elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his, her or its investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45(3th) business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account are automatically returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all funds on deposit in the escrow account must be returned to all of the investors and none of the securities are issued.7.233/13/2028
If, however, we hold a shareholder vote, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the tender offer rules. Pursuant to the tender offer rules, the tender offer period will be not less than 20 business days and, in the case of a shareholder vote, a final proxy statement would be mailed to public shareholders at least 10 days prior to the shareholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such shareholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the9/30/2015

99


Terms of Our Offering596,081(4)Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering6.379/30/2025
business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.
A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of our outstanding ordinary shares representing a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at such meeting.
3/30/2015
Business combination deadlineIf we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.If an acquisition has not been completed within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account are returned to investors.

100


Terms of Our OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Release of fundsExcept with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to make permitted withdrawals, the proceeds from this offering held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of (i) the completion of our initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law.The proceeds held in the escrow account are not released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.
Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering if we hold a shareholder voteIf we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares (more than an aggregate of 15%Most blank check companies provide no restrictions on the ability of shareholders to redeem shares based on the number of shares held by such shareholders in connection with an initial business combination.

101


Terms of Our OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering
of the shares sold in this offering). Our public shareholders’ inability to redeem Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and they could suffer a material loss on their investment in us if they sell Excess Shares in open market transactions.
Tendering stock certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights385,699(4)We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically.In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, holders could vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holders were seeking to exercise their redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholders to arrange for them to deliver their certificate to verify ownership.5.743/30/2025
Competition(1)
Consists of options that vest one-third on December 2nd of each year from 2022 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(2)
Consists of options that vest 20% on October 1st of each year from 2020 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
Consists of options that vest 20% on April 1st of each year from 2019 through 2023, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(4)
Consists of options that vested 20% on July 1st of each year from 2015 through 2019, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits
In identifying, evaluatingAll of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and selectingvision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees in the applicable jurisdiction.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a target business401(k) retirement savings plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pretax basis and on an after-tax “Roth” contribution basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Code. The 401(k) plan provides us with the discretion to match a portion of contributions made by our employees, including executives, subject to the approval of the Board. We intend for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from other entities havingour 401(k) plan.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
GBT US LLC maintains the GBT DCP a business objective similartax-deferred non-qualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of a select group of management and key employees, including our named executive officers, who are located in the United States. The GBT DCP is open to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groupsemployees with the position of director and leveraged buyout funds,above with annual salary levels equal to or in excess of $150,000 and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Manyin excess of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, manytax-qualified salary thresholds for purposes of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Ourcontributions to GBT’s 401(k) plan. The GBT DCP provides participants with the ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuingelect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation (including annual salary and incentive compensation) until the acquisitionearlier of the participant’s separation from service with GBT and its affiliates or a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent,scheduled in-service withdrawal date, which may not be viewed favorablyearlier than two years after the year in which base compensation is earned, three years after the year AIA Plan awards are earned or five years after the year in which long-term incentive plan awards are earned. GBT has established a Rabbi Trust, a segregated account that remains subject to any claims of unsecured general creditors of GBT, pursuant to which GBT intends to make periodic contributions equal the deferral contributions made by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.
Facilities
Our executive offices are located at 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, NY 10019, and our telephone number is (212) 515-3200. The cost for our use of this space is included inparticipants to the $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, will pay to our sponsor for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.
Employees
We currently have two officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairsGBT DCP.
 
102160

 
until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combinationUK Pension Plans
GBT UK maintains two pension plans, the GBT UK Pension Plan and the stageHogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme.
The GBT UK Pension Plan is a defined contribution pension scheme that provides for employer contributions of between 5% and 8% of qualifying earnings, with matching employee contributions of between 3% and 6%. Employees can elect to contribute more than 6% of their qualifying earnings but the employer contribution does not increase beyond 8%. Employee contributions are made by way of salary sacrifice up to the statutory annual allowance limit per year. Eligible employees are automatically enrolled in the GBT UK Pension Plan unless the employee has already met the statutory life time allowance.
The Hogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme is a two-part pension scheme comprised of a frozen defined benefit section and an active defined contribution section. The scheme is managed by its trustees and administered by a trustee appointed company, XPS Pensions Group PLC.
The defined benefit section of the business combination process we are in.
Periodic Reportingscheme was closed to new members on March 31, 2003 and Financial Information
We have registered our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirementswas closed to future accrual on June 30, 2013. Those employees who were members of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.
We will provide shareholders with audited financial statementsdefined benefit section of the prospective target business asscheme on June 30, 2013 automatically became members of the defined contribution section of the scheme, unless they opted out. The defined benefit section of the scheme includes early retirement and death in service benefits. None of our named executive officers participates in or receives benefits under any of our defined benefit pension plans.
The defined contribution section of the scheme is not open to new members. As of December 31, 2021, there were 109 active participants in the defined contribution part of the proxy solicitationscheme. Employee contributions are between 2.25% and 4% of the employee’s basic salary, and employer contributions are between 5.75% and 10.4% of basic salary. Employees can elect to contribute more than 4% of their basic salary, although the employer contribution does not increase beyond 10.4%. Contributions to the pension scheme are made by way of salary deduction. Certain members of the scheme also have a death in service and income protection benefit.
Potential Payments Upon a Termination or tender offer materials (as applicable) sentChange in Control
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to shareholders. These financial statements mayan amendment with GBT UK to their current employment agreement (collectively, the “severance amendments”) and Michael Qualantone is a party to a severance protection agreement with GBT US LLC (the “severance protection agreement”), which provide, in each case, for certain severance payments and benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated by GBTG without cause or due to the executive’s disability (and not due to death) or if the executive resigns employment for good reason (in either case, a “qualifying termination”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination occurring outside of the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a “change in control” ​(as such term is defined in the 2022 Plan), then the executive will be requiredentitled to receive (i) one times the executive’s base salary, to be preparedpaid in accordance with GAAP,equal installments over the one year period following such qualifying termination, (ii) one times the executive’s annual target cash bonus, to be paid at the time such bonuses would be paid in the ordinary course and (iii) a pro-rata annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on (A) actual performance, for Messrs. Abbott and Qualantone, or reconciled(B) target performance, for Andrew Crawley, in the cases of each of (A) and (B), to GAAP,be paid at the same time as such bonuses would be paid in the ordinary course and (iv) company-provided health benefits assistance for up to twelve months following termination (collectively, the “Non-Change in Control Severance”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination (other than due to the executive’s disability) within the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a change in control (which will not occur due to the Business Combination), then the named executive officer will be entitled to receive the Non-Change in Control Severance plus the following additional severance payments and benefits: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to (A) one times the executive’s base salary and (B) one times the executive’s target bonus and (ii) up to six additional months of GBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 18 months) or IFRS, depending onin the circumstances,case of Paul Abbott, up to twelve additional months of GBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 24 months). All payments under the severance protection agreements and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that any applicable requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.
We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, weseverance amendments are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intentionnamed executive officer’s execution of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummationgeneral release of our initial business combination.
Legal Proceedings
There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.claims.
 
103161


Non-Employee Director Compensation
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Director Compensation Policy”). Under our Director Compensation Policy, we pay retainers to our independent directors in an equal mix of cash and equity. The cash retainers and additional meeting fees are paid quarterly in arrears, and the equity is awarded as restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2022 Plan that are granted each year on the date of the annual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders. RSUs vest on the one-year anniversary of their grant date, with pro-rated vesting from the date of appointment through the date of the next annual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders for independent directors elected or appointed to serve on the Board of Directors for a partial term. In addition, we pay a meeting fee premium for each committee meeting attended above (A) eight meetings, with respect to our audit Ccmmittee and our compensation committee or (B) five meetings, with respect to our nominating and corporate governance committee and our risk and compliance committee.
Our Director Compensation Policy provides for the annual payments and meeting fee premiums to independent directors described in the table below:
Cash
($)
Meeting
Fee
Premium
($)
Restricted Stock
Unit Awards
($)
Board
Chair485,000160,000
Other Directors85,000160,000
Audit Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members15,0002,000
Compensation Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Risk and Compliance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
We do not pay retainers to directors who are not independent. All members of our Board of Directors, including directors who are not independent, are reimbursed for their travel costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and related Company business.
Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that we paid or awarded to our non-executive directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, prior to our adoption of the Director Compensation Policy.
Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Ugo Arzani180,000180,000
James P. Bush(2)
180,000180,000
Philippe Chérèque(3)
226,060226,060
Marc D. Gordon(4)
Eric Hart(5)
8,1528,152
Raymond Donald Joabar(4)

162


Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Glenda McNeal(4)
Greg O’Hara(6)
630,000630,000
Richard Petrino(4)
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi180,000180,000
Susan Ward(7)
72,82672,826
Julia Wittlin(8)
180,000180,000
(1)
These amounts represent fees paid to non-employee directors for board and committee meetings and reflect a 20% reduction in fees from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 in order to align with the reductions in named executive officer annual base salaries due to the effects of COVID-19 on our performance and the travel industry as a whole. Prior to such reductions, non-employee directors were each eligible to receive a $200,000 annual cash retainer and an additional $500,000 annual cash retainer for the chairman of the GBT Board.
(2)
Mr. Bush’s fees were paid directly to Spyglass Unlimited, LLC, an entity partially owned by Mr. Bush.
(3)
Mr. Chérèque received prorated fees for his service on the GBT Board in 2020 based on his appointment date of September 10, 2020, paid in June 2021 along with payment of fees for 2021 and which are reflected in this row.
(4)
Mr. Gordon, Mr. Joabar, Ms. McNeal, and Mr. Petrino did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and committees thereof, however we paid $720,000 in the aggregate to Amex HoldCo. on behalf of each director’s service in 2021.
(5)
Mr. Hart’s fees were pro-rated for his appointment date of December 17, 2021 and paid to Expedia, Inc. in respect of his service.
(6)
Mr. O’Hara’s fees were paid directly to Clementine Investments LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. O’Hara.
(7)
Ms. Ward’s fees were pro-rated for her appointment date of September 21, 2021.
(8)
Ms. Wittlin did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and its committees, however, in respect of her service we paid $180,000 to BlackRock Investment Management, LLC. Ms. Wittlin ceased serving on the GBT Board effective as of December 15, 2021.

163

 
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
This prospectus relates to the resale from time to time of (i) an aggregate of 492,628,569 shares of our Class A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Securityholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interest in the Class A Common Stock or warrants other than through a public sale.
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Securityholders, and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants that the Selling Securityholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
Please see the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” for further information regarding the Selling
Securityholders’ method of distributing these securities.
Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited(2)(3)(4)
162,388,084168,189,894**
American Express Company(2)(3)(5)
157,786,199163,423,593**
Expedia Group,
Inc.(2)(3)(6)
74,274,19876,927,871**
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(7)
34,569,38412,224,13434,569,38412,224,134**
Jennifer Fleiss25,00025,000**
Mitch Garber25,00025,000**
James H. Simmons III25,00025,000**
Dendur Master Fund Ltd.(8)
1,000,0001,000,000**
Alyeska Master Fund, L.P.(9)
650,000650,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin(10)
25,00025,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb(11)
25,00025,000**
Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP(12)
200,000200,000**
Zoom Video Communications,
Inc.(13)
4,000,0004,000,000**
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, LTD(14)
8,200,0008,200,000**
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(15)
8,000,0008,000,000**

164


Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P.(16)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF II Holdings I, L.P.(17)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF Holdings I, L.P.(18)
4,125,0004,125,000**
Paul Abbott(19)
2,983,535**
Eric J. Bock(3)(20)
1,938,49610,0003,001,90510,000**
Andrew George Crawley(21)
1,243,136**
Martine Gerow(3)(22)
1,086,9702,383,021**
Patricia Anne Huska(3)(23)
666,2061,710,788**
Evan Konwiser(3)(24)
192,848568,774**
Michael Qualantone(3)(25)
1,535,7843,111,306**
Boriana Tchobanova(26)
124,317**
David Thompson(3)(27)
894,1211,968,648**
Philippe Chereque(3)(28)
1,928,4961,997,397**
*
Less than 1%
**
Warrants listed on Selling Securityholder table represent warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.
(1)
The business address of each director and executive officer of GBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The business address of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James H. Simmons III is 9 West 57th Street, 42rd Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(2)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(3)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners and holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares received “earnout” shares in connection with the Closing. The earnout shares will, upon the achievement of certain earnout milestones, (i) in the case of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, be converted and re-designated into GBT B Ordinary Shares, with GBTG issuing such holders shares of Class B Common Stock, or (ii) in the case of the holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares, be redeemed and cancelled, with the holders thereof receiving shares of Class A Common Stock. ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ do not include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversions and redemptions.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 162,388,084 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 162,388,084 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,801,810 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,801,810 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an

165


equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,801,810 “earnout” shares. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 157,786,199 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 157,786,199 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,637,394 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,637,394 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,637,394 “earnout” shares. American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company, is the direct holder of these securities. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 74,274,198 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 74,274,198 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 2,653,673 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 2,653,673 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 2,653,673 “earnout” shares. EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc., is the direct holder of these securities. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, Washington 98119.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Consists of (i) 20,345,250 converted Founder Shares, (ii) 2,000,000 PIPE Securities and (iii) 12,224,134 private placement warrants, which, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is managed by affiliates of Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole member of Holdings GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Marc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and James Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the securities held of record by Sponsor. The address of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(8)
Consists of 1,000,000 PIPE Securities. Dendur Capital LP, the investment manager of Dendur Master Fund Ltd., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Dendur Master Fund Ltd. Malcolm Levine is the Chief Investment Officer of Dendur Capital LP and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. The registered address of the foregoing individual and entities is 250 West 55th Street, 26th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(9)
Consists of 650,000 PIPE Securities. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., the investment manager of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Parekh, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. The registered address of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is located at 77 W. Wacker, Suite 700, Chicago IL 60601.
(10)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin resides with its trustees, John A. Levin, Elisabeth L. Levin and Jean L. Troubh, who may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(11)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb resides with its trustees, John A. Levin and John L. Loeb, Jr., who may

166


be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(12)
Consists of 200,000 PIPE Securities. Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP is managed by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and Gray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. Jason R. Little and Gerrit B. Parker are the natural persons who have voting or investment control over the shares beneficially owned by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and Gray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. The business address of the foregoing individuals and entities is 500 Post Road East, Suite 233 Westport, CT 06880.
(13)
Consists of 4,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Consists of 8,200,000 PIPE Securities. HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(15)
Consists of 8,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(16)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities owned by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(17)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities

167


owned by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(18)
Consists of 4,125,000 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities owned by ASOF Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(19)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 2,983,535 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 2,983,535 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(20)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 2,923,004 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options, (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares and (iii) 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of public warrants. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 994,508 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(21)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 1,243,136 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,243,136 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(22)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 2,337,609 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,250,639 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(23)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,673,205 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 37,583 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,006,999 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(24)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 560,944 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 7,830 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 368,096 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.

168


(25)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 3,042,405 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,506,621 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(26)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 124,317 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 124,317 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(27)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,923,236 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,029,115 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(28)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,928,496 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares.
Material Relationships with the Selling Securityholders
For a description of our relationships with the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates see the sections entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

169


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws. Because they are only summaries, they do not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section, you should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the GBT Amended and Restated M&A, the Exchange Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Under “Description of Securities,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “Company” refer to GBTG and not to any of its subsidiaries.
General
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iii) 6,010,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. With respect to our Preferred Stock, (a) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock, (b) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock and (c) the remaining 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock is undesignated Preferred Stock. Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, the Board has the authority, without stockholder approval (but without limitation of the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement), to issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock. Unless the Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
As of July 18, 2022, our issued and outstanding share capital consisted of (i) 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock, (iii) no shares of Preferred Stock and (iv) 39,451,134 warrants, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants and 12,224,134 private placement warrants.
Common Stock
We have two classes of authorized Common Stock: Class A and Class B, each of which has one vote per share. All classes of Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law, including in connection with amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
In order to preserve the Up-C structure, the Exchange Agreement provides that we and GBT will take (or, in some cases, forbear from taking) various actions, as necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding (x) Class A Stock (and equivalents) and the GBT A Ordinary Shares and (y) Class B Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares. For example, the Exchange Agreement provides that, if we issue or sell additional shares of Class A Common Stock, we will contribute the net proceeds of such issuance and sale to GBT, and GBT will issue to us an equal number of GBT A Ordinary Shares. Similarly, the Exchange Agreement provides that neither we nor GBT may effect any subdivision or combination of any of its equity securities unless the other effects an identical subdivision or combination of the corresponding class of its equity securities.
Class A Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on

170


the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
In the case of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class A Common Stock (subject to the nominal economic rights of holders of the Class B Common Stock described below), our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders.
All shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class A Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Class B Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
The shares of Class B Common Stock generally have only nominal economic rights (limited to the right to receive up to the par value in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up). Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on Class B Common Stock. Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock have the right to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class B Common Stock and holders of Class A Common Stock, a distribution from our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders, up to the par value of such shares of Class B Common Stock, but otherwise are not entitled to receive any of our assets in connection with any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
All shares of Class B Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class B Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class B Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Stock) for shares of Class A Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date).
Preferred Stock
No shares of Preferred Stock are issued or outstanding.
The Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock are part of our Certificate of Incorporation and authorize the issuance of 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, respectively.

171


Holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock have no voting rights except as otherwise from time to time required by law.
Except as set forth in the Certificate of Designations, and as described below, holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class B Common Stock, as provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise and Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class B Common Stock.
In the event of any binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, merger or consolidation of us with another entity (whether or not a corporation) or conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance of us into another entity or into another jurisdiction, in each case, in connection with which holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, would receive shares of capital stock that constitute “voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or of securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), we may provide for the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, to receive, in lieu thereof, on a per share basis, the same number of shares of capital stock of another class or series that constitute “nonvoting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), and that otherwise have the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as the shares of capital stock to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable.
In the event any rights, qualifications or limitations would result in the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, receiving voting securities in connection with any dividend or distribution by us, such holders shall receive, in lieu of such voting securities, non-voting securities that are otherwise entitled to the same rights, privileges and qualifications as such voting securities subject to the limitations on voting described above.
In the event that the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall be split, divided, or combined, substantially concurrently therewith, the outstanding shares of the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be proportionately split, divided or combined.
Exchanges of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are governed by the terms set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, (a) the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the par value of Class A-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) the distribution to “Participating Shares” contemplated by Section 5.3(c)(i) of the Certificate of Incorporation. For purposes of calculating the amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, it shall be assumed that all then outstanding shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Class A Common Stock and (b) the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, up to the par value of Class B-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, the holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any of our assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets available for distribution to our stockholders shall be insufficient to pay to holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

172


Shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock are not convertible into Common Stock other than in connection with a Permitted BHCA Transfer (as defined below). Any holder of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock may transfer such shares in a Permitted BHCA Transfer to a Permitted BHCA Transferee (as defined below), and any shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock so transferred shall immediately following such transfer automatically be converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, respectively. A “Permitted BHCA Transferee” shall mean a person or entity who acquires shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock from a holder thereof in any of the following transfers (each a “Permitted BHCA Transfer”): (i) a widespread public distribution; (ii) a transfer to us; (iii) a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of the outstanding securities of any “class of voting securities” of ours (as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act); or (iv) a transfer to a transferee who would control more than 50% of every “class of voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) of us without giving effect to the shares of our capital stock transferred by the applicable transferred stockholder or any of its Permitted BHCA Transferees.
The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Subject to any limitations prescribed by the DGCL, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. The Board may fix the number of shares constituting a series of preferred stock and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our Class A Common Stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our Class A Common Stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our Class A Common Stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock by restricting dividends on the Class A Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A Common Stock or, as is the case with the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of Class A Common Stock.
Dividend Rights
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board.
Except as described in “Dividend Policy,” we have no current plans to pay dividends on Class A Common Stock. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Ownership of the Class A Common Stock — We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock, so any returns will be substantially limited to the value of the Class A Common Stock.” We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends from future earnings for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our Bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held on a date and at a time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by the Board. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

173


Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of the Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Class A Common Stock held by stockholders.
These provisions include:
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting (with exceptions for (i) actions taken by holders of a series of preferred stock, as provided by the applicable certificate of designation, and (ii) actions required or permitted to be taken by holders of Class B Common Stock separately as a class but only if such action were taken by holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of all the Class B Common Stock then, outstanding). Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only by or at the direction of the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board to call a special meeting. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified at the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of the Company.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of the Board. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that any vacancies on the Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or at a special meeting of stockholders called by or at the direction of the Board for such purpose. Moreover, under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is divided into three classes of directors, each of which will hold office for a three-year term. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of the Board, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure — The classification of the Board may have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.”
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our Class A Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

174


Advance Notice Procedures
Our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Although our Bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.
Supermajority Approval Requirements
The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. The DGCL does not specify a required vote for stockholders to amend a corporation’s bylaws and, therefore, the default voting standard set forth in a corporation’s bylaws will apply to votes to amend the bylaws unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise. In addition, the DGCL provides that a board of directors may amend the bylaws without further stockholder action if authorized to do so by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, a majority vote of the Board or the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our Bylaws or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend our Certificate of Incorporation (and, in addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required to amend any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects the rights, priorities or privileged of the Class B Common Stock). This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our bylaws and certificate of incorporation could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of the Board and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of Class A Common Stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and so long as Class A Common Stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval prior to the issuance of

175


shares of Class A Common Stock in certain circumstances, including (i) if the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued is, or will be upon issuance, equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance and (ii) if such issuance is to a person considered a Related Party (as defined in Rule 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) solely by virtue of being a substantial security holder of the issuer and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued exceeds five percent of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance.
The Board may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
Our authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and corporate acquisitions. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our Class A Common Stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholders’ stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court of Chancery shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of ours to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (3) any action asserting a claim arising under any provision of the DGCL, Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware or (6) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that, (i) such exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We note that our investors and stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation

176


described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Subscription Agreements, we are obligated to, among other things, register for resale certain securities that are held by the Sponsor, any other parties to the Registration Rights Agreement and the PIPE Investors. Subject to certain exceptions, we will bear all registration expenses under the Registration Rights Agreement. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the terms thereof, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our non-employee directors (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation, and without limiting any separate agreement to between any person and us or any of our subsidiaries, no non-employee director will (i) have any duty to present business opportunities to us or our subsidiaries or (ii) be liable to the us, any of our stockholders or any other person who acquires an interest in our stock, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires a business opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the us or any of our subsidiaries. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of, through his or her service to, or pursuant to a contract with, the Company.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the Company or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL from time to time. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. The DGCL does not permit a corporation to eliminate or limit the liability of a director who has acted in bad faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, knowingly violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director. If, however, the DGCL is amended to permit a corporation to eliminate or limit a director’s liability for any such conduct, then the exculpation provisions in our Certificate of

177


Incorporation will function automatically to eliminate our directors’ personal liability to the Company and its stockholder for such conduct.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We will also be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. In addition, in the event that one of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the Company: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director or officer are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance and indemnify the full amounts to which such director or officer are entitled under our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, without regard to any rights such director or officer may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Section 203 of the DGCL
In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 of the DGCL with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, however, include provisions similar to Section 203 of the DGCL that generally prohibit us from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless (i) such person became an interested stockholder as a result of a transaction approved by the Board (other than the Business Combination), (ii) such person acquired at least 85% of our voting stock (excluding shares owned by our officers and directors and employee stock plans) in the transaction by which such person became an interested stockholder or (iii) such transactions are approved by the Board and the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock (other than such stock owned by the interested stockholder). In general, a

178


person and its affiliates and associates will be an “interested stockholder” under our Certificate of Incorporation if such person (a) holds at least 15% of our voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of ours and (b) held at least 15% of our voting stock at any time during the three-year period preceding the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; however, a person that acquires greater than 15% of our voting stock solely as a result of actions taken by us will not be an interested stockholder unless such person thereafter acquires additional shares of voting stock other than as a result of further corporate action not caused by such person. Further, the foregoing restrictions will not apply if the business combination is with a person who became an interested stockholder as a result of the Business Combination (provided such person does not acquire more than an additional 1% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock after the date of the Closing). As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.
Warrants
Public Stockholders’ Warrants
There are currently outstanding an aggregate of 27,227,000 public warrants, which will entitle the holders of such warrants to acquire our Class A Common Stock.
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the Closing of the Business Combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A Common Stock. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, a holder must have at least three units to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the Closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We are not obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A Common Stock underlying such unit.
We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the Closing, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth business day after the Closing, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective

179


registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if our shares of Class A Common Stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering each such warrant for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of our shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of our shares of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.
Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00.    Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (which we refer to as the “Reference Value”).
We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined below) except as otherwise described below; and

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined above under “Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the

180


exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”).
During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of shares of our Class A Common Stock on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on the volume-weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of the warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the fifth paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the exercise price after such adjustment and the denominator of which is $10.00. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the second paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment less the decrease in the exercise price pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
60 months0.2610.2810.2970.3110.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
57 months0.2570.2770.2940.3100.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
54 months0.2520.2720.2910.3070.3220.3350.3470.3570.361
51 months0.2460.2680.2870.3040.3200.3330.3460.3570.361
48 months0.2410.2630.2830.3010.3170.3320.3440.3560.361
45 months0.2350.2580.2790.2980.3150.3300.3430.3560.361
42 months0.2280.2520.2740.2940.3120.3280.3420.3550.361
39 months0.2210.2460.2690.2900.3090.3250.3400.3540.361
36 months0.2130.2390.2630.2850.3050.3230.3390.3530.361
33 months0.2050.2320.2570.2800.3010.3200.3370.3520.361
30 months0.1960.2240.2500.2740.2970.3160.3350.3510.361
27 months0.1850.2140.2420.2680.2910.3130.3320.3500.361
24 months0.1730.2040.2330.2600.2850.3080.3290.3480.361
21 months0.1610.1930.2230.2520.2790.3040.3260.3470.361
18 months0.1460.1790.2110.2420.2710.2980.3220.3450.361
15 months0.1300.1640.1970.2300.2620.2910.3170.3420.361
12 months0.1110.1460.1810.2160.2500.2820.3120.3390.361
9 months0.0900.1250.1620.1990.2370.2720.3050.3360.361

181


Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
6 months0.0650.0990.1370.1780.2190.2590.2960.3310.361
3 months0.0340.0650.1040.1500.1970.2430.2860.3260.361
0 months0.0420.1150.1790.2330.2810.3230.361
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 shares of Class A Common Stock per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock.
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the shares of Class A Common Stock are trading at or above $10.00 per public share, which may be at a time when the trading price of shares of our Class A Common Stock is below the exercise price of the warrants. Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of October 1, 2020. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so.
No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the holder.
Redemption procedures.   A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-dilution Adjustments.   If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A

182


Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of APSG Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for shares of Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of shares of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our share capital into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the shares of Class A Common Stock during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, , then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter. The warrant agreement provides that no adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant will be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant as last adjusted. Any such adjustments that are not made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All such carried forward adjustments will be made (i) in connection with any subsequent adjustment that (taken together with such carried forward adjustments) would result in a change of at least 1% in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant and (ii) on the exercise date of any warrant.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing entity and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable

183


and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.
The warrants are issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus relating to the APSG IPO, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
The public warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.
Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
Private Placement Warrants
The private placement warrants (including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination (except in limited exceptions) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The private placement warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, the private placement warrants are not exercisable more than five years from October 1, 2020, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as the Sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the units in the APSG IPO. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in the APSG IPO.
If holders of the private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common

184


Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” ​(defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our capital stock is Continental Transfer & Trust Company.
Listing
Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.

185


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of June 16, 2022:

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock;

each of our current named executive officers and directors; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Company stock issuable upon exercise of options and warrants currently exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding solely for purposes of calculating the percentage of total voting power of the beneficial owner thereof.
The beneficial ownership of our Common Stock is based on 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock and 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June 16, 2022. The share amounts in the table below do not reflect any redemptions in connection with the Business Combination.
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement” for additional information regarding our relationship with American Express.
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Five Percent Holders
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (3)
162,388,08474.0%162,388,08441.2%36.0%
American Express Company(4)
157,786,19973.5%157,786,19940.0%35.0%
Expedia Group, Inc.(5)
74,274,19856.6%74,274,19818.8%16.5%
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(6)
34,569,38450.0%7.5%
Ares Partners Holdco LLC(7)
8,675,56815.2%1.9%
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund,
LTD(8)
8,200,00014.4%1.8%
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(9)
8,000,00014.0%1.8%
Marshall Wace LLP(10)
6,109,05910.7%1.4%
Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd.(11)
4,696,9818.2%1.0%
Bank of Montreal(12)
4,144,7547.3%*%
Zoom Video Communications, Inc.(13)
4,000,0007.0%*
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Paul Abbott
Andrew George Crawley
Michael Qualantone(14)
1,535,7842.6%*%
James P. Bush
Gloria Guevara Manzo
Eric Hart
Raymond Donald Joabar
Michael Gregory O’Hara
Richard Petrino
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi
Itai Wallach
Susan Ward
Kathleen Winters

186


Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (20 Individuals)(14)
6,304,42510.0%1.4%
*
Less than 1%
(1)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). “Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned” includes the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(2)
The business address of each director and executive officer of GBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10172.
(3)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Juweel is managed by its board of directors. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, WA 98119.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Numbers and percentages include 12,224,134 private placement warrants, which, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is managed by affiliates of Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole member of Holdings GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Marc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and James Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the securities held of record by Sponsor. The address of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed by the Ares Entities (as defined below) with the SEC on June 8, 2022. Consists of 8,675,568 shares of Class A Common Stock. 4,337,784 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., 2,168,891 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and 2,168,893 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. (collectively, the “Ares Holders”). The manager of the Ares Holders is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares

187


Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock owned by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., respectively. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., each with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares of Class A Common Stock. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(8)
HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(9)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(10)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022 by Marshall Wace LLP. The business address of Marshall Wace LLP is George House, 131 Sloane Street, London, SW1X 9AT, UK.
(11)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on May 2, 2022 by Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd., Empyrean Capital Partners, LP and Amos Meron, each of which shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the reported shares shown above. The business address of such parties is c/o Empyrean Capital Partners, LP, 10250 Constellation Boulevard, Suite 2950, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(12)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 15, 2022 by Bank of Montreal. The business address of Bank of Montreal is 100 King Street West, 21st Floor, Toronto, M5X 1A1, Ontario, Canada.
(13)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Shares consist of vested and unvested GBTG Options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date of this prospectus.

188


U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary is a discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants, which we refer to collectively as our securities. This section applies only to holders that hold our securities as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment).
This section is general in nature and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s circumstances or status, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to a holder subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions;

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

insurance companies;

dealers or traders subject to a mark-to-market method of tax accounting with respect to our securities;

persons holding our securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction, or persons deemed to sell our securities under constructive sale provisions of the Code;

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities;

holders who are controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

persons who acquired our securities through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services;

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our common stock;

U.S. holders that hold our securities through a non-U.S. broker or other non-U.S. intermediary;

persons who are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

persons that are subject to “applicable financial statement rules” under Section 451(b) of the Code;

tax-exempt entities; or

the Sponsor or its affiliates.
This discussion is based on the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein (possibly with retroactive effect).
This discussion does not take into account proposed changes in such tax laws and does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as estate or gift tax consequences, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on investment income). Each of the foregoing is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. You should consult your tax advisors with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
We have not and do not intend to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service regarding any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not take positions that are inconsistent with the discussion below or that any such positions would not be sustained by a court.

189


If a partnership (or any entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner of such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding any of our securities and persons that are treated as partners of such partnerships should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our securities.
THE FOLLOWING IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. ALL PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our securities who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “United States persons” ​(within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has validly elected to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Taxation of Distributions
If we pay distributions in cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in Class A Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described under “— U.S. holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below.
Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder will generally constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum preferential tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains.
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a U.S. holder of Warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants) as a result of a distribution

190


of cash or other property, such as other securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such U.S. holders as described under “— U.S. holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if such U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash. Generally, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrant would be increased to the extent any such constructive distribution is treated as a dividend.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the share of Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant will generally be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant and the exercise price of such warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; however, in either case the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a “recapitalization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. Although we expect a U.S. holder’s cashless exercise of our warrants (including after we provide notice of our intent to redeem warrants for cash) to be treated as a recapitalization, a cashless exercise could alternatively be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized.
In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would generally equal the holder’s tax basis in the warrant exercised. If a cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the following day. If, however, a cashless exercise is treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A Common Stock would include the holding period of the warrant.
If a cashless exercise is treated as a taxable exchange, a U.S. holder could be deemed to have surrendered a number of warrants having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in such warrants. Such gain or loss would be long-term or short-term depending on the U.S. holder’s holding period in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would equal the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrants exercised and the exercise price of such warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Warrant.

191


Because of the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Class A Common Stock received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.
If we redeem Warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants” or if we purchase Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. holder, taxed as described above under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Non-U.S. Holders
The following describes U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder. A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a non-resident alien individual;

a foreign corporation; or

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
Taxation of Distributions
In general, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a non-U.S. holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). In the case of any constructive dividend, it is possible that this tax would be withheld from any amount owed to a non-U.S. holder by the applicable withholding agent, including cash distributions on other property or sale proceeds from warrants or other property subsequently paid or credited to such holder. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of Class A Common Stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock, which will be treated as described under “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below. In addition, if we determine that we are classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(see “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below), we will withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and if a tax treaty applies are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to U.S. holders. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, dividends that are effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as

192


discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a non-U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants), including as a result of a distribution of cash or other property, such as securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such non-U.S. holders as described under “— Non-U.S. holders —  Taxation of Distributions” above. A non-U.S. holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding under that section in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash.
Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the non-U.S. holder);

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

GBTG is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, and either (i) GBTG’s Class A Common Stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market or (ii) the non-U.S. holder has owned or is deemed to have owned under constructive ownership rules, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of GBTG’s Class A Common Stock.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in addition, a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point that is a foreign corporation will be subject to U.S. federal “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate) on such non-U.S. holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments). Any gain of a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses during the taxable year of the disposition) generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate). If you are such an individual, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the third bullet point above that is recognized by such non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants generally will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of such Class A Common Stock or warrants from a non-U.S. holder may be required to withhold U.S. income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such disposition unless our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and such non-U.S. holder did not actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock at any time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the date of the sale or disposition and (b) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period in such stock. We anticipate that our Class A Common Stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering. However, no assurance can be given in this regard and no assurance can be given that our Class A Common Stock will remain regularly traded in the future. GBTG will generally be classified as a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax

193


purposes. GBTG does not expect to be classified as a USRPHC. However, such determination is factual in nature and subject to change, and no assurance can be provided as to whether GBTG is or will be a USRPHC with respect to a non-U.S. holder at any future time.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the exercise, lapse or redemption of a non-U.S. holder’s warrant will generally correspond to the characterization described under “— U.S. holders — Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise or redemption results in a taxable exchange, the tax consequences to the non-U.S. holder would be similar to those described above in “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to Class A Common Stock and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of Class A Common Stock or warrants may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status.
A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting (other than with respect to dividends) and backup withholding by providing certification of its non-U.S. status on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, set forth in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, foreign financial institutions (which include hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds and any other investment vehicles regardless of their size) must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or bear a withholding tax on certain payments made to them (including such payments made to them in their capacity as intermediaries). Generally, if a foreign financial institution or certain other foreign entity does not comply with these reporting requirements, “withholdable payments” to the noncomplying entity will be subject to a 30% withholding tax. For this purpose, withholdable payments include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax and, subject to the discussion of the proposed Treasury Regulations below, the entire gross proceeds from the sale of certain equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. This withholding tax will apply to a non-compliant foreign financial institution regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident withholding tax.
Withholding under Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) will generally apply to payments of dividends on Class A Common Stock to foreign financial institutions that are not in compliance with FATCA. The U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or disposition of equity interests. In its preamble to the proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.
Similar withholding requirements to the foregoing apply to dividends on and, subject to the proposed regulations, gross proceeds from the sale of, Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn be required to provide to the Secretary of the Treasury.

194


If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding these rules and whether they may be relevant to such non-U.S. holder’s ownership and disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have entered into intergovernmental agreements with the United States in connection with FATCA may be subject to different rules.

195


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering the issuance by us of up to 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the public warrants and private placement warrants. We are also registering for resale by the Selling Securityholders (i) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants.
Except as set forth in any applicable agreement providing registration rights, the Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in connection with disposing of the securities. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.
The securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders. The term “Selling Securityholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors in interest selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Securityholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at prices and under terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price or in negotiated transactions. Each Selling Securityholder reserves the right to accept and, together with its respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents. The Selling Securityholders and any of their permitted transferees may sell their securities offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. If underwriters are used in the sale, such underwriters will acquire the shares for their own account. These sales may be at a fixed price or varying prices, which may be changed, or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices relating to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The securities may be offered to the public through underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters or by underwriters without a syndicate. The obligations of the underwriters to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions. The underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the securities offered if any of the securities are purchased.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the securities offered by this prospectus:

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of NYSE;

through trading plans entered into by a Selling Securityholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;

to or through underwriters or broker-dealers;

at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

directly to purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

in options transactions;

196



through a combination of any of the above methods of sale; or

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.
The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by a Selling Securityholder that a donee, pledgee, transferee, other successor-in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a Selling Securityholder.
With respect to a particular offering of the securities held by the Selling Securityholders, to the extent required, an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, will be prepared and will set forth the following information:

the specific securities to be offered and sold;

the names of the Selling Securityholders;

the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the proceeds to be received from the sale, if any, and other material terms of the offering;

the names of any participating agents, broker-dealers or underwriters; and

any applicable commissions, discounts, concessions and other items constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders.
In connection with distributions of the securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions. In connection with such transactions, broker-dealers or other financial institutions may engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume with Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may also sell the securities short and redeliver the securities to close out such short positions. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The Selling Securityholders may also pledge securities to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, and, upon a default, such broker-dealer or other financial institution, may effect sales of the pledged securities pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
In order to facilitate the offering of the securities, any underwriters or agents, as the case may be, involved in the offering of such securities may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may overallot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in our securities for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of our securities, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may bid for, and purchase, such securities in the open market. Finally, in any offering of securities through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allotted to an underwriter or a broker-dealer for distributing such securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters or agents, as the case may be, are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Selling Securityholders may solicit offers to purchase the securities directly from, and they may sell such securities directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be

197


involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our securities. Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.
The Selling Securityholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Securityholders pay for solicitation of these contracts.
A Selling Securityholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Securityholder or borrowed from any Selling Securityholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Securityholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Securityholder may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.
In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the Selling Securityholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate. Broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions, discounts or concessions from the Selling Securityholders in amounts to be negotiated immediately prior to the sale.
In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

198


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
We have 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of July 18, 2022. All of the 20,420,250 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and the Insiders are restricted securities, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of the 32,350,000 PIPE Securities we issued to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the Subscription Agreements are also restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part registers for resale all of the Founder Shares and PIPE Securities, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement or applicable Subscription Agreements.
Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, we have 39,451,134 warrants issued and outstanding, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants originally sold as part of the units issued in the APSG IPO and 12,224,134 private placement warrants that were sold by APSG to the Sponsor in a private placement prior to the APSG IPO. Each warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The public warrants are freely tradable. In addition, we have filed the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part under the Securities Act covering the 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the warrants and resales by the holders of the 12,234,134 warrants, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration or redemption of the warrants.
We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of our shares and warrants or the availability of our shares and warrants for sale will have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock or warrants in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Rule 144
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.
Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding; or

the average weekly reported trading volume of Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

199



the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company (“Form 10 information”).
Following the consummation of the Business Combination we are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.
As a result, the Sponsor and the Insiders will be able to sell their Founder Shares and private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information with the SEC. Similarly, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will be able to sell the Class A Common Stock they receive upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with certain agreements related to the Business Combination, certain Selling Securityholders who received Founder Shares, GBTG Options, MIP Options, GBT B Ordinary Shares, Class B Common Stock, earnout shares and any shares of Class A Common Stock into which such stock and shares are converted are subject to a post-Closing lock-up until the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date. The PIPE Securities will not be subject to a post-Closing lock-up period.

200


LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of the Class A Common Stock and warrants covered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of GBT JerseyCo Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of Egencia at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years then ended, appearing in this registration statement and related Preliminary Prospectus of Global Business Travel Group, Inc. have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever reference is made in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the annexes to the prospectus and the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The information found on, or that can be accessed from or that is hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement through the SEC’s website, as provided herein.

201


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-24
F-28
F-29
F-30
F-31
F-32
GBT JerseyCo Limited
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-50
F-52
F-53
F-54
F-55
F-56
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-75
F-76
F-78
F-79
F-80
F-82
F-83

F-1


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.).
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash$80,242$161,277
Prepaid expenses336,193495,915
Total current assets416,435657,192
Investments held in Trust Account817,678,426817,356,537
Total assets$818,094,861$818,013,729
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued offering costs$5,594,897$6,560,426
Advances from related party4,258,5892,040,211
Note payable – Sponsor5,800,0005,800,000
Total current liabilities15,653,48614,400,637
Derivative warrant liabilities60,098,28555,943,533
Deferred underwriting compensation28,588,35028,588,350
Total liabilities104,340,12198,932,520
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Temporary Equity:
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 81,681,000 shares (at $10.00 per share) as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021816,810,000816,810,000
Shareholders’ deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.00005 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding excluding the shares subject to possible redemption
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares
authorized, 20,420,250 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31,
2022 and December 31, 2021
1,0211,021
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit(103,056,281)(97,729,812)
Total shareholders’ deficit(103,055,260)(97,728,791)
Total liabilities, temporary equity and shareholders’ deficit$818,094,861$818,013,729
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-3


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
REVENUE$$
EXPENSES
Administrative fee – related party50,00150,647
General and administrative1,441,5674,592,167
TOTAL EXPENSES1,491,5684,642,814
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Investment income from Trust Account321,889141,517
Interest expense(2,038)(615)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(4,154,752)24,785,058
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)(3,834,901)24,925,960
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted81,681,00081,681,000
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class A ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
Weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted20,420,25020,420,250
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class B ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-4


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$ —$(97,729,812)$(97,728,791)
Net loss(5,326,469)(5,326,469)
Balance as of March 31, 202220,420,250$1,021$$(103,056,281)$(103,055,260)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202020,420,250$1,021$ —$(103,929,702)$(103,928,681)
Net income20,283,14620,283,146
Balance as of March 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$$(83,646,556)$(83,645,535)
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-5


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Investment income earned on investment held in Trust Account(321,889)(141,517)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities4,154,752(24,785,058)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses159,722150,174
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(965,529)4,138,691
Advances from Related Parties2,218,378
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities(81,035)(354,564)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from Sponsor note800,000
Repayment of advances from Sponsor(371,767)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities428,233
Net change in cash(81,035)73,669
Cash at beginning of period161,277257,872
Cash at end of period$80,242$331,541
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-6


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN
Organizational and General
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.) (the “Company”) was initially incorporated in Cayman Islands on October 10, 2008 under the name of APH III (Sub I), Ltd. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). On August 6, 2020, the Company formally changed its name to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital.
At March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 10, 2008 through March 31, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) described below and search for a target company. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the net proceeds derived from the Public Offering.
Sponsor and Public Offering
On October 6, 2020, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 75,000,000 units, $0.00005 par value at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) generating gross proceeds of $750,000,000 which is described in Note 4. APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (the “Sponsor”), purchased an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant, or approximately $17,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering. Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the private placement on October 6, 2020, $750,000,000 was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) (discussed below). Transaction costs amounted to $41,389,428 consisting of $15,000,000 of underwriting fees, $26,250,000 of deferred underwriting fees payable (which are held in Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee) and $139,428 of Public Offering costs. These costs were charged to temporary equity upon completion of the Public Offering. As described in Note 4, the $26,250,000 deferred underwriting fee payable is contingent upon the consummation of an Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022 (or by January 6, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for the Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022) (the “Completion Window”). In addition, $2,344,508 of costs were allocated to the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants and were included in the statement of operations as a component of other income/(expense).
On November 10, 2020, the Company consummated the closing of the sale of 6,681,000 additional Units at a price of $10 per unit upon receiving notice of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option (“Overallotment Units”), generating additional gross proceeds of $66,810,000 and incurred additional offering costs of $3,674,550 in underwriting fees. Simultaneously with the exercise of the overallotment, the Company consummated the Private Placement of an additional 890,800 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $1,336,200. Of the additional $3,674,550 in underwriting fees, $2,338,350 is deferred until the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option, 1,142,250 Founder Shares were forfeited.
The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the Public Offering, the Private Placement, debt or a combination of the foregoing.

F-7


Trust Account
The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. At March 31, 2022, the proceeds of the Public Offering were held in U.S. government securities, as specified above.
The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay its tax obligations (the “Permitted Withdrawals”), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares included in the Units (the “Public Shares”) sold in the Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to affect the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares if it has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.
MANAGEMENT
Officers, Directors and Director Nominees
Our officers,The following sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus, concerning the persons who serve as our directors and director nomineesexecutive officers. There are no family relationships among the executive officers or between any executive officer or director. All executive officers are appointed by the board of directors to serve in their roles. Each executive officer is appointed for such term as follows:may be prescribed by the board of directors or until a successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal.
Board of Directors
The table below lists each of our directors and each such person’s age as of the date of this prospectus.
NameAgePositionPositionAge
Sanjay Patel*59Chief Executive Officer and Director
James Crossen*47Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
Scott Kleinman47Executive Chairman of Board of Directors
Jennifer Fleiss37Paul AbbottDirector53
Mitch GarberJames P. BushDirector64
Gloria Guevara ManzoDirector54
Eric HartDirector46
Raymond Donald JoabarDirector56Director
James H. Simmons III53Michael Gregory (Greg) O’HaraDirector56
Richard PetrinoDirector54
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-SowaidiDirector40
Itai WallachDirector34
Susan WardDirector61
Kathleen WintersDirector54
*
Denotes an executive officer.
Sanjay PatelMichael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara served as the Chairman of GBT since June 2014 and has served as the Chairman of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Patel serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. PatelO’Hara is Chairman Internationalthe Founder and Senior PartnerManaging Director of PrivateCertares, a firm that invests in the travel, tourism and hospitality sectors, and co-founder of GO Acquisition Corp. Prior to forming Certares, Mr. O’Hara served as Chief Investment Officer of JPMorgan Chase’s Special Investments Group (“JPM SIG”). Prior to this role at JPM SIG, Mr. O’Hara was a Managing Director of One Equity Partners (“OEP”), the private equity arm of Apollo, with responsibility for helping to buildJPMorgan. Before joining OEP in 2005, he served as Executive Vice President of Worldspan and develop Apollo’s international businesses. He is currentlywas a member of Apollo’sits Board of Directors. Mr. O’Hara is the Chairperson of Hertz Global Holdings and Vice Chairman of Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings and serves on the Boards of Directors of Certares Holdings, CK Opportunities Fund, Certares Real Estate Holdings, Hertz Global Holdings (Nasdaq: HTZ) Liberty TripAdvisor Holdings (Nasdaq: LTRPA) and Tripadvisor (Nasdaq: TRIP), Singer Vehicle Design and World Travel & Tourism Council.
James P. Bush joined the GBT Board in January 2020 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Bush joined American Express in 1987 and served various marketing, customer service and operations roles before becoming EVP and General Manager of the new Strategic Alliances Group in 2000. Before retiring from American Express in 2018, Mr. Bush served as a Senior Advisor to the new CEO, with a special focus on growth opportunities in Asia. In his most recent profit and loss role from 2015 to 2018, Mr. Bush was President, Global Network and International Card Services, responsible for all consumer business outside the U.S. and all global bank partnerships. As EVP, World Service from 2009 to 2015 and EVP, US Service Delivery from 2005 to 2009, Mr. Bush led customer care as well as global operations, card processing and credit and fraud management. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Bush was the Regional President, Japan/Asia Pacific/Australia. Mr. Bush is a member of the Global Policy Forum at Penn State University, the Board of Trustees and the President’s Council at Valley Health System in New Jersey, the Corporate Board of Jupiter Medical Center in Jupiter, Florida and the Board of Trustees of Rider University. Mr. Bush previously served on the board of Webster Financial Corporation. Mr. Bush received his B.S. in Accounting from Rider University.
Eric Hart has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Hart is the Chief Financial Officer at Expedia Group. Prior to this role, Mr. Hart acted as Chief Strategy Officer where he was responsible

142


for Expedia Group strategy and business development as well as global M&A and investments. In his over 10 years with Expedia Group, Mr. Hart was most recently the General Manager of CarRentals.com. Prior to his role as General Manager, Mr. Hart led corporate strategy for the company, leading some of the company’s largest acquisitions. Prior to joining Expedia Group, Mr. Hart spent time as a Vice President at Lake Capital, a Project Leader at Boston Consulting Group, and a Consultant at Accenture. Hart holds a bachelor’s degree from Georgia State University and a Master’s in Business Administration from University of Chicago Booth School of Business.
Raymond Donald Joabar joined the GBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Joabar joined American Express in 1992 and has served in a wide variety of senior roles. Mr. Joabar is Group President of American Express’ Global Merchant & Network Services (“GMNS”) organization. In this position, he leads the team that oversees relationships with the millions of merchants around the world that accept American Express, as well as the team that runs American Express’ payment network and manages bank partnerships globally. Mr. Joabar is a member of the American Express Executive Committee, which is responsible for developing the company’s strategic direction and determining key policies affecting the company overall. Prior to his role as Group President, GMNS, Mr. Joabar served as Chief Risk Officer of American Express and American Express National Bank from September 2019 to May 2021. As Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Joabar was responsible for developing American Express’ and the American Express National Bank’s risk appetite, ensuring safety and soundness, and strengthening the control and compliance environment. Prior to this, Mr. Joabar served as President of the International Consumer Services and Global Travel and Lifestyle Services group at American Express, where he helped lead the development of the country-by-country strategy that led to accelerated growth in the company’s top strategic international markets. Mr. Joabar received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan and his MBA from Manchester Business School. He currently serves on the boards of the Lincoln Center Theatre and the American Associates of the National Theatre.
Richard Petrino joined the GBT Board in October 2019 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Petrino is COO of American Express National Bank (“AENB”) and a member of the AENB Board of Directors and American Express’ Executive Committee. In this role, Mr. Petrino is responsible for the administration of programs and services provided by AENB in partnership with the CEO and other executive officers of AENB. Prior to his role as COO, Mr. Petrino served as Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller of American Express. Over his 25+ year career at American Express, Mr. Petrino served in various roles of increasing responsibility in both the Finance and Risk Management Committeeorganizations. These roles included American Express Chief Operational Risk Officer as well as SVP of Corporate Planning and Investor Relations. Prior to joining American Express, Mr. Petrino worked in the Controllers Group at CS First Boston and in the Audit Group at KPMG. Mr. Petrino received his degree in Accounting from Lehigh University and his MBA from NYU. He is also a CPA.
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi joined the GBT Board in June 2014 and has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is the Chief Investment Officer — North and South Americas, for the Qatar Investment Authority, where he leads QIA’s investments across various asset classes in the Americas region. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is also a member of the QIA executive committee. Mr. Al-Sowaidi was President — Qatar Investment Authority US Office, in New York for the period 2015-2020, where Mr. Al-Sowaidi established QIA’s office in the United States, which office hosts an investment team that supports QIA to become a significant investor in the US. Mr. Al-Sowadi joined QIA in 2010 and has held multiple roles, such as Portfolio Manager for the TMT Portfolio, Industrial Portfolio and Head of the Private Equity Investment CommitteesFunds Portfolio. Before joining QIA, Mr. Al-Sowaidi was a Director, Corporate Banking at Masraf Al-Rayan covering the Government and was formerly HeadReal Estate Sectors from 2006-2010 and Financial Analyst at ExxonMobil Treasury in Qatar from 2004-2006. Mr. Al-Sowaidi is a CFA Charterholder, 2013 and obtained his MBA from the TRIUM Program in 2018. Mr. Al-Sowaidi holds double major Bachelor’s Degrees in Statistics and Finance from the University of EuropeMissouri Columbia.
Susan Ward joined the GBT Board in September 20, 2021 and managing partnerhas served as a member of Apollo European Principal Finance. Heour Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Ward currently serves on the board of directors of Tegra Apparel; he previouslySaia, Inc. (Nasdaq: SAIA) and Ecovyst Inc. (NYSE: ECVT). Ms. Ward is the retired Chief Accounting Officer of UPS with her career spanning more than 25 years. At UPS, she held a variety of roles within Finance & Accounting as well as Operations. Her experience includes Corporate Finance, Mergers & Acquisitions, Global Risk Management,

143


Pension Investments, External Reporting, Corporate Accounting, and Internal Audit. Ms. Ward’s experience also includes P&L responsibility for a U.S. small package operation and the design and execution of a global finance and accounting functional transformation, which was targeted to save annually through technology enabled solutions such as data analytics, artificial intelligence and robotics. Prior to joining UPS, Ms. Ward served as a Senior Manager at Ernst & Young in both New York City and Atlanta where her industry experience included real estate, telecommunications and entrepreneurial businesses. Ms. Ward received her Bachelors in Accounting from St. Bonaventure University and her MBA in Finance from Fordham University. Ms. Ward also attended the Leadership and Strategic Impact Executive Program at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Ms. Ward is a Certified Public Accountant.
Gloria Guevara Manzo has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Guevara Manzo has served as Chief Special Advisor for the Ministry of Tourism of Saudi Arabia since May 2021. Prior to joining the Ministry of Tourism of Saudi Arabia, Ms. Guevara Manzo was President and CEO of the World Travel & Tourism Council (“WTCC”), the body that represents global private travel and tourism worldwide, from August 2017 to May 2021. Ms. Guevara Manzo began her career at NCR Corp in 1989 and in the travel industry in 1995 working at Sabre Travel Network and Sabre Holdings. Ms. Guevara Manzo later served as CEO of JV Sabre Mexico, reporting to a board of directors from Aeromexico, Mexicana, and Sabre Holdings. In March 2010, Ms. Guevara Manzo was appointed by President Felipe Calderon as Secretary of Tourism for Mexico, and in addition, was given the full responsibility of the Mexican Tourism Board. Ms. Guevara Manzo formerly served on the boards of directorsHSBC Mexico, Playa Hotels & Resorts (Nasdaq: PLYA) and other organizations. Ms. Guevara Manzo was Special Advisor on Government Affairs to Harvard University’s School of Amissima Holdings, Brit Insurance, Countrywide PLCPublic Health and Watcheswas part of Switzerland. Mr. Patel joined Apollothe Future for Travel, Tourism and Aviation Global Agenda Council of the World Economic Forum. Ms. Guevara Manzo received her B.S. in 2010Computer Science from Anahuac University and MBA from Kellogg School of Business, Northwestern University.
Itai Wallach has served as Head of International Private Equity. Prior to Apollo, Mr. Patel was a partner at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he was co-head of European and Indian Private Equity for the Principal Investment Area (PIA), a member of the Goldman Sachs Partnership Committee and a member of the Investment Committee of the Goldman Sachs Foundation. Prior thereto, he was President of Greenwich Street Capital.our Board since May 27, 2022. Mr. PatelWallach is a member of the Harvard Graduate School of Design Dean’s Leadership Council and the Stanford Graduate School of Business Advisory Council. He also serves on the Investment Committee of the Eton College Foundation and is a member of the Eton Development Advisory Council. He received his AB and SM engineering degrees, magna cum laude, from Harvard College and received his MBA degree from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar. He was educated at Eton Collegepartner in the UK, where he was a King’s Scholar. We believe Mr. Patel’s extensive financial background and expertise in investing in public and private companies makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
James Crossen — Mr. Crossen serves as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Crossen is Chief Financial Officer for Private Equity and Real Assets at Apollo, having joined Apollo in 2010. Prior to that time, Mr. Crossen was a Controller at Roundtable Investment Partners LLC. Prior thereto, Mr. Crossen was a Controller at Fortress Investment Group. Prior to that time, Mr. Crossen was a member of the Funds Management and Tax Group at JP Morgan Partners LLC. Mr. Crossen is a Certified Public Accountant in New York. Mr. Crossen served in the United States Marine Corps and graduated summa cum laude from the University of Connecticut.
Scott Kleinman — Mr. Kleinman serves as the Executive Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Kleinman is Co-Presidentgroup of Apollo, Global Management, Inc., sharing responsibility for all of Apollo’s revenue-generating and investing businesses across its integrated alternative investment platform.which he joined in 2012. Mr. Kleinman, who focuses on Apollo’s equity and opportunistic businesses as well as its financial institutions and insurance activities, joined Apollo in 1996, and in 2009 he was named Lead Partner for Private Equity. Mr. KleinmanWallach also currently serves on the board of directors of Athene Holding Ltd. andQdoba Restaurant Corporation. He was previously served on the boardsBoard of directorsDirectors of Vectra, Momentive Performance Materials, Hexion, Constellis GroupJacuzzi Brands from February 2017 to February 2019, McGraw-Hill Education from March 2017 to July 2021, Smart & Final from June 2019 to July 2021, Smart Foodservice from April 2019 to April 2020 and CH2M Hill Companies.The Fresh Market from January 2017 to December 2020. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. KleinmanWallach was a member of the Financial Sponsors Investment Banking divisiongroup at Smith Barney Inc. In 2014, Mr. Kleinman foundedBarclays Capital. He graduated with distinction as an Ivey scholar from the Kleinman Center for Energy PolicyRichard Ivey School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania. He isWestern Ontario with a Bachelor of Arts in Honors Business Administration.
Kathleen Winters has served as a member of our Board since May 27, 2022. Ms. Winters served as Chief Financial Officer of ADP (Nasdaq: ADP), a leading global technology company providing human capital management solutions, from 2019 to 2021. As CFO, Ms. Winters guided the Company through the pandemic, accelerated meaningful digital and operational transformation and implemented a rigorous capital allocation program. Ms. Winters led ADP’s global finance organization and represented the company to stakeholders, communicating the company’s strategy, investments and financial performance. Ms. Winters oversaw Business Finance, Financial Planning and Analysis, Investor Relations, Tax, Treasury (including Client Fund Portfolio Investment), Controllership and Internal Audit. Ms. Winters currently serves as a member of the Board of OverseersDirectors and Audit Committee of Definitive Healthcare (Nasdaq: DH), an industry leader in healthcare commercial intelligence. Prior to joining ADP, Ms. Winters served as Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer of MSCI Inc. (NYSE: MSCI), a leading provider of investment decision support tools for institutional investors, including indexes, for three years. Before joining MSCI, Ms. Winters spent fourteen years in various leadership roles at Honeywell International, including CFO of Performance Materials & Technologies, a $10 billion materials and services company, Corporate Controller and Global Leader of Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to Honeywell, Ms. Winters began her career at PwC, serving clients primarily in the University of Pennsylvania Stuart Weitzman School of Design. Mr. Kleinmanentertainment and media industries. Ms. Winters received her bachelor’s degree from Boston College, is a BACPA and BS from the University of Pennsylvania and the Wharton School of Business, respectively, graduating magna cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa. We believe Mr. Kleinman’s extensive background in finance and business makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.a Six Sigma Certified Black Belt.
 
104144

 
Jennifer FleissExecutive Officers
The table below lists our executive officers and each such person’s age as of the date of this prospectus.
NamePositionAge
Paul AbbottChief Executive Officer53
Eric J. BockChief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary57
Andrew George CrawleyChief Commercial Officer55
Martine GerowChief Financial Officer61
Mark HollyheadPresident, Egencia52
Patricia Anne HuskaChief People Officer53
Evan KonwiserEVP Product, Strategy and Communications40
Michael QualantoneChief Revenue Officer60
Boriana TchobanovaChief Transformation Officer47
David ThompsonChief Technology Officer55
Paul Abbott —  Ms. Fleiss serves as a director. Ms. Fleiss most recentlyhas served as the Chief Executive Officer of Jetblack, a subdivision of Walmart,GBT since October 2019 and priorhas served as Co-Founder, President and Director of Rentour Chief Executive Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Runway. During her nineCompany, Mr. Abbott was Chief Commercial Officer, Global Commercial Payments at American Express. In his 24 years at Rent the Runway, Ms. FleissAmerican Express, Mr. Abbott served in a variety of leadershipsenior roles across the corporate travel business. Mr. Abbott led the rapid and successful expansion of the American Express Business-to-Business Payments business around the world and introduced innovative new products and services to four million businesses of all sizes in operations, strategy and business development. Ms. Fleiss currently serves onover 150 countries. In addition, Mr. Abbott led the Boardexpansion of DirectorsAmerican Express’ card-issuing partnerships with some of Rent the Runway, Shutterfly and Party City. Previously, Ms. Fleissworld’s largest financial institutions. Mr. Abbott previously worked at Lehman Brothers and Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. Ms. FleissBritish Airways for nine years. Mr. Abbott received her M.B.A.his postgraduate degree from Harvard Business School in 2009 and her Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Yale University in 2005. We believe Ms. Fleiss’ extensive background in operations, strategy and business makes her well qualified to serve on our board of directors.Lancaster University.
Mitch GarberEric J. Bock has served as the Chief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Corporate Secretary of GBT since October 2014 and has served as our Chief Legal Officer, Global Head of M&A and Compliance & Corporate Secretary since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Garber servesBock served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer, as well as Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of Travelport Worldwide Limited (“Travelport”) and as a director. Mr. Garber is the former CEOmember of Optimal Payments/Paysafe, PartyGaming Plc / PartyBwin and Caesars Acquisition Company. Mr. Garber is the Chairman of Invest in Canada, the Canadian agency responsible for foreign investment in Canada. Mr. Garber also currently sits on the board of directors of Rackspace Technology, ShutterflyeNett International, a leading provider of innovative, integrated payment solutions. In addition to playing an integral role in developing and Fosun Fashion Group. From 2015 to 2020,implementing Travelport’s strategic plans, Mr. GarberBock was the non-executivealso Chairman of Cirque du Soleil. Mr. Garber isthe Enterprise Risk Management Committee and a minority owner and executive committee member of the NHL Seattle Kraken. He holds a BA from McGill University, a JDEmployee Benefits, Charitable, Disclosure and an honorary doctorate fromInvestment Committees. Prior to joining Travelport, Mr. Bock served as Executive Vice President, Law and Corporate Secretary for Cendant Corporation, overseeing the University of Ottawacompany’s legal practice groups in securities and was awarded the Order of Canada in 2019. We believe thatcorporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, corporate secretarial and governance matters, executive compensation, travel distribution services and marketing services. Mr. Garber’s extensive background in financeBock also served on Cendant Corporation’s business ethics committee, disclosure committee, employee benefits committee and business makes him well qualified to serve on our boardcontinuity planning committee. Before Cendant Corporation, Mr. Bock was an associate in the corporate group of directors.Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Bock received his B.A. from Lafayette College and his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.
James H. Simmons IIIAndrew George Crawley has served as the Chief Commercial Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since May 27, 2022. Mr. Simmons servesCrawley is also a non-executive director of Travelopia, a KKR portfolio company. Previously, Mr. Crawley served as a director. Mr. Simmons is CEO and Founding Partner of Asland Capital Partners, serving as head of its investment committee with oversight over the day-to-day operations of the firm. Mr. Simmons has over two decades of real estate investment experience across the public and private sectors. Prior to founding Asland Capital Partners, Mr. Simmons was a Partner at Ares Management, where he led the Ares Domestic Emerging Markets Fund, and was previously a Partner at Apollo Real Estate Advisors. Mr. Simmons was also previously president and CEO of the Upper Manhattan Empowerment Zone Development Corporation and held prior roles at Bankers Trust and Salomon Smith Barney. Mr. Simmons currently serves on the Board of Directors of LifePoint Health. Mr. Simmons received a BS degree from Princeton University, an MS from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and a Master of Management degree from Northwestern University’s J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management. We believe Mr. Simmons’ extensive background in business and investing in public and private companies makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors
We intend to have five directors upon completion of this offering. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Sanjay Patel and Scott Kleinman, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Jennifer Fleiss and James Simmons, will expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mitch Garber, will expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.
Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretionChairman of the board of directors rather than for specific terms of office. Our boardInternational Airlines Group (“IAG”) Loyalty. In addition, Mr. Crawley was a member of directors is authorizedthe IAG Management Committee from January 2016 to appoint personsMarch 2020. Prior to the offices set forth in our bylawsjoining IAG Loyalty, Mr. Crawley served as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consistCEO of aIAG Cargo. Prior to joining IAG Cargo, Mr. Crawley served as Chief Commercial Officer and Executive Board Member at British Airways plc (“British Airways”). Mr. Crawley also served as Chairman of British Airways Holidays, Chairman of OpenSkies (British Airways’ wholly-owned French airline subsidiary) and a board member of Avios Group Ltd. Mr. Crawley started his travel career in British Airways in 1992 and worked in a variety of sales, marketing and operational roles in the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, TreasurerUK, Europe and such other offices as may be determined byAsia, ultimately serving on the board of directors.
Director Independence
The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person who has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Our board of directors has determined that each of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber andcompany. Prior to joining British Airways, Mr. Crawley
 
105145

 
James Simmons arespent two years in advertising. Mr. Crawley received his BSc degree from London University (QMC). Mr. Crawley also completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.
Martine Gerow has served as the Chief Financial Officer of GBT since June 2017 and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 27, 2022. Ms. Gerow currently serves as the chair of the audit committee on the board of directors of Europcar Mobility Group. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Gerow served as Chief Financial Officer of Carlson Wagonlit Travel where she led a complete refinancing and a global finance transformation program. Ms. Gerow has also held CFO positions at French media services company Solocal Groupe and Spanish multinational food company, Campofrio. Earlier in her career, Ms. Gerow was a strategy consultant for the Boston Consulting Group, before moving to PepsiCo and then Danone, where she held Division CFO and Group Controller roles. Ms. Gerow received her business degree from HEC Paris and her MBA from Columbia Business School in New York.
Mark Hollyhead has served as the President of Egencia since April 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hollyhead served as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer since 2016. Prior to serving as Egencia’s Global Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hollyhead served as a Senior Vice President for the Americas with Egencia. Mr. Hollyhead has over 30 years of global experience in commercial, operations and product across the travel and telecommunications industries. Prior to joining Egencia, Mr. Hollyhead was the Head of Transformation with Vodafone. Prior to joining Vodafone, Mr. Hollyhead spent 15 years at British Airways in a variety of leadership positions including as Vice President of eCommerce and Customer Contact, and Head of Revenue Management for the long-haul business worldwide. Mr. Hollyhead completed his tenure at British Airways as the Head of London Heathrow Customer Operations where he was responsible for Terminals 1, 3 and 4. Mr. Hollyhead was also the Chair of the Terminal 5 passenger program that was tasked with designing the customer experience and the consolidation of all operations into one terminal. Mr. Hollyhead received his MBA in Strategy and Distribution from the City of London Westminster Business School and received a post graduate Diploma in Applied Economics at Birkbeck University of London.
Patricia Anne Huska has served as the Chief People Officer of GBT since December 2018 and has served as our Chief People Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to becoming Chief People Officer, Ms. Huska served as our Vice President of Global Human Resources, responsible for the development and execution of strategies aimed at attracting talent, while retaining and engaging the existing employee base. Ms. Huska also has significant merger and acquisition experience. Ms. Huska played a key role in the planning and creation of the JV as well as spearheading the HR integration of multiple acquisitions. Ms. Huska was previously with American Express from 1994 to 2014. Ms. Huska received her M.A. in Management from Lesley University and her B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Evan Konwiser has served as the EVP Product, Strategy and Communications of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our EVP Product, Strategy and Communications since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Konwiser served as co-founder and COO of Skylark, a luxury leisure travel agency start-up. Mr. Konwiser previously built two other travel products: FlightCaster, which predicts flight delays real-time and was acquired in 2010, and Farely, which analyzes airline cost data for travel buyers. As part of the FlightCaster acquisition, Mr. Konwiser ran the travel business for Next Jump, which includes employee discount programs for Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Konwiser also spent several years consulting in the travel industry for TMCs, airlines, GDS and travel media companies. Mr. Konwiser has also been an advisor to travel start-ups including Safely, Suiteness, Olset (acquired by Deem), RocketMiles (acquired by Priceline), and GetGoing (acquired by BCD Travel). Prior to that, Mr. Konwiser was a consultant at Bain & Company and also worked at Kayak. Mr. Konwiser is a six-time Dragon / Critic at the Phocuswright Travel Innovation Summit and is the facilitator of the Phocuswright Young Leaders Summit. Mr. Konwiser previously served on the board of ACTE and was selected as one of the “25 Most Influential Business Travel Executives” of 2016. Mr. Konwiser received his B.A. and MBA degrees from Dartmouth.
Michael Qualantone has served as the Chief Revenue Officer of GBT since February 2020 and has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since May 27, 2022. In this capacity, he has oversight for all GBT revenues, including supplier and customer, while leading Global Supplier Relations and Customer Revenue Management and Pricing functions. From 1988 to 2014, Mr. Qualantone held various leadership positions within Finance and Business Travel with American Express. Mr. Qualantone has been at the Company since June 2014. Prior to becoming Chief Revenue Officer, Mr. Qualantone served as EVP of Global Supplier

146


Relations, where he led a global team responsible for all our travel supplier engagements with airlines, hotels, car companies and limo providers, as well as OBT providers and GDSs. Mr. Qualantone has also led the TPN, made up of Network Partners who service business travelers in countries where we have no proprietary presence. Prior to his role as EVP of Global Supplier Relations, Mr. Qualantone led Global Marketing, Product Development and Innovation, as well as internal and external Communications. In a prior role, Mr. Qualantone was Vice President, Client Services Group, bringing together key Operational and Client Management aspects of the organization, with over 2,500 employees. Prior to that, Mr. Qualantone led operations for both the U.S. onsite servicing as well as the Latin America call centers. Mr. Qualantone received his B.S. and MBA degrees from Arizona State University.
Boriana Tchobanova has served as the Chief Transformation Officer of GBT since April 2020 and has served as our Chief Transformation Officer since May 27, 2022. In this capacity, Ms. Tchobanova works directly with Mr. Abbott to lead business transformation, mergers and acquisitions integration, and strategic projects. Ms. Tchobanova has led multiple business transformation functions and championed large enterprise-wide changing initiatives, including the creation of global shared services and centers of excellence. Ms. Tchobanova held various positions at American Express from 2004 to 2018, including as VP of Strategic Planning and Business Transformation, Operational Excellence and M&A Integration. Ms. Tchobanova received her B.S. in Management and MBA degrees from the University of New Orleans.
David Thompson has served as the Chief Technology Officer of GBT since November 2017 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since May 27, 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President, Global Operations and Chief Technology Officer at The Western Union Company (“Western Union”), where he was responsible for overseeing the IT infrastructure needed to develop and support the next generation of Western Union money transfer and payment capabilities. Mr. Thompson has more than 20 years of experience in the technology industry. Prior to joining Western Union, Mr. Thompson served as Group President, Services and Support and Global CIO of Symantec Corporation. Prior to this role, Mr. Thompson served as Symantec Corporation’s EVP and CIO and, during his six years at the company, led an organization that offered expert solutions and support in information security, technology, availability and storage. Earlier in his career, Mr. Thompson served as SVP and CIO for Oracle Corp. and Vice President of Services and CIO at PeopleSoft, Inc. Mr. Thompson previously served over 10 years on the board of directors for CoreSite Realty Corp. Mr. Thompson received his B.B.A. from Marymount University.
Independence of the Board
NYSE listing standards require that a majority of a board of directors be independent, subject to the controlled company exception. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
We have six “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Ourrules, including James P. Bush, Gloria Guevara Manzo, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi, Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters. In addition, each of them qualifies as independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directorsfor the purpose of serving on the audit and finance committee of the Board under SEC rules.
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are present.
Officer and Director Compensation
Nonemanaged under the direction of our officers orBoard. The Board consists of 11 directors. In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the number of directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we have agreed to pay our sponsor a total of $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations.
After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials (as applicable) furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officersBoard will be determined from time to time by the Board, subject to the rights of the shareholders party to the Shareholders Agreement. The nominating and corporate governance committee and the Board may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or recommendednational origin, although we currently do not anticipate having a formal policy regarding board diversity. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s and the Board’s priority in selecting members of the Board is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board

147


members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. We believe that our directors will provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of the Board will consider the following important characteristics, among others:

personal and professional integrity;

ethics and values;

experience in corporate management, such as servicing as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

experience in the industries in which we compete;

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

diversity of background and expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

conflicts of interest; and

practical and mature business judgment.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

Our initial Class I directors are Paul Abbott, Eric Hart and Kathleen Winters, and their initial term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class II directors are James P. Bush, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.

Our initial Class III directors are Gloria Guevara Manzo, Raymond Donald Joabar, Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and Itai Wallach, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing.
Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Each director’s term continues until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.
Board Leadership Structure
The Board is chaired by Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara and our Chief Executive Officer is Mr. Abbott. As a general policy, we believe separation of the positions of chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majorityfrom management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the independentBoard as a whole.
Diversity
Our Board
Establishing and implementing a policy regarding gender, racial and ethnic diversity on the Board is an element that we take into consideration.
The Board is committed to increasing the level of diversity on the Board as board turnover occurs from time to time, taking into account educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders along with the level of diversity on the Board. Accordingly,

148


consideration of the number of gender and racially/ethnically diverse directors, along with consideration of whether other diverse attributes are sufficiently represented on the Board, is an important component of the selection process for new members of the Board.
Diversity on the Board is achieved by continuously monitoring the level of diverse representation and, where appropriate, recruiting qualified female candidates to fill positions, as the need arises, through vacancies, growth or otherwise.
The Board is expected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a target regarding the number of diverse directors who are women and racial/ethnic minorities on its board of directors, subject to the nomination rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement.
Executive Officer Positions
In appointing individuals to executive officer positions, the Board weighs a number of factors, including educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders along with the level of diverse representation within our senior management team. We are committed to increasing the diversity of our executive officers.
We believe the most effective way to achieve greater diversity in our senior management team is to identify high-potential candidates within the organization and work with them to ensure they develop the skills, acquire the experience and have the opportunities necessary to eventually occupy executive officer positions. This includes taking action to build a culture of inclusion throughout the organization. The Board is expected to consider the appropriateness of adopting a target regarding the number of diverse directors on ourits board of directors.
We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us afterBoard Committees
The Board has established the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will have three standingfollowing committees: an audit and finance committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rulescommittee and a limited exception,risk management and compliance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the rulescommittees of the Board is described below. From time to time, the Board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by the Board.
Audit and Finance Committee
The audit and finance committee consists of Susan Ward, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters. Each of Susan Ward, James P. Bush and Kathleen Winters qualifies as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of the NYSE and the independence requirements of Rule 10A10A-3 of the Exchange Act requireAct. The Board has determined that each of Susan Ward and Kathleen Winters qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The functions of the audit and finance committee include, among other things:

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of a listed company be comprised solelyour independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent directors. Subjectauditors to phase-in rulesperform audit services and a limited exception,any permissible non-audit services;

monitoring the rulesrotation of the NYSE require that the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committeespartners of a listed company be comprised solely ofour independent directors. The charter of each committee will be availableauditors on our website.engagement team as required by law and considering whether, in order to assure continuing auditor independence, it is appropriate to adopt a policy of rotating the independent auditing firm on a regular basis;

reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on our auditors’ independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditors;

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;
 
106149

 
Audit Committee
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors. Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James Simmons will serve as members of our audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent, subject to the exception described below. Each of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James Simmons are independent.
James Simmons will serve as chair of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that James Simmons qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.
We will adopt an audit committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing with our independent auditors and discussing withmanagement significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employeesscope, adequacy and effectiveness of the independent registered public accounting firm;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; andour financial controls;

reviewing with management the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate,auditors any legal, regulatoryearnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or complianceauditing matters including any correspondence with regulatorsand other matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reportsauditing matters;

preparing the report that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.requires in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;

reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented; and

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit and finance committee, including compliance of the audit and finance committee with its charter.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the audit and finance committee that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
In addition, the audit and finance committee carries out the functions assigned to the Exchange Committee under the Exchange Agreement, subject to the Board’s reserved discretion to redelegate such functions to a separate Exchange Committee that meets the requirements set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
Compensation Committee
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish aThe compensation committee consists of James P. Bush, who serves as the board of directors. Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garberchair, Gloria Guevara Manzo and James Simmons will serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Each of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James Simmons are independent. Mitch Garber will serve as chair of the compensation committee.
We will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principalMichael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara. The functions of the compensation committee including:include, among other things:

reviewing, modifying and approving our overall compensation strategy and policies;

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

reviewing and approving the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

retaining or terminating a compensation consultant or firm to be used to assist the compensation committee in benchmarking and setting appropriate compensation levels and policies and approving such consultant’s or firm’s fees and other retention terms;

approving, modifying and administering our equity incentive plans;

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on a periodic basis;

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and
 
107150

 

reviewing and approvingassessing on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.committee.
The Board has adopted a written charter will also provide thatfor the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtainthat satisfies the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversightapplicable rules of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required bySEC and the NYSE and the SEC.listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish aThe nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara, who serves as the chair, James P. Bush and Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi. The functions of the board of directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance will be Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garbercommittee include, among other things:

identifying, reviewing and James Simmons. Jennifer Fleiss willevaluating candidates to serve on the Board consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

determining the minimum qualifications for service on the Board;

evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on the Board;

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board;

considering and assessing the independence of members of GBTG;

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to the Board any changes to such policies and principles;

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as chairsuch questions arise;

reviewing the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis; and

annually evaluating the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
The primary purposes of ourBoard has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, will besubject to assist the board in:nomination rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners in the Shareholders Agreement, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards. The charter is available on our website.
Risk Management and Compliance Committee
The risk management and compliance committee consists of Kathleen Winters, who serves as the chair, Raymond Donald Joabar, Richard Petrino, Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi and Susan Ward. The functions of the risk management and compliance committee include, among other things:

identifying, screeningassessing and reviewing individuals qualifiedproviding oversight to serve as directors and recommendingmanagement relating to the boardidentification and assessment of directors candidates for nomination for election atmaterial risks facing us, including strategic, operational, regulatory, information and external risks inherent in our business and the annual meeting of shareholders orcontrol processes with respect to fill vacancies on the board of directors;such risks;

developing, recommendingoverseeing our risk management, compliance and control activities, including without limitation the development and execution by management of strategies to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company;mitigate risks; and

reviewing on a regular basisoverseeing the integrity of our overall corporate governancesystems of operational controls regarding legal and recommending improvements as and when necessary.regulatory compliance.
The nominatingBoard has adopted a written charter for the risk management and corporate governance committee will be governed by acompliance committee. The charter that complies with the rulesis available on our website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the NYSE.
Director Nominations
Our nominating and corporate governancemembers of our compensation committee will recommend tohas ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the boardlast completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or the Board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meetingany other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the shareholders. The boardBoard or compensation committee. Our Bylaws provide that, for so long as we are considered a controlled entity of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such timesany Continuing JerseyCo Owner under the BHC Act, no person may serve as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.GBTG if such person is a director or other management official of another entity
 
108151

 
We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be metand if such person’s service to such other entity would result in a violation of, or skills that are necessarythe need for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, anda waiver or exemption under, the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.
Compensation CommitteeDepository Institution Management Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our officers currently serves,Act or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.other applicable laws.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will haveThe Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to all of our directors,employees, executive officers and employees. You will be able to review this document by accessingdirectors. The Code of Conduct is available on our public filingswebsite at https://investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The nominating and corporate governance committee of the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copyBoard is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of EthicsConduct for employees, executive officers and directors. Any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be provided without charge upon requestdisclosed on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, us. We intend to disclose any amendments toour website is not part of this prospectus by reference or waiversotherwise.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our Certificate of certainIncorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Our board ofdirectors for damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that servenot be personally liable to us or our stockholders for damages as a flexible framework within which our boardresult of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will coveran act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a number of areas including board membership criteria and director, qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.
Conflicts of Interest
Under Cayman Islands law, directors owe fiduciary duties to the company includingexcept liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to act in good faith in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;us or our stockholders;

duty to exercise authority for the purpose for which it is conferred;any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

directors should not improperly fetterunlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the exercise of future discretion;DGCL; or

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.
In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.
As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

109


Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Certain members of our management team and directors who are affiliated with Apollo have fiduciary duties or are subject to contractual obligations or policies and procedures that require them to present business opportunities that may be appropriate for one or more Apollo Funds to the respective investment committees of such funds prior to presenting such opportunities to us regardless of the capacity intransaction from which they are made aware of such opportunities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable forderived an entity, including an Apollo entity, to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such other entity. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledge and we will waive any claim or cause of action we may have in respect thereof. In addition, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.
Apollo manages a significant number of Apollo Funds. Apollo and its affiliates, as well as Apollo Funds, may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities or companies decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Apollo may be suitable for both us and for Apollo affiliates and/or current or future Apollo Funds and may be directed to such affiliates and/or Apollo Funds rather than to us. Neither Apollo nor members of our management team who are also employed by Apollo have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware. Apollo and/or our management, in their capacities as partners, officers or employees of Apollo will be, or in their other endeavors may be, required to present potential business combinations to other entities, before they present such opportunities to us.
In addition, Apollo and its affiliates and/or Apollo Funds, including our officers and directors who are affiliated with Apollo may sponsor or form other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination, and members of our management team may participate in such blank check companies. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among the management teams.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with any affiliates of Apollo or investors in the Apollo Funds. In addition, we may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Such entities may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.
Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial businessimproper personal benefit.
 
110


combination. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within the completion window. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Furthermore, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any founder shares held by them until one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, (i) the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (ii) we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares and warrants following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Our sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with our initial business combination, although our sponsor and their affiliates have no obligation to do so. Apollo and its affiliates and certain of the Apollo Funds engage in the business of originating, underwriting, syndicating, acquiring and trading loans and debt securities of corporate and other borrowers, and may provide or participate in any debt financing arrangement in connection with any acquisition, financing or disposition of any target business that we may make. If our sponsor or any of its affiliates elect to make additional investments or provide financing, such proposed transactions could influence our sponsor’s motivation to complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.
The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.
Apollo, our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, may serve as a finder or provide other services for which they may be paid underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder’s fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similar fees by the company for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). Further, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will pay an amount equal to $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, to our sponsor for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to us.

111


In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination and our officers and directors have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.
We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.
Our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.
Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

112152

 
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERSDIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of GBTG and its subsidiaries as it currently exists following the consummation of the Business Combination, and to GBT as it existed prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
GBTG’s Executive and Director Compensation
Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2021, are:

Paul Abbott, our Chief Executive Officer;

Andrew Crawley, our Chief Commercial Officer; and

Michael Qualantone, our Chief Revenue Officer.
The named executive officer and director compensation described in this section discusses our 2021 compensation programs. Our compensation committee may choose to implement different compensation programs for our named executive officers and directors in the future.
2021 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation provided to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Amounts paid in British pound sterling have been converted to United States dollars for purposes of this disclosure. Salary and all other compensation have been converted at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent) and bonuses have been converted at the rate in effect at the time of payments as set forth in the notes to the table below.
Name and Principal PositionYear
Salary
($)(1)
Bonus
($)(2)
Option
Awards
($)(3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
Compensation
($)
Paul Abbott
Chief Executive Officer
20211,233,7174,000,0009,000,0004,050,255115,001(5)18,398,973
20201,072,7512,756,5401,168,8794,998,170
Andrew Crawley
Chief Commercial Officer
2021804,3181,250,0003,750,0001,140,00070,818(6)7,015,136
2020471,122447,938635,0111,554,071
Michael Qualantone
Chief Revenue Officer(7)
2021578,750500,0003,448,9201,000,00036,400(8)5,564,070
(1)
In 2021, as a result of the continued impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table — Annual Base Salary” below. The table reflects the actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 after the effect of these reductions.
(2)
The amounts in this column for 2021 reflect the vesting and payment of $1,000,000, $500,000 and $500,000 for each of Messrs. Abbott, Crawley and Qualantone in respect of the first tranche of the 2020 Executive LTIP awards granted in November 2020 with an initial vesting date of September 1, 2020 which in the aggregate vest as to 16.667% on each of the first three anniversaries of the initial vesting date, with the remaining 50% cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the initial vesting date. In addition, the amounts in this column for 2021 include special one-time cash awards to (i) Paul Abbott equal to $3,000,000 and (ii) Andrew Crawley equal to $750,000, paid in December 2021. These awards were intended to bridge the gap from Mr. Abbott joining GBT in October 2019 and Mr. Crawley joining GBT in April 2020 until the date of their first long-term incentive award granted by us in November 2020.

153


Each such award is subject to clawback provisions that require the executive to repay the full cash amount if the executive terminates employment with us on or before November 30, 2022 for any reason other than a termination by GBT without cause, a termination by the executive for good reason or a termination due to the executive’s death or disability.
(3)
The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the options granted to our named executive officers on December 2, 2021. These options have an exercise price of $10.03 and are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date based on continued service. The aggregate grant date fair values of the awards shown in this column are calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 Compensation Stock Compensation. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 19 Equity-Based Compensation to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus. For additional details of the option awards granted to our named executive officers and that are set forth in this column, see the section entitled “Long-Term Incentive Compensation — Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan” below.
(4)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts earned in 2021 as annual cash incentive awards as described in more detail under the section “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table Annual Incentive Compensation” below.
(5)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $96,106, (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674, (iii) a company contribution of $668 for an annual executive-level medical assessment, and (iv) a company contribution of $2,553 for family private medical and dental benefits. In 2020, Mr. Abbott received similar types of perquisites in addition to a one-time payment equal to $1,050,000 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Abbott’s former employer.
(6)
Amount includes (i) a UK supplemental pension cash allowance of $55,144 and (ii) a company-paid car allowance of $15,674. In 2020, Mr. Crawley received similar types of perquisites in addition to a onetime payment equal to $601,115 intended to be in lieu of certain equity awards from Mr. Crawley’s former employer. The one-time payment was paid on May 31, 2020 in British pound sterling but converted for purposes of this disclosure at the exchange rate applicable on the payment date equal to $1.23 per £1.00 (rounded to the nearest cent).
(7)
Mr. Qualantone would not have been disclosed as a named executive officer if we had been a public company in 2021. Therefore, his compensation for 2020 has not been provided in this table because it was not required to have been previously disclosed.
(8)
Amount represents (i) a $25,000 cash payment and (ii) a company contribution of $11,400 to the 401(k) plan.
Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table
The compensation committee annually reviews and approves compensation for our named executive officers. The compensation committee considers recommendations by our Chief Executive Officer for the compensation of all other named executive officers. Compensation for our Chief Executive Officer typically has been recommended by the chairman of the GBT Board, which is reviewed and subject to approval by the compensation committee.
Annual Base Salary
We believe that a competitive base salary is essential in attracting and retaining key executive talent. The base salary established for each of our named executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, position, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our compensation committee. Based on market benchmarking conducted by the compensation consultants to the compensation committee for 2021, Semler Brossy Consulting Group, our compensation committee determines market level compensation for base salaries after a review of market data and discussions with our Chief Executive Officer regarding our other executive officers.
The table below reflects the annual base salaries approved by the compensation committee for our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, prior to

154


the COVID-19 related reductions discussed below and that, for two named executive officers, would have been paid in British pound sterling and were the same amounts for 2021 and 2020, but converted for purposes of disclosure at an annual average exchange rate (based on monthly averages) equal to $1.37 per £1.00 for 2021 and $1.29 per £1.00 for 2020 (in each case, rounded to the nearest cent).
Name
2020 Base
Salary ($)
2021
Base Salary($)
Paul Abbott1,288,5381,374,903
Andrew Crawley837,549893,687
Michael Qualantone650,000650,000
In 2021, as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on the travel industry as a whole, our named executive officers accepted a reduction in annual base salary, with a maximum reduction of 21%, which was effective for the period commencing January 1, 2021 and ending July 5, 2021. The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2021 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table.
Annual Incentive Compensation
We maintain an annual incentive award plan (the “AIA Plan”) in order to align participants’ incentives to deliver GBT’s financial and client goals and to provide an objective setting and review process for our named executive officers that forms the basis for determining their potential annual bonuses. Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide that they will be eligible to participate in the AIA Plan up to a specific target percentage of their salary based on the compensation committee’s assessment of their and our performance against goals, as established by GBTG management and approved by the compensation committee. The compensation committee approves our annual objectives which are based in part on our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the year as well as the individual objectives of each named executive officer, which are focused on each named executive officer’s specific performance relative to our company-wide achievements.
The target award opportunities for our named executive officers for fiscal year 2021, expressed as a percentage of their annual base salary, were 200% for Paul Abbott, 100% for Andrew Crawley and 100% for Michael Qualantone. In addition, if the performance targets established by the compensation committee were exceeded, Mr. Abbott could have earned up to 300% of his base salary and Mr. Crawley and Mr. Qualantone could have each earned up to 200% of their base salary, respectively.
Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to an employment agreement with GBT UK, and Mr. Qualantone is party to an employment letter with GBT US LLC (together referred to as the “employment agreements”). The discussion below summarizes the material terms of the named executive officer employment agreements. For details of the Severance Protection Agreements entered into with our named executive officers, see the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.
Paul Abbott
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Paul Abbott dated June 5, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated upon 26 weeks’ notice by Mr. Abbott or 52 weeks’ notice by us, or upon an earlier termination due to breach of the agreement by Mr. Abbott.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will receive an annual base salary of £1,000,000, subject to applicable tax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Abbott will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 200% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 300%.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under our long term incentive award program.

155


Pension Benefits.   Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive an additional amount each year under the employment agreement equal to (8/(1+x))% (where “x” is the aggregate rate of employer national insurance contributions and other employer levies, expressed as a decimal) of his salary per annum in lieu of pension contributions subject to deductions for tax and national insurance contributions as required by law, payable monthly in arrears.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Abbott will be provided with coverage under a permanent health insurance scheme. Mr. Abbott is also entitled to receive a monthly car allowance equal to £950.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Abbott’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Abbott for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Abbott will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to garden leave, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on the target level of performance, (iii) the annual cash bonus (based on actual performance) for any prior year not already paid, and (iv) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Abbott’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property and one-year (inclusive of any period of garden leave) post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants.
Andrew Crawley
Agreement; Term.   GBT UK entered into an employment agreement with Andrew Crawley dated November 26, 2019, in connection with Mr. Crawley’s assumption of the role of Chief Commercial Officer on April 1, 2020. The employment agreement will remain in effect unless terminated by either party upon 26 weeks’ notice, or upon an earlier termination due to breach of the agreement by the executive.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will receive an annual base salary of £650,000, subject to applicable tax withholding and national insurance contributions. Mr. Crawley will be eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Make-Whole Replacement Award.   In order to make Mr. Crawley whole for the value of long-term incentive awards that were forfeited upon Mr. Crawley’s appointment as our Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. Crawley received a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of £486,780, paid in cash on May 31, 2020 and that was subject to clawback upon a voluntary resignation or termination without cause prior to April 1, 2021.
Long-Term Incentive Awards.   The employment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley will be eligible to participate in and receive awards under GBT’s long term incentive award program.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Crawley is entitled to participate in the GBT UK Pension Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria. Mr. Crawley has reached the maximum life-time statutory allowance for contributions to the GBT UK Pension Plan. Accordingly, in lieu of additional contributions to the pension plan and in accordance with the terms of the plan, GBT UK provides Mr. Crawley an annual cash allowance equal to 8% of Mr. Crawley’s salary, net of 14.3% national insurance withholding.
Additional Benefits.   In addition to eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT UK, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Crawley is entitled to receive an annual car allowance equal to £11,900.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Crawley’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Crawley for good reason, each as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Crawley will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 12 months’ annual base salary less any payments made with respect to garden leave, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of

156


termination based on the target level of performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date (excluding any period of garden leave), and (iii) continued private medical insurance for 12 months following the termination date (inclusive of any period of garden leave).
Restrictive Covenants.   Mr. Crawley’s employment agreement includes certain restrictive covenants relating to protection of our confidential information and intellectual property.
Michael Qualantone
Agreement; Term.   GBT US LLC entered into an employment letter with Michael Qualantone effective April 1, 2019, that provides for at-will employment with GBT US LLC.
Base Salary, Target Bonus.   Under the employment letter, Mr. Qualantone will receive an annual base salary of $550,000 (which as of December 31, 2021 had increased to $650,000), subject to applicable tax withholding. Mr. Qualantone is eligible to receive a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his then-current annual base salary, up to a maximum of 200%.
Pension Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is entitled to participate in the Amex GBT 401(k) Plan, subject to satisfying eligibility criteria.
Additional Benefits.   Mr. Qualantone is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally applicable to employees of GBT US LLC.
Severance.   Upon a termination of Mr. Qualantone’s employment by us for any reason other than for cause or due to a resignation of employment by Mr. Qualantone for good reason, each as defined in the employment letter, subject to his execution of a general release of claims. Mr. Qualantone will be entitled to receive (i) continued payment of 52 weeks’ base salary, (ii) the annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance and pro-rated to reflect the period of service during the year of termination prior to the termination date paid in or around March of the year following the year in which termination occurs, (iii) provided that Mr. Qualantone elects to receive continued health coverage under The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, continued healthcare benefits under GBT US LLC health plans for 52 weeks (at active employee rates) and (iv) continued vesting of GBTG Options for six months following the applicable termination date, in accordance with the GBTG MIP.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (“GBTG MIP”)
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the GBTG MIP which supersedes the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. Pursuant to the terms of the GBTG MIP, all options granted under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP that were outstanding at the Closing were converted into GBTG Options and were treated as if they were originally granted under the GBTG MIP. Generally, the vesting and forfeiture terms of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers continue to be the same as provided under the Amended & Restated GBT MIP, as described below.
Under the GBTG MIP, all unexercised GBTG Options, whether vested or unvested, expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant date, unless earlier cancelled, such as in connection with a termination of employment. GBTG Options granted to our named executive officers in December 2021 vest one-third annually over a three-year period and all other GBTG Options generally vest annually at the rate of 20% per year, in each case, generally subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.
Upon a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason by the participant (in each case, other than in connection with a change in control), the portion of GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is then outstanding and was scheduled to vest during the period the participant is entitled to receive severance payments or benefits under any employment or severance agreement with GBTG or its subsidiaries as a result of a termination by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause or a resignation for good reason (the “severance period”) will continue to vest on the applicable vesting date during the severance period. Upon a

157


termination of employment due to death, all outstanding and unvested GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that were granted in December 2021 will immediately vest in full. Upon a termination of employment due to retirement or disability, the portion of GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is then outstanding and was scheduled to vest on the next anniversary of the grant date immediately following such termination due to disability or retirement will vest in full on such scheduled vesting date.
The portion of the GBTG Options held by our named executive officers that was granted in December 2021 and that is or becomes vested and exercisable as of or after the date of a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiary without cause, due to death or disability, resignation for good reason or due to retirement (in each case, other than in connection with a change of control) will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the later of the 18 month anniversary of the Business Combination and the date that is one year after the date of termination of employment (or in the case of a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, one year after the last day of the participant’s severance period (which period may be longer in the event of certain corporate transactions)) and (ii) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date, in each case, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the GBTG MIP and the applicable award agreement; provided, however, that if such termination of employment occurs prior to the six month anniversary of the Business Combination, then no portion of such GBTG Option held by our named executive officers will become exercisable (even if vested) before the first date immediately following the six month anniversary of such Business Combination. In the event that the participant incurs (a) a termination of employment by GBTG or its subsidiaries without cause within 60 days before, or within 18 months after, a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction (as defined therein)) of GBTG or its subsidiaries (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction) or (b) a termination of employment as the result of participant’s death or disability or by the participant for good reason, in each case, within 18 months after a change in control of GBTG or its affiliates, then in each such case, the portion of the GBTG Option granted in December 2021 that is then outstanding and unvested will immediately become vested and exercisable (or in the case that a change in control occurs after such eligible termination of employment, will become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of the change in control) and such GBTG Option will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of such termination of employment and (y) the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
With respect to all GBTG Options granted to our named executive officers prior to December 2021, (i) upon a termination of employment without cause (other than within 12 months after a change in control), the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for six months after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for 90 days following the applicable vesting date, but not beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date), (ii) upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, the unvested portion of the GBTG Option will continue to vest for one year after such termination (GBTG Options that become so vested remain exercisable for one year following the applicable vesting date, but not beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date) and (iii) upon a termination of employment without cause or for good reason, in each case, within 12 months after a change in control (other than a change in control that is also a SPAC Transaction), the GBTG Option will vest in full and remain exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date. Any such GBTG Options that were vested as of such termination of employment will remain exercisable for 90 days following a termination without cause and for 12 months following a termination due to death or disability, but in no event beyond the tenth anniversary of the applicable grant date.
“Change in Control” under the GBTG MIP continues to have the same meaning as under the predecessor Amended & Restated GBT MIP. For avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the Business Combination did not constitute a change in control under the GBTG MIP.
The GBTG MIP provides for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non- disparagement and 24 month (or such lesser period as may be provided in an award agreement) post-termination non-competition (other than with respect to the options granted on December 2, 2021) and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the GBTG MIP restrictive covenants would result in forfeiture of any outstanding options held by the participant.

158


GBT JerseyCo Limited Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans
On November 5, 2020, we adopted the 2020 Executive LTIP, which provided for a total pool of $36 million allocated pursuant to awards granted under the 2020 Executive LTIP. The 2020 Executive LTIP was intended to replace potential grants of GBT MIP Options due to the reserve of GBT MIP Shares having been substantially exhausted by December 31, 2019. On November 2, 2021, we adopted the 2021 Executive LTIP, which provides for a total pool of $38 million, with up to $4 million allocable by the chairman of the GBT Board as of the effective date of the 2021 Executive LTIP, for so long as he continues to serve on the GBT Board (and after the Business Combination, the GBTG Board). On November 8, 2021, GBT and certain of its subsidiaries granted cash awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP to certain individuals then serving as executive officers of GBT. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP, previously granted awards are based 50% on time-vesting conditions and 50% on performance-vesting conditions.
Under the 2020 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2021, September 1, 2022 and September 1, 2023 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries. Under the 2021 Executive LTIP, the time-based portion of an award is eligible to vest one-third on each of September 1, 2022, September 1, 2023 and September 1, 2024 based on continued service to GBTG or its subsidiaries.
The performance-based portion of an award is eligible to vest based on the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established by the compensation committee. As of the date of this prospectus filing, performance-criteria related to awards under the 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP had not yet been established. The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP do not contain any change in control related vesting provisions and unvested awards are cancelled without consideration upon a participant’s termination of employment. However, the performance-based portion of the 2020 Executive LTIP and 2021 Executive LTIP awards held by our named executive officers and certain other participants may be converted, in the discretion of the GBTG compensation committee, into restricted stock units or performance stock units of GBTG on the same vesting and forfeiture terms as applicable to the portion of the 2021 Executive LTIP award and the 2020 Executive LTIP award.
The 2021 Executive LTIP and the 2020 Executive LTIP provide for certain restrictive covenants including confidentiality, non-disparagement and 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants. A participant’s breach of the restrictive covenants under the 2021 Executive LTIP or the 2020 Executive LTIP, as applicable, would result in forfeiture of any awards held by the participant.
2022 Plan and ESPP
See the sections entitled “GBTG 2022 Equity Incentive Plan” and “GBTG Employee Stock Purchase Agreement”, herein, for details of our new equity incentive programs adopted in connection with the Business Combination.
Perquisites
Our named executive officers receive certain perquisites relating to medical and dental coverage, pension-related contributions and cash allowances and car allowances. Detail on the quantification of perquisites is set forth in the notes to the Summary Compensation Table, above.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021
The following table provides information about the number of outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. The number of shares subject to the options and the exercise prices for the options have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Business Combination by multiplying the number of shares originally subject to the options by a conversion ratio of approximately 8.765899 (the “Conversion Ratio”) and by dividing the original exercise prices for the options by the Conversion Ratio.

159


Option Awards
Name
Grant
Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Paul Abbott12/2/20212,983,535(1)10.0312/2/2031
Andrew Crawley12/2/20211,243,136(1)10.0312/2/2031
Michael Qualantone12/2/20211,113,909(1)10.0312/2/2031
9/25/2019508,422(2)14.589/25/2029
3/13/2018438,294(3)7.233/13/2028
9/30/2015596,081(4)6.379/30/2025
3/30/2015385,699(4)5.743/30/2025
(1)
Consists of options that vest one-third on December 2nd of each year from 2022 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(2)
Consists of options that vest 20% on October 1st of each year from 2020 through 2024, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
Consists of options that vest 20% on April 1st of each year from 2019 through 2023, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(4)
Consists of options that vested 20% on July 1st of each year from 2015 through 2019, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits
All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and vision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees in the applicable jurisdiction.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pretax basis and on an after-tax “Roth” contribution basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Code. The 401(k) plan provides us with the discretion to match a portion of contributions made by our employees, including executives, subject to the approval of the Board. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
GBT US LLC maintains the GBT DCP a tax-deferred non-qualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of a select group of management and key employees, including our named executive officers, who are located in the United States. The GBT DCP is open to employees with the position of director and above with annual salary levels equal to or in excess of $150,000 and in excess of tax-qualified salary thresholds for purposes of contributions to GBT’s 401(k) plan. The GBT DCP provides participants with the ability to elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation (including annual salary and incentive compensation) until the earlier of the participant’s separation from service with GBT and its affiliates or a scheduled in-service withdrawal date, which may not be earlier than two years after the year in which base compensation is earned, three years after the year AIA Plan awards are earned or five years after the year in which long-term incentive plan awards are earned. GBT has established a Rabbi Trust, a segregated account that remains subject to any claims of unsecured general creditors of GBT, pursuant to which GBT intends to make periodic contributions equal the deferral contributions made by participants to the GBT DCP.

160


UK Pension Plans
GBT UK maintains two pension plans, the GBT UK Pension Plan and the Hogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme.
The GBT UK Pension Plan is a defined contribution pension scheme that provides for employer contributions of between 5% and 8% of qualifying earnings, with matching employee contributions of between 3% and 6%. Employees can elect to contribute more than 6% of their qualifying earnings but the employer contribution does not increase beyond 8%. Employee contributions are made by way of salary sacrifice up to the statutory annual allowance limit per year. Eligible employees are automatically enrolled in the GBT UK Pension Plan unless the employee has already met the statutory life time allowance.
The Hogg Robinson (1987) Pension Scheme is a two-part pension scheme comprised of a frozen defined benefit section and an active defined contribution section. The scheme is managed by its trustees and administered by a trustee appointed company, XPS Pensions Group PLC.
The defined benefit section of the scheme was closed to new members on March 31, 2003 and was closed to future accrual on June 30, 2013. Those employees who were members of the defined benefit section of the scheme on June 30, 2013 automatically became members of the defined contribution section of the scheme, unless they opted out. The defined benefit section of the scheme includes early retirement and death in service benefits. None of our named executive officers participates in or receives benefits under any of our defined benefit pension plans.
The defined contribution section of the scheme is not open to new members. As of December 31, 2021, there were 109 active participants in the defined contribution part of the scheme. Employee contributions are between 2.25% and 4% of the employee’s basic salary, and employer contributions are between 5.75% and 10.4% of basic salary. Employees can elect to contribute more than 4% of their basic salary, although the employer contribution does not increase beyond 10.4%. Contributions to the pension scheme are made by way of salary deduction. Certain members of the scheme also have a death in service and income protection benefit.
Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control
Messrs. Abbott and Crawley are each party to an amendment with GBT UK to their current employment agreement (collectively, the “severance amendments”) and Michael Qualantone is a party to a severance protection agreement with GBT US LLC (the “severance protection agreement”), which provide, in each case, for certain severance payments and benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated by GBTG without cause or due to the executive’s disability (and not due to death) or if the executive resigns employment for good reason (in either case, a “qualifying termination”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination occurring outside of the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a “change in control” ​(as such term is defined in the 2022 Plan), then the executive will be entitled to receive (i) one times the executive’s base salary, to be paid in equal installments over the one year period following such qualifying termination, (ii) one times the executive’s annual target cash bonus, to be paid at the time such bonuses would be paid in the ordinary course and (iii) a pro-rata annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on (A) actual performance, for Messrs. Abbott and Qualantone, or (B) target performance, for Andrew Crawley, in the cases of each of (A) and (B), to be paid at the same time as such bonuses would be paid in the ordinary course and (iv) company-provided health benefits assistance for up to twelve months following termination (collectively, the “Non-Change in Control Severance”). If such named executive officer experiences a qualifying termination (other than due to the executive’s disability) within the period beginning 60 days prior to and ending 18 months after a change in control (which will not occur due to the Business Combination), then the named executive officer will be entitled to receive the Non-Change in Control Severance plus the following additional severance payments and benefits: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to (A) one times the executive’s base salary and (B) one times the executive’s target bonus and (ii) up to six additional months of GBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 18 months) or in the case of Paul Abbott, up to twelve additional months of GBT provided health benefits assistance (i.e., a total of up to 24 months). All payments under the severance protection agreements and the severance amendments are subject to the named executive officer’s execution of a general release of claims.

161


Non-Employee Director Compensation
Effective May 27, 2022, we adopted the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Director Compensation Policy”). Under our Director Compensation Policy, we pay retainers to our independent directors in an equal mix of cash and equity. The cash retainers and additional meeting fees are paid quarterly in arrears, and the equity is awarded as restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2022 Plan that are granted each year on the date of the annual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders. RSUs vest on the one-year anniversary of their grant date, with pro-rated vesting from the date of appointment through the date of the next annual meeting of GBTG’s stockholders for independent directors elected or appointed to serve on the Board of Directors for a partial term. In addition, we pay a meeting fee premium for each committee meeting attended above (A) eight meetings, with respect to our audit Ccmmittee and our compensation committee or (B) five meetings, with respect to our nominating and corporate governance committee and our risk and compliance committee.
Our Director Compensation Policy provides for the annual payments and meeting fee premiums to independent directors described in the table below:
Cash
($)
Meeting
Fee
Premium
($)
Restricted Stock
Unit Awards
($)
Board
Chair485,000160,000
Other Directors85,000160,000
Audit Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members15,0002,000
Compensation Committee
Chair15,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
Risk and Compliance Committee
Chair10,0002,000
Other Members10,0002,000
We do not pay retainers to directors who are not independent. All members of our Board of Directors, including directors who are not independent, are reimbursed for their travel costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and related Company business.
Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth in summary form information regardingconcerning the beneficial ownershipcompensation that we paid or awarded to our non-executive directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, prior to our adoption of the Director Compensation Policy.
Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Ugo Arzani180,000180,000
James P. Bush(2)
180,000180,000
Philippe Chérèque(3)
226,060226,060
Marc D. Gordon(4)
Eric Hart(5)
8,1528,152
Raymond Donald Joabar(4)

162


Name
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
Total
($)
Glenda McNeal(4)
Greg O’Hara(6)
630,000630,000
Richard Petrino(4)
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi180,000180,000
Susan Ward(7)
72,82672,826
Julia Wittlin(8)
180,000180,000
(1)
These amounts represent fees paid to non-employee directors for board and committee meetings and reflect a 20% reduction in fees from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 in order to align with the reductions in named executive officer annual base salaries due to the effects of COVID-19 on our performance and the travel industry as a whole. Prior to such reductions, non-employee directors were each eligible to receive a $200,000 annual cash retainer and an additional $500,000 annual cash retainer for the chairman of the GBT Board.
(2)
Mr. Bush’s fees were paid directly to Spyglass Unlimited, LLC, an entity partially owned by Mr. Bush.
(3)
Mr. Chérèque received prorated fees for his service on the GBT Board in 2020 based on his appointment date of September 10, 2020, paid in June 2021 along with payment of fees for 2021 and which are reflected in this row.
(4)
Mr. Gordon, Mr. Joabar, Ms. McNeal, and Mr. Petrino did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and committees thereof, however we paid $720,000 in the aggregate to Amex HoldCo. on behalf of each director’s service in 2021.
(5)
Mr. Hart’s fees were pro-rated for his appointment date of December 17, 2021 and paid to Expedia, Inc. in respect of his service.
(6)
Mr. O’Hara’s fees were paid directly to Clementine Investments LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. O’Hara.
(7)
Ms. Ward’s fees were pro-rated for her appointment date of September 21, 2021.
(8)
Ms. Wittlin did not receive any fees in 2021 for service on the GBT Board and its committees, however, in respect of her service we paid $180,000 to BlackRock Investment Management, LLC. Ms. Wittlin ceased serving on the GBT Board effective as of December 15, 2021.

163


SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
This prospectus relates to the resale from time to time of (i) an aggregate of 492,628,569 shares of our ordinaryClass A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock by the Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Securityholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interest in the Class A Common Stock or warrants other than through a public sale.
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Securityholders, and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants that the Selling Securityholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as adjusted to reflectindicated by the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of units in this offering, by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our named executive officers, directors and director nominees that beneficially owns our ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group.
Unless otherwise indicated,footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that allthe persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all ordinary shares that they beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownershipown, subject to applicable community property laws.
Please see the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” for further information regarding the private placement warrants asSelling
Securityholders’ method of distributing these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.securities.
As of the date of this prospectus, our initial shareholders owned 21,562,500 founder shares. In September 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors. The following table presents the number of shares and percentage of our ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders before and after this offering. The post-offering numbers and percentages presented assume that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, that our initial shareholders forfeit 2,812,500 founder shares on a pro rata basis, and that there are 86,250,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering.
Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited(2)(3)(4)
162,388,084168,189,894**
American Express Company(2)(3)(5)
157,786,199163,423,593**
Expedia Group,
Inc.(2)(3)(6)
74,274,19876,927,871**
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(7)
34,569,38412,224,13434,569,38412,224,134**
Jennifer Fleiss25,00025,000**
Mitch Garber25,00025,000**
James H. Simmons III25,00025,000**
Dendur Master Fund Ltd.(8)
1,000,0001,000,000**
Alyeska Master Fund, L.P.(9)
650,000650,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin(10)
25,00025,000**
Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb(11)
25,00025,000**
Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP(12)
200,000200,000**
Zoom Video Communications,
Inc.(13)
4,000,0004,000,000**
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, LTD(14)
8,200,0008,200,000**
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(15)
8,000,0008,000,000**
Before OfferingAfter Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
APSG Sponsor, L.P. (our sponsor)(3)
21,487,50099.65%18,675,00019.92%
Sanjay Patel
James Crossen
Scott Kleinman
Jennifer Fleiss25,000*25,000*
Mitch Garber25,000*25,000*
James Simmons25,000*25,000*
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (6 Individuals)75,000*75,000*

164


Securities Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
Securities to be Sold
in this Offering
Securities Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Securityholder(1)
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Warrants
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
PercentageWarrantsPercentage
ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P.(16)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF II Holdings I, L.P.(17)
2,062,5002,062,500**
ASOF Holdings I, L.P.(18)
4,125,0004,125,000**
Paul Abbott(19)
2,983,535**
Eric J. Bock(3)(20)
1,938,49610,0003,001,90510,000**
Andrew George Crawley(21)
1,243,136**
Martine Gerow(3)(22)
1,086,9702,383,021**
Patricia Anne Huska(3)(23)
666,2061,710,788**
Evan Konwiser(3)(24)
192,848568,774**
Michael Qualantone(3)(25)
1,535,7843,111,306**
Boriana Tchobanova(26)
124,317**
David Thompson(3)(27)
894,1211,968,648**
Philippe Chereque(3)(28)
1,928,4961,997,397**
*
Less than one percent.1%
**
Warrants listed on Selling Securityholder table represent warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.
(1)
Unless otherwise noted, theThe business address of each director and executive officer of the following entities or individualsGBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The business address of Jennifer Fleiss, Mitch Garber and James H. Simmons III is 9 West 57th Street, 43rd42rd Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(2)
Interests shown consist solelyThe Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of founderthe Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares classified asof Class B ordinary shares. SuchCommon Stock) for shares will automatically convert intoof Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combinationCommon Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as describedcustomary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the section entitled “Descriptionoption of Securities.”the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(3)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners and holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares received “earnout” shares in connection with the Closing. The earnout shares will, upon the achievement of certain earnout milestones, (i) in the case of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, be converted and re-designated into GBT B Ordinary Shares, with GBTG issuing such holders shares of Class B Common Stock, or (ii) in the case of the holders of GBT Legacy MIP Options and GBT Legacy MIP Shares, be redeemed and cancelled, with the holders thereof receiving shares of Class A Common Stock. ‘‘Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering’’ do not include the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversions and redemptions.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 162,388,084 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 162,388,084 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,801,810 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,801,810 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an

165


equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,801,810 “earnout” shares. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 157,786,199 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 157,786,199 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 5,637,394 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 5,637,394 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 5,637,394 “earnout” shares. American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company, is the direct holder of these securities. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. “Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 74,274,198 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the exchange of 74,274,198 GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) and (ii) 2,653,673 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying 2,653,673 GBT B Ordinary Shares (and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) that may be issued upon the conversion of 2,653,673 “earnout” shares. EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc., is the direct holder of these securities. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, Washington 98119.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Consists of (i) 20,345,250 converted Founder Shares, (ii) 2,000,000 PIPE Securities and (iii) 12,224,134 private placement warrants, which, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is a Cayman Island limited partnership (“Sponsor”) managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, Inc.Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the managingsole member of Holdings GP and sole limited partner of Sponsor.GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Leon Black, Joshua HarrisMarc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and Marc RowanJames Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the ordinary sharessecurities held of record by Sponsor. The address of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(8)
Consists of 1,000,000 PIPE Securities. Dendur Capital LP, the investment manager of Dendur Master Fund Ltd., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Dendur Master Fund Ltd. Malcolm Levine is the Chief Investment Officer of Dendur Capital LP and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. The registered address of the foregoing individual and entities is 250 West 55th Street, 26th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(9)
Consists of 650,000 PIPE Securities. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., the investment manager of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P., has voting and investment control of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Parekh, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. The registered address of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is located at 77 W. Wacker, Suite 700, Chicago IL 60601.
(10)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Elisabeth Levin resides with its trustees, John A. Levin, Elisabeth L. Levin and Jean L. Troubh, who may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(11)
Consists of 25,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Trust U/W Carl M. Loeb FBO Arthur Loeb resides with its trustees, John A. Levin and John L. Loeb, Jr., who may
 
113166

 
Principal III GPbe deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares. The address of the foregoing individuals and entity is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited; Cayman Corporate Centre; 27 Hospital Road; George Town; Grand Cayman KY1-9008.River Partners 767 Fifth Avenue, Floor 21, New York, NY 10153.
(12)
Consists of 200,000 PIPE Securities. Gray’s Creek Capital Partners Fund I, LP is managed by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and Gray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. Jason R. Little and Gerrit B. Parker are the natural persons who have voting or investment control over the shares beneficially owned by Gray’s Creek Capital Advisors, LLC and Gray’s Creek Capital Partners, GP. The business address of the foregoing individuals and entities is 500 Post Road East, Suite 233 Westport, CT 06880.
(13)
Consists of 4,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Consists of 8,200,000 PIPE Securities. HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(15)
Consists of 8,000,000 PIPE Securities. Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(16)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities owned by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each of Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan,Ares Entity is 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own 20%2000 Avenue of the then-issuedStars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(17)
Consists of 2,062,500 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any unitsthe sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in this offering). Becauseeffect as of the date of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influencefiling, the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election or removal of directors, amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions, including approval of our initial business combination.
The holders of the founder sharesAres Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have agreed (A) to votethe majority of the votes on any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.
Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (or 12,833,334 private placement warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), each exercisable to purchase Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($17,000,000 in the aggregate or $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are subjectmatter submitted to the transfer restrictions described below. In addition, the private placement warrants will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective datestockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the registration statementforegoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which this prospectus forms a part, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsor or anyis composed of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. The private placement warrants will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees. Our sponsor, or its permitted transferees,Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has the option to exercise the private placement warrants on a cashless basis. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than our sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisableveto authority over decisions by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to thoseboard of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the warrants being sold as partmembers of the units in this offering.board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the PIPE Securities
Our sponsor and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.
Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants
The founder shares, private placement warrants and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered into by our sponsor, directors, officers and us. This letter agreement will provide that the founder shares may not be transferred, assigned or sold until the earlier of (x) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our business combination, the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
The letter agreement will provide that the private placement warrants may not be transferred, assigned or sold until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination.
Additionally, in the event of (i) our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination, or (ii) the completion of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stock holders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, the lock-up period shall terminate. However, in the case of clauses (a) through (f) below, such securities may be transferred during
 
114167

 
owned by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. Each of the lock-up periodAres Entities (other than ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., with respect to the securities owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(18)
Consists of 4,125,000 PIPE Securities. The manager of ASOF Holdings I, L.P. is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain permitted transferees, provided that they enter intoconditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a written agreement agreeing to be boundboard of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by these transfer restrictions. Permitted transfers include: (a) transfers to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family membersthe board of anymanagers of our officers or directors, any membersAres Partners Holdco LLC. Each of our sponsor or their affiliates, or any affiliates of our sponsor, (b) in the case of an individual, transfers by gift to members of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiaryboard of which is a member of onemanagers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, transfersPIPE Securities owned by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon deathASOF Holdings I, L.P. Each of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, transfers pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) transfers by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s operating agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; and (f) transfers by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greaterAres Entities (other than the price at which the securities were originally purchased.
Permitted transferees would be subject to the same written agreements as our sponsor, directors and officersASOF Holdings I, L.P., with respect to (i) voting any founder shares heldthe securities owned by them in favorit) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the initial business combination, (ii) agreeingAres Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these PIPE Securities. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(19)
“Securities to not propose any amendmentbe Sold in this Offering” consists of 2,983,535 shares of Class A Common Stock to our amendedbe issued upon the exercise of vested and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligationunvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to redeem 100% of public shares if weOffering” do not complete an initial business combinationinclude 2,983,535 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within the completion window and (iii) waiving their redemption rights and rights to liquidating distributions.60 days.
Registration Rights(20)
The holders“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 2,923,004 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the founderexercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options, (ii) 68,901 shares private placement warrants and warrantsof Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of working capital loans will have registration rights to require us to register a sale“earnout” shares and (iii) 10,000 shares of any of our securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreementClass A Common Stock to be signed priorissued upon the exercise of public warrants. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to or onOffering” do not include 994,508 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(21)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 1,243,136 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the effective dateexercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,243,136 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(22)
“Securities to be Sold in this offering. These holders willOffering” consists of (i) 2,337,609 shares of Class A Common Stock to be entitledissued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to make upOffering” do not include 1,250,639 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(23)
“Securities to one demand, excluding short form registration demands,be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,673,205 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 37,583 shares of Class A Common Stock that we register such securities for sale undermay be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,006,999 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(24)
Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have “piggyback” registration rights to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 560,944 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 7,830 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include their securities in other registration statements filed by us, subject to certain limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Apollo may368,096 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercise its demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five and seven years, respectively, after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may not exercise its demand rights on more than one occasion.exercisable within 60 days.
 
115168


(25)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 3,042,405 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,506,621 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(26)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of 124,317 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 124,317 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(27)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,923,236 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 45,412 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares. “Securities Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” do not include 1,029,115 vested and unvested GBTG Options since they are not exercisable within 60 days.
(28)
“Securities to be Sold in this Offering” consists of (i) 1,928,496 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of vested and unvested GBTG Options and (ii) 68,901 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon the conversion of “earnout” shares.
Material Relationships with the Selling Securityholders
For a description of our relationships with the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates see the sections entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

169

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of the date of this prospectus, our initial shareholders owned an aggregate of 21,562,500 founder shares. In August 2020, we conducted stock splits, resulting in our sponsor holding 60,000,000 founder shares, and our sponsor subsequently surrendered 31,250,000 founder shares. In September 2020, our sponsor surrendered an additional 7,187,500 founder shares. The number of founder shares issued in the stock split and the number of shares surrendered by our Sponsor was determined based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of this offering. In September 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors. Up to 2,812,500 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our initial shareholders depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.
Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 (or 12,833,334 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. As such, our sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at between $17,000,000 and $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, depending on the number of private placement warrants purchased. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one whole Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.
As more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. We may pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by borrowing from or issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities.
Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will pay our sponsor a total of $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months, for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.
In addition to these monthly fees, underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder’s fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similar fees may be paid by the company to Apollo, our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination or following our initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to Apollo, our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.
Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $750,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses related to this offering. These loans bear interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and are unsecured and are due at the closing of this offering. These loans will be

116


repaid upon the closing of this offering as part of the estimated $1,200,000 of offering expenses. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount outstanding under any such loans.
In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.
As more fully discussed in “Underwriting (Conflict of Interest) — Conflict of Interest,” because our sponsor, an affiliate of Apollo Global Securities, LLC, owned 100% of our outstanding shares prior to the consummation of this offering, Apollo Global Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121.
After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials (as applicable) furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.
We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, the warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares, which is described under the heading “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”
Related Party Policy
We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company. A form of the code of ethics that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter that we will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. A form of the audit committee charter that we plan to adopt

117


prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.
These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.
To further minimize conflicts of interest, we will not consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. There will be no restrictions on payments made to insiders. We expect that some or all of the following payments will be made to Apollo, our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination, other than from any permitted withdrawals:

repayment of up to an aggregate of $750,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

reimbursement for office space, utilities, secretarial support and administrative services provided to us by our sponsor, in an amount equal to $16,667 per month, for up to 27 months;

underwriting discounts and commissions paid to Apollo Global Securities, LLC;

underwriting discounts and commissions, placement agent fees, initial purchaser fees or discounts, finder's fees, arrangement fees, commitment fees and transaction, structuring, consulting, advisory and management fees and similar fees for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination;

reimbursement of legal fees and expenses incurred by our sponsor, officers or directors in connection with our formation, the initial business combination and their services to us;

reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements have been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender.

118


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability (company number WC-218294) and our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law and common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will be authorized to issue 300,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value each, 60,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value each, and 1,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, $0.00005 par value each. The following description summarizesdescriptions are summaries of the material terms of our shares as set out more particularly inCertificate of Incorporation and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.Bylaws. Because it isthey are only a summary, it maysummaries, they do not contain all the information that ismay be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section, you should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the GBT Amended and Restated M&A, the Exchange Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Under “Description of Securities,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “Company” refer to GBTG and not to any of its subsidiaries.
UnitsGeneral
Each unitOur purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iii) 6,010,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. With respect to our Preferred Stock, (a) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock, (b) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock is designated pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock and (c) the remaining 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock is undesignated Preferred Stock. Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, the Board has the authority, without stockholder approval (but without limitation of the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement), to issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock. Unless the Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
As of July 18, 2022, our issued and outstanding share capital consisted of (i) 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock, (iii) no shares of Preferred Stock and (iv) 39,451,134 warrants, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants and 12,224,134 private placement warrants.
Common Stock
We have two classes of authorized Common Stock: Class A and Class B, each of which has one vote per share. All classes of Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law, including in connection with amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
In order to preserve the Up-C structure, the Exchange Agreement provides that we and GBT will take (or, in some cases, forbear from taking) various actions, as necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding (x) Class A Stock (and equivalents) and the GBT A Ordinary Shares and (y) Class B Stock and the GBT B Ordinary Shares. For example, the Exchange Agreement provides that, if we issue or sell additional shares of Class A Common Stock, we will contribute the net proceeds of such issuance and sale to GBT, and GBT will issue to us an offeringequal number of GBT A Ordinary Shares. Similarly, the Exchange Agreement provides that neither we nor GBT may effect any subdivision or combination of any of its equity securities unless the other effects an identical subdivision or combination of the corresponding class of its equity securities.
Class A Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on

170


the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
In the case of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class A Common Stock (subject to the nominal economic rights of holders of the Class B Common Stock described below), our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders.
All shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class A Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Class B Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including in the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
The shares of Class B Common Stock generally have only nominal economic rights (limited to the right to receive up to the par value in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up). Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on Class B Common Stock. Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock have the right to receive, ratably on a per share basis with other holders of Class B Common Stock and holders of Class A Common Stock, a distribution from our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders, up to the par value of such shares of Class B Common Stock, but otherwise are not entitled to receive any of our assets in connection with any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
All shares of Class B Common Stock that are outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The Class B Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of Class B Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Stock) for shares of Class A Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date).
Preferred Stock
No shares of Preferred Stock are issued or outstanding.
The Certificate of Designations for the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designations for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock are part of our Certificate of Incorporation and authorize the issuance of 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and 3,000,000,000 shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, respectively.

171


Holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock have no voting rights except as otherwise from time to time required by law.
Except as set forth in the Certificate of Designations, and as described below, holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as holders of Class B Common Stock, as provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise and Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class A Common Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to the Class B Common Stock.
In the event of any binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, merger or consolidation of us with another entity (whether or not a corporation) or conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance of us into another entity or into another jurisdiction, in each case, in connection with which holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, would receive shares of capital stock that constitute “voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or of securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), we may provide for the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, to receive, in lieu thereof, on a per share basis, the same number of shares of capital stock of another class or series that constitute “nonvoting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock), and that otherwise have the same rights and privileges, qualifications and limitations as the shares of capital stock to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable.
In the event any rights, qualifications or limitations would result in the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, receiving voting securities in connection with any dividend or distribution by us, such holders shall receive, in lieu of such voting securities, non-voting securities that are otherwise entitled to the same rights, privileges and qualifications as such voting securities subject to the limitations on voting described above.
In the event that the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall be split, divided, or combined, substantially concurrently therewith, the outstanding shares of the Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be proportionately split, divided or combined.
Exchanges of Class B-1 Preferred Stock are governed by the terms set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, (a) the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the par value of Class A-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) the distribution to “Participating Shares” contemplated by Section 5.3(c)(i) of the Certificate of Incorporation. For purposes of calculating the amount pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, it shall be assumed that all then outstanding shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Class A Common Stock and (b) the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a distribution from our remaining assets, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, up to the par value of Class B-1 Preferred Stock plus $0.0001 per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, the holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any of our assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets available for distribution to our stockholders shall be insufficient to pay to holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

172


Shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock are not convertible into Common Stock other than in connection with a Permitted BHCA Transfer (as defined below). Any holder of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock may transfer such shares in a Permitted BHCA Transfer to a Permitted BHCA Transferee (as defined below), and any shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock so transferred shall immediately following such transfer automatically be converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, respectively. A “Permitted BHCA Transferee” shall mean a person or entity who acquires shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock from a holder thereof in any of the following transfers (each a “Permitted BHCA Transfer”): (i) a widespread public distribution; (ii) a transfer to us; (iii) a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of the outstanding securities of any “class of voting securities” of ours (as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act); or (iv) a transfer to a transferee who would control more than 50% of every “class of voting securities” ​(as such term is used for purposes of the BHC Act) of us without giving effect to the shares of our capital stock transferred by the applicable transferred stockholder or any of its Permitted BHCA Transferees.
The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Subject to any limitations prescribed by the DGCL, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. The Board may fix the number of shares constituting a series of preferred stock and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our Class A Common Stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our Class A Common Stock might receive a premium over the market price of $10.00 and consiststhe shares of oneour Class A ordinaryCommon Stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock by restricting dividends on the Class A Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A Common Stock or, as is the case with the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of Class A Common Stock.
Dividend Rights
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board.
Except as described in “Dividend Policy,” we have no current plans to pay dividends on Class A Common Stock. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Ownership of the Class A Common Stock — We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock, so any returns will be substantially limited to the value of the Class A Common Stock.” We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends from future earnings for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants under other indebtedness we and our subsidiaries incur in the future, as well as other limitations and restrictions imposed by law.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our Bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held on a date and at a time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by the Board. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

173


Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of the Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Class A Common Stock held by stockholders.
These provisions include:
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting (with exceptions for (i) actions taken by holders of a series of preferred stock, as provided by the applicable certificate of designation, and (ii) actions required or permitted to be taken by holders of Class B Common Stock separately as a class but only if such action were taken by holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of all the Class B Common Stock then, outstanding). Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only by or at the direction of the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board to call a special meeting. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified at the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of the Company.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of the Board. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that any vacancies on the Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or at a special meeting of stockholders called by or at the direction of the Board for such purpose. Moreover, under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is divided into three classes of directors, each of which will hold office for a three-year term. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of the Board, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. SeeRisk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure — The classification of the Board may have anti-takeover effects, including discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.”
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our Class A Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

174


Advance Notice Procedures
Our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Although our Bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.
Supermajority Approval Requirements
The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. The DGCL does not specify a required vote for stockholders to amend a corporation’s bylaws and, therefore, the default voting standard set forth in a corporation’s bylaws will apply to votes to amend the bylaws unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise. In addition, the DGCL provides that a board of directors may amend the bylaws without further stockholder action if authorized to do so by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, a majority vote of the Board or the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our Bylaws or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, without limiting the rights of any party to the Shareholders Agreement, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total votes of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend our Certificate of Incorporation (and, in addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total voting power of the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required to amend any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects the rights, priorities or privileged of the Class B Common Stock). This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our bylaws and certificate of incorporation could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of the Board and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, one-thirdas a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of Class A Common Stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and so long as Class A Common Stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval prior to the issuance of

175


shares of Class A Common Stock in certain circumstances, including (i) if the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued is, or will be upon issuance, equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance and (ii) if such issuance is to a person considered a Related Party (as defined in Rule 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) solely by virtue of being a substantial security holder of the issuer and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued exceeds five percent of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding before the issuance.
The Board may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
Our authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and corporate acquisitions. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our Class A Common Stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholders’ stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court of Chancery shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of ours to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (3) any action asserting a claim arising under any provision of the DGCL, Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware or (6) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that, (i) such exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We note that our investors and stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation

176


described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one warrant. or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Subscription Agreements, we are obligated to, among other things, register for resale certain securities that are held by the Sponsor, any other parties to the Registration Rights Agreement and the PIPE Investors. Subject to certain exceptions, we will bear all registration expenses under the Registration Rights Agreement. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the terms thereof, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our non-employee directors (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation, and without limiting any separate agreement to between any person and us or any of our subsidiaries, no non-employee director will (i) have any duty to present business opportunities to us or our subsidiaries or (ii) be liable to the us, any of our stockholders or any other person who acquires an interest in our stock, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires a business opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the us or any of our subsidiaries. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of, through his or her service to, or pursuant to a contract with, the Company.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the Company or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL from time to time. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. The DGCL does not permit a corporation to eliminate or limit the liability of a director who has acted in bad faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, knowingly violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director. If, however, the DGCL is amended to permit a corporation to eliminate or limit a director’s liability for any such conduct, then the exculpation provisions in our Certificate of

177


Incorporation will function automatically to eliminate our directors’ personal liability to the Company and its stockholder for such conduct.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We will also be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. In addition, in the event that one of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, the Company: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director or officer are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance and indemnify the full amounts to which such director or officer are entitled under our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, without regard to any rights such director or officer may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Section 203 of the DGCL
In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 of the DGCL with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Our Certificate of Incorporation will, however, include provisions similar to Section 203 of the DGCL that generally prohibit us from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless (i) such person became an interested stockholder as a result of a transaction approved by the Board (other than the Business Combination), (ii) such person acquired at least 85% of our voting stock (excluding shares owned by our officers and directors and employee stock plans) in the transaction by which such person became an interested stockholder or (iii) such transactions are approved by the Board and the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock (other than such stock owned by the interested stockholder). In general, a

178


person and its affiliates and associates will be an “interested stockholder” under our Certificate of Incorporation if such person (a) holds at least 15% of our voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of ours and (b) held at least 15% of our voting stock at any time during the three-year period preceding the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; however, a person that acquires greater than 15% of our voting stock solely as a result of actions taken by us will not be an interested stockholder unless such person thereafter acquires additional shares of voting stock other than as a result of further corporate action not caused by such person. Further, the foregoing restrictions will not apply if the business combination is with a person who became an interested stockholder as a result of the Business Combination (provided such person does not acquire more than an additional 1% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock after the date of the Closing). As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.
Warrants
Public Stockholders’ Warrants
There are currently outstanding an aggregate of 27,227,000 public warrants, which will entitle the holders of such warrants to acquire our Class A Common Stock.
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A ordinary shareCommon Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as describeddiscussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the Closing of the Business Combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in this prospectus. Warrants mustthe warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A Common Stock. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised for one whole Class A ordinary share. The ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the closing of this offering unless the representative informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issuedat any given time by a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and warrants.warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchasea holder must have at least three units you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the Closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
In no event will theWe are not obligated to deliver any shares of Class A ordinary shares and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet of the company reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly, and no later than four business days, after the closing of this offering which will include this audited balance sheet. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filedCommon Stock pursuant to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
Additionally,Securities Act with respect to the unitsshares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will automatically separate into their component partsbe exercisable and we will not be traded after completionobligated to issue shares of our initial business combination.
Ordinary Shares
Upon the closing of this offering, 93,750,000 ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming noClass A Common Stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeitureshares of 2,812,500 founder shares by our sponsor), consisting of:

75,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlyingCommon Stock issuable upon such warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the units being offeredsecurities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in this offering; and

18,750,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor.
If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a stock dividend or share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable,two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior toa warrant, the consummationholder of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of founder shares by our initial shareholders prior to this offering at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering.
Class A ordinary shareholders and Class B ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law or the applicable rules of the NYSE then in effect; provided, that (i) holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and holders of our Class A ordinary shareswarrant will not be entitled to vote onexercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the election or removalevent that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of directors duringa unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A Common Stock underlying such unit.
We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the Closing, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth business day after the Closing, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and (ii) in a voteduring any period when we will have failed to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islandsmaintain an effective
 
119179

 
(which requires the approval of at least two thirdsregistration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the votesSecurities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if our shares of all ordinary shares),Class A Common Stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of ourpublic warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering each such warrant for that number of shares of Class B ordinary shares will have ten votes for every Class B ordinary shares and holdersA Common Stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of our shares of Class A ordinaryCommon Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of our shares will have one vote for everyof Class A ordinary share. These provisionsCommon Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of our amended and restated memorandum and articlesexercise is received by the warrant agent.
Redemption of associationwarrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00.    Once the warrants become exercisable, we may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. Unless specified inredeem the Companies Law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any matter voted on by our shareholders (other than the election or removal of directors), and the affirmative vote of a majority of our founder shares is required to approve the election or removal of directors. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Directors are elected for a term of three years. There is no cumulative votingoutstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the electionprivate placement warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of directors, with$0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the result that the holders of more than 50%last reported sale price of the founder shares votedof Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the electionnumber of directors can elect allshares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the directors. Our shareholders are entitledheading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to receive ratable dividends when,the warrant holders (which we refer to as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.“Reference Value”).
Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association
We will authorizenot redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of up to 300,000,000the shares of Class A ordinaryCommon Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we wereare unable to enter intoregister or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a business combination,redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may (dependingredeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the termsredemption date and the “fair market value” of such a business combination) be requiredour shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined below) except as otherwise described below; and

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined above under “Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustments to increase the number of ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue atissuable upon exercise or the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings or elect directors. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the election or removal of directors prior to completion of our initial business combination. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.
We will provide our Class A public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares in connection with our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to in permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with our initial business combination.
Unlike many blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash in connection with our initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial
 
120180

 
exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”).
During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of shares of our Class A Common Stock on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on the volume-weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of the warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the fifth paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the exercise price after such adjustment and the denominator of which is $10.00. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the second paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment less the decrease in the exercise price pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
60 months0.2610.2810.2970.3110.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
57 months0.2570.2770.2940.3100.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
54 months0.2520.2720.2910.3070.3220.3350.3470.3570.361
51 months0.2460.2680.2870.3040.3200.3330.3460.3570.361
48 months0.2410.2630.2830.3010.3170.3320.3440.3560.361
45 months0.2350.2580.2790.2980.3150.3300.3430.3560.361
42 months0.2280.2520.2740.2940.3120.3280.3420.3550.361
39 months0.2210.2460.2690.2900.3090.3250.3400.3540.361
36 months0.2130.2390.2630.2850.3050.3230.3390.3530.361
33 months0.2050.2320.2570.2800.3010.3200.3370.3520.361
30 months0.1960.2240.2500.2740.2970.3160.3350.3510.361
27 months0.1850.2140.2420.2680.2910.3130.3320.3500.361
24 months0.1730.2040.2330.2600.2850.3080.3290.3480.361
21 months0.1610.1930.2230.2520.2790.3040.3260.3470.361
18 months0.1460.1790.2110.2420.2710.2980.3220.3450.361
15 months0.1300.1640.1970.2300.2620.2910.3170.3420.361
12 months0.1110.1460.1810.2160.2500.2820.3120.3390.361
9 months0.0900.1250.1620.1990.2370.2720.3050.3360.361

181


Redemption Date (period to expiration
of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
6 months0.0650.0990.1370.1780.2190.2590.2960.3310.361
3 months0.0340.0650.1040.1500.1970.2430.2860.3260.361
0 months0.0420.1150.1790.2330.2810.3230.361
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our Class A Common Stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 shares of Class A Common Stock for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 shares of Class A Common Stock per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock.
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the shares of Class A Common Stock are trading at or above $10.00 per public share, which may be at a time when the trading price of shares of our Class A Common Stock is below the exercise price of the warrants. Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of October 1, 2020. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so.
No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the holder.
Redemption procedures.   A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-dilution Adjustments.   If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A

182


Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of APSG Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for shares of Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of shares of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our share capital into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the shares of Class A Common Stock during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, , then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter. The warrant agreement provides that no adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant will be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant as last adjusted. Any such adjustments that are not made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All such carried forward adjustments will be made (i) in connection with any subsequent adjustment that (taken together with such carried forward adjustments) would result in a change of at least 1% in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant and (ii) on the exercise date of any warrant.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing entity and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable

183


and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.
The warrants are issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus relating to the APSG IPO, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
The public warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.
Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
Private Placement Warrants
The private placement warrants (including the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination (except in limited exceptions) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The private placement warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, the private placement warrants are not exercisable more than five years from October 1, 2020, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as the Sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the units in the APSG IPO. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in the APSG IPO.
If holders of the private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common

184


Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” ​(defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average last reported sale price of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our capital stock is Continental Transfer & Trust Company.
Listing
Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.

185


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of June 16, 2022:

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock;

each of our current named executive officers and directors; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Company stock issuable upon exercise of options and warrants currently exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding solely for purposes of calculating the percentage of total voting power of the beneficial owner thereof.
The beneficial ownership of our Common Stock is based on 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock and 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June 16, 2022. The share amounts in the table below do not reflect any redemptions in connection with the Business Combination.
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement” for additional information regarding our relationship with American Express.
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Five Percent Holders
Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (3)
162,388,08474.0%162,388,08441.2%36.0%
American Express Company(4)
157,786,19973.5%157,786,19940.0%35.0%
Expedia Group, Inc.(5)
74,274,19856.6%74,274,19818.8%16.5%
APSG Sponsor, L.P.(6)
34,569,38450.0%7.5%
Ares Partners Holdco LLC(7)
8,675,56815.2%1.9%
HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund,
LTD(8)
8,200,00014.4%1.8%
Marlins Acquisition Corp.(9)
8,000,00014.0%1.8%
Marshall Wace LLP(10)
6,109,05910.7%1.4%
Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd.(11)
4,696,9818.2%1.0%
Bank of Montreal(12)
4,144,7547.3%*%
Zoom Video Communications, Inc.(13)
4,000,0007.0%*
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Paul Abbott
Andrew George Crawley
Michael Qualantone(14)
1,535,7842.6%*%
James P. Bush
Gloria Guevara Manzo
Eric Hart
Raymond Donald Joabar
Michael Gregory O’Hara
Richard Petrino
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi
Itai Wallach
Susan Ward
Kathleen Winters

186


Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
Combined
Total
Voting Power
Name of Beneficial Owner(2)
SharesPercentSharesPercentPercent
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (20 Individuals)(14)
6,304,42510.0%1.4%
*
Less than 1%
(1)
The Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their GBT B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or, in certain limited circumstances, at the option of the Exchange Committee, for cash (based on the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable exchange date). “Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned” includes the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exchanges.
(2)
The business address of each director and executive officer of GBTG is c/o Global Business Travel Group, Inc., 666 3rd Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10172.
(3)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Juweel Investors (SPC) Ltd (“Juweel”) with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Juweel is managed by its board of directors. The business address of Juweel is 350 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(4)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by American Express Company with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of American Express Company. The principal business address of this entity is 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10285.
(5)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by Expedia Group, Inc. with the SEC on June 6, 2022. Consists of securities held of record by EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Expedia Group, Inc. The business address of such parties is 1111 Expedia Group Way W., Seattle, WA 98119.
(6)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13D filed by APSG Sponsor, L.P. with the SEC on June 1, 2022. Numbers and percentages include 12,224,134 private placement warrants, which, beginning 30 days following the Closing, may be exercised for 12,224,134 shares of Class A Common Stock. Sponsor is managed by affiliates of Apollo. AP Caps II Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Sponsor. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole member of Holdings GP. Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) serves as the general partner of Principal III. Messrs. Marc Rowan, Scott Kleinman and James Zelter are the directors of Principal III GP and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the securities held of record by Sponsor. The address of Sponsor, Holdings GP, Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The address of each of Messrs. Rowan, Kleinman and Zelter is 9 West 57th Street, 42rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(7)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed by the Ares Entities (as defined below) with the SEC on June 8, 2022. Consists of 8,675,568 shares of Class A Common Stock. 4,337,784 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., 2,168,891 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and 2,168,893 shares of Class A Common Stock are held by ASOF II Holdings I, L.P. (collectively, the “Ares Holders”). The manager of the Ares Holders is ASOF Investment Management LLC, and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management GP LLC is the sole holder of the Class B Common Stock of Ares Management Corporation (the “Ares Class B Common Stock”) and Ares Voting LLC is the sole holder of the Class C Class A Common Stock of Ares

187


Management Corporation (the “Ares Class C Common Stock”). Pursuant to Ares Management Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this filing, the holders of the Ares Class B Common Stock and the Ares Class C Common Stock, collectively, will generally have the majority of the votes on any matter submitted to the stockholders of Ares Management Corporation if certain conditions are met. The sole member of both Ares Management GP LLC and Ares Voting LLC is Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock owned by ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., respectively. Each of the Ares Entities (other than ASOF Holdings I, L.P., ASOF II A (DE) Holdings I, L.P. and ASOF II Holdings I, L.P., each with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by it) and the equity holders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares of Class A Common Stock. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(8)
HG Vora Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser to and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. Parag Vora is the manager of HG Vora Capital Management, LLC. The mailing address for each of these entities and the individual discussed in this footnote is 330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor, New York NY 10017.
(9)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Marlins Acquisition Corp.’s board of directors.
(10)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022 by Marshall Wace LLP. The business address of Marshall Wace LLP is George House, 131 Sloane Street, London, SW1X 9AT, UK.
(11)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on May 2, 2022 by Empyrean Capital Overseas Master Fund, Ltd., Empyrean Capital Partners, LP and Amos Meron, each of which shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the reported shares shown above. The business address of such parties is c/o Empyrean Capital Partners, LP, 10250 Constellation Boulevard, Suite 2950, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
(12)
Based solely upon the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 15, 2022 by Bank of Montreal. The business address of Bank of Montreal is 100 King Street West, 21st Floor, Toronto, M5X 1A1, Ontario, Canada.
(13)
Voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom Video Communications, Inc.’s board of directors.
(14)
Shares consist of vested and unvested GBTG Options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date of this prospectus.

188


U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary is a discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants, which we refer to collectively as our securities. This section applies only to holders that hold our securities as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment).
This section is general in nature and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s circumstances or status, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to a holder subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions;

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

insurance companies;

dealers or traders subject to a mark-to-market method of tax accounting with respect to our securities;

persons holding our securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction, or persons deemed to sell our securities under constructive sale provisions of the Code;

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities;

holders who are controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

persons who acquired our securities through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services;

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our common stock;

U.S. holders that hold our securities through a non-U.S. broker or other non-U.S. intermediary;

persons who are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

persons that are subject to “applicable financial statement rules” under Section 451(b) of the Code;

tax-exempt entities; or

the Sponsor or its affiliates.
This discussion is based on the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein (possibly with retroactive effect).
This discussion does not take into account proposed changes in such tax laws and does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as estate or gift tax consequences, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on investment income). Each of the foregoing is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. You should consult your tax advisors with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
We have not and do not intend to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service regarding any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not take positions that are inconsistent with the discussion below or that any such positions would not be sustained by a court.

189


If a partnership (or any entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner of such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding any of our securities and persons that are treated as partners of such partnerships should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our securities.
THE FOLLOWING IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. ALL PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our securities who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “United States persons” ​(within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has validly elected to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Taxation of Distributions
If we pay distributions in cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in Class A Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described under “— U.S. holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below.
Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder will generally constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum preferential tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains.
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a U.S. holder of Warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants) as a result of a distribution

190


of cash or other property, such as other securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such U.S. holders as described under “— U.S. holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if such U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash. Generally, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrant would be increased to the extent any such constructive distribution is treated as a dividend.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock or warrant will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the share of Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant will generally be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant and the exercise price of such warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock received upon exercise of the warrant would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; however, in either case the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a “recapitalization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. Although we expect a U.S. holder’s cashless exercise of our warrants (including after we provide notice of our intent to redeem warrants for cash) to be treated as a recapitalization, a cashless exercise could alternatively be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized.
In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would generally equal the holder’s tax basis in the warrant exercised. If a cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the following day. If, however, a cashless exercise is treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A Common Stock would include the holding period of the warrant.
If a cashless exercise is treated as a taxable exchange, a U.S. holder could be deemed to have surrendered a number of warrants having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in such warrants. Such gain or loss would be long-term or short-term depending on the U.S. holder’s holding period in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A Common Stock received would equal the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrants exercised and the exercise price of such warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Warrant.

191


Because of the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Class A Common Stock received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.
If we redeem Warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants” or if we purchase Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. holder, taxed as described above under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Non-U.S. Holders
The following describes U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder. A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a non-resident alien individual;

a foreign corporation; or

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
Taxation of Distributions
In general, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a non-U.S. holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). In the case of any constructive dividend, it is possible that this tax would be withheld from any amount owed to a non-U.S. holder by the applicable withholding agent, including cash distributions on other property or sale proceeds from warrants or other property subsequently paid or credited to such holder. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of Class A Common Stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock, which will be treated as described under “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below. In addition, if we determine that we are classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(see “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants” below), we will withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and if a tax treaty applies are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to U.S. holders. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, dividends that are effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Possible Constructive Distributions
The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events, as

192


discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not a taxable event. Nevertheless, a non-U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants), including as a result of a distribution of cash or other property, such as securities, to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, or as a result of the issuance of a stock dividend to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case which is taxable to such non-U.S. holders as described under “— Non-U.S. holders —  Taxation of Distributions” above. A non-U.S. holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding under that section in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash.
Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the non-U.S. holder);

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

GBTG is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” ​(“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, and either (i) GBTG’s Class A Common Stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market or (ii) the non-U.S. holder has owned or is deemed to have owned under constructive ownership rules, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of GBTG’s Class A Common Stock.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in addition, a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point that is a foreign corporation will be subject to U.S. federal “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate) on such non-U.S. holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments). Any gain of a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses during the taxable year of the disposition) generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax rate (or a lower applicable tax treaty rate). If you are such an individual, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, any gain described in the third bullet point above that is recognized by such non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A Common Stock or warrants generally will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of such Class A Common Stock or warrants from a non-U.S. holder may be required to withhold U.S. income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such disposition unless our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and such non-U.S. holder did not actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock at any time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the date of the sale or disposition and (b) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period in such stock. We anticipate that our Class A Common Stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering. However, no assurance can be given in this regard and no assurance can be given that our Class A Common Stock will remain regularly traded in the future. GBTG will generally be classified as a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax

193


purposes. GBTG does not expect to be classified as a USRPHC. However, such determination is factual in nature and subject to change, and no assurance can be provided as to whether GBTG is or will be a USRPHC with respect to a non-U.S. holder at any future time.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant
The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the exercise, lapse or redemption of a non-U.S. holder’s warrant will generally correspond to the characterization described under “— U.S. holders — Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise or redemption results in a taxable exchange, the tax consequences to the non-U.S. holder would be similar to those described above in “— Non-U.S. holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants.”
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to Class A Common Stock and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of Class A Common Stock or warrants may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status.
A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting (other than with respect to dividends) and backup withholding by providing certification of its non-U.S. status on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, set forth in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, foreign financial institutions (which include hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds and any other investment vehicles regardless of their size) must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or bear a withholding tax on certain payments made to them (including such payments made to them in their capacity as intermediaries). Generally, if a foreign financial institution or certain other foreign entity does not comply with these reporting requirements, “withholdable payments” to the noncomplying entity will be subject to a 30% withholding tax. For this purpose, withholdable payments include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax and, subject to the discussion of the proposed Treasury Regulations below, the entire gross proceeds from the sale of certain equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. This withholding tax will apply to a non-compliant foreign financial institution regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident withholding tax.
Withholding under Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) will generally apply to payments of dividends on Class A Common Stock to foreign financial institutions that are not in compliance with FATCA. The U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or disposition of equity interests. In its preamble to the proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.
Similar withholding requirements to the foregoing apply to dividends on and, subject to the proposed regulations, gross proceeds from the sale of, Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn be required to provide to the Secretary of the Treasury.

194


If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding these rules and whether they may be relevant to such non-U.S. holder’s ownership and disposition of Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have entered into intergovernmental agreements with the United States in connection with FATCA may be subject to different rules.

195


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering the issuance by us of up to 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the public warrants and private placement warrants. We are also registering for resale by the Selling Securityholders (i) up to 492,628,569 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 12,234,134 warrants.
Except as set forth in any applicable agreement providing registration rights, the Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in connection with disposing of the securities. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.
The securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholders covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders. The term “Selling Securityholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors in interest selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Securityholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at prices and under terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price or in negotiated transactions. Each Selling Securityholder reserves the right to accept and, together with its respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents. The Selling Securityholders and any of their permitted transferees may sell their securities offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. If underwriters are used in the sale, such underwriters will acquire the shares for their own account. These sales may be at a fixed price or varying prices, which may be changed, or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices relating to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The securities may be offered to the public through underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters or by underwriters without a syndicate. The obligations of the underwriters to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions. The underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the securities offered if any of the securities are purchased.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the securities offered by this prospectus:

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of NYSE;

through trading plans entered into by a Selling Securityholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;

to or through underwriters or broker-dealers;

at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

directly to purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

in options transactions;

196



through a combination of any of the above methods of sale; or

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.
The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by a Selling Securityholder that a donee, pledgee, transferee, other successor-in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a Selling Securityholder.
With respect to a particular offering of the securities held by the Selling Securityholders, to the extent required, an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, will be prepared and will set forth the following information:

the specific securities to be offered and sold;

the names of the Selling Securityholders;

the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the proceeds to be received from the sale, if any, and other material terms of the offering;

the names of any participating agents, broker-dealers or underwriters; and

any applicable commissions, discounts, concessions and other items constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders.
In connection with distributions of the securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions. In connection with such transactions, broker-dealers or other financial institutions may engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume with Selling Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders may also sell the securities short and redeliver the securities to close out such short positions. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The Selling Securityholders may also pledge securities to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, and, upon a default, such broker-dealer or other financial institution, may effect sales of the pledged securities pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
In order to facilitate the offering of the securities, any underwriters or agents, as the case may be, involved in the offering of such securities may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may overallot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in our securities for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of our securities, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may bid for, and purchase, such securities in the open market. Finally, in any offering of securities through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allotted to an underwriter or a broker-dealer for distributing such securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters or agents, as the case may be, are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Selling Securityholders may solicit offers to purchase the securities directly from, and they may sell such securities directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be

197


involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our securities. Our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GBTG” and “GBTG.WS,” respectively.
The Selling Securityholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Securityholders pay for solicitation of these contracts.
A Selling Securityholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Securityholder or borrowed from any Selling Securityholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Securityholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Securityholder may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.
In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the Selling Securityholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate. Broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions, discounts or concessions from the Selling Securityholders in amounts to be negotiated immediately prior to the sale.
In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

198


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
We have 56,945,033 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding as of July 18, 2022. All of the 20,420,250 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and the Insiders are restricted securities, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of the 32,350,000 PIPE Securities we issued to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the Subscription Agreements are also restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part registers for resale all of the Founder Shares and PIPE Securities, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement or applicable Subscription Agreements.
Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, we have 39,451,134 warrants issued and outstanding, consisting of 27,227,000 public warrants originally sold as part of the units issued in the APSG IPO and 12,224,134 private placement warrants that were sold by APSG to the Sponsor in a private placement prior to the APSG IPO. Each warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The public warrants are freely tradable. In addition, we have filed the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part under the Securities Act covering the 39,451,134 shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the warrants and resales by the holders of the 12,234,134 warrants, and we are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration or redemption of the warrants.
We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of our shares and warrants or the availability of our shares and warrants for sale will have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock or warrants in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock and warrants.
Rule 144
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.
Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Common Stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding; or

the average weekly reported trading volume of Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

199



the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company (“Form 10 information”).
Following the consummation of the Business Combination we are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.
As a result, the Sponsor and the Insiders will be able to sell their Founder Shares and private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information with the SEC. Similarly, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will be able to sell the Class A Common Stock they receive upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after the completion of the Business Combination and the filing of our Form 10 information.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with certain agreements related to the Business Combination, certain Selling Securityholders who received Founder Shares, GBTG Options, MIP Options, GBT B Ordinary Shares, Class B Common Stock, earnout shares and any shares of Class A Common Stock into which such stock and shares are converted are subject to a post-Closing lock-up until the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date. The PIPE Securities will not be subject to a post-Closing lock-up period.

200


LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of the Class A Common Stock and warrants covered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of GBT JerseyCo Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of Egencia at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years then ended, appearing in this registration statement and related Preliminary Prospectus of Global Business Travel Group, Inc. have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever reference is made in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the annexes to the prospectus and the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at investors.amexglobalbusinesstravel.com. The information found on, or that can be accessed from or that is hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement through the SEC’s website, as provided herein.

201


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-24
F-28
F-29
F-30
F-31
F-32
GBT JerseyCo Limited
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-50
F-52
F-53
F-54
F-55
F-56
Audited Annual Financial Statements
F-75
F-76
F-78
F-79
F-80
F-82
F-83

F-1


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.).
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash$80,242$161,277
Prepaid expenses336,193495,915
Total current assets416,435657,192
Investments held in Trust Account817,678,426817,356,537
Total assets$818,094,861$818,013,729
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued offering costs$5,594,897$6,560,426
Advances from related party4,258,5892,040,211
Note payable – Sponsor5,800,0005,800,000
Total current liabilities15,653,48614,400,637
Derivative warrant liabilities60,098,28555,943,533
Deferred underwriting compensation28,588,35028,588,350
Total liabilities104,340,12198,932,520
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Temporary Equity:
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 81,681,000 shares (at $10.00 per share) as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021816,810,000816,810,000
Shareholders’ deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.00005 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding excluding the shares subject to possible redemption
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares
authorized, 20,420,250 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31,
2022 and December 31, 2021
1,0211,021
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit(103,056,281)(97,729,812)
Total shareholders’ deficit(103,055,260)(97,728,791)
Total liabilities, temporary equity and shareholders’ deficit$818,094,861$818,013,729
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-3


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
REVENUE$$
EXPENSES
Administrative fee – related party50,00150,647
General and administrative1,441,5674,592,167
TOTAL EXPENSES1,491,5684,642,814
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Investment income from Trust Account321,889141,517
Interest expense(2,038)(615)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(4,154,752)24,785,058
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)(3,834,901)24,925,960
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted81,681,00081,681,000
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class A ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
Weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted20,420,25020,420,250
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class B ordinary share$(0.05)$0.20
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-4


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$ —$(97,729,812)$(97,728,791)
Net loss(5,326,469)(5,326,469)
Balance as of March 31, 202220,420,250$1,021$$(103,056,281)$(103,055,260)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202020,420,250$1,021$ —$(103,929,702)$(103,928,681)
Net income20,283,14620,283,146
Balance as of March 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$$(83,646,556)$(83,645,535)
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-5


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
20222021
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income$(5,326,469)$20,283,146
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Investment income earned on investment held in Trust Account(321,889)(141,517)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities4,154,752(24,785,058)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses159,722150,174
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(965,529)4,138,691
Advances from Related Parties2,218,378
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities(81,035)(354,564)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from Sponsor note800,000
Repayment of advances from Sponsor(371,767)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities428,233
Net change in cash(81,035)73,669
Cash at beginning of period161,277257,872
Cash at end of period$80,242$331,541
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements
F-6


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN
Organizational and General
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.) (the “Company”) was initially incorporated in Cayman Islands on October 10, 2008 under the name of APH III (Sub I), Ltd. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). On August 6, 2020, the Company formally changed its name to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital.
At March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 10, 2008 through March 31, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) described below and search for a target company. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the net proceeds derived from the Public Offering.
Sponsor and Public Offering
On October 6, 2020, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 75,000,000 units, $0.00005 par value at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) generating gross proceeds of $750,000,000 which is described in Note 4. APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (the “Sponsor”), purchased an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant, or approximately $17,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering. Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the private placement on October 6, 2020, $750,000,000 was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) (discussed below). Transaction costs amounted to $41,389,428 consisting of $15,000,000 of underwriting fees, $26,250,000 of deferred underwriting fees payable (which are held in Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee) and $139,428 of Public Offering costs. These costs were charged to temporary equity upon completion of the Public Offering. As described in Note 4, the $26,250,000 deferred underwriting fee payable is contingent upon the consummation of an Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022 (or by January 6, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for the Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022) (the “Completion Window”). In addition, $2,344,508 of costs were allocated to the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants and were included in the statement of operations as a component of other income/(expense).
On November 10, 2020, the Company consummated the closing of the sale of 6,681,000 additional Units at a price of $10 per unit upon receiving notice of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option (“Overallotment Units”), generating additional gross proceeds of $66,810,000 and incurred additional offering costs of $3,674,550 in underwriting fees. Simultaneously with the exercise of the overallotment, the Company consummated the Private Placement of an additional 890,800 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $1,336,200. Of the additional $3,674,550 in underwriting fees, $2,338,350 is deferred until the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option, 1,142,250 Founder Shares were forfeited.
The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the Public Offering, the Private Placement, debt or a combination of the foregoing.

F-7


Trust Account
The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. At March 31, 2022, the proceeds of the Public Offering were held in U.S. government securities, as specified above.
The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay its tax obligations (the “Permitted Withdrawals”), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares included in the Units (the “Public Shares”) sold in the Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to affect the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares if it has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.
Initial Business Combination
The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination. See “Recent Developments” below and “Item 1. Business” of our Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2021 for more information regarding the pending Initial Business Combination with GBT JerseyCo Limited.
The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which shareholders may seek to redeem their Public Shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to make Permitted Withdrawals or (ii) provide shareholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to make Permitted Withdrawals. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek shareholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules. If the Company seeks shareholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination (or, ifInitial Business Combination. In the applicable rulesevent that the redemption of the NYSE then in effect require,Company’s Public Shares would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares.

F-8


If the Company holds a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares held by public shareholders are voted in favor of the business transaction). Unless restricted by NYSE rules, a quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of our outstanding ordinary shares representing a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Unless restricted by NYSE rules, our initial shareholders will count towards such quorum. However, the participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholdersshareholder vote or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination unless restricted by applicable NYSE rules. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinarythere is a tender offer for shares non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination.
If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initialan Initial Business Combination, a shareholder will have the right to redeem his, her or its Public Shares for an amount in cash equal to his, her or its pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuantdays prior to the termsconsummation of a letter agreement entered into with us,the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination.make Permitted Withdrawals. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 28,125,001, or approximately 37.5%, of 75,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding sharessuch Public Shares are votedrecorded at redemption amount and no exerciseclassified as temporary equity upon the completion of the underwriter’s over-allotment option)Public Offering, in order to have such initial business combination approved (or, ifaccordance with the applicable rules of the NYSE then in effect require approval by a majority of the votes cast by public shareholders, we would need 37,500,001 of public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted and no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option) in order to have such initial business combination approved). Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares without voting, and if it does vote, irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction. These quorum and voting thresholds and the letter agreement may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restrictedAccounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.Equity. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
Pursuant to ourthe Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we arethe Company is unable to complete our initial business combinationthe Initial Business Combination within the completion window, weCompletion Window, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares,Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account,Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust accountTrust Account and not previously released to usthe Company to pay our taxesmake Permitted Withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses)expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares,Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of ourthe Company’s remaining shareholders and ourthe Company’s board

121


of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to ourthe Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our sponsor,The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us,the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust accountTrust Account with respect to any founder sharesFounder Shares (as defined below) held by them if we failthe Company fails to complete our initial business combinationthe Initial Business Combination within the completion window.Completion Window. However, if our initial shareholdersthe Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquire publicClass A ordinary shares in or after this offering,the Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust accountTrust Account with respect to such public shares if we failthe Company fails to complete our initial business combinationthe Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the companyCompany after a business combination, ouran Initial Business Combination, the Company’s shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares,ordinary share, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. OurThe Company’s shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that wethe Company will provide ourits shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public sharesPublic Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, after permitted withdrawals, in connection with our initial business combination,Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.
Going Concern Considerations, Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2022, the Company had investments held in the Trust Account of $817,678,426 principally invested in U.S. government securities. Interest income on the balance in the Trust Account may be used by the Company to pay taxes, and to pay up to $100,000 of any dissolution expenses. As of March 31, 2022, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its future obligations. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had a working capital deficit of approximately $15.2 million, current liabilities of $15.7 million and had cash of approximately $80,000.
The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account, excluding the deferred underwriting commissions, to complete its Initial Business Combination. To the extent that capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete the Initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue growth strategies. If an Initial Business Combination agreement requires the Company to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price or requires the Company to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the Company will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements or arrange for third-party financing.

F-9


The Company is required to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefore, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commissions held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of the public shares.
The Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated obligations over the next year from the date of issuance of these condensed financial statements. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unsuccessful in consummating an Initial Business Combination, the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the ability to continue as a going concern. Management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until a potential business combination or up to the mandatory liquidation as stipulated in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum of association. The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern.
Recent Developments
GBT Business Combination
On December 2, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with GBT JerseyCo Limited (“GBT”), a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Jersey, pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Business Combination Agreement, GBT will become direct subsidiary of the Company, with us being renamed “Global Business Travel Group, Inc.” ​(“PubCo”) and conducting its business through GBT in an umbrella partnership-C corporation structure (an “Up-C structure”).
Pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company will change its jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware by effecting a deregistration under the Cayman Islands Companies Act (2021 Revision), as amended, and a domestication under Section 388 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.
Earnout
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, the holders of GBT Ordinary Shares, GBT Preferred Shares, GBT Profit Shares, GBT MIP Shares and certain legacy GBT MIP Options will also receive an aggregate of 15,000,000 “earnout” shares in the form of equity interests of GBT following the Closing.

F-10


PIPE Subscription Agreements
On December 2, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “PIPE Subscription Agreements”) with certain strategic and institutional investors, including the Sponsor (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe, immediately prior to the Closing, an aggregate of 33,500,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock at a cash purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price equal to $335 million (the “PIPE Investment”). Of the 33,500,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, the Sponsor has agreed to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as the other PIPE Investors at a price of $10.00 per share.
Acquiror Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, PubCo and GBT will enter into a subscription agreement (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which PubCo will issue and sell to GBT, and GBT will subscribe for and purchase from PubCo, shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock (the “GBT Subscription”) in exchange for the amount which equals the product of (a) $0.0001 per share and (b) the aggregate number of shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock to be subscribed for by GBT (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Purchase Price”).
Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, GBT and PubCo will enter into a subscription agreement (the “Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which GBT will issue and sell to PubCo, and PubCo will subscribe for and purchase from GBT, OpCo A Ordinary Shares and one OpCo Z Ordinary Share in exchange for the Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Purchase Price.
Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will enter into a distribution agreement (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement”) pursuant to which, following the GBT Subscription, GBT will distribute to the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, and each Continuing JerseyCo Owner will accept from GBT, the shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock that GBT acquired in connection with the GBT Subscription, in partial consideration for the redemption and cancellation of the GBT Ordinary Shares held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
Sponsor Support Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Sponsor, members of our board of directors and management (the “Insiders”) and GBT entered into a support agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Sponsor and each Insider agreed to, among other things, vote or cause to be voted, all of the Acquiror Cayman Shares beneficially owned by it, at the Special Meeting: (i) in favor of all the Shareholder Proposals, (ii) against any competing transaction, (iii) against any change in the business, our management or board of directors that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect our ability to consummate the Transactions or is otherwise inconsistent with any of our obligations under the Business Combination Agreement, and (iv) against any other proposal, agreement or action that would reasonably be expected to (a) impede, frustrate, prevent or nullify, or materially delay or materially impair our ability to perform our obligations under, any provision of the Business Combination Agreement or the transaction documents, (b) result in any of the conditions to Closing not being satisfied or (c) result in our breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement under the Business Combination Agreement or result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement of the Sponsor or the Insiders contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement. The Sponsor and each Insider also agreed not to redeem any of the Acquiror Cayman Shares beneficially owned by them in connection with the Transactions or sell any of their Acquiror Cayman Shares, Acquiror Cayman Units or Acquiror Cayman Warrants (other than to certain permitted transferees) during the pre-Closing period. Further, the Sponsor and each Insider have agreed to comply with certain provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the

F-11


provisions regarding non-solicitation, confidentiality and publicity, as if they were APSG with respect to such provisions, and to execute and deliver all documents and take all actions reasonably necessary by them for us to comply with its obligations relating to regulatory approvals in the Business Combination Agreement.
Sponsor Side Letter
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Sponsor, the Insiders, APSG and GBT entered into a letter agreement (the “Sponsor Side Letter”). Pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter, the Sponsor and each Insider has agreed not to transfer (other than to certain permitted transferees), subject to certain transfer restrictions (i) any shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued to each of them at the Closing, and (ii) any of the Domesticated Acquiror Warrants (or any shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Domesticated Acquiror Warrants) issued to each of them at the Closing until 30 days after the Closing.
In addition, pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter, the Sponsor has agreed that 13,631,318 of the shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued to the Sponsor at the Closing (the “Sponsor Shares”) will immediately vest without restrictions and 6,713,932 of the Sponsor Shares will be deemed unvested subject to certain triggering events to occur within five years from Closing.
Company Holders Support Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and GBT entered into a support agreement (the “Company Holders Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement, each of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners agreed to, among other things, during the pre-Closing period, execute, deliver or otherwise grant any action by written consent, special resolution or other approval, or vote or cause to be voted at any meeting of shareholders of GBT: (i) in favor of any such consent, resolution or other approval, as may be required under the organizational documents of GBT or applicable law or otherwise sought with respect to the Business Combination Agreement or the Transactions and (ii) against any competing transaction and any other proposal, agreement or action that would reasonably be expected to (a) prevent or nullify, or materially delay or materially impair the ability of GBT to perform its obligations under, any provision of the Business Combination Agreement or the transaction documents, (b) result in any of the conditions to Closing not being satisfied or (c) result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners contained in the Company Holders Support Agreement. Each of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners also agreed not to sell any of its GBT Ordinary Shares, GBT Preferred Shares or GBT Profit Shares (other than to certain permitted transferees) during the pre-Closing period. Further, each Continuing JerseyCo Owner has agreed to comply with certain provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the provisions regarding non-solicitation and publicity, as if they were GBT with respect to such provisions, and to execute and deliver on the date of Closing, the Shareholders Agreement, the Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement, the Exchange Agreement (as defined below) and the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).
Additionally, each Continuing JerseyCo Owner has agreed not to transfer, until the 180th day following the Closing (the “UW Lock-Up Release Date”), any equity securities of PubCo or GBT (subject to certain permitted exceptions); provided, that if the final determination of the Post-Closing Equity Adjustment has not occurred prior to the expiration of the UW Lock-Up Release Date, then each Continuing JerseyCo Owner agrees to retain and not transfer at least 5% of each class of securities of each of PubCo and GBT (subject to certain permitted exceptions) that it receives in connection with the Closing, from the UW Lock-Up Release Date until the completion of the implementation of the adjustments set forth in the Business Combination Agreement in connection with the Post-Closing Equity Adjustment.
Amex Holdco and its affiliates have also agreed to use their reasonable best efforts to enter into definitive agreements with GBT in respect of certain commercial arrangements.

F-12


Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
At the Closing, PubCo, the Sponsor, the Insiders and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (collectively, the “Holders”) will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement pursuant to which, among other things, PubCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock and other equity securities of PubCo that are held by the Holders from time to time (the “Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, PubCo will be required to submit or file with the SEC, within (i) 30 calendar days after the Closing, or (ii) 90 calendar days following PubCo’s most recent fiscal year end if the audited financials for the year ended December 31, 2021 are required to be included, a Shelf covering the issuance and the resale of all such registrable securities on a delayed or continuous basis, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) 60 calendar days (or 90 calendar days if the SEC notifies PubCo that it will “review” the Shelf) after the filing thereof and (ii) the 10th business day after the date PubCo is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the SEC that the Shelf will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review.
Exchange Agreement
At the Closing, PubCo, GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will enter into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), giving the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain of their permitted transferees) the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their OpCo B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock) for shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or certain limited circumstances.
Shareholders Agreement
At Closing, PubCo, GBT, American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited and Expedia will enter into a shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”). The Shareholders Agreement will set forth certain agreements with respect to, among other matters, transfers of equity securities of PubCo and GBT, the governance of PubCo and GBT, tax distributions that GBT will make to PubCo and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain information rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) have been condensed. As such, the information included in these condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the SEC on March 1, 2022. In the opinion of the Company’s management, these condensed financial statements include all adjustments, which are only of a normal and recurring nature, necessary for a fair statement of the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2022 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2022. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2022.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of condensed financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

F-13


Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the condensed financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these condensed financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liability. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Offering Costs Associated with the Public Offering
The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs of $800,877 consist principally of costs incurred in connection with formation and preparation for the Public Offering. These costs, together with the underwriter discount of $44,924,550, were charged to temporary equity upon completion of the Public Offering and exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.
Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s condensed balance sheets.
Effective with the closing of the Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital.
At March 31, 2022, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the condensed balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:
Gross proceeds$816,810,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants(39,745,978)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs(44,871,756)
Plus:
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value84,617,734
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption$816,810,000
During the three months ended March 21, 2022, the Company did not make any adjustments to the redemption value of the Class A shares subject to possible redemption.

F-14


Income Taxes
ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s condensed financial statements.
Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share and allocates income/loss on a pro rata basis. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.
The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share does not consider the effect of the warrants issued in connection with the (i) Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share is the same as basic net income (loss) per ordinary share for the periods presented.
The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2021
Class AClass BClass AClass B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary
share
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss), as adjusted$(4,261,175)$(1,065,294)$16,226,517$4,056,629
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding81,681,00020,420,25081,681,00020,420,250
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary
share
$(0.05)$(0.05)$0.20$0.20
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company’s derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as of the Public Offering (October 6, 2020) and re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the condensed statements of operations. Derivative assets and liabilities are classified on the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The Company has determined the Warrants are a derivative instrument. As the Warrants meet the definition of a derivative the Warrants are measured at

F-15


fair value at issuance and at each reporting date in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations in the period of change.
Warrant Instruments
The Company accounts for the Warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering and Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” whereby under that provision the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as a liability at fair value and adjust the instrument to fair value at each reporting period. This liability will be re-measured at each balance sheet date until the Warrants are exercised or expire, and any change in fair value will be recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. Upon consummation of the Public Offering, the fair value of Warrants were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation for the Public Warrants and a modified Black-Scholes model for the Private Placement Warrants. The valuation model utilizes inputs and other assumptions and may not be reflective of the price at which they can be settled. Such Warrant classification is also subject to re-evaluation at each reporting period. As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Public Warrants were valued using the publicly available price for the Warrants and are classified as Level 1 on the Fair Value Hierarchy. As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company used a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid to transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. US GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the carrying values of cash, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued offering costs, advances from related parties and notes payable approximate their fair values primarily due to the short-term nature of the instruments. The Company’s investments held in Trust Account are comprised of investments in U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity of 185 days or less or investments in a money market funds that comprise only U.S. treasury securities and are recognized at fair value.
Recent Accounting Standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.
NOTE 3 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Public Offering, the Company sold 81,681,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, including the issuance of 6,681,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds to the Company in the amount of $816,810,000. Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share (the “Class A ordinary shares”), and one- third of one redeemable warrant of the Company (each whole warrant, a

F-16


Public Warrant”), with each Public Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.
NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT
Pursuant to the Public Offering, the Company sold an aggregate of 12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company in the amount of $18,336,200.
A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will be worthless.
The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.
NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTIES
Founder Shares
In October 2008, the Company was formed by Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Holdings”), at which point, one ordinary share was issued in exchange for the payment of operating and formation expenses of the Company. In August 2020, Holdings transferred its ownership in the Company, consisting of one ordinary share, to the Sponsor for no consideration. On August 6, 2020, the Company completed a share split of its ordinary shares and, as a result, 28,750,000 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares were outstanding (the “Founder Shares”). In September 2020, 25,000 Founder Shares were transferred to each of the Company’s three independent directors at a purchase price of $0.00087 per share. The founderindependent directors paid $65.25 in the aggregate for the 75,000 shares to the Sponsor. On September 16, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 7,187,500 ordinary shares, thereby effecting a 1.33333:1 share recapitalization, and, as a result, 21,562,500 of the Company’s Founder Shares were outstanding. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option, in November 2020, the Sponsor forfeited 1,142,250 Class B ordinary shares. All share and per share amounts are retroactively reflected in the accompanying condensed financial statements.
The Founder Shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units beingUnits sold in this offering, and holders of founder shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders,Public Offering except that (i) only holdersthe Founder Shares are Class B ordinary shares which automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of the founder shares have the right to vote on the election or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, (ii) in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares have ten votes for every founder shareCompany’s Initial Business Combination and as a result, our initial shareholders will be able to approve any such proposal without the vote of any other shareholder, (iii) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below,below.
The holders of the Founder Shares agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and (iv) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered intothe like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a letter agreement with us,liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
Related Party Loans
On August 11, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $750,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering pursuant to which theyan unsecured promissory note (the “Note”). This Note bore interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and is payable on the earlier of March 31, 2021 or the closing date of the Public Offering. Upon the close of the Public Offering on October 6, 2020, the Note was no longer available.

F-17


On October 20, 2020, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “October Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The October Note bears interest at a rate of 0.14% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On October 20, 2020, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 pursuant to the October Note. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the October Note was $1,500,000. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the October Note was $3,032 and $2,514, respectively.
On February 22, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “February Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $800,000. The February Note bears interest at a rate of 0.12% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On February 22, 2021, the Company borrowed $800,000 pursuant to the February Note. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the February Note was $800,000 and $800,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the February Note was $1,057 and $821, respectively.
On June 18, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “June Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000. The June Note bears interest at a rate of 0.13% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On June 18, 2021, the Company borrowed $2,000,000 pursuant to the June Note. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the June Note was $2,000,000 and $2,000,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the June Note was $2,016 and $1,375, respectively.
On September 14, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “September Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The September Note bears interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On September 14, 2021, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 pursuant to the September Note. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the September Note was $1,500,000 $1,500,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the September Note was $1,395 and $755, respectively.
Advances from Related Parties
Affiliates of the Sponsor paid certain formation, operating and offering costs on behalf of the Company. These advances are due on demand and are non-interest bearing. For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the related parties paid $2,218,378 and $2,472 of offering costs and other expenses on behalf of the Company, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there was $4,258,589 and $2,040,211 due to the related parties, respectively.
Administrative Service Fee
Commencing on the date the Units were first listed on the NYSE, the Company has agreed to pay the Sponsor a total of $16,667 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support for up to 27 months. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. The Company incurred and paid $50,001 and $50,647 for such expenses under the administrative services agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Risks and Uncertainties
Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have agreed (A)a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-18


In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with the country of Ukraine. As a result of this action, various nations, including the United States, have instituted economic sanctions against the Russian Federation and Belarus. Further, the impact of this action and related sanctions on the world economy are not determinable as of the date of these financial statements and the specific impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows is also not determinable as of the date of these financial statements.
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Private Placement Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and Private Placement Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) are entitled to waive their redemptionregistration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to demand that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any founder shares and any public shares held by themregistration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with our initial business combination and (B) to waive their rights to liquidating distributionsthe filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The Company granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the trust account with respectdate of the final prospectus to purchase up to 9,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, founder shares held by them if we failat the Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On November 10, 2020, the Company consummated the sale of additional units pursuant to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will beunderwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option.
Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the over-allotment, the underwriters were entitled to liquidating distributionsan underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $16,336,200, after the underwriters’ exercised their over-allotment option, which was paid in the aggregate upon the closing of the Public Offering and the over-allotment. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.35 per unit, or $28,588,350 in the aggregate is payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee becomes payable to the underwriters from the trust accountamounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement for the Initial Public Offering.
Service Provider Agreement
The Company has entered into a fee arrangement with respecta service provider pursuant to any publicwhich certain success fees in connection with a potential Business Combination will become payable only if the Company consummates the pending Business Combination with GBT. If the pending Business Combination with GBT does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the amount of these contingent fees with the service provider was approximately $7.0 million.
Placement Agent Agreement
Separately, the Company has entered into a fee arrangement with placement agents pursuant to which certain placement fees equal to 3.5% of gross proceeds from a securities private placement (net of proceeds invested by related parties or affiliates of the Company) will become payable only if the Company consummates the pending Business Combination with GBT. If the pending Business Combination with GBT does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees.
There can be no assurances that the Company will complete the pending Business Combination with GBT.

F-19


NOTE 7 — SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Preferred Shares
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares they hold if we failwith a par value of $0.00005 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to complete our initial business combination withintime by the Company’s board of directors. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.
Ordinary Shares
The authorized ordinary shares of the Company include up to 300,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 60,000,000 Class B ordinary shares. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time period, (v)as the founderCompany’s shareholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 81,681,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible conversion that were classified as temporary equity in the condensed accompanying balance sheets.
The Class B ordinary shares that arewill automatically convertibleconvert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein and (vi) are entitled to registration rights. If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination.
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combinationInitial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offeringthe Public Offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination,the Initial Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of two-thirdsa majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offeringthe Public Offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination, excludingInitial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination. HoldersInitial Business Combination). As of founder shares may also elect to convert theirMarch 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 20,420,250 Class B ordinary shares into an equal numberissued and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect: (i) the forfeiture of 1,142,250 Class AB ordinary shares subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.
in November 2020; and (ii) the surrender of 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares in September 2020.

NOTE 8 — WARRANTS
122


With certain limited exceptions, the founderAs of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 39,451,134 warrants outstanding (12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants and 27,227,000 Public Warrants). No fractional shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject toissued upon exercise of the same transfer restrictions) untilPublic Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the earlierlater of (A) one year(a) 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equalsan Initial Business Combination or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (C) following the completion of our initial business combination, such future date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
Register of Members
Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there shall be entered therein:

the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

the date on which any person ceased to be a member.
Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members shall be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members shall be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members shall be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.
Preferred Stock
Our memorandum and articles of association will provide that preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred shares outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering.
Warrants
Public Shareholders’ Warrants
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of(b) 12 months from the closing of this offering or 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination,Public Offering; provided in each case that we havethe Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrantsPublic Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is

123


available (or we permitthe Company permits holders to exercise their warrantsPublic Warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified orcashless exercise is exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least three units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.Securities Act). The warrants will expire five years after the date on which they first became exercisable, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of a warrant unless the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon such warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the Class A ordinary share underlying such unit.
We haveCompany has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15fifteen (15) business days after the closing of our initial business combination, wean Initial Business Combination, the Company will use our commercially reasonableits best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. WePublic Warrants. The Company will use our commercially reasonableits best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrantsPublic Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th) business day after the closing of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above,foregoing, if our Class Athe Company’s ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfyit satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, wethe Company, at its option, may at our option, require holders of public warrantsPublic Warrants who exercise

F-20


their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event wethe Company so elect, weelects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statementstatement. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of an Initial Business Combination or registerearlier upon the Company’s redemption or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky lawsliquidation.
The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the extent an exemption is available. In such event, each holder would payPublic Warrants, except that the exercise price by surrendering each such warrant for that number of Class APrivate Placement Warrants and the ordinary shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the productissuable upon exercise of the numberPrivate Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our Class A ordinary shares underlyingan Initial Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the warrants, multipliedPrivate Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the excess ofinitial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the “fair market value” lessPrivate Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the exercise price ofinitial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the warrantsPrivate Placement Warrants will be redeemable by (y) the fair market valueCompany and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days endingexercisable by such holders on the trading day prior tosame basis as the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.Public Warrants.
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.   Once the warrants become exercisable, weThe Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less thana minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder;redemption; and

124



if, and only if, the last reported saleclosing price of the Class ACompany’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments toshare splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”)like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (which we refer to as the “Reference Value”).
We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A ordinary shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.   Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A ordinary shares (as defined below) except as otherwise described below; and

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined above under “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “— Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Anti-dilution Adjustments”).
During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of Class A ordinary shares that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of our Class A ordinary shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on the volume-weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.
Pursuant to the warrant agreement, references above to Class A ordinary shares shall include a security other than Class A ordinary shares into which the Class A ordinary shares have been converted or exchanged for in the event we are not the surviving company in our initial business combination. The numbers in the table below will not be adjusted when determining the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise of the warrants if we are not the surviving entity following our initial business combination.
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of the warrant is adjusted

125


as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the fifth paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the exercise price after such adjustment and the denominator of which is $10.00. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted pursuant to the second paragraph of “— Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment less the decrease in the exercise price pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
Redemption Date
(period to expiration of warrants)
Fair Market Value of Class A Ordinary Shares
≤$10.00$11.00$12.00$13.00$14.00$15.00$16.00$17.00≥$18.00
60 months0.2610.2810.2970.3110.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
57 months0.2570.2770.2940.3100.3240.3370.3480.3580.361
54 months0.2520.2720.2910.3070.3220.3350.3470.3570.361
51 months0.2460.2680.2870.3040.3200.3330.3460.3570.361
48 months0.2410.2630.2830.3010.3170.3320.3440.3560.361
45 months0.2350.2580.2790.2980.3150.3300.3430.3560.361
42 months0.2280.2520.2740.2940.3120.3280.3420.3550.361
39 months0.2210.2460.2690.2900.3090.3250.3400.3540.361
36 months0.2130.2390.2630.2850.3050.3230.3390.3530.361
33 months0.2050.2320.2570.2800.3010.3200.3370.3520.361
30 months0.1960.2240.2500.2740.2970.3160.3350.3510.361
27 months0.1850.2140.2420.2680.2910.3130.3320.3500.361
24 months0.1730.2040.2330.2600.2850.3080.3290.3480.361
21 months0.1610.1930.2230.2520.2790.3040.3260.3470.361
18 months0.1460.1790.2110.2420.2710.2980.3220.3450.361
15 months0.1300.1640.1970.2300.2620.2910.3170.3420.361
12 months0.1110.1460.1810.2160.2500.2820.3120.3390.361
9 months0.0900.1250.1620.1990.2370.2720.3050.3360.361
6 months0.0650.0990.1370.1780.2190.2590.2960.3310.361
3 months0.0340.0650.1040.1500.1970.2430.2860.3260.361
0 months0.0420.1150.1790.2330.2810.3230.361
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 Class A ordinary shares for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of

126


the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 Class A ordinary shares for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Class A ordinary shares.
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the Class A ordinary shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the Class A ordinary shares are trading at or above $10.00 per public share, which may be at a time when the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is below the exercise price of the warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide us with the flexibility to redeem the warrants without the warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “— Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of the date of this prospectus. This redemption right provides us with an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would redeem the warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrant holders.
As stated above, we can redeem the warrants when the Class A ordinary shares are trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of shares. If we choose to redeem the warrants when the Class A ordinary shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the warrants, this could result in the warrant holders receiving fewer Class A ordinary shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their warrants for Class A ordinary shares if and when such Class A ordinary shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50.
No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder. If, at the time of redemption, the warrants are exercisable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the warrant agreement (for instance, if we are not the surviving company in our initial business combination), the warrants may be exercised for such security. At such time as the warrants become exercisable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares, the company (or surviving company) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register under the Securities Act the security issuable upon the exercise of the warrants.
Redemption procedures.   A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as specified by the holder) of the Class A ordinary shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-dilution Adjustments.   If the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares is increased by a dividend payable in Class A ordinary shares, or by a split-up of Class A ordinary shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Class A ordinary shares. A rights offering to holders of Class A ordinary shares entitling holders to purchase Class A ordinary shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Class A ordinary

127


shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Class A ordinary share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, in determining the price payable for Class A ordinary shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A ordinary shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Class A ordinary shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A ordinary shares on account of such Class A ordinary shares (or other shares of our share capital into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Class A ordinary shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares in connection with a proposed initial business combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, or (e) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Class A ordinary share in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of Class A ordinary shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Class A ordinary shares.
Whenever the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Class A ordinary shares so purchasable immediately thereafter. The warrant agreement provides that no adjustment to the number of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant will be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant as last adjusted. Any such adjustments that are not made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All such carried forward adjustments will be made (i) in connection with any subsequent adjustment that (taken together with such carried forward adjustments) would result in a change of at least 1% in the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and (ii) on the exercise date of any warrant.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Class A ordinary shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another entity (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing entity and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with

128


which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the Class A ordinary shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A ordinary shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.
The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in this prospectus, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A ordinary shares. After the issuance of Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.
Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder.
Private Placement Warrants
The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except, among other limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees. The private placement warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, the private placement warrants will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and

129


provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than our sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering.
If holders of the private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of warrant exercise is sentredemption to the warrant agent. holders.
If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and a current prospectus relating to those ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day trading period referred to above.
If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as will be described in the warrant agreement.
The reasonexercise price and number of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.
The Company accounts for the 39,451,134 warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering (including 27,227,000 Public Warrants and 12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that we have agreedbecause the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability. Upon issuance of the derivative warrants the Company recorded a liability of $57,753,222 on the condensed balance sheets.
The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that thesethe Company record a derivative liability upon the closing of the Public Offering. Accordingly, the Company classifies each warrant as a liability at its fair value and the warrants will be exercisable onallocated a cashless basis so long as they are heldportion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Units equal to its fair value determined by our sponsor and its permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether theythe Monte Carlo simulation up until separation for the Public Warrants (subsequent to separation, the public warrants will be affiliatedvalued using publicly available trading price) and a modified Black-Scholes model for the Private Placement Warrants. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with us following a business combination. If they remain affiliated with us, their ability to sell our securitiesthe change in fair value recognized in the open market will be significantly limited. We expect to have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling our securities except during specific periodsCompany’s condensed statements of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders will be permitted to sell our securities, an insider cannot trade in our securities if he or she is in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public shareholders who could exercise their warrants and sell the Class A ordinary shares received upon such exercise freely in the open market in order to recoup the cost of such exercise, the insiders could be significantly restricted from selling such securities. As a result, we believe that allowing the holders to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.
In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of this offering, in which case we will effect a share dividend with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of founder shares by our initial shareholders prior to this offering at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.
Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for our ordinary shares and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company has agreed that it has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind to, or to any monies in, the trust account, and has irrevocably waived any right, title, interest or claim of any kind to, or to any monies in, the trust account that it may have now or in the future. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied, or a claim will only
 
130F-21

 
operations. The Company will reassess the classification at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the warrants will be ablereclassified as of the date of the event that causes the reclassification.
NOTE 9 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to be pursued, solely against usdetermine such fair value.
The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and our assets outsideare presented within liabilities on the trust accountcondensed balance sheets. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and not against any monieson a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the trust account or interest earned thereon.statement of operations.
DescriptionLevelMarch 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets:
Marketable securities held in Trust Account1$817,678,426$817,356,537
Liabilities:
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants322,797,29521,092,973
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants137,300,99034,850,560
Upon consummation of the Public Offering, the Company used a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the Public Warrants and a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants. At the initial measurement date, the Warrants were classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the measurement dates due to the use of unobservable inputs.
Certain Differences in Corporate Law
WeAs of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Public Warrants were valued using the publicly available price for the Warrant and are incorporatedclassified as Level 1 on the Fair Value Hierarchy. As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company used a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants. The Company relied upon the implied volatility of the Public Warrants and the closing share price at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 to estimate the volatility for the Private Placement Warrants. Significant increases (decreases) in the Cayman Islands. Our management choseexpected volatility in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Cayman Islands as our place of incorporation because:

we believe investors are increasingly familiar with special purpose investment vehicles organized as Cayman Islands companies;

we believe we will have added flexibility in our selection of an initial business combination as a Cayman Islands company because of its favorable tax system;

of its political and economic stability;

of its effective judicial system;

Private Placement Warrants were classified within Level 3 of the absenceFair Value Hierarchy at the measurement dates due to the use of exchange controlunobservable inputs.
There were no transfers into or currency restrictions;out of Level III liabilities during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and

of the availability of professional support services.
Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. 2021. The Companies Law is modeled on historic English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forthtable below isprovides a summary of the material differences betweenchanges in fair value of all financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.three months ended March 31, 2022:
Mergers and Similar Arrangements.   In certain circumstances, the Companies Law allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).
Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 23% in value who attend and vote at a general meeting) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.
Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.
Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due
Fair Value
Measurement
Using Level 3
Inputs Total
Balance, December 31, 2021$21,092,973
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities1,704,322
Balance, March 31, 2022$22,797,295
 
131F-22

 
enquiry, they areThe table below provides a summary of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) thatchanges in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.
Where the above procedures are adopted, (other than in respect of the parent subsidiary merger described above), the Companies Law provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of his or her shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows (a) the shareholder must give his or her written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his or her shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his or her intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of theall financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the three months ended March 31, 2021:
Fair Value
Measurement
Using Level 3
Inputs Total
Balance, December 31, 2020$23,455,550
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities(7,904,318)
Balance, March 31, 2021$15,551,232
As of his or her shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his or her shares at a price that the company determines is the fair valueMarch 31, 2022 and if the company and the shareholder agree to the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree to a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determineDecember 31, 2021, the fair value of the shares together withderivative feature of the Private Placement Warrants was calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:
March 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Risk-free interest rate2.42%1.31%
Expected life of grants5.25 years5.5 years
Expected volatility of underlying shares17.0%18.0%
Dividends0.0%0.0%
As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the derivative warrant liability was $60,098,285 and $55,943,533, respectively. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded a loss of $(4,154,752) and gain of $24,785,058, respectively, on the change in fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities on the condensed statements of operations.
NOTE 10 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the condensed balance sheet date through the date that the condensed financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events other than discussed below that would have required recognition or disclosure in the condensed financial statements.
On April 1, 2022, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “April Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The April Note bears interest at a rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears0.13% per annum and is payable on the list filed byearlier of an Initial Business Combination or the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not to be available in certain circumstances, for example, to shareholders holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date and the consideration paid for such shares meets certain requirements under the Companies Law, or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or sharesliquidation of the surviving or consolidated company.
Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be analogous to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:Company.
 
132



we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”
If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
Squeeze-out Provisions.   When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer relates is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.
Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.
Shareholders’ Suits.   Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”
A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.
Enforcement of civil liabilities.   The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or

133


obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
Special Considerations for Exempted Companies.   We are an exempted limited company with limited liability (meaning our public shareholders have no liability, as members of the company, for liabilities of the company over and above the amount paid for their shares) under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Law;

an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

an exempted company may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.
Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions (other than amendments relating to the appointment of directors, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting) cannot be amended without a special resolution. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a special resolution must be approved by either (i) at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Other than as described above, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a shareholder meeting, or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders.
Our initial shareholders, who collectively will beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that:

if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to make permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption

134


will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination;

although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

if a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

our initial business combination must occur with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions held in trust) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination;

if our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares;

we will not effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations; and

our sponsor and its affiliates will not have a duty to communicate or offer any business opportunity to us.
In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.
The Companies Law permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

135


Certain members of our management team and directors, including those affiliated with Apollo, have fiduciary duties or are subject to contractual obligations or policies and procedures that require them to present business opportunities that may be appropriate for one or more entities, including Apollo Funds, to the respective investment committees or other decision making bodies of such entities or funds prior to presenting such opportunities to us regardless of the capacity in which they are made aware of such opportunities. To address the matter set out above, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that to the maximum extent permitted by law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and another entity, including any Apollo entity, about which any member of our management team or director acquires knowledge and we will waive any claim or cause of action we may have in respect thereof. In addition, our amended and restated articles of association will contain provisions to exculpate and indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such persons in respect of any liability, obligation or duty to the Company that may arise as a consequence of such persons becoming aware of any business opportunity or failing to present such business opportunity to the Company.
Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands
In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.
We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Money Laundering Regulations (2015 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:
(a) the subscriber is a relevant financial business required to comply with the Regulations or is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a business; or
(b) the subscriber acting in the course of a business in relation to which a regulatory authority exercises regulatory functions and which is in a country either: (i) listed by the Cayman Islands Anti-Money Laundering Steering Committee; or (ii) after 4 August 2020, assessed as having a low degree of risk of money laundering and terrorist financing in accordance with the Regulations (each a “Low Risk Country”) or is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a subscriber; or
(c) the subscriber is a central or local government organisation, statutory body or agency of government in the Cayman Islands or a Low Risk Country; or
(d) the subscriber is a company that is listed on a recognised stock exchange and subject to disclosure requirements which impose requirements to ensure adequate transparency of beneficial ownership, or is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a company; or
(e) the subscriber is a pension fund for a professional association, trade union or is acting on behalf of employees of an entity referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) to (d); or
(f) the application is made through an intermediary which falls within one of sub-paragraphs (a) to (e), in such a situation a written assurance from the intermediary, may be relied on, provided such assurance confirms (i) that the requisite identification and verification procedures on the subscriber for business and its beneficial owners have been carried out; (ii) the nature and intended purpose of the business relationship; (iii) that the intermediary has identified the source of funds of the subscriber for business; and (iv) that the intermediary shall make available copies of any identification and verification data or information and relevant documents.

136


For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.
In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.
We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.
If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law (2017 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2017 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.
Cayman Islands Data Protection
We have certain duties under the Data Protection Law, 2017 of the Cayman Islands (the “DPL”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.
Privacy Notice
Introduction
This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPL (“personal data”).
In the following discussion, the “company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.
Investor Data
We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.
In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPL, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPL or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

137


We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.
Who this Affects
If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.
How the Company May Use Your Personal Data
The company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:
(i)
where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;
(ii)
where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or
(iii)
where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.
Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.
Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data
In certain circumstances, we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.
We anticipate disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the US, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.
The Data Protection Measures We Take
Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL.
We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.
We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual general meetings.

138


Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares and preferred shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares and preferred shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise
Securities Eligible for Future Sale
Immediately after the consummation of this offering, we will have 93,750,000 (or 107,812,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, the 75,000,000 shares (or 86,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 21,562,500 (or 18,750,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) shares and all 11,333,334 (or 12,833,334 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement warrants are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering, and the Class B ordinary shares and private placement warrants are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. These restricted securities will be subject to registration rights as more fully described below under “— Registration Rights.”
Rule 144
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.
Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 937,500 shares immediately after this offering (or 1,078,125 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); or

the average weekly reported trading volume of the Class A ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

139



at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.
As a result, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their founder shares and our sponsor will be able to sell their private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.
Registration Rights
The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them (in the case of the founder shares, only after conversion to our Class A ordinary shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. These holders will be entitled to make up to one demand, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have certain “piggyback” registration rights to include such securities in other registration statements filed by us and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period, which occurs (i) in the case of the founder shares, on the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination, (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (C) following the completion of our initial business combination, such future date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the costs and expenses incurred in connection with filing any such registration statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Apollo may not exercise its demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five and seven years, respectively, after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may not exercise its demand rights on more than one occasion.
Listing of Securities
We have applied to list our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants on the NYSE under the symbols “APSG.U,” “APSG” and “APSG WS,” respectively. We expect that our units will be listed on the NYSE on or promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on the NYSE. Following the date Class A ordinary shares and warrants are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that our Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed separately and as a unit on the NYSE. Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.

140F-23

 
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summaryReport of certain Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares and warrants, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.
Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.
CAYMAN ISLANDS TAXATION
There is, at present, no direct taxation in the Cayman Islands and interest, dividends and gains payable to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital will be received free of all Cayman Islands taxes. Apollo Strategic Growth Capital is registered as an “exempted company” pursuant to the Companies Law (as amended). Apollo Strategic Growth Capital has applied for, and expects to receive, an undertaking from the Government of the Cayman Islands to the effect that, for a period of twenty years from the date of the undertaking, no law that thereafter is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax or duty to be levied on profits, income or on gains or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, will apply to any property comprised in, or any income arising under, Apollo Strategic Growth Capital, or to the Shareholders thereof, in respect of any such property or income.
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units (each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant), which we refer to collectively as our securities, that are purchased in this offering by U.S. holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. holders (as defined below). Because the components of a unit are generally separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and one-third of one warrant that are components of the unit. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of Class A ordinary shares and warrants should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants that constitute the units).
This discussion is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion is limited to certain U.S. federal income tax considerations to beneficial owners of our securities who are initial purchasers of a unit pursuant to this offering and hold the unit and each component of the unit as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion assumes that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants will trade separately and that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. In addition, this discussion does not address all tax considerations that may be important to certain categories of investors that may be subject to special rules, such as:

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

broker-dealers;

tax-exempt entities or governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

141



qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund);

dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

persons deemed to sell our securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

persons that acquired our securities through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

certain former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States;

regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, persons subject to the “applicable financial statement” rules of Section 451(b) of the Code, persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more of our shares by vote or value;

controlled foreign corporations;

passive foreign investment companies;

our sponsor, founders, officers or directors, S-corporations: and

persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL FUTURE CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit
No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or instruments similar to a unit for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. We intend to treat the acquisition of a unit, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the acquisition of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to acquire one Class A ordinary share and, by purchasing a unit, you will agree to adopt such treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the one share of Class A ordinary shares and the one-third of one warrant based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make his or her own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we strongly urge each investor to consult his or her tax adviser regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to such share of Class A ordinary shares and such one-third of one warrant should be the shareholder’s tax basis in such share or one-third of one warrant. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the share of Class A ordinary shares and the one-third of one warrant comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A ordinary shares and the one-third of one warrant based on their respective relative fair market values at the time of disposition. The separation of the Class A ordinary share and the one-third of one warrant constituting a unit and the combination of three-thirds of warrants into a single warrant should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

142


The foregoing treatment of the units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is encouraged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
U.S. Holder and Non-U.S. Holder Defined
A “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants who is or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants who is or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) who are considering the purchase of our securities to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities.
Considerations for U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.”
Taxation of Distributions.   Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will be required to include in gross income as foreign source dividends the amount of any distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our shares or rights to acquire our shares) paid on our Class A ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such amount will be includible in gross income by such U.S. holder on the date that such U.S. holder actually or constructively receives the distribution in accordance with the U.S. holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations.Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Distributions in excessBoard of such earningsDirectors and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares (the treatment of which is described under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” below).
With respect to non-corporate U.S. holders, under tax laws currently in effect, dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange

143


or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” below) only if our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, we are not a PFIC at the time the dividend was paid or in the previous year, and certain other requirements are met. U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.   Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants which, in general, would include a redemption of Class A ordinary shares or warrants that is treated as a sale of such securities (in the case of Class A ordinary shares, as described below), including as a result of a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time period, and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares or warrants. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether the redemption rights with respect to the Class A ordinary shares described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. If the running of the holding period for the Class A ordinary shares is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. holders may not be able to satisfy the one-year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders may be taxed at reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Generally, the amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder on a sale or other taxable disposition generally will be equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the Class A ordinary shares or warrants are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the Class A ordinary shares or the warrants based upon the then relative fair market values of the Class A ordinary shares and the warrants included in the units) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or warrants so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or warrants generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a share of Class A ordinary shares or one-third of one warrant, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) reduced, in the case of a Class A ordinary share, by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. See “Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant” below for a discussion regarding a U.S. holder’s basis in the Class A ordinary share acquired pursuant to the exercise of a warrant.
Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares.   Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, in the event that a U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under the section entitled “Description of Securities — Ordinary Shares” or if we purchase a U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares in an open market transaction (either such transaction is referred to as a “redemption” for the remainder of this discussion), the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder will be treated as described under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions.” Whether a redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our ordinary shares treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. holder, as described in the following paragraph, including as a result of owning warrants) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after the redemption. The redemption of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

144


In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only our shares actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by it. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to shares owned directly, shares owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any shares the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Class A ordinary shares which could be acquired by such U.S. holder pursuant to the exercise of the warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the redemption of Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder’s interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed, the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members, and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other ordinary shares of ours (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of owning our warrants). The redemption of Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder’s redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. holder is encouraged to consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.
If none of the foregoing tests is satisfied, then the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining shares, or, if it has none, to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other shares constructively owned by it.
U.S. holders who actually or constructively own five percent (or, if our Class A ordinary shares are not then publicly traded, one percent) or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, and such U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant.   Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, and except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the acquisition of Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of a warrant for cash. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares received upon exercise of the warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant (i.e., the portion of the U.S. holder’s purchase price for units that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “—Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) and the exercise price. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares will commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrant. If a warrant lapses unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant.
The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current law. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a cashless exercise may not be taxable, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either situation, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares received generally should equal the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants exercised therefor. If the cashless exercise was not a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares received would be treated as commencing on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A ordinary shares received would include the holding period of the warrants.

145


It is also possible that a cashless exercise may be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. holder may be deemed to have surrendered a number of warrants equal to the number of Class A ordinary shares having a value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares received in respect of the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s aggregate tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares received would equal the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrants deemed exercised (i.e., the portion of the U.S. holder’s purchase price for the units that is allocated to the warrants, as described above under “Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) and the exercise price of such warrants. In addition, if we provide notice that we will redeem warrants for $0.10 as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “ Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants — Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00”, and a U.S. holder exercises its warrant on a cashless basis and receives the amount of Class A ordinary shares as determined by reference to the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares on the corresponding redemption date, it is also possible that such cashless exercise could be characterized as a redemption of warrants for Class A ordinary shares for tax purposes in a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized with respect to all of the warrants so exercised. In either case, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrant.
Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Class A ordinary share received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.
Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if we redeem warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Shareholders’ Warrants” or if we purchase warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. holder, taxed as described above under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.”
Possible Constructive Distributions.   The terms of the warrants provide for an adjustment to the number of Class A ordinary shares for which warrants may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrants in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Public Shareholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. The U.S. holders of the warrants would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrant holders’ proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of Class A ordinary shares that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrant), which adjustment may be made as a result of a distribution of cash or other property to the holders of our Class A ordinary shares which would be taxable to the U.S. holders of such Class A ordinary shares as described under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. holders of the warrants received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.
Additional Tax on Net Investment Income
Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates and trusts are required to pay a 3.8 percent tax on “net investment income” (or in the case of an estate or trust, “undistributed net investment income”), which generally includes, among other things, capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Class A ordinary shares and warrants, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. Each U.S. holder is encouraged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the applicability of this additional tax to its ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares and warrants.

146


Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income.
Because we are a “blank check” company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. Pursuant to a start-up exception, however, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income (the “start-up year”), if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception is uncertain and will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year ending December 31, 2020 and, perhaps, until after the close of our start-up year and the first two taxable years following our start-up year (within the meaning of the start-up exception). Although subject to uncertainty, it is possible that we could be treated as a PFIC for a taxable year prior to our start-up year (within the meaning of the start-up exception). After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the startup exception to our current taxable year, perhaps until after the end of our two taxable years following our startup year). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2020 or any future taxable year.
If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder did not make either a timely mark-to-market election or a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, as described below, such U.S. holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares or warrants (which may include gain realized by reason of transfers of Class A ordinary shares or warrants that would otherwise qualify as nonrecognition transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. holder during a taxable year of the U.S. holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. holder or, if shorter, such U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares).
Under these rules:

the U.S. holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or warrants;

the amount allocated to the U.S. holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. holder without regard to the U.S. holder’s other items of income and loss for such year; and

147



an additional amount equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. holder.
In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. holder may be able to avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares by making a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.
It is not entirely clear how various aspects of the PFIC rules apply to the warrants. However, a U.S. holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its warrants to acquire our Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of such warrants (other than upon exercise of such warrants), any gain recognized generally will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above, if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a U.S. holder that exercises such warrants properly makes and maintains a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply prospectively to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares. Notwithstanding such QEF election, the rules relating to “excess distributions” discussed above, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply retroactively with respect to such newly acquired Class A ordinary shares as though the U.S. holder held such shares throughout the period in which the U.S. holder held the exercised warrants (because the U.S. holder generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. holder held the warrants), unless the U.S. holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under the purging election, the U.S. holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution as described above, with such gain allocated over the U.S. holder’s holding period in the warrants. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. holder will have a new basis and holding period in the Class A ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants for purposes of the PFIC rules. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances.
The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.
In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.
If a U.S. holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no additional interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. holder of our Class A ordinary shares that has made a QEF election will be currently taxed on its pro rata share of our

148


earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable when distributed to such U.S. holder. The tax basis of a U.S. holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.
Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. holder who held Class A ordinary shares or warrants while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above with respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of us that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.
Alternatively, if a U.S. holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, the U.S. holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. holder in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such U.S. holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above with respect to its Class A ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. The U.S. holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to warrants.
The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the NYSE (on which we intend to list the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the Class A ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.
If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information.

149


A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.
A U.S. holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. holder may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.
The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF, purging and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. holders of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our Class A ordinary shares and warrants under their particular circumstances.
Tax Reporting
Certain U.S. holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Furthermore, certain U.S. holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions. Specified foreign financial assets generally include any financial account maintained with a non-U.S. financial institution and should also include the Class A ordinary shares and warrants if they are not held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes may be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Each U.S. holder is encouraged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.   Information reporting requirements generally will apply to dividends paid to a U.S. holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants, unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient and certifies to such exempt status. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number or a certification of exempt status or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. holder.”
Taxation of Distributions, Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.   Dividends (including, as described under “— Considerations for U.S. Holders — Possible Constructive Distributions” above, constructive distributions treated as dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. holder in respect of our Class A ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States, if an applicable treaty so requires). In addition, a Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants which, in general, would include a redemption of Class A ordinary shares or warrants that is treated as a sale of such securities (in the case of Class A ordinary shares, as described below), unless such gain is effectively

150


connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).
Dividends (including, as described under “— Considerations for U.S. Holders — Possible Constructive Distributions” above, constructive distributions treated as dividends) and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States, if an applicable treaty so requires) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.
Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares.   The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the redemption of a Non-U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Ordinary Shares” generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares, as described under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares” above, and the consequences of the redemption to the Non-U.S. holder will be as described above under “Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions, Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.”
Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant.   The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. holder’s exercise of a warrant, or the lapse of a warrant held by a Non-U.S. holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a warrant by a U.S. holder, as described under “Considerations for U.S. Holders — Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant,” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described above under “Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions, Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.”
The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the redemption of a Non-U.S. holder’s warrants generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of such a redemption of a U.S. holder’s warrants, as described under “— Considerations for U.S. Holders — Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant” above, and the consequences of the redemption to the Non-U.S. holder will be as described in the paragraphs above under the heading “— Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders” based on such characterization.
Possible Constructive Distributions.   The terms of the warrants provide for an adjustment to the number of Class A ordinary shares for which warrants may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrants in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Public Shareholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. Non-U.S. holders of the warrants would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrant holders’ proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of Class A ordinary shares that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrant), which adjustment may be made as a result of a distribution of cash or other property to the holders of our Class A ordinary shares which would be taxable to the Non-U.S. holders of such shares as described under “Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions, Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” above in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.   Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

151


Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Redomestication
We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or in another jurisdiction. The reincorporation may require a holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which such holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to holders to pay such taxes. The following discussion is limited to certain U.S. federal tax consequences after a reincorporation in the United States. Other tax consequences may apply if we reincorporate in another jurisdiction.
Non-U.S. holders of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to withholding taxes with respect to their ownership of our Class A ordinary shares after a reincorporation in the United States. In general, if we reincorporate in the United States, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a Non-U.S. holder of our Class A ordinary shares, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, we will be required to withhold tax from the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless such Non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). In the case of any constructive dividend, it is possible that this tax would be withheld from any amount owed to a Non-U.S. holder by us or the applicable withholding agent, including cash distributions on other property or sale proceeds from warrants or other property subsequently paid or credited to such holder. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of Class A ordinary shares. In addition, if we determine that we are likely to be classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we generally will withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Any dividends paid to a Non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a tax treaty requires, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. holder) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such Non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, the effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes receiving effectively connected dividends, also may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.
Additionally, if we reincorporate in the United States, Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), will impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends (including constructive dividends) paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or nonfinancial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS

152


Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and a Non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Thirty percent withholding under FATCA was scheduled to apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property that produces U.S.-source interest or dividends beginning on January 1, 2019, but on December 13, 2018, the IRS released proposed regulations that, if finalized in their proposed form, would eliminate the obligation to withhold on gross proceeds. Such proposed regulations also delayed withholding on certain other payments received from other foreign financial institutions that are allocable, as provided for under final Treasury Regulations, to payments of U.S.-source dividends, and other fixed or determinable annual or periodic income. Although these proposed Treasury Regulations are not final, taxpayers generally may rely on them until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our securities.
NON-U.S. HOLDERS AND U.S. HOLDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THESE AND OTHER EFFECTS OF A POSSIBLE REINCORPORATION ON AN INVESTMENT IN OUR CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES OR WARRANTS.
INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR SECURITIES ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

153


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICT OF INTEREST)
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as a joint bookrunner and representative of the underwriters and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as joint bookrunners of the offering. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name:
Underwriter
Number of
Units
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Apollo Global Securities, LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Siebert Williams Shank
Total75,000,000
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the units (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the units.
Units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If all of the units are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.
If the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 11,250,000 additional units at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other units that are the subject of this offering.
We, our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any units, warrants, Class A ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Class A ordinary shares; provided, however, that we may (i) issue and sell the private placement warrants, (ii) issue and sell the additional units to cover our underwriters’ over-allotment option (if any), (iii) register with the SEC pursuant to an agreement to be entered into on or prior to the closing of this offering, the resale of the founder shares and the private placement warrants or the warrants and Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and (iv) issue securities in connection with our initial business combination. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.
Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares.

154


We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up.
The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants”).
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the representative.
The determination of our per unit offering price was more arbitrary than would typically be the case if we were an operating company. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants will develop and continue after this offering.
We have applied to have our units listed on the NYSE, and if approved, we expect our units to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “APSG.U” commencing on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on the NYSE. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed on the NYSE under the symbols “APSG” and “APSG WS”, respectively.
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
Paid by Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
No ExerciseFull Exercise
Per Unit(1)
$0.55$0.55
Total(1)$41,250,000$47,437,500
(1)
Includes $0.35 per unit, or $26,250,000 in the aggregate (or $30,187,500 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein and released to the underwriters only upon the consummation of an initial business combination.
If we do not consummate an initial business combination within the completion window, the underwriters have each agreed that (i) it will forfeit any rights or claims to its deferred discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account and (ii) that the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro rata basis, together with any accrued interest thereon (which interest will be net of taxes paid or payable) to the public shareholders.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell units in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of units than they are required to purchase in the offering.

“Covered” short sales are sales of units in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

155



“Naked” short sales are sales of units in an amount in excess of the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Covering transactions involve purchases of units either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option.

Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. They may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $1,200,000, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities. We have also agreed to pay for the FINRA-related fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel, not to exceed $25,000.
We are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of a business combination.
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Conflict of Interest
Because our sponsor, an affiliate of Apollo Global Securities, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares prior to the consummation of this

156


offering, Apollo Global Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Apollo Global Securities, LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in this offering and is undertaking the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, which specifically include those inherent in Section 11 thereunder. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with this offering. In addition, two of our officers are associated with Apollo Global Securities, LLC or its affiliates.
Our sponsor, an affiliate of an underwriter, has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 11,333,334 private placement warrants (or 12,833,334 private placement warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional units is exercised in full), at $1.50 per private placement warrant (for a total purchase price of $17,000,000, or $19,250,000 aggregate if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised in full), with each private placement warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement warrants will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account described herein. In addition, if our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans made to us may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.
The private placement warrants and the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), commencing on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), these securities will not be sold during the offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part or commencement of sales of the public offering, except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners; provided that all securities so transferred remain subject to the lockup restriction above for the remainder of the time period. In addition, the private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor will not be exercisable more than five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), as long as our sponsor or any of its related persons beneficially own such private placement warrants. We have granted the holders of private placement warrants the registration rights as described under the section “Principal Shareholders — Registration Rights.” As described under the section “Principal Shareholders — Registration Rights,” Apollo may not exercise its demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five and seven years, respectively, after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may not exercise its demand rights on more than one occasion.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The units may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the units must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser

157


within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no units have been offered or will be offered to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of units may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for any such offer; or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of units shall require us or the underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any units in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any units, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the securities may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or

158


more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The securities applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, or the units has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.
Notice to Prospective Investors in France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units has been or will be:

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the units to the public in France. Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).
The units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

159


Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The units may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the units may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The units and underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” will mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust will not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange

160


of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

where the transfer is by operation of law.
Cayman Islands
No offer or invitation to subscribe for shares or units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

161


LEGAL MATTERS
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act, and as such, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to units and warrants. Walkers, Cayman Islands, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares and matters of Cayman Islands law. In connection with this offering, White & Case LLP is acting as counsel to the underwriters.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is incorporated herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

162


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholder and the Sole Director of
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (the Company“Company”), as of December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’sshareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 20192021, 2020 and December 31, 2018,2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 20192021, 2020 and December 31, 2018,2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2022, expressed an adverse opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by October 6, 2022 then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
TheseThe Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our
Our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our auditsstatements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures includeincluded examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.statements We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by

F-24


communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Accounting for and Valuation of Private Placement Warrants
Description:
As described in Notes 2, 8 and 9 to the financial statements, the Company accounts for its private placement warrants based on an assessment of the instruments’ specific terms and the applicable accounting standards. The private placement warrants are stated at fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded on the statement of operations. The fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance were estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model as of December 31, 2021 which include inputs such as the Company’s stock price on date of grant, exercise price per share, the number of private placement warrants outstanding. Assumptions used in the model are subjective and require significant judgment and include implied volatility and the risk-free interest rate. As of December 31, 2021, 12,224,134 private placement warrants were outstanding at a fair value of $21.1 million and resulting in $2.36 million of loss related to the change in fair value of the for the year ended December 31, 2021. As previously disclosed by management, the Company has restated the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 to account for the private placement warrants as liabilities on its balance sheets. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the accounting for and valuation of the private placement warrants are a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining the accounting for and valuation; (ii) the high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to the accounting for the private placement warrants and management’s significant assumption related to implied volatility; (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge; and (iv) as disclosed by management, a material weakness related to the evaluation of complex financial instruments existed as of December 31, 2021.
Response:
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements. These procedures included, among others, reading the agreements, evaluating the accounting for the private placement warrants, testing the internal controls over management’s process for determining the fair value estimates. Testing management’s process included (i) evaluating the internal controls and methodology used by management to determine the fair value of the private placement warrants; (ii) testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s model; (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s significant assumption related to implied volatility and probability of executing a successful business combination; and (iv) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in (i) evaluating management’s accounting for the private placement warrants; (ii) evaluating the methodology to determine the fair value; (iii) testing the mathematical accuracy of the models; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumption related to implied volatility and probability of executing a successful business combination by considering consistency with external market data.
/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC
We have servicedserved as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York
September 16, 2020March 1, 2022
PCAOB ID Number 100
 
F-2F-25

 
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness identified below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

F-26


Material Weaknesses
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment: interpretation and accounting for complex financial instruments. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company, and this report does not affect our report on such financial statements.
/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
New York, New York
March 1, 2022
PCAOB ID Number 100

F-27


Apollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
BALANCE SHEETS
June 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
(unaudited)(audited)(audited)
ASSETS:
Current assets:
Prepaid expenses$$1,854$
Deferred offering costs
Total Assets$$1,854$
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Current Liabilities – Accrued offering costs$$$
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholder’s Equity:
Preferred shares, $0.00005 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized;
none issued and outstanding
$$$
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized, 21,562,500 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)
1,0781,0781,078
Additional paid-in capital30,82430,82427,117
Accumulated deficit(31,902)(30,048)(28,195)
Total Shareholder’s Equity1,854
Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity$$1,854$
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash$161,277$257,872
Prepaid expenses495,9151,125,255
Total current assets657,1921,383,127
Investments held in Trust Account817,356,537816,985,533
Total assets$818,013,729$818,368,660
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued offering costs$6,560,426$383,164
Advances from related party2,040,211373,517
Note payable – Sponsor5,800,0001,500,000
Total current liabilities14,400,6372,256,681
Derivative warrant liabilities55,943,53374,642,310
Deferred underwriting compensation28,588,35028,588,350
Total liabilities98,932,520105,487,341
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption; 81,681,000 shares (at $10.00 per share) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020816,810,000816,810,000
Shareholders’ deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.00005 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
Class A ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Class B ordinary shares, $0.00005 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized, 20,420,250 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 20201,0211,021
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit(97,729,812)(103,929,702)
Total shareholders’ deficit(97,728,791)(103,928,681)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit$818,013,729$818,368,660
(1)
This number includes up to 2,812,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters.
(2)
Share amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been retroactively restated to account for the share split and subsequent share surrender. as discussed in Note 5.
TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of theseto financial statements.statements
F-3F-28

 
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALApollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2020
For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2019
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
(unaudited)(unaudited)(audited)(audited)202120202019
REVENUE$$$$$$$
EXPENSES
Formation and operating costs1,8541,8531,8531,854
Net loss$(1,854)$(1,853)$(1,853)$(1,854)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1) (2)
18,750,00018,750,00018,750,00018,750,000
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share$(0.00)$(0.00)$(0.00)$(0.00)
Administrative fee – related party200,65046,669
General and administrative12,663,776536,6141,853
TOTAL EXPENSES12,864,426583,2831,853
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Investment income from Trust Account371,004175,533
Interest expense(5,465)(414)
Transaction costs allocable to warrant liability(2,344,508)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities18,698,777(16,889,088)
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)19,064,316(19,058,477)
Net income (loss)$6,199,890$(19,641,760)$(1,853)
Weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding,
basic and diluted
81,681,00018,828,526
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per Class A ordinary share$0.06$(0.52)
Weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding,
basic and diluted
20,420,25018,983,37718,750,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per Class B ordinary share$0.06$(0.52)$(0.00)
(1)
This number excludes up to 2,812,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters.
(2)
Share amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been retroactively restated to account for the share split and subsequent share surrender. as discussed in Note 5.
TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of theseto financial statements.statements
F-4F-29

 
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALApollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’SSHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Class B Ordinary
Shares(1)(2)
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
SharesAmount
Balance – January 1, 201821,562,500$1,078$25,263$(26,341)$
Capital contributions1,8541,854
Net loss(1,854)(1,854)
Balance – December 31, 2018 (audited)21,562,500$1,078$27,117$(28,195)$
Capital contributions3,7073,707
Net loss(1,853)(1,853)
Balance – December 31, 2019 (audited)21,562,500$1,078$30,824$(30,048)$1,854
Net loss(1,854)(1,854)
Balance – June 30, 2020 (unaudited)21,562,500$1,078$30,824$(31,902)$
For the six months ended June 30, 2019
Balance – December 31, 2018 (audited)21,562,500$1,078$27,117$(28,195)$
Capital contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,8531,853
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1,853)(1,853)
Balance – June 30, 2019 (unaudited)21,562,500$1,078$28,970$(30,048)$
Class B
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Deficit
SharesAmount
Balances as of January 1, 201921,562,500$1,078$27,117$(28,195)$
Capital contributions3,7073,707
Net loss(1,853)(1,853)
Balance as of December 31, 201921,562,500$1,078$30,824$(30,048)$1,854
Excess of proceeds received over fair value of private warrant liabilities328,959328,959
Forfeiture of Class B ordinary shares by Sponsor(1,142,250)(57)57
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption amount(359,840)(84,257,894)(84,617,734)
Net loss(19,641,760)(19,641,760)
Balance as of December 31, 202020,420,250$1,021$$(103,929,702)$(103,928,681)
Net income6,199,8906,199,890
Balance as of December 31, 202120,420,250$1,021$$(97,729,812)$(97,728,791)
(1)
This number includes up to 2,812,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters.
(2)
Share amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been retroactively restated to account for the share split and subsequent share surrender. as discussed in Note 5.
TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of theseto financial statements.statements
F-5F-30

 
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALApollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2020
For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2019
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
(unaudited)(unaudited)(audited)(audited)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net loss$(1,854)$(1,853)$(1,853)$(1,854)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
Formation and organization costs paid by related
parties
1,8533,7071,854
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Prepaid expenses1,854
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
Net change in cash
Cash – Beginning of period
Cash – End of period$$$$
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities:
Operating costs paid by related party which were charged to additional paid-in capital$$1,853$3,707$1,854
For the Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)$6,199,890$(19,641,760)$(1,853)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Formation and organization costs paid by related parties27,6073,707
Investment income earned on investment held in Trust Account(371,004)(175,533)
Costs associated with warrant liabilities2,344,508
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(18,698,777)16,889,088
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses629,340(1,123,401)(1,854)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses6,179,734(761,757)
Advances from Related Parties2,035,989
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities(4,024,828)(2,441,248)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Cash deposited into Trust Account(816,810,000)
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities(816,810,000)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of Units in Public Offering816,810,000
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants18,336,200
Payment of underwriter commissions(16,336,200)
Payment of offering costs(800,880)
Proceeds from Sponsor note4,300,0001,500,000
Repayment of advances from Sponsor(371,767)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities3,928,233819,509,120
Net change in cash(96,595)257,872
Cash at beginning of year257,872
Cash at end of year$161,277$257,872$
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
Deferred underwriters’ commissions charged to temporary equity in
connection with the Public Offering
$$28,588,350$
Deferred offering costs paid by related party$$345,910$3,707
Accrued offering costs which were charged to temporary equity$$1,144,924$
TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of theseto financial statements.statements
F-6F-31

 
APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITALApollo Strategic Growth Capital
(formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.)
Notes to Financial StatementsNOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of Organization and Business OperationsNOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN
OrganizationOrganizational and General
Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (formerly known as APH III (Sub I), Ltd.) (the “Company”) was initially incorporated in Cayman Islands on October 10, 2008 under the name of APH III (Sub I), Ltd. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). On August 6, 2020, the Company formally changed its name to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital.
At June 30, 2020,December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from January 1, 2018October 10, 2008 through June 30, 2020December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (the Proposed Public Offering“Public Offering”) described below.below and search for a target company. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the net proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year end.
Sponsor and Proposed FinancingPublic Offering
The Company’s sponsorOn October 6, 2020, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 75,000,000 units, $0.00005 par value at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) generating gross proceeds of $750,000,000 which is described in Note 4. APSG Sponsor, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (the “Sponsor”). The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the $750,000,000 initial public offering, purchased an aggregate of Units (as defined below) (or $862,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (Note 3) and a $17,000,00011,333,334 private placement (or $19,250,000 ifwarrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant, or approximately $17,000,000 in the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercisedaggregate, in full) (Note 4).a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering and the private placement on October 6, 2020, $750,000,000 (or $862,500,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (Note 3) will bewas placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) (discussed below).
The Company’s ability Transaction costs amounted to commence operations$41,389,428 consisting of $15,000,000 of underwriting fees, $26,250,000 of deferred underwriting fees payable (which are held in Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee) and $139,428 of Public Offering costs. These costs were charged to temporary equity upon completion of the Public Offering. As described in Note 4, the $26,250,000 deferred underwriting fee payable is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed initial public offeringthe consummation of 75,000,000 units at $10.00 per unitan Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022 (or 86,250,000 unitsby January 6, 2023 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercisedCompany has executed a letter of intent, agreement in full) (“principle or definitive agreement for the Initial Business Combination by October 6, 2022) (the “UnitsCompletion Window and, with respect). In addition, $2,344,508 of costs were allocated to the Class A ordinary sharesPublic Warrants and Private Placement Warrants and were included in the Units being offered,statement of operations as a component of other income/(expense).
On November 10, 2020, the Public Shares”) which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”) andCompany consummated the closing of the sale of 11,333,334 warrants (or 12,833,334 warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Private Placement Warrants”)6,681,000 additional Units at a price of $1.50$10 per warrantunit upon receiving notice of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option (“Overallotment Units”), generating additional gross proceeds of $66,810,000 and incurred additional offering costs of $3,674,550 in a private placementunderwriting fees. Simultaneously with the exercise of the overallotment, the Company consummated the Private Placement of an additional 890,800 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $1,336,200. Of the additional $3,674,550 in underwriting fees, $2,338,350 is deferred until the completion of the Company’s sponsor that will close simultaneouslyInitial Business Combination. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option, 1,142,250 Founder Shares were forfeited.
The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering.Offering, the Private Placement, debt or a combination of the foregoing.

F-32


Trust Account
The proceeds held in the Trust Account will beare invested only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of one hundred eighty five (185)(180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2021, the proceeds of the Public Offering were held in U.S. government securities, as specified above.
The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay ourits tax obligations (the “Permitted Withdrawals”), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until

F-7


the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares included in the Units (the “Public Shares”) sold in the Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to affect the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares if it has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering but have not completed the initial business combination within such 24-month period (the “Completion Window,”); or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.
Initial Business Combination
The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.
The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which shareholders may seek to redeem their Public Shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to make Permitted Withdrawals or (ii) provide shareholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Company to make Permitted Withdrawals. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek shareholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules. If the Company seeks shareholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in noIn the event willthat the Company redeem itsredemption of the Company’s Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case,$5,000,001, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.Shares.

F-33


If the Company holds a shareholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a shareholder will have the right to redeem his, her or its Public Shares for an amount in cash equal to his, her or its pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to make Permitted Withdrawals. As a result, such Public Shares are recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASCASC”) 480,”Distinguishing “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.Equity.
Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the

F-8


Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to make Permitted Withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquiresacquire Class A ordinary shares in or after the Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of ordinary share, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. The Company’s shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that the Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.
2. SummaryGoing Concern Considerations, Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of SignificantDecember 31, 2021, we had investments held in the Trust Account of $817,356,537 principally invested in U.S. government securities. Interest income on the balance in the Trust Account may be used by us to pay taxes, and to pay up to $100,000 of any dissolution expenses. As of December 31, 2021, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet our future obligations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficit of approximately $13.7 million, current liabilities of $14.4 million and had cash of approximately $161,000.
The Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated obligations over the next year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting PoliciesStandards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unsuccessful in consummating an Initial Business Combination, the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until a potential business combination

F-34


or up to the mandatory liquidation as stipulated in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum of association. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern.
The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account, excluding the deferred underwriting commissions, to complete its Initial Business Combination. To the extent that capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete the Initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue growth strategies. If an Initial Business Combination agreement requires the Company to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price or requires the Company to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the Company will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements or arrange for third-party financing.
The Company is required to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, and subject to having lawfully available funds therefore, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account deposits (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commissions held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of the public shares.
Recent Developments
GBT Business Combination
On December 2, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with GBT JerseyCo Limited (“GBT”), a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Jersey, pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Business Combination Agreement, GBT will become our direct subsidiary, with us being renamed “Global Business Travel Group, Inc.” ​(“PubCo”) and conducting its business through GBT in an umbrella partnership-C corporation structure (an “Up-C structure”).
Pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Business Combination Agreement, we will change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware by effecting a deregistration under the Cayman Islands Companies Act (2021 Revision), as amended, and a domestication under Section 388 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.
Earnout
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, the holders of GBT Ordinary Shares, GBT Preferred Shares, GBT Profit Shares, GBT MIP Shares and certain legacy GBT MIP Options will also receive an aggregate of 15,000,000 “earnout” shares in the form of equity interests of GBT following the Closing.

F-35


PIPE Subscription Agreements
On December 2, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “PIPE Subscription Agreements”) with certain strategic and institutional investors, including the Sponsor (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe, immediately prior to the Closing, an aggregate of 33,500,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock at a cash purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price equal to $335 million (the “PIPE Investment”). Of the 33,500,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, the Sponsor has agreed to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as the other PIPE Investors at a price of $10.00 per share.
Acquiror Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, PubCo and GBT will enter into a subscription agreement (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which PubCo will issue and sell to GBT, and GBT will subscribe for and purchase from PubCo, shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock (the “GBT Subscription”) in exchange for the amount which equals the product of (a) $0.0001 per share and (b) the aggregate number of shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock to be subscribed for by GBT (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Purchase Price”).
Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, GBT and PubCo will enter into a subscription agreement (the “Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which GBT will issue and sell to PubCo, and PubCo will subscribe for and purchase from GBT, OpCo A Ordinary Shares and one OpCo Z Ordinary Share in exchange for the Acquiror Subscribed Ordinary Shares Purchase Price.
Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will enter into a distribution agreement (the “Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement”) pursuant to which, following the GBT Subscription, GBT will distribute to the Continuing JerseyCo Owners, and each Continuing JerseyCo Owner will accept from GBT, the shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock that GBT acquired in connection with the GBT Subscription, in partial consideration for the redemption and cancellation of the GBT Ordinary Shares held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
Sponsor Support Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Sponsor, members of our board of directors and management (the “Insiders”) and GBT entered into a support agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Sponsor and each Insider agreed to, among other things, vote or cause to be voted, all of the Acquiror Cayman Shares beneficially owned by it, at the Special Meeting: (i) in favor of all the Shareholder Proposals, (ii) against any competing transaction, (iii) against any change in the business, our management or board of directors that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect our ability to consummate the Transactions or is otherwise inconsistent with any of our obligations under the Business Combination Agreement, and (iv) against any other proposal, agreement or action that would reasonably be expected to (a) impede, frustrate, prevent or nullify, or materially delay or materially impair our ability to perform our obligations under, any provision of the Business Combination Agreement or the transaction documents, (b) result in any of the conditions to Closing not being satisfied or (c) result in our breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement under the Business Combination Agreement or result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement of the Sponsor or the Insiders contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement. The Sponsor and each Insider also agreed not to redeem any of the Acquiror Cayman Shares beneficially owned by them in connection with the Transactions or sell any of their Acquiror Cayman Shares, Acquiror Cayman Units or Acquiror Cayman Warrants (other than to certain permitted transferees) during the pre-Closing period. Further, the Sponsor and each

F-36


Insider have agreed to comply with certain provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the provisions regarding non-solicitation, confidentiality and publicity, as if they were APSG with respect to such provisions, and to execute and deliver all documents and take all actions reasonably necessary by them for us to comply with its obligations relating to regulatory approvals in the Business Combination Agreement.
Sponsor Side Letter
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Sponsor, the Insiders, APSG and GBT entered into a letter agreement (the “Sponsor Side Letter”). Pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter, the Sponsor and each Insider has agreed not to transfer (other than to certain permitted transferees), subject to certain transfer restrictions (i) any shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued to each of them at the Closing, and (ii) any of the Domesticated Acquiror Warrants (or any shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Domesticated Acquiror Warrants) issued to each of them at the Closing until 30 days after the Closing.
In addition, pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter, the Sponsor has agreed that 13,631,318 of the shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock issued to the Sponsor at the Closing (the “Sponsor Shares”) will immediately vest without restrictions and 6,713,932 of the Sponsor Shares will be deemed unvested subject to certain triggering events to occur within five years from Closing.
Company Holders Support Agreement
In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, on December 2, 2021, the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and GBT entered into a support agreement (the “Company Holders Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement, each of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners agreed to, among other things, during the pre-Closing period, execute, deliver or otherwise grant any action by written consent, special resolution or other approval, or vote or cause to be voted at any meeting of shareholders of GBT: (i) in favor of any such consent, resolution or other approval, as may be required under the organizational documents of GBT or applicable law or otherwise sought with respect to the Business Combination Agreement or the Transactions and (ii) against any competing transaction and any other proposal, agreement or action that would reasonably be expected to (a) prevent or nullify, or materially delay or materially impair the ability of GBT to perform its obligations under, any provision of the Business Combination Agreement or the transaction documents, (b) result in any of the conditions to Closing not being satisfied or (c) result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or other obligation or agreement of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners contained in the Company Holders Support Agreement. Each of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners also agreed not to sell any of its GBT Ordinary Shares, GBT Preferred Shares or GBT Profit Shares (other than to certain permitted transferees) during the pre-Closing period. Further, each Continuing JerseyCo Owner has agreed to comply with certain provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the provisions regarding non-solicitation and publicity, as if they were GBT with respect to such provisions, and to execute and deliver on the date of Closing, the Shareholders Agreement, the Acquiror Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement, the Exchange Agreement (as defined below) and the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).
Additionally, each Continuing JerseyCo Owner has agreed not to transfer, until the 180th day following the Closing (the “UW Lock-Up Release Date”), any equity securities of PubCo or GBT (subject to certain permitted exceptions); provided, that if the final determination of the Post-Closing Equity Adjustment has not occurred prior to the expiration of the UW Lock-Up Release Date, then each Continuing JerseyCo Owner agrees to retain and not transfer at least 5% of each class of securities of each of PubCo and GBT (subject to certain permitted exceptions) that it receives in connection with the Closing, from the UW Lock-Up Release Date until the completion of the implementation of the adjustments set forth in the Business Combination Agreement in connection with the Post-Closing Equity Adjustment.
Amex HoldCo. and its affiliates have also agreed to use their reasonable best efforts to enter into definitive agreements with GBT in respect of certain commercial arrangements.

F-37


Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
At the Closing, PubCo, the Sponsor, the Insiders and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (collectively, the “Holders”) will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement pursuant to which, among other things, PubCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock and other equity securities of PubCo that are held by the Holders from time to time (the “Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, PubCo will be required to submit or file with the SEC, within (i) 30 calendar days after the Closing, or (ii) 90 calendar days following PubCo’s most recent fiscal year end if the audited financials for the year ended December 31, 2021 are required to be included, a Shelf covering the issuance and the resale of all such registrable securities on a delayed or continuous basis, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) 60 calendar days (or 90 calendar days if the SEC notifies PubCo that it will “review” the Shelf) after the filing thereof and (ii) the 10th business day after the date PubCo is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the SEC that the Shelf will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review.
Exchange Agreement
At the Closing, PubCo, GBT and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners will enter into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), giving the Continuing JerseyCo Owners (or certain of their permitted transferees) the right, on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Agreement, to exchange their OpCo B Ordinary Shares (with automatic surrender for cancellation of an equal number of shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class B Common Stock) for shares of Domesticated Acquiror Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions or certain limited circumstances.
Shareholders Agreement
At Closing, PubCo, GBT, American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited and Expedia will enter into a shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”). The Shareholders Agreement will set forth certain agreements with respect to, among other matters, transfers of equity securities of PubCo and GBT, the governance of PubCo and GBT, tax distributions that GBT will make to PubCo and the Continuing JerseyCo Owners and certain information rights of the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted inGAAP and pursuant to the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The accompanying unaudited financial statements as ofrules and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal accruals) considered for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2020, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020.
In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of June 30, 2020, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor entity (See Note 5) that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering or a minimum one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)regulations of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “and Exchange Commission (“Securities ActSEC”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “.JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of

F-9


holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S.US GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Actualperiod.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liability. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

F-38


Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution which, at times, may exceed the Federal depository insuranceDepository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Financial InstrumentsInvestments Held in Trust Account
The Company’s portfolio of investments held in the Trust Account is comprised of cash and U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less. The Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts representedthese investments are included in net gain from investments held in Trust Account in the balance sheets.accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in the Trust Account are determined using available market information.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2018.
Deferred Offering Costs associatedAssociated with the Proposed Public Offering
The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offeringOffering costs of $800,877 consist principally of costs incurred in connection with formation and preparation for the Proposed Public Offering. These costs, together with the underwriting discounts and commissions, will beunderwriter discount of $44,924,550, were charged to additional paid in capitaltemporary equity upon completion of the Proposed Public Offering or chargedand exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. In addition, $2,344,508 of costs allocated to the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants were included in the statement of operations if the Proposed Public Offering is not completed. At June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had deferred offering costsas a component of $0, $0 and $0, respectively.other income/(expense).
Income TaxesClass A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Company followsaccounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the assetguidance in ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as liability instruments and liability methodare measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assetsthe holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and liabilitiessubject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheets.
Effective with the closing of the Public Offering, the Company recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributableaccretion from initial book value to differences betweenredemption amount value. The change in the financial statements carrying amountsvalue of existing assetsredeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:
Gross proceeds$816,810,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants$(39,745,978)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs$(44,871,756)
Plus:
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value$84,617,734
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption$816,810,000
 
F-10F-39

 
and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.Income Taxes
FASB ASC 740,Income Taxes,” prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2020, December 31, 20192021, 2020 and December 31, 2018. The2019. Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements.
Net Loss PerIncome (Loss) per Ordinary Share
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net lossincome (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholdersincome (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding duringfor the period, plus, toperiod. The Company applies the extent dilutive,two-class method in calculating earnings per share and allocates income/loss on a pro rata basis. Accretion associated with the incremental number ofredeemable Class A ordinary shares to settle warrants,is excluded from earnings per share as calculated using the treasury stock method. Weighted average shares were reduced forredemption value approximates fair value.
The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share does not consider the effect of an aggregatethe warrants issued in connection with the (i) Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of 2,812,500 ordinary shares that will be surrendered to the Company ifwarrants is contingent upon the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters. At June 30, 2020,occurrence of future events. As of December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities andor other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method.Company. As a result, diluted lossnet income (loss) per share of ordinary share is the same as basic net loss per share of ordinary share for the periods presented.
The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company did not have any Class A ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019:
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
Class AClass BClass AClass B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss), as adjusted$4,959,912$1,239,978$(9,780,661)$(9,861,099)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding81,681,00020,420,25018,828,52618,983,377
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share$0.06$0.06$(0.52)$(0.52)
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company’s derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as of the Public Offering (October 6, 2020) and re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. Derivative assets and liabilities are classified on the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The Company has determined the Warrants are a derivative

F-40


instrument. As the Warrants meet the definition of a derivative the Warrants are measured at fair value at issuance and at each reporting date in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations in the period of change.
Warrant Instruments
The Company accounts for the Warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering and Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” whereby under that provision the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as a liability at fair value and adjust the instrument to fair value at each reporting period. This liability will be re-measured at each balance sheet date until the Warrants are exercised or expire, and any change in fair value will be recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. Upon consummation of the Public Offering, the fair value of Warrants were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation for the Public Warrants and a modified Black-Scholes model for the Private Placement Warrants. The valuation model utilizes inputs and other assumptions and may not be reflective of the price at which they can be settled. Such Warrant classification is also subject to re-evaluation at each reporting period. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Public Warrants were valued using the publicly available price for the Warrant and are classified as Level 1 on the Fair Value Hierarchy. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company used a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid to transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. US GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the carrying values of cash, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued offering costs, advances from related parties and notes payable approximate their fair values primarily due to the short-term nature of the instruments. The Company’s investments held in Trust Account are comprised of investments in U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity of 185 days or less or investments in a money market funds that comprise only U.S. treasury securities and are recognized at fair value.
Recent Accounting PronouncementsStandards
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt -Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging -Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. The ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. Adoption of the ASU did not impact the Company’s managementfinancial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-41


Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements,standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
3. Proposed Public OfferingNOTE 3 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering, the Company intends to offer for sale 75,000,000sold 81,681,000 Units (or 86,250,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit (the “Unit, including the issuance of 6,681,000 Units”). as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds to the Company in the amount of $816,810,000. Each Unit will consistconsists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). Additionally, the Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Public Offering.
4. Private Placement
In connection with the Proposed Public Offering, the Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 11,333,334 Private Placement Warrants (or 12,833,334 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at $1.50 per warrant ($17,000,000 in the aggregate or $19,250,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Placement Warrant will be exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share (the “Class A ordinary shares”), and one- third of one redeemable warrant of the Company (each whole warrant, a “Public Warrant”), with each Public Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. share, subject to adjustment.
NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT
Pursuant to the Public Offering, the Company sold an aggregate of 12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company in the amount of $18,336,200.
A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants will bewas added to the proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Private Placement Warrants. If the Company does not complete aan Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the proceeds of

F-11


from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the required redemption of the Company’s Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expirebe worthless. See Note 6.
The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors will agree,agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not doto transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the initialInitial Business Combination.
5. Related Party TransactionsNOTE 5 — RELATED PARTIES
Founder Shares
In October 2008, the Company was formed by Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Holdings”), at which point, one ordinary share was issued in exchange for the payment of operating and formation expenses of the Company. In August 2020, Holdings transferred its ownership in the Company, consisting of one ordinary share, to the Sponsor for no consideration. On August 6, 2020, the Company completed a share split of its ordinary shares and, as a result, 28,750,000 shares of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares were outstanding (the “Founder Shares”). In September 2020, 25,000 Founder Shares were transferred to each of the Company’s three independent directors at a purchase price of $0.00087 per share. The independent directors paid $65.25 in the aggregate for the 75,000 shares to the Sponsor. On September 16, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 7,187,500 ordinary shares, thereby effecting a 1.33333:1 share recapitalization, and, as a result, 21,562,500 shares of the Company’s Founder Shares were outstanding. TheAs a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their overallotment option, in November 2020, the Sponsor forfeited 1,142,250 Class B ordinary shares. All share and per share amounts forare retroactively reflected in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018 have been retroactively restated to account for the share split and subsequent surrender. accompanying financial statements.
The Founder Shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold in the Proposed Public Offering except that the Founder Shares are Class B ordinary shares which automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of the Company’s Initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below. Up to 2,812,500 Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters, if at all. The number of Founder Shares issued in the share split was determined based on the expectation that the total size of the Proposed Public Offering would be a maximum of 86,250,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised in full, and therefore that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering. If the Company increases or decreases the size of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will effect a share dividend or share contribution (or other similar action) back to capital, as applicable, immediately prior to the completion of the Proposed Public Offering in such amount as to maintain the Founder Shares at a number equal to 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering.
The holders of the Founder Shares agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the

F-42


Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their shares of ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
Subsequent to June 30, 2020, 25,000 Founder Shares were transferred to each of our three independent directors at a purchase price of $0.00087 per share. The independent directors paid $65.22 in the aggregate for the 75,000 shares.
Related Party Loans
On August 11, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $750,000 to cover expenses related to the Proposed Public Offering pursuant to an unsecured promissory note (the “Note”). This Note bears interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and is payable on the earlier of March 31, 2021 or the closing date of the Proposed Public Offering. Upon the close of the Public Offering on October 6, 2020, the Note was no longer available.
On October 20, 2020, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “October Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The October Note bears interest at a rate of 0.14% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On October 20, 2020, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 pursuant to the October Note. As of June 30, 2020, December 31, 20192021 and 2020, the outstanding balance on the October Note was $1,500,000. As of December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, the outstanding interest on the October Note was $2,514 and $414, respectively. Up to $1,500,000 of the October Note may be convertible into warrants identical to the Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender.
On February 22, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “February Note”) to loan the Company has not borrowedan aggregate principal amount of $800,000. The February Note bears interest at a rate of 0.12% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On February 22, 2021, the Company borrowed $800,000 pursuant to the February Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the February Note was $800,000. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the February Note was $821.
On June 18, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “June Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000. The June Note bears interest at a rate of 0.13% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On June 18, 2021, the Company borrowed $2,000,000 pursuant to the June Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the June Note was $2,000,000. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the June Note was $1,375.
On September 14, 2021, the Sponsor executed an unsecured promissory note (the “September Note”) to loan the Company an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The September Note bears interest at a rate of 0.17% per annum and is payable on the earlier of an Initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. On September 14, 2021, the Company borrowed $1,500,000 pursuant to the September Note. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the September Note was $1,500,000. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding interest on the September Note was $755.
Advances from Related PartyParties
An affiliateAffiliates of the Sponsor paid certain formation, operating and operatingoffering costs on behalf of the Company. These advances are recorded as contributed capital in the accompanying financial statements. During the

F-12


six months ended June 30, 2020due on demand and 2019 andare non-interest bearing. For the years ended December 31, 20192021 and 2018,December 31, 2020 and for the period from October 10, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the related partyparties paid $2,040,211, $373,517 and $0 $1,853, $3,707of offering costs and $1,854, respectively, of formation and operatingother expenses on behalf of the Company.Company, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there was $2,040,211, $373,517 and $0 due to the related parties, respectively.
Administrative Support AgreementService Fee
Commencing on the date the Units arewere first listed on the NYSE, the Company has agreed to pay the Sponsor a total of $16,667 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support for up to 27 months. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. The Company incurred and paid $200,650, $46,669 and $0

F-43


for such expenses under the administrative services agreement for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
6. CommitmentsNOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Risks and ContingenciesUncertainties
Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Private Placement Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and Private Placement Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) will beare entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering.agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to demand that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The Company will grantgranted the underwriters a 45-day30-day option from the date of thisthe final prospectus to purchase up to 11,250,0009,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Proposed Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On November 10, 2020, the Company consummated the sale of additional units pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option.
TheUpon the closing of the Public Offering and the over-allotment, the underwriters will bewere entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $15,000,000$16,336,200, after the underwriters’ exercised their over-allotment option, which was paid in the aggregate (or $17,250,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.Offering and the over-allotment. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.35 per unit, or $26,250,000$28,588,350 in the aggregate (or $30,187,500 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will becomebecomes payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement for the offering.Initial Public Offering.
Risks and UncertaintiesService Provider Agreement
Management is currently evaluatingThe Company has entered into a fee arrangement with a service provider pursuant to which certain success fees in connection with a potential Business Combination will become payable only if the impactCompany consummates the pending Business Combination with GBT. If the pending Business Combination with GBT does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees. As of December 31, 2021, the amount of these contingent fees with the service provider was approximately $7.0 million.
Placement Agent Agreement
Separately, the Company has entered into a fee arrangement with placement agents pursuant to which certain placement fees equal to 3.5% of gross proceeds from a securities private placement (net of proceeds invested by related parties or affiliates of the COVID-19 pandemic onCompany) will become payable only if the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possibleCompany consummates the pending Business Combination with GBT. If the pending Business Combination with GBT does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees.

F-44


There can be no assurances that the virus could have a negative effect onCompany will complete the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.pending Business Combination with GBT.
7. Shareholder’s EquityNOTE 7 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Shares
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred shares with a par value of $0.00005 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At June 30, 2020, December 31, 20192021, 2020 and December 31, 20182019, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

F-13


Ordinary Shares
The authorized ordinary shares of the Company include up to 300,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.00005 per share and 60,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.00005 per share.shares. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s shareholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share. On August 6,As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company completed a share split of itsthere were 81,681,000 Class A ordinary shares and,subject to possible conversion that were classified as a result, 28,750,000 sharestemporary equity in the accompanying balance sheets. As of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares were outstanding. On September 16, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 7,187,500 ordinary shares and, as a result, 21,562,500 shares of the Company’s Founder Shares were outstanding. The share amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018 have been retroactively restated to account for the share split and subsequent share surrender. At June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 there were 21,562,500no Class BA ordinary shares issued and outstanding, respectively, of which 2,812,500 shares are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.possible conversion.
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of completion of our initial business combinationInitial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stockshare splits, stockshare dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offeringthe Public Offering and related to the closing of the initial business combination,Initial Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offeringthe Public Offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combinationInitial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination)Initial Business Combination). As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were 20,420,250 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect: (i) the forfeiture of 1,142,250 Class B ordinary shares in November 2020; and (ii) the surrender of 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares in September 2020.
WarrantsNOTE 8 — WARRANTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 39,451,134 warrants outstanding (12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants and 27,227,000 Public Warrants). There were no warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of aan Initial Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of aan Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective

F-45


and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under the Securities Act, the Company, at its option, may require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of aan Initial Business Combination or earlier upon the Company’s redemption or liquidation.
The Private Placement Warrants will beare identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will

F-14


not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of aan Initial Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
The Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on a the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and a current prospectus relating to those ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day trading period referred to above.
If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as will be described in the warrant agreement.
The exercise price and number of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete aan Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.
The Company accounts for the 39,451,134 warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering (including 27,227,000 Public Warrants and 12,224,134 Private Placement Warrants) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability. Upon issuance of the derivative warrants the Company recorded a liability of $57,753,222 on the balance sheets.
The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record a derivative liability upon the closing of the Public Offering. Accordingly, the Company classifies each warrant as a liability at its fair value and the warrants will be allocated a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Units equal to its fair value determined by the Monte Carlo simulation up until separation for

8. Subsequent EventsF-46


the Public Warrants (subsequent to separation, the public warrants will be valued using publicly available trading price) and a modified Black-Scholes model for the Private Placement Warrants. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statements of operations. The Company will reassess the classification at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the warrants will be reclassified as of the date of the event that causes the reclassification.
NOTE 9 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
SubsequentThe Company follows the guidance in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to June 30,determine such fair value.
The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within liabilities on the balance sheets. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statement of operations.
DescriptionLevelDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Assets:
Marketable securities held in Trust Account1$817,356,537$816,985,533$   —
Liabilities:
Warrant Liability — Private Placement Warrants321,092,97323,455,550
Warrant Liability — Public Warrants134,850,56051,186,760
Upon consummation of the Public Offering, the Company used a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the Public Warrants and a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants. At the initial measurement date, the Warrants were classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the measurement dates due to the use of unobservable inputs.
As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Public Warrants were valued using the publicly available price for the Warrant and are classified as Level 1 on the Fair Value Hierarchy. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred $845,960used a modified Black-Scholes model to value the Private Placement Warrants. The Company relied upon the implied volatility of deferred offering costs relatedthe Public Warrants and the closing share price at December 31, 2020 to estimate the volatility for the Private Placement Warrants. Significant increases (decreases) in the expected volatility in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Private Placement Warrants were classified within Level 3 of the Fair Value Hierarchy at the measurement dates due to the Proposed Public Offering. Of these costs, $345,960 were paid byuse of unobservable inputs.

F-47


The table below provides a related party, Apollo Global Management Inc., on behalfsummary of the Company. These amounts are non-interest bearingchanges in fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of all financial assets and payable to Apollo Global Management upon consummationliabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Fair Value
Measurement
Using Level 3
Inputs Total
Balance, December 31, 2019$
Derivative liabilities recorded on issuance of derivative warrants57,753,222
Transfer to Level 1(39,745,978)
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities5,448,306
Balance, December 31, 202023,455,550
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities(2,362,577)
Balance, December 31, 2021$21,092,973
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of the Proposed Public Offering.
Subsequent to June 30, 2020, 25,000 Founder Shares were transferred to eachderivative feature of our three independent directors at a purchase pricethe Private Placement Warrants was calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Risk-free interest rate1.31%0.49%
Expected life of grants5.5 years5.9 years
Expected volatility of underlying shares18.0%10.0 – 30.0%
Dividends0.0%0%
As of $0.00087 per share. The independent directors paid $65.22 in the aggregate for the 75,000 shares.
On September 16,December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 7,187,500 ordinary sharesderivative warrant liability was $55,943,533 and as a result, 21,562,500 shares of the Company’s Founder Shares were outstanding. The share amounts$74,642,310, respectively. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 20192021 and 20182020, the Company recorded a gain of $18,698,777 and loss of $(16,889,088), respectively, on the six months ended June 30,change in fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities on the statements of operations. During 2020, and June 30, 2019 have been retroactively restatedthe Company charged $328,959 to accountadditional paid in capital for this share surrender.the excess of proceeds received over fair value of Private Placement Warrant liabilities.
Management hasNOTE 10 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events to determine if events orand transactions occurringthat occurred after the balance sheet date through September 16, 2020, the date that the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure inissued. Based upon this review, the financial statements. ManagementCompany did not identify any other subsequent events that would have required adjustmentrecognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
F-15F-48


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of
(in $ millions except share and per share data)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$329$516
Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $5 and $4 as
of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively)
562381
Due from affiliates918
Prepaid expenses and other current assets143137
Total current assets1,0431,052
Property and equipment, net213216
Equity method investments1617
Goodwill1,3461,358
Other intangible assets, net718746
Operating lease right-of-use assets5459
Deferred tax assets300282
Other non-current assets4641
Total assets$3,736$3,771
Liabilities, preferred shares, and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$289$137
Due to affiliates4141
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities448519
Current portion of operating lease liabilities2021
Current portion of long-term debt33
Total current liabilities801721
Long-term debt, non-current, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs1,0201,020
Deferred tax liabilities119119
Pension liabilities316333
Long-term operating lease liabilities5561
Other non-current liabilities2623
Total liabilities2,3372,277
Commitments and Contingencies (see note 11)
Preferred shares (par value $€0.00001; 3,000,000 shares authorized; 1,500,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; redemption amount of $165 and $160 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively)165160
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-50


As of
(in $ millions except share and per share data)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(Unaudited)
Shareholders’ equity:
Voting ordinary shares (par value €0.00001; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 36,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021)
Non-Voting ordinary shares (par value €0.00001; 15,000,000 shares
authorized; 8,413,972 shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31,
2022, and December 31, 2021)
Profit Shares (par value €0.00001; 800,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021)
Management Incentive Plan Shares (par value €0.00001, 4,764,000 shares authorized; Nil shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021)
Additional paid-in capital2,5582,560
Accumulated deficit(1,156)(1,065)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(169)(162)
Total equity of the Company’s shareholders1,2331,333
Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries11
Total shareholders’ equity1,2341,334
Total liabilities, preferred shares, and shareholders’ equity$3,736$3,771
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-51


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
Three months ended March 31,
(in $ millions, except share and per share data)20222021
Revenue$350$126
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately
below)
17382
Sales and marketing7243
Technology and content9057
General and administrative6539
Restructuring charges2
Depreciation and amortization4434
Total operating expenses446255
Operating loss(96)(129)
Interest expense(19)(11)
Other income, net5
Loss before income taxes and share of losses from equity method
investments
(115)(135)
Benefit from income taxes2522
Share of losses from equity method investments(1)(1)
Net loss(91)(114)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Net loss attributable to the Company(91)(114)
Preferred shares dividend(5)
Net loss attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares$(96)$(114)
Loss per share attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares – Basic and Diluted:
Loss per share$(2.15)$(3.16)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding44,413,97236,000,000
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-52


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Unaudited)
Three months ended March 31,
(in $ millions)20222021
Net loss$(91)$(114)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Change in currency translation adjustments, net of tax(16)(9)
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedge, net of tax9
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(7)(9)
Comprehensive loss(98)(123)
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Preferred Shares dividend(5)
Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company$(103)$(123)
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-53


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
Three months ended March 31,
(in $ millions)20222021
Operating activities:
Net loss$(91)$(114)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization4434
Deferred tax benefit(26)(22)
Equity-based compensation3
Release of allowance for doubtful accounts(2)
Share of losses from equity-method investments11
Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs11
Pension contributions(6)(5)
Changes in working capital, net of effects from acquisitions
Accounts receivables(189)6
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(3)38
Due from affiliates9(4)
Due to affiliates1
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities93(43)
Other10(5)
Net cash used in operating activities(154)(114)
Investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment(21)(9)
Business acquisition, net of cash acquired(53)
Net cash used in investing activities(21)(62)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares50
Proceeds from senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans50
Repayment of senior secured term loans(1)(2)
Repayment of finance lease obligations(2)(2)
Payment of lender fees and issuance costs for senior secured term loans facilities(6)
Payment of offering costs(4)
Capital distributions to shareholders(1)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities(7)89
Effect of exchange rates changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3)(3)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(185)(90)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period525593���
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$340$503
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash (received) paid for income taxes (net of refunds)$(1)$2
Cash paid for interest (net of interest received)$18$10
Dividend accrued on preferred shares$5$
Non-cash additions for operating lease right-of-use assets$$11
Deferred offering costs accrued during the period$4$
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-54


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Unaudited)
(in $ millions, except share data)Voting ordinary sharesNon-Voting ordinary sharesProfit shares
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Total equity
of the
Company’s
shareholders
Equity
attributable to
non-controlling
interest in
subsidiaries
Total
shareholders’
equity
NumberAmountNumberAmountNumberAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202136,000,000 —8,413,972800,0002,560(1,065)(162)1,33311,334
Dividend on preferred shares (see note – 13)
(5)(5)(5)
Equity-based compensation333
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(7)(7)(7)
Net loss(91)(91)(91)
Balance as of March 31, 202236,000,000$ —8,413,972$ —800,000$ —$2,558$(1,156)$(169)$1,233$1$1,234
(in $ millions, except share data)Voting ordinary sharesNon-Voting ordinary sharesProfit shares
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
deficit
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Total equity
of the
Company’s
shareholders
Equity
attributable to
non-controlling
interest in
subsidiaries
Total
shareholders’
equity
NumberAmountNumberAmountNumberAmount
Balance as of December 31, 202036,000,000800,0001,752(592)(179)9813984
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(9)(9)(9)
Net loss(114)(114)(114)
Balance as of March 31, 202136,000,000800,0001,752(706)(188)8583861
Management incentive plan shares have been excluded from the above statement as there are no related shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021.
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
F-55


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(1)
Business Description and Basis of Presentation
GBT JerseyCo Limited (“Global Business Travel” or “GBT”) was incorporated on November 28, 2019 under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. GBT is a joint venture with 50% of its voting shares held by American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A. (“Amex Coop”), a resident of the Netherlands and the other 50% of its voting shares held by Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (a successor entity of Juweel Investors Limited) (“Juweel”), a resident of Cayman Islands. Following acquisition of the Egencia business (“Egencia”) from EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (“Expedia”) on November 1, 2021, GBT issued 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares to Expedia and as of March 31, 2022, Amex Coop, Juweel and Expedia own approximately 40.5%, 40.5% and 19.0%, respectively, of the equity interest in GBT, excluding preferred shares, Profit Shares, MIP Shares (see note 13 — Shareholders’ Equity) and MIP Options (see note 12 — Equity-Based Compensation) as of such date. GBT is a tax resident in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). GBT and its consolidated subsidiaries are herein referred to as the “Company.”
On December 2, 2021, GBT entered into a definitive business combination agreement (“Business Combination Agreement”) with Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (“APSG”), a special purpose acquisition company, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Business Combination”). The Business Combination closed on May 27, 2022 upon satisfaction of the closing conditions provided in the Business Combination Agreement, including approval by APSG’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals. Upon closing of the Business Combination, APSG was renamed as Global Business Travel Group, Inc. (“GBTG”). The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no assets or liabilities fair valued or any goodwill and other intangible assets recognized (see note 18 — Subsequent Events).
The Company has one reportable segment.
Business Description
The Company provides a business-to-business travel platform with a full suite of differentiated, technology-enabled solutions to business travelers and corporate clients, suppliers of travel content (such as airlines, hotels, ground transportation and aggregators) and third-party travel agencies. The Company manages end-to-end logistics of corporate travel and provides a link between businesses, their employees, travel suppliers and other industry participants.
Impact of COVID-19
Since March 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of the coronavirus, COVID-19 (the “COVID-19 pandemic”), has severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world and continues to have an unprecedented effect on the global travel and hospitality industry. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, many governments around the world implemented, and continue to implement, a variety of measures to reduce the spread of COVID-19 pandemic, including travel restrictions, practicing social distancing, quarantine advisories or requirements, restrictions on business operations and closure of non-essential businesses. The various government measures to contain spread of COVID-19 pandemic significantly reduced business travel and hotel bookings and continue to have a material adverse impact on the number of new bookings.
While many countries have vaccinated a reasonable proportion of their population, the rate and pace of vaccination globally, the severity and duration of resurgence, as well as uncertainty over the efficacy of the vaccines against new variants of the virus, may contribute to delays in economic recovery. Overall, the ultimate impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain and will depend upon future developments, which are difficult to predict.
However, with the spread of the virus now being contained to varying degrees in certain countries during different times, travel restrictions have been lifted and clients have become more comfortable traveling, particularly to domestic locations. This has led to a moderation of the more severe declines in

F-56


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
business travel bookings experienced at certain points since the COVID-19 pandemic began. Despite the continued negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, the Company has seen improvement in its transaction volume during the second half of 2021 and first quarter of 2022 as compared to the prior year / period as COVID-19 vaccines continued to be administered and some travel restrictions relaxed. The Company incurred a net loss of $91 million and had cash outflows from operations of $154 million during the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to a net loss of $114 million and cash outflows from operations of $114 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
As of March 31, 2022, the Company’s pro forma liquidity was over $700 million and primarily consisted of:

$557 million of pro forma cash and cash equivalents (comprising of (i) $329 million of cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2022 (ii) $128 million net proceeds received upon closing of the Business Combination and (iii) $100 million of principal amount of senior secured tranche B-3 term loans borrowed in May 2022 (see note 10 — Long-term Debt and note 18 — Subsequent Events)),

$100 million of currently undrawn commitments remaining under the senior secured tranche B-3 term loan facilities, which are available on a delayed-draw basis until mid-June 2022, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions, and

$50 million of undrawn commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility (subject to the satisfaction of applicable borrowing conditions and compliance with applicable covenants related to borrowings thereunder).
On May 25, 2022, the Company issued a notice to the administrative agent under the senior secured credit agreement requesting an additional borrowing of the last remaining $100 million of delayed draw commitments under the senior secured tranche B-3 term loan facilities (see note 10 — Long-term Debt and note 18 — Subsequent Events). Further, the Company continues to consider measures to optimize efficiency and reduce costs as they become necessary. The Company also continued to access government funding in some of its operating territories.
The Company believes this liquidity is important given its limited ability to predict its future financial performance due to the uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Based on the financial mitigation measures taken and available funding capacity and the expected Business Combination transaction, the Company believes it has adequate liquidity to meet its expected future operating, investing and financing needs of the business for a minimum period of twelve months after the date the condensed consolidated financial statements are available for issuance.
Basis of Presentation
The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GBT, GBT’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and entities controlled by GBT. There are no entities that have been consolidated due to control through operating agreements, financing agreements or as the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Company reports the non-controlling ownership interests in subsidiaries that are held by third-party owners as equity attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The portion of income or loss attributable to third-party owners for the reporting periods is reported as net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company has eliminated intercompany transactions and balances in its condensed consolidated financial statements.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. The Company has included all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. These adjustments consist of normal recurring items.

F-57


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
The Company’s interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full year. These interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, supplier revenue, collectability of receivables, depreciable lives of property and equipment, acquisition purchase price allocations including valuation of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, equity-based compensation, valuation of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in equity method investments, valuation allowances on deferred income taxes and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, which may cause further business disruptions and adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. As a result, many of the Company’s estimates and assumptions required increased judgment. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates may change materially in future periods.
(2)
Recently Issued accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Pronouncements — Adopted
Income Taxes
In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, “Income taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” that amends the guidance to simplify accounting for income taxes, including elimination of certain exceptions in current guidance related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences, ownership changes in investments (changes from a subsidiary to equity method investments and vice versa), etc. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2022 and did not have any material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements upon the adoption of this guidance.
Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options
In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-04, “Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options” which provides a principles-based framework for issuers to account for a modification or exchange of freestanding equity-classified written call options. The new guidance clarifies that to the extent applicable, issuers should first reference other accounting principles to account for the effect of a modification. If other accounting principles are not applicable, the guidance clarifies whether to account for the modification or exchange as (1) an adjustment to equity, with the related earnings per share implications, or (2) an expense, and if so, the manner and pattern of recognition. The accounting depends on the substance of the transaction, such as whether the modification or exchange is the result of raising equity, a financing transaction, or some other event. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2022 and did not have any material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements upon the adoption of this guidance.

F-58


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Disclosures about Government Assistance
In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-10, “Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance” which provides for disclosures by business entities about government assistance. The amendments in this update require disclosures about transactions with a government that have been accounted for by analogizing to a grant or contribution accounting model to increase transparency about (1) the nature and types of transactions, (2) the accounting for the transactions, and (3) the effect of the transactions on an entity’s financial statements. The guidance is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early application permitted, and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2022 and did not have any material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements upon the adoption of this guidance.
Governments of multiple countries extended several programs to help businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic through loans, wage subsidies, tax relief or deferrals and other financial aid. The Company has participated in several of these government programs. A substantial portion of these government support payments were to ensure that the Company continues to pay and maintain the employees on its payroll and does not make them redundant as the demand for travel services significantly reduced due to the Covid-19 pandemic. During the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized in its condensed consolidated statements of operations government grants and other assistance benefits for salaries and wages (mainly furlough support payments) of $6 million and $26 million, respectively, as a reduction of expenses. As at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had a receivable of $8 million and $6 million, respectively, in relation to such government grants, that is included in the accounts receivable balance in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. These relate to payments that are expected to be received under the government programs where the Company has met the qualifying requirements and it is probable that payments will be received. The majority of this receivable is expected to be received during 2022.
Accounting Pronouncements — Not Yet Adopted
Credit Losses
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, a new guidance on the measurement of credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost, which includes accounts receivable. The new guidance replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The adoption date of this guidance was subsequently deferred by one year and is now effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the guidance on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
Reference rate reforms
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This ASU provides expedients and exceptions to existing guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting that is optional to facilitate the market transition from a reference rate, including the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform, to a new reference rate. The provisions of this ASU would impact contract modifications and other changes that occur while LIBOR is phased out. The guidance is effective upon issuance and generally can be applied to applicable contract modifications through December 31, 2022. The Company is in the process of evaluating the optional relief guidance provided within this ASU and is also reviewing its debt and hedge instruments that utilizes LIBOR as the reference rate. The Company will continue to evaluate and monitor developments and its assessment of this guidance during the LIBOR transition period.

F-59


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Contracts with Customers Acquired in a Business Combination
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” to add contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination to the list of exceptions to the recognition and measurement principles that apply to business combinations and to require that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with the revenue recognition guidance. This updated guidance amends the current business combination guidance where an acquirer generally recognizes such items at fair value on the acquisition date. The guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be applied prospectively to all business combinations that occur on or after the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the guidance on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
(3)
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The Company disaggregates revenue based on (i) Travel Revenue which include all revenue relating to servicing a transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related booking or reservation and (ii) Product and Professional Services Revenue which include all revenue relating to using the Company’s platform, products and value-added services. The following table presents the Company’s disaggregated revenue by nature of service. Sales and usage-based taxes are excluded from revenue.
Three months ended
March 31,
(in $ millions)20222021
Travel revenue$256$62
Products and professional services revenue9464
Total revenue$350$126
Payments from clients and suppliers are generally due within 30 to 45 days of invoicing.
Contract Balances
Contract assets represent the Company’s right to consideration in exchange for services transferred to a customer when that right is conditioned on the Company’s future performance obligations. Contract liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to transfer services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or the amount is due) from the customer.
The opening and closing balances of the Company’s accounts receivables, net, contract assets and contract liabilities are as follows:
Contract assets
(liabilities)
Contract
liabilities
(in $ millions)
Accounts
receivables, net(1)
Client incentives, net
(non-current)
Deferred revenue
(current)
Balance as of March 31, 2022$554$(8)$25
Balance as of December 31, 2021$375$(3)$18
(1)
Accounts receivables, net, exclude balances not related to contracts with customers.
Deferred revenue is recorded when a performance obligation has not been satisfied but an invoice has been raised. Cash payments received from customers in advance of the Company completing its performance obligations are included in deferred revenue in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. The

F-60


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Company generally expects to complete its performance obligations under the contracts within one year. During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the cash payments received or due in advance of the satisfaction of the Company’s performance obligations were offset by $5 million of revenue recognized that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2021.
Remaining Performance Obligations
As of March 31, 2022, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the Company’s remaining performance obligations was approximately $29 million, which the Company expects to recognize as revenue as performance obligations are satisfied over the next 24 months.
The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected term of one year or less.
(4)
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of:
As of
(in $ millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Prepaid expenses$48$42
Income tax receivable3132
Deferred offering costs2421
Value added and similar taxes receivables1411
Other prepayments and receivables2631
Prepaid expenses and other current assets$143$137
(5)
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consist of:
As of
(in $ millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Capitalized software for internal use$306$304
Computer equipment6765
Leasehold improvements5252
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment66
Capital projects in progress149
445436
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization(232)(220)
Property and equipment, net$213$216
Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 was $21 million and $19 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization includes $14 million and $13 million of amortization related to capitalized software for internal use for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(6)
Business Acquisition
There was no business acquisition during the three months ended March 31, 2022.

F-61


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Acquisition of Ovation Group
On January 21, 2021, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, GBT US LLC, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Ovation Travel, LLC, (along with its subsidiaries, the “Ovation Group”) for a total cash purchase consideration of $57 million (including approximately $4 million of deferred consideration), net of cash acquired. The results of Ovation Group’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since the date of its acquisition.
The terms of the acquisition included contingent consideration of approximately $4 million and is subject to the continued employment of certain Ovation employees for a specified duration of employment as set out under the business purchase agreement. The Company accrues for this expense as compensation expense.
The fair value of the acquisition was allocated primarily to goodwill of $36 million, amortizing intangible assets of $29 million (corporate client relationships of $25 million and Tradenames of $4 million) and net liabilities assumed of $8 million. Goodwill generated from the acquisition is attributable to acquired workforce and expected synergies from centralized management and future growth. The acquired corporate client relationships and tradenames are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 10 years and 5 years, respectively. The Company incurred $3 million in acquisition related costs which was expensed as incurred.
The amount of revenue and net loss of the Ovation Group since the acquisition date included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2021 was $2 million and $4 million, respectively. Assuming an acquisition date of January 1, 2020, the unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2021 would not have been materially different to the amount of revenue and net loss presented in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The pro forma financial information adjusts for the effects of material business combination items primarily related to amortization of acquired intangible assets and the corresponding income tax effects.
Acquisition of Egencia
On November 1, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Egencia, a business-to-business digital travel management company serving corporate clients, from an affiliate of Expedia, Inc., EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (“Expedia”). As purchase consideration for this acquisition, the Company issued 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares, fair value of which was determined to be $816 million. As a result, Expedia became an indirect holder of non-voting ordinary shares of GBT, which represents approximately 19% of GBT’s equity interests, excluding preferred shares, Profit Shares, MIP Options and MIP Shares. This value was determined on the basis of the estimated total enterprise value of GBT (post acquisition of Egencia) and calculated based on a multiple of Adjusted EBITDA. Such equity interest is subject to changes based on final debt/cash and working capital adjustments. The acquisition of Egencia will complement the Company’s existing business and is expected to further accelerate its growth strategy in the small-to-medium-sized enterprise sector.
The Company’s preliminary purchase price allocation is based on information that is currently available. The preliminary purchase price allocations are subject to, among other items, debt/cash and working capital adjustments and further analysis of tax accounts, including deferred tax assets and liabilities.
The financial results of Egencia have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of its acquisition. The amount of revenue and net loss of the Egencia business for the three months ended March 31, 2022 were $66 million and $28 million, respectively. Further, during the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company made an adjustment of $2 million to Goodwill (see note 7 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net).

F-62


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Assuming an acquisition date of January 1, 2020, the unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2021 would have been $148 million and $201 million, respectively.
(7)
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net
The following table sets forth changes in goodwill during the three months ended March 31, 2022:
(in $ millions)Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2021$1,358
Egencia acquisition adjustments2
Currency translation adjustments(14)
Balance as of March 31, 2022$1,346
There were no goodwill impairment losses recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and there are no accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of March 31, 2022.
The following table sets forth the Company’s other intangible assets with definite lives as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
March 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in $ millions)Cost
Accumulated
depreciation
NetCost
Accumulated
depreciation
Net
Trademarks/tradenames$115$(64)$51���$115$(62)$53
Corporate client relationships815(209)606815(189)626
Supplier relationship254(194)60254(188)66
Travel partner network4(3)14(3)1
Other intangible assets$1,188$(470)$718$1,188$(442)$746
Amortization expense relating to definite-lived intangible assets was $23 million and $15 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(8)
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of:
As of
(in $ millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Accrued payroll and related costs$160$198
Accrued operating expenses131147
Accrued restructuring costs (see note 9)
5769
Client deposits4559
Deferred revenue2518
Value added and similar taxes payable96
Income tax payable77
Other payables1415
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$448$519

F-63


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(9)
Restructuring Charges
The table below sets forth accrued restructuring cost included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, for the three months ended March 31, 2022:
(in $ millions)
Employee
related
FacilityTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2021$64$5$69
Charges22
Cash settled(13)(1)(14)
Balance as of March 31, 202253457
(10) Long-term Debt
The outstanding amount of the Company’s long-term debt consists of:
As of
(in $ millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
Principal amount of senior secured initial term loans
(Maturity – August 2025)(1)
$241$242
Principal amount of senior secured tranche B-3 term loans (Maturity – December 2026)(2)
800800
Principal amount of senior secured revolving credit facility (Maturity – August 2023)(3)
1,0411,042
Less: Unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs(18)(19)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs1,0231,023
Less: Current portion of long-term debt33
Long-term debt, non-current, net of unamortized debt discount and debt
issuance costs
$1,020$1,020
(1)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.50% as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(2)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 6.50% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%) as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(3)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.25% as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company repaid the contractual quarterly installment of $1 million of principal amount of senior secured initial term loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company had borrowed $50 million principal amount of senior secured tranche B-2 term loans, which were fully repaid in December 2021.
As of March 31, 2022, the Company had $200 million of unutilized commitments remaining under the senior secured tranche B-3 term loan facilities that are available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the date of such initial borrowings in December 2021, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions (“Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility”). The Company is required to pay a fee of 3.00% per annum on the actual daily unused commitments under the Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility, payable quarterly in arrears. On May 19, 2022, the Company borrowed a principal amount of $100 million of senior secured tranche B-3 term

F-64


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
loans under the Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility. Further, on May 25, 2022, the Company issued a notice to the administrative agent under the senior secured credit agreement requesting an additional borrowing of the last remaining $100 million of the delayed draw commitments under the Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility (see note 18 — Subsequent Events).
At the option of Group Services B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of GBT (the “Borrower”), upon prior written notice, amounts borrowed under one or more of the senior secured credit facilities (as selected by the Borrower) may be voluntarily prepaid, and/or unused commitments thereunder may be voluntarily reduced or terminated, in each case, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty (other than (i) any applicable prepayment premium required to be paid pursuant to the senior secured credit agreement, and (ii) customary breakage costs in connection with certain prepayments of loans bearing interest at a rate based on LIBOR). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the senior secured credit agreement, the Borrower is required to prepay the senior secured term loans with (i) 50% (subject to leverage-based step-downs) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) in excess of a threshold amount, (ii) 100% (subject to leverage-based step-downs) of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales and casualty events, subject to customary reinvestment rights, (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain indebtedness and (iv) other than in connection with the consummation of the business combination with APSG pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, 50% of the net cash proceeds from the consummation of any initial public offering (or similar transaction) of the common stock of GBT (or a parent entity thereof).
The senior secured revolving credit facility has (i) a $30 million sublimit for extensions of credit denominated in certain currencies other than U.S. dollars, (ii) a $10 million sublimit for letters of credit, and (iii) a $10 million sublimit for swingline borrowings. Extensions of credit under the senior secured revolving credit facility are subject to customary borrowing conditions. The Borrower is required to pay a fee of 0.375% per annum on the average daily unused commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears. As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, no borrowings or letters of credit were outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility.
Interest on the senior secured credit facilities is payable quarterly in arrears (or, if earlier in the case of LIBOR loans, at the end of the applicable interest period). The effective interest rate on the senior secured term loans for the three months ended March 31, 2022 was approximately 7%.
Security; Guarantees
GBT UK TopCo Limited, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of GBT, and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors (such guarantors, collectively with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”), provide an unconditional guarantee, on a joint and several basis, of all obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and under cash management agreements and swap contracts with the lenders or their affiliates (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain cure rights, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, at least 70% of the consolidated total assets of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries must be attributable, in the aggregate, to the Loan Parties; provided that such coverage test shall instead be calculated based on 70% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries for the four prior fiscal quarters, commencing with the first quarterly test date after January 2021 on which Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries exceeds $100 million. Further, the lenders have a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Loan Parties.
Covenants
The senior secured credit agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants (see below) and limitations (subject to exceptions) on the ability of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries to: (i) incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) incur liens on their assets; (iii) consummate certain fundamental changes (such as acquisitions, mergers, liquidations or changes in

F-65


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
the nature of the business); (iv) dispose of all or any part of their assets; (v) pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or repurchase, any equity interests of any Loan Party or any equity interests of any direct or indirect parent company or subsidiary of any Loan Party; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates and certain other permitted holders; (viii) modify the terms of, or prepay, any of their subordinated or junior lien indebtedness; (ix) make certain changes to a Loan Party’s entity classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes or certain intercompany transfers of a Loan Party’s assets if, as a result thereof, an entity would cease to be a Loan Party due to adverse tax consequences; (x) enter into swap contracts; and (xi) enter into certain burdensome agreements.
The senior secured credit agreement also requires that an aggregate amount of Liquidity (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) equal to at least $200 million be maintained, which, from and after the effectiveness of December 2021 amendments to the senior secured credit agreement is tested on a monthly basis.
The senior secured credit agreement also contains a financial covenant applicable solely to the senior secured revolving credit facility. Such financial covenant requires the first lien net leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth under the senior secured credit agreement) to be less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter on which the aggregate principal amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit under the senior secured revolving credit facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit agreement provides that such financial covenant is suspended for a limited period of time if an event that constitutes a “Travel MAC” ​(as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) has occurred and the Loan Parties are unable to comply with such covenant as a result of such event. Such financial covenant did not apply for the period ended March 31, 2022.
As of March 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants under the senior secured credit agreement.
Events of Default
The senior secured credit agreement contains default events (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), which could require early prepayment, termination of the senior secured credit agreement or other enforcement actions customary for facilities of this type. As of March 31, 2022, no event of default existed under the senior secured credit agreement.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitment
In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes various commitments to purchase goods and services from specific suppliers, including those related to capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had approximately $206 million of outstanding non-cancellable purchase commitments, primarily relating to service, hosting and licensing contracts for information technology, of which $71 million relates to the twelve months ending March 31, 2023. These purchase commitments extend through 2026.
Guarantees
The Company has obtained bank guarantees in respect of certain travel suppliers and real estate lease agreements amounting to $25 million. Certain of these bank guarantees require the Company to maintain cash collateral which has been presented as restricted cash within other non-current assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet.
Legal Contingencies
The Company recognizes legal fees as incurred when the legal services are provided.

F-66


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Based on its current knowledge, and taking into consideration its litigation-related liabilities, the Company believes it is not a party to any pending legal proceeding or governmental examination that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or liquidity.
(12) Equity-Based Compensation
The Company has an equity-based long-term management incentive plan (the “Plan”), the GBT JerseyCo Limited Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, originally adopted on June 30, 2014 and most recently amended and restated on December 2, 2021 under which options to purchase a class of GBT shares (referred to as “MIP Shares”) are generally granted to key management employees and certain directors of the Company. As of March 31, 2022, approximately 4.8 million MIP Shares were reserved for issuance under the Plan. Any MIP Shares issued under the Plan (i) will be non-voting; (ii) will entitle the holder thereof to proportionally share profits of the Company in accordance with separate allocation and distribution provisions set forth under the amended and restated shareholders agreement between Amex Coop and Juweel (the “Shareholders Agreement”); and (iii) will entitle the holder thereof to receive dividends declared on MIP Shares issued under the Plan, from time to time in accordance with allocation and distribution provisions set forth in the Shareholders Agreement. As a general matter, neither the options granted nor any MIP Shares issued under the Plan will be entitled to share in any profits or capital of GBT until certain thresholds of distributions to Amex Coop and Juweel have been satisfied. Under the current terms, neither the options granted nor any MIP Shares issued under the Plan will trade or be listed on any stock exchange. As of March 31, 2022, no MIP Shares were issued and outstanding under the Plan.
Under the Plan, the Company grants options to purchase MIP Shares to employees, which generally vest in three to five equal installments on each anniversary of the grant date. The options have a contractual life of ten years from the grant date. There are no performance conditions associated with the vesting of the options. The exercise price of options granted under the plan is 100% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant, or such higher amount as the compensation committee may determine in connection with the grant.
The Black Scholes model is used to determine the weighted average fair value of the options. A market and income approach is used to determine the enterprise fair value of the Company. The equity fair value is then allocated to the options. There were no new grants or any forfeitures of the options for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
Total equity-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 amount to $3 million and $0, respectively, and is included within general and administrative expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company expects compensation expense, related to unvested stock options, of approximately $32 million to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of 2.7 years.
Upon the closing of Business Combination as discussed in note 1 — Business Description and Basis of Presentation, GBTG adopted the Amended & Restated Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (the “GBTG MIP”) which superseded the existing GBT Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, from time to time. Pursuant to the terms of the GBT MIP, all options granted under the GBT MIP that were outstanding at the closing were converted into options to purchase shares of common stock of GBTG (“GBTG MIP Options”) and were treated as if they were originally granted under the GBTG MIP. Generally, the vesting and forfeiture terms of the GBTG MIP Options held by executive officers of GBT continue to be the same as provided under the GBT MIP. All GBT MIP options that were outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, whether vested or unvested, were equitably converted into GBTG’s MIP Options.
(13) Shareholders’ Equity
In August 2020, the then-existing shareholders of GBT entered into equity commitment letters with GBT pursuant to which each of Amex Coop and Juweel, in their respective capacities as shareholders of

F-67


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
GBT, committed to provide up to $150 million each (up to $300 million in the aggregate) of preferred equity financing to GBT, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Shareholders Equity Commitments”). The Shareholders Equity Commitments were originally scheduled to survive for a period of one year from the date of execution, which termination date was extended later to August 2022. As of March 31, 2022, the Company has an amount of $150 million available under Shareholders Equity Commitments that can be drawn at a future date until the earlier of August 2022 and closing of the Business Combination. The Shareholders Equity Commitments will terminate on closing of the Business Combination.
The following classes of GBT shares were issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2022:
Preferred Shares:   GBT’s amended memorandum and articles of association includes authorized share capital consisting of 3 million preferred shares of nominal value €0.00001 per preferred share, as a class of share with no voting rights. Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, the holders of preferred shares are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of GBT out of funds of GBT legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 12% per share per annum; provided, that if any preferred share remains issued and outstanding following September 15, 2023, the dividend rate with respect to such preferred share increases to 14% per share per annum from and after September 15, 2023, for so long as such preferred share remains outstanding. Further, the total amount of dividends on such preferred shares is computed on a cumulative basis and compounded daily in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and GBT’s memorandum and articles of association. The preferred shares are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at any time at a price per share equal to the unreturned capital contributions associated with such preferred share plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends thereon to the date of redemption.
There was no issuance of preferred shares during the three months ended March 31, 2022; however, the Company accrued a dividend of $5 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2022, on the outstanding balance of preferred shares. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company issued 500,000 preferred shares in equal proportion to Amex Coop and Juweel for a total consideration of $50 million. As the preferred shares of GBT were issued to the ordinary shareholders, although the preferred shares are redeemable at the option of GBT, these have been classified as mezzanine equity.
Upon closing of the Business Combination on May 27, 2022, GBT redeemed, in full, the outstanding amount of preferred shares, including dividends accrued thereon (see note 18 — Subsequent Events). Upon redemption, all the preferred shares were cancelled and the Shareholders Equity Commitment terminated.
Voting Ordinary Shares:   GBT has authorized 40 million of voting ordinary shares of nominal value €0.00001 per voting ordinary share representing, as a class, a right to equity capital and profits of the Company. This class of shares has voting rights. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had 36 million voting ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
Non-Voting Ordinary Shares:   GBT has authorized 15 million of non-voting ordinary shares of nominal value €0.00001 per non-voting ordinary share representing, as a class, a right to equity capital and profits of the Company. This class of shares has no voting rights. The Company has 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares issued to Juweel that remained outstanding as of March 31, 2022.
Profit Shares:   GBT has 800,000 authorized, issued and outstanding Profit Shares of nominal value €0.00001 per Profit Share representing, as a class, a right to share in 2% of the Company’s profits. Profit Shares have no voting rights. The entire Profit Shares have been issued to Juweel.
MIP Shares:   See note 12 — Equity-based Compensation.
Upon closing of the Business Combination on May 27, 2022, GBT’s authorized, issued and outstanding shares was changed (see note 18 — Subsequent Events).

F-68


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Transfer Restrictions and Other Shareholder Rights
Preferred shares, voting ordinary shares, non-voting ordinary shares and Profit Shares are subject to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, including provisions regarding tax distributions and transfer restrictions. Shares issued under the Plan are subject to a Management Stockholders’ Agreement, which includes customary provisions regarding tax distributions, transfer restrictions and clawbacks, where permissible.
Distributions
Any payment in respect of the shares is to be allocated among the classes of shares as set out within the Shareholders Agreement.
For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company paid cash of $0 and $1 million, respectively, in relation to accrued capital distribution to cover certain administrative costs of its shareholders. See the discussion above for dividends on preferred shares accrued during the three months ended March 31, 2022.
Antidilution and Related Adjustments
Notwithstanding anything in the Company’s articles of association, the Board of Directors shall have the right to make adjustments to the rights of the option (or shares issued thereof) holders without the consent of such option (or shares issued thereof) holders as it deems necessary or appropriate to avoid the dilution or enhancement of rights or interests in the event of any change in the capitalization of the Company.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) represents certain components of revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss) but are excluded from net income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to total equity, net of tax. The changes in the accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows:
(in $ millions)
Currency
translation
adjustments
Defined
benefit plan
related
Unrealized gain on
cash flow hedge and
hedge of investments
in foreign subsidiary
Total accumulated
other comprehensive
loss
Balance as of December 31, 2021$(38)$(128)$4$(162)
Net changes during the period, net of tax benefit, $0(16)9(7)
Balance as of March 31, 2022$(54)$(128)$13$(169)
(in $ millions)
Currency
translation
adjustments
Defined
benefit plan
related
Unrealized gain on
cash flow hedge and
hedge of investments
in foreign subsidiary
Total accumulated
other comprehensive
loss
Balance as of December 31, 2020$(23)$(160)$4$(179)
Net changes during the period, net of tax benefit, $0(9)(9)
Balance as of March 31, 2021$(32)$(160)$4$(188)

F-69


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(14) Loss per share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, calculated using the treasury stock method.
For each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had less than 1 million of share equivalents primarily associated with the Company’s stock options that were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive, as the Company had incurred a loss during the periods.
(15) Derivatives and Hedging
The Company is subject to market risk exposure arising from changes in interest rates on its term loan, which bears interest at a rate that is based on three-months LIBOR. In order to protect against potential higher interest costs resulting from anticipated increases in LIBOR, in February, 2022, the Borrower entered into an interest rate swap contract that fix the interest rate. The Company’s objective in using an interest rate swap derivative is to mitigate its exposure to increase / variability in LIBOR interest rates. The table below sets out the key terms of the interest rate swap:
Notional amount (in $ millions)PeriodFixed Interest rate
$600March 2022 to March 20252.0725%
For a portion of its debt, the interest rate swap fixes the variable component of the Company’s interest expense at 2.0725%. The interest rate swap has been designated as a cash flow hedge and is highly effective at offsetting the increases in cash outflows when three-month LIBOR exceeds 2.0725%. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap, net of tax, are recognized in other comprehensive income and are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into interest expense when the hedged interest obligations affect earnings.
(16) Fair Value Measurements
Financial instruments which are measured at fair value, or for which a fair value is disclosed, are classified in the fair value hierarchy, as outlined below, on the basis of the observability of the inputs used in the fair value measurement:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in non-active markets or for which all significant inputs, other than quoted prices, are observable either directly or indirectly, or for which unobservable inputs are corroborated by market data.
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement.
As of March 31, 2022, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of its derivative instrument — interest rate swap. The fair value of interest rate swap has been calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis by taking the present value of the fixed and floating rate cash flows utilizing the forward LIBOR curve and the counterparty’s credit risk, which was determined to be not material.

F-70


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Presented below is a summary of the gross fair value of the Company’s derivative contract, which have been designated as hedging instrument, recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value.
As of
(in $ millions)Balance sheet location
Fair Value
Hierarchy
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Interest rate swapsOther non-current assetsLevel 2$9$ —
The Company does not measure its debt at fair value in its consolidated balance sheets. Where the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is determined based on quoted prices for identical or similar debt instruments when traded as assets, it is categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Where quoted prices are not available, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows and market-based expectation of interest rates, credit risks and contractual term of the debt instruments and is categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The fair values of the Company’s outstanding senior secured term loans are as follows:
Fair
Value
Hierarch
As of
March 31, 2022
As of
December 31, 2021
(in $ millions)
Carrying
amount(1)
Fair
Value
Carrying
amount (1)
Fair
Value
Senior secured initial term loansLevel 2$235$226$236$233
Senior secured new tranche B-3 term loansLevel 3$788$767$787$800
(1)
Outstanding principal amount of senior secured term loans less unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs.
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.
(17) Related Party Transactions
The following summaries relate to certain related party transactions entered into by the Company with certain of its shareholders, its shareholders affiliates and the Company’s affiliates.
Advisory Services Agreement
Certares Management Corp. (“Certares”), an indirect equity owner of the Company, provides certain advisory services to the Company for which fees of less than $1 million were incurred for each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had $5.0 million and $4.4 million as amounts payable to Certares under this agreement. The agreement is expected to terminate upon the closing of the Business Combination.
Commercial Agreements
The Company has various commercial agreements with the affiliates of Amex Coop. In respect of such agreement, included in the operating costs are costs of approximately $5 million and $2 million in charges from affiliates of Amex Coop for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Revenues also include income from affiliates of Amex Coop for approximately $5 million and $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts payable to affiliates of Amex Coop under these agreements as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, were $18 million and $16 million, respectively. Amounts receivable from affiliates of Amex Coop under these agreements was $4 million and

F-71


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
$15 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In anticipation of, and effective upon, the closing of the Business Combination, the parties agreed to amend the terms of certain of these commercial arrangements.
Apart from above, there are certain tax indemnity and other agreements between the Company and affiliates of Amex Coop. Amounts payable to affiliates of Amex Coop in respect of such agreements was $2 million as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Amounts receivable from affiliates of Amex Coop in respect of such agreements were $0.9 million and $0.3 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
License of American Express Marks
GBT US LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GBT, has entered into a royalty-free trademark license agreement with American Express pursuant to which GBT US LLC was granted a license to use, and the right to sublicense to certain subsidiaries of GBT the right to use, the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel and American Express Meetings & Events brands for business travel, business consulting and meetings and events businesses on a royalty-free, exclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicensable (other than as set out in the agreement), and worldwide basis.
In connection with the consummation of the business combination with APSG, the parties will amend and restate the foregoing trademark license agreement to grant GBT Travel Services UK Limited (“GBT UK”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GBT, a long-term, 11-year license (unless earlier terminated or extended) pursuant to which GBT UK, all wholly owned operating subsidiaries of GBT’s publicly listed entity and other permitted sublicensees will license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, transition the American Express Meetings & Events brand to the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel (“Business Travel Services”). This amended and restated trademark license agreement will also provide GBT’s publicly listed entity the flexibility to operate non-Business Travel Services businesses under brands that do not use any trademarks owned by American Express, subject to certain permissibility and other requirements.
Shareholders Agreement
GBT has entered into a shareholders’ agreement with its shareholders, which has been amended and restated from time-to-time. The shareholders’ agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, board designation rights, consent rights, drag-along and tag-along rights, pre-emptive rights, registration rights and restrictions on the transfer of GBT shares. The consent rights and restrictions on tag-along, drag-along and pre-emptive rights, as well as certain of the restrictions on transfers of shares under the shareholders agreement, terminate upon the consummation of the business combination with APSG. In connection with the business combination with APSG, the Company will enter into a new shareholders agreement that will supersede the current shareholders agreement and will include provisions with respect to tax matters and corporate governance following the business combination with APSG.
Commercial and Operating Agreements with Expedia
An affiliate of GBT and an affiliate of Expedia entered into a ten-year term marketing partner agreement to provide the GBT’s corporate clients with access to Expedia group’s hotel content. As a result of this agreement, the Company recognized revenue of $19 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the Company had $9 million and $4 million receivable from the affiliate of Expedia as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

F-72


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
GBT UK has entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Expedia, Inc. (the “Egencia TSA”), pursuant to which Expedia, Inc. (an affiliate of Expedia) and its affiliates provide certain transition services to GBT UK and its affiliates to facilitate an orderly transfer of Egencia from Expedia to GBT. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, the total cost charged to the Company was approximately $11 million that was included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 the Company had a payable to Expedia Inc. of $11 million and $8 million, respectively. Further, as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Egencia had a net payable of $4 million and $16 million to Expedia primarily on account of pre-acquisition transactions between Egencia and Expedia and as Expedia collected cash on behalf of Egencia for several of Egencia’s transactions during the three months ended March 31, 2022.
(18) Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated and recognized or disclosed subsequent events, as appropriate, through June 3, 2022, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 were available for issuance.
Borrowings under the senior secured credit agreement
On May 19, 2022, the Company borrowed a principal amount of $100 million of senior secured tranche B-3 term loans under the $200 million of delayed draw commitments that were established under the Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility. On May 25, 2022, the Company issued a notice to the administrative agent under the senior secured credit agreement requesting an additional borrowing of the last remaining $100 million of delayed draw commitments under the Tranche B-3 DDTL facility. It is expected that the funding of such requested borrowing will be completed on June 9, 2022, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions.
Closing of Business Combination with APSG
The Business Combination closed on May 27, 2022 upon satisfaction of the closing conditions, including approval by APSG’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals. Upon closing, APSG was renamed as Global Business Travel Group, Inc. and GBT became a directly subsidiary of GBTG. The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no asset or liability fair valued or any goodwill and other intangible assets recognized.
At the closing of the Business Combination:

GBT’s class of shares changed and the new shares comprised of: (i) A ordinary shares (ii) B ordinary shares (iii) C Ordinary shares and (iv) Z ordinary shares. The existing GBT shares were converted to new shares based on a conversion ratio as determined under the Business Combination Agreement.

GBT issued and sold to GBTG/APSG, and GBTG/APSG subscribed for and purchased from GBT, (i) 56,945,033 number of A ordinary shares of GBT equal to the number of shares of GBTG/APSG class A common stock and (ii) a Z ordinary share of GBT, and after considering payment of certain transaction expenses and redemption of preferred shares of $168 million (including accrued dividends until the date of closing), GBT received net proceeds of $128 million upon closing of the Business Combination.

GBTG/APSG issued and sold to GBT, and GBT subscribed for and purchased from GBTG/APSG, 394,448,481 shares of GBTG/APSG’s class B common stock equal to the total number of B ordinary shares of GBT issued in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, and GBT paid to GBTG/APSG the par value amount per share for such share subscription.

Juweel, Expedia and Amex Coop (together the “Continuing JerseyCo Owners”) and GBT entered into a class B common stock distribution agreement pursuant to which GBT distributed to the

F-73


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Continuing JerseyCo Owners, and each Continuing JerseyCo Owner accepted from GBT, the shares of class B common stock that GBT acquired in connection with the GBTG/APSG subscription of such shares as discussed above, in partial consideration for the redemption and cancellation of the existing GBT ordinary shares held by the Continuing JerseyCo Owners. Upon such distribution and exchange, GBT’s existing voting, non-voting and profit shares were cancelled.

Holders of GBT ordinary shares, profit shares, MIP shares and GBT MIP Options were granted an aggregate of 15,000,000 C ordinary shares, that were allocated among such holders on a pro rata basis. C ordinary shares are “earnout” shares and vest as follows:

One-half, if the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of class A common stock of GBTG is greater than or equal to $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days

One-half, if the VWAP of class A common stock of GBTG is greater than or equal to $15.00 for any 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days
To the extent that either of the aforementioned triggering events do not occur within the five year vesting period, such shares will be forfeited and terminated.
As a result, after the closing of the Business Combination transaction, GBT had 56,945,033 A ordinary shares, 394,448,481 B ordinary shares and one Z ordinary share issued and outstanding.

F-74


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
GBT JerseyCo Limited:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GBT JerseyCo Limited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows and changes in total shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
New York, New York
March 21, 2022

F-75


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31,
(in $ millions except share and per share data)20212020
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$516$584
Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $4 and $14 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively)381144
Due from affiliates1815
Prepaid expenses and other current assets137126
Total current assets1,052869
Property and equipment, net216194
Equity method investments1723
Goodwill1,3581,028
Other intangible assets, net746348
Operating lease right-of-use assets5955
Deferred tax assets282217
Other non-current assets4124
Total assets$3,771$2,758
Liabilities, preferred shares and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$137$96
Due to affiliates417
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities519440
Current portion of operating lease liabilities2120
Current portion of long-term debt37
Total current liabilities721570
Long-term debt, non-current, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs1,020617
Deferred tax liabilities119100
Pension liabilities333413
Long-term operating lease liabilities6158
Other non-current liabilities2316
Total liabilities2,2771,774
Commitments and Contingencies (see note 18)
Preferred shares (par value €0.00001; 3,000,000 shares and Nil shares authorized as
of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 1,500,000 shares and Nil shares
issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively;
redemption amount of $160 and Nil as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively)
160
Shareholders’ equity:
Voting ordinary shares (par value €0.00001; 40,000,000 shares authorized as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020; 36,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020)
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-76


As of December 31,
(in $ millions except share and per share data)20212020
Non-Voting ordinary shares (par value €0.00001; 15,000,000 shares and Nil shares
authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 8,413,972 shares and
Nil shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively)
Profit shares (par value €0.00001; 800,000 shares authorized as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020; 800,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020)
Management incentive plan shares (par value €0.00001, 4,764,000 shares and 3,264,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020)
Additional paid-in capital2,5601,752
Accumulated deficit(1,065)(592)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(162)(179)
Total equity of the Company’s shareholders1,333981
Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries13
Total shareholders’ equity1,334984
Total liabilities, preferred shares and shareholders’ equity$3,771$2,758
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-77


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions, except share and per share data)202120202019
Revenue$763$793$2,119
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below)477529880
Sales and marketing201199286
Technology and content264277339
General and administrative213181255
Restructuring charges1420612
Depreciation and amortization154148141
Total operating expenses1,3231,5401,913
Operating (loss) income(560)(747)206
Interest income115
Interest expense(53)(27)(15)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(49)
Other income (expense), net814(3)
(Loss) income before income taxes and share of (losses) earnings from equity method investments(653)(759)193
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes186145(60)
Share of (losses) earnings from equity method investments(8)(5)5
Net (loss) income(475)(619)138
Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests in
subsidiaries
21(4)
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company(473)(618)134
Preferred shares dividend(10)
Net (loss) income attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares$(483)$(618)$134
(Loss) earnings per share attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares — Basic:
(Loss) earnings per share$(12.91)$(17.18)$3.72
Weighted average number of shares outstanding37,406,17136,000,00036,000,000
(Loss) earnings per share attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares — Diluted:
(Loss) earnings per share$(12.91)$(17.18)$3.61
Weighted average number of shares outstanding37,406,17136,000,00037,102,120
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-78


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions except share and per share data)202120202019
Net (loss) income$(475)$(619)$138
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Change in currency translation adjustments, net of tax(15)(2)(4)
Change in defined benefit plans, net of tax
Actuarial gain (loss), net and prior service cost arising during the year28(80)(55)
Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service cost in net periodic pension cost41
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax17(81)(59)
Comprehensive (loss) income(458)(700)79
Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries21(4)
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to the Company(456)(699)75
Preferred shares dividend(10)
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares$(466)$(699)$75
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-79


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Operating activities:
Net (loss) income$(475)$(619)$138
Adjustments to net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization154148141
Deferred tax (benefit) expense(178)(110)24
Equity-based compensation336
(Release of) allowance for doubtful accounts(5)4
Share of losses (earnings) in equity-method investments, net of dividends received884
Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs532
Loss on early extinguishment of debt49
Impairment of operating lease ROU and other assets120
Other(11)(8)(1)
Pension contributions(25)(25)(36)
Changes in working capital, net of effects from acquisitions
Accounts receivable(85)524(39)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets40(20)(30)
Due from affiliates(3)1
Due to affiliates8(20)(5)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities2(159)23
Net cash (used in) from operating activities(512)(250)227
Investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment(44)(47)(62)
Ovation business acquisition, net of cash acquired(53)
Egencia business acquisition, net of cash acquired73(25)
Other(3)
Net cash used in investing activities(27)(47)(87)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares150
Proceeds from senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans, net of debt discount388
Proceeds from senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans150
Proceeds from senior secured new tranche B-3 term loans, net of debt
discount
785
Repayment of senior secured term loans(551)(4)(3)
Repayment of finance lease obligations(2)
Payment of lender fees and issuance costs for senior secured term loans
facilities
(8)
Prepayment penalty and other costs related to early extinguishment of debt(34)
Payment of offering costs(10)
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-80


Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Capital distributions to shareholders(1)(58)
Return of amount in escrow account1
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest shareholders(5)
Other(1)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities478384(65)
Effect of exchange rates changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(7)71
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(68)9476
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year593499423
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year$525$593$499
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash (received) paid for income taxes (net of refunds)$(5)$(13)$49
Cash paid for interest (net of interest received)$47$16$14
Dividend accrued on preferred shares$10$$
Deferred offering costs accrued$10$$
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations, including on acquisitions (see note 11)
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-81


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Voting ordinary sharesNon-Voting ordinary sharesProfit shares
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated
(deficit) /
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Total equity
of the
Company’s
shareholders
Equity
attributable to
non-controlling
interest in
subsidiaries
Total
shareholders’
equity
(in $ millions, except share data)NumberAmountNumberAmountNumberAmount
Balance as of December 31, 201836,000,000800,0001,802(111)(39)1,65251,657
Cumulative effect of accounting policy change — Revenue from Contracts with customers, net of tax.333
Capital distributions to shareholders(58)(58)(58)
Dividend paid to non-controlling interest shareholders(5)(5)
Equity-based compensation666
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(59)(59)(59)
Net income1341344138
Balance as of December 31, 201936,000,000800,0001,75026(98)1,67841,682
Capital distributions to shareholders(1)(1)(1)
Equity-based compensation333
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(81)(81)(81)
Net loss(618)(618)(1)(619)
Balance as of December 31, 202036,000,000800,0001,752(592)(179)9813984
Issued on acquisition of Egencia (see notes 9 and
20)
8,413,972816816816
Dividend on preferred shares (see note — 20)
(10)(10)(10)
Equity-based compensation333
Settlement of MIP options(1)(1)(1)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax171717
Net loss(473)(473)(2)(475)
Balance as of December 31, 202136,000,000$8,413,972$800,000$$2,560$(1,065)$(162)$1,333$1$1,334
Management incentive plan shares have been excluded from the above statement as there are no related shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-82


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1)
Business Description and Basis of Presentation
GBT JerseyCo Limited (“Global Business Travel” or “GBT”) was incorporated on November 28, 2019 under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. GBT is a joint venture with 50% of its voting shares held by American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A. (“Amex Coop”), a resident of the Netherlands and the other 50% of its voting shares held by Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited (a successor entity of Juweel Investors Limited) (“Juweel”), a resident of Cayman Islands. Following acquisition of the Egencia business (“Egencia”) on November 1, 2021 (see note 9 — Business Acquisitions), GBT issued 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares to Expedia and as of December 31, 2021, Amex Coop, Juweel and Expedia own approximately 40.5%, 40.5% and 19.0%, respectively, of the ordinary shares of GBT. GBT is a tax resident in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”).
The consolidated financial statements of GBT and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
On December 2, 2021, GBT entered into a definitive business combination agreement (“Business Combination Agreement”) with Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (“APSG”), a special purpose acquisition company, listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The closing of the business combination is subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including approval by APSG’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals. Upon closing, APSG will merge with the Company and the Company is expected to become a publicly listed company.
Business Description
The Company provides a business-to-business travel platform with a full suite of differentiated, technology-enabled solutions to business travelers and corporate clients, suppliers of travel content (such as airlines, hotels, ground transportation and aggregators) and third-party travel agencies. The Company manages end-to-end logistics of corporate travel and provides a link between businesses, their employees, travel suppliers and other industry participants.
Corporate Reorganization
On December 9, 2019, the Board of Directors of GBT III B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of Netherlands and a joint venture with 50% of its voting shares held by Amex Coop and the other 50% of its voting shares held by a predecessor of Juweel, implemented a holding company reorganization in which GBT became the ultimate parent company of GBT III B.V. The shareholders of GBT III B.V. approved this reorganization whereby shareholders of GBT III B.V. ultimately became the shareholders of GBT, maintaining the same number of voting ordinary shares and ownership percentage as held in GBT III B.V. immediately prior to the reorganization.
The above reorganization was accounted for as a transaction under common control. GBT recognized the assets and liabilities of GBT III B.V. at carryover basis.
Impact of COVID-19
Since March 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of the coronavirus, COVID-19 (the “COVID-19 pandemic”), has severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world and continues to have an unprecedented effect on the global travel and hospitality industry. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, many governments around the world implemented, and continue to implement, a variety of measures to reduce the spread of COVID-19 pandemic, including travel restrictions, practicing social distancing, quarantine advisories or requirements, restrictions on business operations and closure of non-essential businesses. The various government measures to contain spread of COVID-19 pandemic significantly reduced business travel and hotel bookings and continue to have a material adverse impact on the number of new bookings.

F-83


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
While many countries have vaccinated a reasonable proportion of their population, the rate and pace of vaccination globally, the severity and duration of resurgence, as well as uncertainty over the efficacy of the vaccines against new variants of the virus, may contribute to delays in economic recovery. Overall, the ultimate impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain and will depend upon future developments, which are difficult to predict. Despite the continued negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, the Company has seen gradual improvement in its transaction volume during the second half of 2021 as compared to the prior year as COVID-19 vaccines continued to be administered and some travel restrictions relaxed.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company’s results of operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, similar to the previous year, continue to be adversely impacted. The Company incurred a net loss of $475 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 and had cash outflows from operations of $512 million.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020, the Company initiated mitigating actions to optimize efficiency and reduce costs, which included a reduction in operating expenses and non-essential capital expenditure, employee pay reductions, a reduction in workforce through voluntary and involuntary terminations of employees and facility closures. The Company continues to consider additional cost reduction measures as they become necessary. The Company also continued to access government funding in its major operating territories (including furlough income). Additionally, to strengthen and maintain its liquidity the Company, on December 2, 2021, obtained commitments for $1,000 million principal amount of senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities. Effective as of December 16, 2021, the Company amended its senior secured credit agreement to, among other things, establish the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities under its senior secured credit agreement, and $800 million principal amount of initial borrowings were funded on such date under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities. The $200 million of commitments remaining under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities are available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the date of such initial borrowings, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions (the “New Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility”). A portion of the proceeds from the initial borrowings under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities was applied to refinance and repay in full all of the senior secured prior tranche B-1 and tranche B-2 term loans in a then-outstanding principal amount of $545 million, together with applicable prepayment premiums and accrued and outstanding interest thereon as of the date of repayment. In connection therewith, the remaining unused commitments of principal amount of $50 million under the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility was terminated (see note 15 — Long-term Debt).
Furthermore, the closing of the Business Combination Agreement is expected to provide a substantial amount of additional liquidity.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company has a total liquidity of approximately $916 million, comprising of cash and cash equivalents of approximately $516 million, $200 million of undrawn commitments under the New Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility (subject to the satisfaction of applicable borrowing conditions), $150 million of remaining undrawn Shareholders Equity Commitments (as defined in note 20 — Shareholders’ Equity) and $50 million of undrawn commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility (subject to the satisfaction of applicable borrowing conditions and compliance with applicable covenants related to borrowings thereunder).
The Company believes this liquidity is important given its limited ability to predict its future financial performance due to the uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Based on the financial mitigation measures taken and available funding capacity and the expected business combination transaction with APSG, the Company believes it has adequate liquidity to meet its expected future operating, investing and financing needs of the business for a minimum period of twelve months after the date the consolidated financial statements are available for issuance.

F-84


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(2)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Consolidation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GBT, GBT’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and entities controlled by GBT. There are no entities that have been consolidated due to control through operating agreements, financing agreements or as the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Company reports the non-controlling ownership interests in subsidiaries that are held by third-party owners as equity attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the consolidated balance sheets. The portion of income or loss attributable to third-party owners for the reporting periods is reported as net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has eliminated intercompany transactions and balances in its consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates used by the Company include estimates related to supplier revenue, collectability of receivables, depreciable lives of property and equipment, valuation of equity issued as purchase consideration in business combination, acquisition purchase price allocations including valuation of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, equity-based compensation, measurement of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in equity method investments, valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets and contingencies.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, which may cause further business disruptions and adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. As a result, many of the Company’s estimates and assumptions required increased judgment. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates may change materially in future periods.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and at bank, and, bank deposits and other highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Restricted cash includes cash and cash equivalents that is restricted through legal contracts or regulations. It primarily includes collateral provided for bank guarantees for certain office leases and to certain travel suppliers. Restricted cash is aggregated with cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company had $9 million of restricted cash as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, which is included in other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets (see note 12 — Other Non-Current Assets).
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable primarily includes trade accounts receivable from corporate clients, travel suppliers and government for grants receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Due to the number of different countries in which the Company operates, its policy of determining when a reserve is required to be recorded considers the appropriate local facts and circumstances that apply to an account. Local review of accounts receivable is performed on a regular basis by considering factors such as historical experience, credit worthiness and the age of the accounts receivable balance. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific client’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g. bankruptcy filings, failure to pay amounts due to the Company, or other known client liquidity issues), the Company records a specific reserve for bad debts in

F-85


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
order to reduce the receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectable. Account balances are written-off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.
Governments of multiple countries extended several programs to help businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic (see note 1 — Business Description and Basis of Presentation) through loans, wage subsidies, tax relief or deferrals and other financial aid. The Company has participated in several of these government programs. A substantial portion of these government support payments were to ensure that the Company continues to pay and maintain the employees on its payroll and does not make them redundant as the demand for travel services significantly reduced due to the Covid-19 pandemic. During the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized in its consolidated statements of operations government grants and other assistance benefits for salaries and wages (mainly furlough support payments) of $64 million and $101 million, respectively, as a reduction of expenses. As at December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had a receivable of $6 million and $25 million, respectively, in relation to such government grants, that is included in the accounts receivable balance in the consolidated balance sheets. These relate to payments that are expected to be received under the government programs where the Company has met the qualifying requirements and it is probable that payments will be received. The majority of this receivable is expected to be received in 2022.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.
The Company also capitalizes certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software. The Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage related to the development of internal use software. The Company expenses cost incurred related to the planning and post-implementation phases of development as incurred.
Depreciation is recognized once an asset is available for its intended use. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets which are as follows:
Capitalized software for internal use2.5 – 7 years
Computer equipment3 – 5 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of 5 – 10 years or lease term
Furniture, fixtures and other equipmentUp to 7 years
Equity Method Investments
Investments in entities in which the Company exercises significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Generally, if the Company owns voting rights of between 20% and 50% of equity interest, it is presumed to exercise significant influence. The Company’s proportionate share of the net income (loss) of the equity method investments is included in the Company’s results of operations. When the Company share of losses of an equity method investment equals or exceeds its investment value plus advances made to equity method investment, the Company discontinues recognizing share of further losses. Additional losses are provided for and a liability is recognized, only to the extent the Company has legal or constructive obligations to fund further losses in the equity method investment. Dividends received from the equity method investees are recorded as reductions to the carrying value of the equity method investment.
The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of these investments to determine if there has been an other-than temporary decline in their carrying values. A variety of factors are considered when determining if a decline in the carrying value of equity method investment is other than temporary, including, among others, the financial condition and business prospects of the investee, as well as the Company’s investment intent. Based on the Company’s assessment, the Company recorded $2 million as impairment of

F-86


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
equity method investments for the year ended December 31, 2021, which is included within share of (losses) earnings from equity method investments in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no impairments of equity method investments during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Business Combinations and Goodwill
The Company accounts for business combinations using purchase method of accounting which requires assigning the fair value of the consideration transferred to acquire a business to the tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable assets acquired. The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the purchase price, fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, especially with respect to acquired intangible assets. Fair value measurements may include the use of appraisals, market quotes for similar transactions, discounted cash flow techniques or other methodologies management believes to be relevant. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to future expected cash flows from customer and supplier relationships, and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Any changes to provisional amounts identified during the measurement period are recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined.
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on December 31 each year, or more frequently, if impairment indicators exist. The Company performs either a qualitative or quantitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value. Fair values are determined using a combination of standard valuation techniques, including an income approach (discounted cash flows) and market approaches (e.g., earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples of comparable publicly traded companies) and based on market participant assumptions.
For periods prior to January 1, 2020, when an impairment existed, it was recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of goodwill was less than the carrying value of goodwill. The Company adopted the new accounting standard update on goodwill impairment on January 1, 2020, under which a goodwill impairment loss is measured at the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
Based on the results of the annual impairment test, the Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 because quantitative tests indicated the reporting units’ fair value was in excess of their respective carrying values. The estimates and assumptions about future results of operations and cash flows made in connection with the impairment testing could differ from actual results of operations and cash flows, and if so, could cause the Company to conclude in the future that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill may become impaired.
Impairment of Other Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis and estimated to have useful lives as follows:
Trademarks / tradenames5 – 10 years
Corporate client relationships10 – 15 years
Supplier relationships10 years
Travel partner network10 years
Finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets or groups of assets, that generate

F-87


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
cash flows largely independent of other assets or asset groups, may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators exist, the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the expected service potential of the asset or asset group and cash flows from their eventual disposition are compared to the carrying value of the asset or asset group. If the sum of the undiscounted expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset or asset group, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair value through a charge to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The estimated fair value of the asset group is determined using appropriate valuation methodologies which would typically include an estimate of discounted cash flows.
Leases
The Company determines whether an arrangement contains a lease at inception of a contract. Lease assets represent the Company’s right-of-use (“ROU”) of an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. The Company’s accounting policy is to evaluate lessee agreements with a minimum term greater than one year for recording on the consolidated balance sheet.
Finance leases are generally those leases that allow the Company to either utilize the entire asset over its economic life or substantially pay for all of the fair value of the asset over the lease term. All other leases are categorized as operating leases. Lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the fixed lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. As the interest rate implicit in the lease is generally not determinable in transactions where the Company is a lessee, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, based on the information available at the commencement date, in determining the present value of future payments and uses the implicit rate when readily available. The operating lease ROU assets include lease pre-payments and initial direct costs and are reduced for deferred rent and any lease incentives. Certain of the Company’s lease agreements contain renewal options, early termination options and/or payment escalations based on fixed annual increases, local consumer price index changes or market rental reviews. The lease term may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
The Company’s lease agreements may include both lease and non-lease components. For leases of information technology equipment used in its data centers, the Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components on a combined basis. For leases of all other assets, lease and non-lease components are accounted for separately.
Operating leases are included in operating lease ROU assets and current and long-term portion of operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finance leases are included in property and equipment, net, accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. All deferred income taxes are classified as long-term on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates and laws that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized. In order for the Company to realize the deferred tax assets, it must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in those jurisdictions where the deferred tax assets

F-88


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
are located. A change in the Company’s estimate of future taxable income may change the Company’s conclusion on its ability to realize all or a part of its net deferred tax assets, requiring an adjustment to the valuation allowance charged to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.
The Company recognizes deferred taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because it does not plan to indefinitely reinvest such earnings.
A two-step approach is applied in the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the benefit from/provision for income taxes in its consolidated statements of operations.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy has been established for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market rates obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s estimates about the assumptions market participants would use in the pricing of the asset or liability based on the best information available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in non-active markets or for which all significant inputs, other than quoted prices, are observable either directly or indirectly, or for which unobservable inputs are corroborated by market data.
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, consists of (i) foreign currency translation adjustments, (ii) unrealized actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans and unamortized prior service cost and (iii) unrealized gains and losses on certain historical net investment hedges.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents balances with financial institutions that are in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or equivalent) insurance limits. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are primarily composed of current account balances in banks, are mainly non-interest bearing and are primarily denominated in U.S. dollar, British pound sterling and Euro currencies. As of December 31, 2021, over 60% of our cash balance is with a single bank.

F-89


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Concentrations of credit risk associated with accounts receivable are considered minimal due to the Company’s diverse customer base spread across different countries.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates revenue in two primary ways:
1)
Travel Revenues which include fees received from corporate clients and travel suppliers relating to servicing a travel transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related bookings or reservations, cancellations, exchanges or refunds and
2)
Products and Professional Services Revenues which include revenues received from corporate clients, travel suppliers and Network Partners for using the Company’s platform, products and value-added services.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services in an arrangement is transferred to the customers in an amount that reflects the expected consideration in exchange for those services. The Company’s customers are its (i) corporate clients to whom the Company provides travel processing, consultancy and management services and (ii) travel suppliers including providers of Global Distribution Systems (“GDS”).
The Company has determined a net presentation of revenue (that is, the amount billed to a corporate client less the amount paid to a travel supplier) is appropriate for the majority of the Company’s transactions as the travel supplier is primarily responsible for providing the underlying travel services and the Company does not control the service provided to the traveler/corporate clients. The Company excludes all taxes assessed by a government authority, if any, from the measurement of transaction prices that are imposed on its travel related services or collected by the Company from customers (which are therefore excluded from revenue).
Travel Revenue
Client Fees
Transaction Fees and Other Revenues:   The Company enters into contracts with corporate clients to provide travel-related services each period over the contract term. The Company’s obligation to the client is to stand ready to provide service over the contractual term. The performance obligations under these contracts are typically satisfied over time as the clients benefit from these services as they are performed. The Company receives nonrefundable transaction fees from corporate clients each time a travel transaction is processed. Transaction fee revenue, which is unit-priced under the service contract, is generally allocated to and recognized in the period the transaction is processed. The Company also receives revenue from the provision of other transactional services to clients such as revenue generated from the provision of servicing after business close or during travel disruption. Such other transactional travel revenue is also generally allocated to and recognized in the period when the travel transaction is processed.
Consideration Payable to Clients and Client Incentives:   As part of the arrangements with corporate clients, the Company may be contractually obligated to share with them the commissions collected from travel suppliers that are directly attributable to the Company’s business with the corporate clients. Additionally, in certain contractual agreements with its clients, the Company promises consideration to them in the form of credits or upfront payments. The Company capitalizes such consideration payments to its clients and recognizes it ratably over the period of contract, as a reduction of revenue, as the revenue is recognized, unless the payment is in exchange for a distinct good or service that the corporate clients transfer to the Company. The capitalized upfront payments are reviewed for recoverability and impairment based on future forecasted revenues and are included within other non-current assets, net of any related liability, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

F-90


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplier Fees
Base Commissions and Incentives:   Certain of the Company’s travel suppliers (e.g., airlines, hotels, car rental companies, and rail carriers) pay commissions and/or fees on tickets issued, sales and other services provided by the Company based on contractual agreements to promote or distribute the travel supplier content. Commissions and fees from travel suppliers are generally recognized (i) at the time a ticket is purchased for air travel reservations as the Company’s performance obligation to the supplier is satisfied at the time of ticketing and as the Company does not typically provide significant post booking services to the traveler / corporate client and/or (ii) upon fulfillment of the reservation for hotels and car rentals as the performance obligation to the hotel and car rental companies is not satisfied until the customer has checked-in to the hotel property and/or picked-up the rental car.
Override Revenues:   The Company receives incentives from air travel suppliers for incremental bookings above minimum targeted thresholds established under the contract. The Company estimates such incentive revenues using internal and external data detailing completed and estimated completed airline travel and the price thresholds applicable to the volume for the period, as the consideration is variable and determined by meeting volume targets. The Company allocates the variable consideration to the bookings during the incentive period, which is generally determined by the airlines to be a single fiscal quarter, and recognizes that amount as the related performance obligations are satisfied, to the extent that it is probable that a subsequent change in the estimate would not result in a significant revenue reversal.
GDS Revenues:   In certain transactions, the GDS provider receives commission revenues from travel suppliers in exchange for distributing its content and distributes a portion of these commissions to the Company as an incentive for the Company to utilize its platform. Therefore, the Company views payments from the providers of the GDS as commissions from travel suppliers and recognize these commissions in revenue as travel bookings are made through the GDS platform.
Products and Professional Services Revenues
Management Fees:   The Company receives management fees from corporate clients for travel management services. The Company’s obligation to the client is to stand ready to provide service over the contractual term. The performance obligation under these contracts are typically satisfied over time as the clients benefit from these services as they are performed. Management fees are recognized ratably over the contract term as the performance obligation is satisfied on a stand-ready basis over the contract period.
Product Revenues:   Revenue from provision of travel management tools to corporate clients to manage their travel programs are recognized ratably over the contract term as the performance obligation is satisfied over the contract period over which the travel-related products are made available to the clients.
Consulting and Meeting and Events Revenues:   The Company receives fees from consulting and meetings and events planning services that are recognized over the contract term as the promised services are delivered by the Company’s personnel.
Other Revenues:   Fees from Network Partners are recognized in proportion to sales as sales occur over the contract term, as the performance obligation is satisfied.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of (i) salaries and benefits of the Company’s travel counsellors, meetings and events teams and their supporting functions and (ii) the cost of outsourcing resources in transaction processing and the processing costs of online booking tools.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing primarily consists of (i) salaries and benefits of the Company’s employees in its sales and marketing function and (ii) the expenses for acquiring and maintaining customer partnerships including account management, sales, marketing, and consulting alongside the functions that support these efforts.

F-91


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Technology and content
Technology and content primarily consists of (i) salaries and benefits of employees engaged in the Company’s product and content development, back-end applications, support infrastructure and maintenance of the security of the Company’s networks and (ii) other costs associated with licensing of software and information technology maintenance expense.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consists of (i) salaries and benefits of the Company’s employees in finance, legal, human resources and administrative support including expenses associated with the executive non-cash equity plan and long-term incentive plans, (ii) integration expenses related to acquisitions and mergers and acquisitions costs primarily related to due diligence, legal expenses and related professional services fees and (iii) fees and costs related to accounting, tax and other professional services, legal related costs, and other miscellaneous expenses.
Restructuring charges
Restructuring and other charges consist primarily of costs associated with (i) employee termination benefits and (ii) lease exit and related costs. One-time involuntary employee termination benefits are recognized as a liability at estimated fair value when the plan of termination has been communicated to employees and certain other criteria have been met. With respect to employee terminations under ongoing benefit arrangements, a liability for termination benefits is recognized at estimated fair value when it is probable that amounts will be paid to employees and such amounts are reasonably estimable. When the Company ceases using a facility but does not intend to or is unable to terminate the operating lease or intends or is able to sublease, the Company records a liability for the remaining payments of non-lease components. Costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including impairment of operating lease ROU assets are presented as restructuring charges in the consolidated statement of operations (see note 14 — Restructuring Charges).
Advertising Expense
Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred and include online marketing costs, such as search and banner advertising, and offline marketing, such as television, media and print advertising. Advertising expense, included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations, was approximately $2 million, $3 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Equity-based Compensation
The Company has an equity-based compensation plan that provides for grants of stock options to employees and non-employee directors of the Company who perform services for the Company. The awards are equity-classified and the compensation is expensed, net of actual forfeitures, on a straight line basis over the requisite service period based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant and vesting conditions.
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits
The Company sponsors defined contribution savings plans under which the Company matches the contributions of participating employees on the basis specified by the plan. The Company’s costs for contributions to these plans are recognized as a component of salaries and benefits, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as such costs are incurred. The Company also sponsors both non-contributory and contributory defined benefit pension plans whereby benefits are based on an employee’s years of credited service and a percentage of final average compensation, or as otherwise

F-92


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
described by the plan. The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit plans within other non-current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. The funded status is the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation as of the balance sheet date. The measurement date used to determine benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for all plans is December 31 of each year.
Defined benefit plan expenses are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations based upon various actuarial assumptions, including expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, employee turnover, and mortality rates. Actuarial gains or losses arise from actual returns on plan assets being different from expected returns and from changes in assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligation each year. The defined benefit obligation may also be adjusted for any plan amendments. Such actuarial gains and losses and adjustments resulting from plan amendments are deferred within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.
The amortization of actuarial gains and losses is determined by using a 10% corridor of the greater of the fair value of plan assets or the defined benefit obligation. Total unamortized actuarial gains and losses in excess of the corridor are amortized over the average remaining future service. For plans with no active employees, they are amortized over the average life expectancy of plan participants. Adjustments resulting from plan amendments are generally amortized over the average remaining future service of plan participants at the time of the plan amendment.
All components of net periodic pension benefit (costs), other than service cost, is recognized within other income (expense), net, on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Service cost is recognized as a component of salaries and wages on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Interest Expense and Interest Income
Interest expense is primarily comprised of interest expense on debt including the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, calculated using the effective interest method.
Interest income is comprised of interest earned from bank deposits.
Foreign Currency Translations and Transaction Gain (Loss)
On consolidation, assets and liabilities of subsidiaries having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon exchange rates prevailing at the end of each reporting period and the subsidiaries’ results of operations are translated in U.S. dollars at the spot/daily exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of total equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as currency translation adjustments. Translation adjustments are reclassified to earnings upon the sale or substantial liquidation of investments in foreign operations.
Gains and losses related to transactions in a currency other than the functional currency or upon remeasurement of non-functional currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities into functional currency are reported within other income (expense), net, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to the Company’s ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to the Company’s ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, calculated using the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computations of diluted earnings per share if their effect of inclusion would be antidilutive.

F-93


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
There were no new accounting standards adopted by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Not Yet Adopted
Income Taxes
In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2019-12, “Income taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” that amends the guidance to simplify accounting for income taxes, including elimination of certain exceptions in current guidance related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences, ownership changes in investments (changes from a subsidiary to equity method investments and vice versa), etc. This guidance is effective for the Company from fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect a material impact on its consolidated financial statements upon the adoption of this guidance.
Credit Losses
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, a new guidance on the measurement of credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost, which includes accounts receivable. The new guidance replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The adoption date of this guidance was subsequently deferred by one year and is now effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
Reference rate reforms
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This ASU provides expedients and exceptions to existing guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting that is optional to facilitate the market transition from a reference rate, including the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform, to a new reference rate. The provisions of this ASU would impact contract modifications and other changes that occur while LIBOR is phased out. The guidance is effective upon issuance and generally can be applied to applicable contract modifications through December 31, 2022. The Company is in the process of evaluating the optional relief guidance provided within this ASU and is also reviewing its debt instrument that utilizes LIBOR as the reference rate. The Company will continue to evaluate and monitor developments and its assessment of this guidance during the LIBOR transition period.
Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options
In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-04, “Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options” which provides a principles-based framework for issuers to account for a modification or exchange of freestanding equity-classified written call options. The new guidance clarifies that to the extent applicable, issuers should first reference other accounting principles to account for the effect of a modification. If other accounting principles are not applicable, the guidance clarifies whether to account for the modification or exchange as (1) an adjustment to equity, with the related earnings per share implications, or (2) an expense, and if so, the manner and pattern of recognition. The accounting depends on the substance of the transaction, such as whether the

F-94


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
modification or exchange is the result of raising equity, a financing transaction, or some other event. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects the adoption of this guidance to have no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Contracts with Customers Acquired in a Business Combination
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” to add contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination to the list of exceptions to the recognition and measurement principles that apply to business combinations and to require that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with the revenue recognition guidance. This updated guidance amends the current business combination guidance where an acquirer generally recognizes such items at fair value on the acquisition date. The guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be applied prospectively to all business combinations that occur on or after the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
Disclosures about Government Assistance
In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-10, “Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance” which provides for disclosures by business entities about government assistance. The amendments in this update require disclosures about transactions with a government that have been accounted for by analogizing to a grant or contribution accounting model to increase transparency about (1) the nature and types of transactions, (2) the accounting for the transactions, and (3) the effect of the transactions on an entity’s financial statements. The guidance is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early application permitted, and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect that adoption of this guidance will have any material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
(3)
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The Company disaggregates revenue based on (i) Travel Revenues which include all revenue relating to servicing a transaction, which can be air, hotel, car rental, rail or other travel-related booking or reservation and (ii) Products and Professional Services Revenues which include all revenue relating to using the Company’s platform, products and value added services. The following table presents the Company’s disaggregated revenue by nature of service. Sales and usage-based taxes are excluded from revenue.
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Travel revenue$446$468$1,605
Products and professional services revenue317325514
Total revenue$763$793$2,119
Payments from clients and suppliers are generally due within 30 to 45 days of invoicing.
Contract Balances
Contract assets represent the Company’s right to consideration in exchange for services transferred to a customer when that right is conditioned on the Company’s future performance obligations. Contract liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to transfer services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or the amount is due) from the customer.

F-95


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The opening and closing balances of the Company’s accounts receivable, net, contract assets and contract liabilities are as follows:
Contract assets
(liabilities)
Contract liabilities
(in $ millions)
Accounts
receivable, net(1)
Client incentives, net
(non-current)
Deferred revenue
(current)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$375$(3)$18
Balance as of December 31, 2020$119$9$18
(1)
Accounts receivable, net, exclude balances not related to contracts with customers.
Deferred revenue is recorded when a performance obligation has not been satisfied but an invoice has been raised. Cash payments received from customers in advance of the Company completing its performance obligations are included in deferred revenue in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company generally expects to complete its performance obligations under the contracts within one year. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the cash payments received or due in advance of the satisfaction of the Company’s performance obligations were offset by $18 million of revenue recognized that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2020.
Remaining Performance Obligations
As of December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the Company’s remaining performance obligations was approximately $34 million, of which the Company expects to recognize revenue as performance obligations are satisfied over the next 24 months.
The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected term of one year or less.
(4)
Income Taxes
GBT is organized under the laws of Jersey and is a tax resident in the U.K. In the tables and disclosures included below, “Domestic” includes GBT Jersey Co. and its subsidiaries that are tax resident in the U.K. and operations that are located outside of the U.K. tax jurisdiction are considered as “Foreign”.
The following table summarizes the Company’s domestic and foreign (loss) / income before income taxes and share of (losses) / earnings from equity method investments:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Domestic$(441)$(529)$120
Foreign(212)(230)73
(Loss) income before income taxes and share of (losses) earnings from equity method investments$(653)$(759)$193

F-96


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The components of benefit from (provision for) income taxes consist of the following:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Current taxes:
Domestic$1$12$
Foreign723(36)
Current income tax benefit (expense)835(36)
Deferred taxes:
Domestic13290(8)
Foreign4620(16)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)178110(24)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes$186$145$(60)
The table below sets forth a reconciliation of the U.K. statutory tax rate of 19% to the Company’s effective income tax rate.
Year ended December 31,
202120202019
Tax at statutory rate19.00%19.00%19.00%
Changes in taxes resulting from:
Permanent differences(2.25)(0.18)3.82
Local and state taxes0.370.243.06
Change in valuation allowance(2.57)(2.25)1.69
Change in enacted tax rates5.26
Rate differential in the United Kingdom3.81
Foreign tax rate differential2.081.650.69
Return to provision adjustment1.67(0.6)(1.17)
Tax settlement and uncertain tax positions0.94(0.61)3.01
Other0.081.880.94
Tax at effective rate28.39%19.13%31.04%
The effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2021 increased primarily due to the change in U.K.’s enacted tax rates from 19% to 25%, in the second quarter of 2021, and which becomes effective from April 2023. As a result of change in the enacted tax rate, the Company remeasured its deferred tax assets and liabilities in the second quarter of 2021, that resulted in recognition of additional deferred tax benefit of $35 million. The Company measures its deferred tax assets and liabilities at the rate at which they are expected to reverse in future periods.
The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

F-97


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$391$231
Pension liability7486
Interest expense deduction restriction232
Operating lease liabilities2021
Accrued liabilities712
Goodwill11
Other2
Valuation allowance(116)(119)
Deferred tax assets402234
Netted against deferred tax liabilities(120)(17)
Deferred tax assets as presented in the consolidated balance sheets$282$217
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets$(214)$(86)
Operating lease ROU assets(14)(15)
Property and equipment(4)(10)
Goodwill(2)(2)
Other(5)(4)
Deferred tax liabilities(239)(117)
Netted against deferred tax assets12017
Deferred tax liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets$(119)$(100)
The Company recognizes deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, as these earnings are not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.K. Foreign deferred taxes liabilities of approximately $3 million and $4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, have been provided on these earnings.
The Company has gross net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards related to global operations of approximately $1,414 million, of which $1,327 million have an indefinite life. The remaining NOL carryforwards will begin to expire as follows:
(in $ millions)Amount
2022$8
20252
20262
20273
20292
203016
2031-204154
The Company continues to regularly assess the realizability of all deferred tax assets. Future realized earnings performance and changes in future earnings projections, among other factors, may cause an adjustment to the conclusion as to whether it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit

F-98


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
of the deferred tax assets. This would impact the income tax expense in the period for which it is determined that these factors have changed. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. When assessing the need for a valuation allowance, all positive and negative evidence is analyzed, including the Company’s ability to carry back NOLs to prior periods, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income.
The valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 of $116 million is related primarily to unrealized NOL carryforwards. The Company has agreed to indemnify affiliates of Amex Coop for any NOL carryforward benefits realized that relate to the period prior to the joint venture formation in 2014. The amount of this liability to affiliates of Amex Coop is $2 million as of December 31, 2021, recorded within due to affiliates.
Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and tax positions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although the Company believes there is appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company has recorded liabilities (or reduction of tax assets) representing the estimated economic loss upon ultimate settlement for certain positions. The Company believes its tax provisions are adequate for all open years, based on the assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter. Although the Company believes the recorded assets and liabilities are reasonable, tax regulations are subject to interpretation and tax litigation is inherently uncertain; therefore, the Company’s assessments can involve both a series of complex judgments about future events and reliance on significant estimates and assumptions. While the Company believes the estimates and assumptions supporting the assessments are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any other related litigation could be materially different from that which is reflected in historical income tax provisions and recorded assets and liabilities.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has accrued for a tax liability of $7 million and $9 million, respectively, associated with uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties thereon, arising from differences between amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements and amounts expected to be included in tax returns. The Company does not believe that the outcome of future examinations will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The movement of uncertain tax position liability is as follows:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Balance, beginning of the year$9$11$9
Increases to tax positions related to acquisitions4
Increases to tax positions related to the current year4
Increases to tax positions related to prior years3
Release / settlement during the year(6)(2)(5)
Balance, end of the year$7$9$11
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the provision for income taxes from continuing operations.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of the provision for income taxes. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company (credited) charged $ (2) million, less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively, for interest and penalties in

F-99


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
its consolidated statements of operations. Total gross interest and penalties accrued was $0 million and $2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the Company expects to release $4 million of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months due to the lapsing of the statute of limitations.
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.K. and various foreign countries in which the Company operates. As of December 31, 2021, tax years for 2017 through 2021 are open to examination by the tax authorities in the major tax jurisdictions. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2021, the Company is no longer subject to examinations by tax authorities for years earlier than 2017.
(5)
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net, in consolidated statements of operations consist of:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Foreign exchange gains, net$$12$(4)
Loss on disposal of businesses(1)(3)
Non-service components of net periodic pension benefit924
Other income (expense), net$8$14$(3)
(6)
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Value added and similar taxes receivables$11$46
Prepaid travel expenses4244
Income tax receivable3225
Deferred offering costs21
Other prepayments and receivables3111
Prepaid expenses and other current assets$137$126
(7)
Property and Equipment, Other
Property and equipment, net consist of:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Capitalized software for internal use$304$240
Computer equipment6563
Leasehold improvements5248
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment613
Capital projects in progress96
436370
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization(220)(176)
Property and equipment, net$216$194
As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had capital lease assets of $5 million with accumulated depreciation of $2 million and $0, respectively, included within computer equipment.

F-100


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $86 million, $86 million and $73 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization include $52 million, $52 million and $48 million of amortization related to capitalized software for internal use for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Upon retirement or other disposal of property and equipment, the costs and related amounts of accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts, respectively. The difference, if any, between the net asset value and the proceeds received, if any, is recorded in consolidated statements of operations as gain (loss) on disposal of asset within general and administrative expense.
(8)
Equity Method Investments
The Company’s investments in entities that are accounted as equity method investments consist of the following: (1) 49% interest in each of three entities which together form China International Travel Service Limited. These three entities are CITS GBT Southern China Air Services Limited, CITS GBT Travel Services Limited and CITS GBT Air Services Limited; (2) 35% interest in Uvet Global Business Travel S.p.A.; (3) 51% interest in HRG Jin Jiang Travel (China); (4) 49% interest in Liga Travel GmbH, Germany; (5) 50% interest in OFB Reisen GmbH, Austria and (6) 25% interest in Bavaria Lloyd Reisebüro GmbH, Germany. None of the equity investments are material to the Company. The equity method investments amounted to $17 million and $23 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recognized its share of (losses) earnings of $(8) million, $(5) million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which includes $2m of impairment of investments in HRG Jin Jiang Travel (China) for the year ended December 31, 2021.
(9)
Business Acquisitions
Acquisition of Ovation Group
On January 21, 2021, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, GBT US LLC, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Ovation Travel, LLC, (along with its subsidiaries, the “Ovation Group”) for a total cash purchase consideration of $57 million (including approximately $4 million of deferred consideration), net of cash acquired. Ovation Group is a U.S.-based travel management company providing business travel services and meeting and special events planning across several sectors, particularly legal, financial, professional services, entertainment and media. The acquisition enhances the Company’s corporate client base, further improving the global scale and reach of its corporate travel business. The results of Ovation Group’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since the date of its acquisition.
The terms of the acquisition included contingent consideration of approximately $4 million and is subject to the continued employment of certain Ovation employees for a specified duration of employment as set out under the business purchase agreement. The Company accrues for this expense as compensation expense.
The fair value of the acquisition was allocated primarily to goodwill of $36 million, amortizing intangible assets of $29 million (corporate client relationships of $25 million and Tradenames of $4 million) and net liabilities assumed of $8 million. Goodwill generated from the acquisition is attributable to acquired workforce and expected synergies from centralized management and future growth. The acquired corporate client relationships and tradenames are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 10 years and 5 years, respectively.
The Company incurred $3 million in acquisition related costs over the years ended December 31, 2020 and in January 2021 which was expensed as incurred.
The amount of revenue and net loss of the Ovation Group since the acquisition date included in the consolidated statements of operations for the period ended December 31, 2021 was $23 million and

F-101


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
$16 million, respectively. Assuming an acquisition date of January 1, 2020 (i) the unaudited consolidated pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have been $829 million and $637 million, respectively, and (ii) the unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2021 would not have been materially different to the amount of revenue and net loss presented in the consolidated statements of operations. The pro forma financial information adjusts for the effects of material business combination items primarily related to amortization of acquired intangible assets and the corresponding income tax effects.
Acquisition of Egencia
On November 1, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Egencia , a business-to-business digital travel management company serving corporate clients, from an affiliate of Expedia, Inc., EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (“Expedia”). As purchase consideration for this acquisition, the Company issued 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares, fair value of which was determined to be $816 million. As a result, Expedia became an indirect holder of non-voting ordinary shares of GBT, which represents approximately 19% of GBT’s equity interests, excluding preferred shares, Profit Shares, MIP Options and MIP Shares (see note 20 — Shareholders’ Equity). This value was determined on the basis of the estimated total enterprise value of GBT (post acquisition of Egencia) and calculated based on a multiple of Adjusted EBITDA. Such equity interest is subject to changes based on final debt/cash and working capital adjustments. The acquisition of Egencia is expected to complement the Company’s existing business and is expected to further accelerate its growth strategy in the small-to-medium-sized enterprise segment.
The Company’s preliminary purchase price allocation is based on information that is currently available, and the Company is continuing to evaluate the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the valuations, particularly for the identifiable intangible assets acquired. The preliminary purchase price allocations are subject to, among other items, working capital adjustments and further analysis of tax accounts, including deferred tax assets and liabilities.
The following table reflects the Company’s preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Egencia as of the date of the acquisition:
(in $ millions)Amount
Cash and cash equivalents$73
Accounts receivable154
Prepaid expenses and other current assets32
Property and equipment58
Goodwill307
Other intangible assets440
Operating lease right-of-use assets9
Deferred tax assets21
Other non-current assets30
Total assets1,124
Accounts payable56
Due to affiliates26
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities80
Operating lease liabilities10
Deferred tax liabilities134
Other non-current liabilities2
Total liabilities308
Purchase consideration / Net assets acquired$816

F-102


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Goodwill generated from the acquisition is attributable to acquired workforce and expected synergies from combining operations, centralized management and future growth. A substantial portion of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The fair value and amortization periods of identifiable intangible assets acquired is as follows:
Fair value of
acquired intangibles
(in $ millions)
Amortization
period
(in years)
Corporate client relationships$390$15
Tradenames5010
Acquired technology505
The fair value of corporate client relationships was determined utilizing the excess earnings method of valuation, and the fair values of tradenames and acquired technology was determined utilizing the relief from royalty method. The process for estimating the fair values of identifiable intangible assets requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates, operating margin, income tax rates, obsolescence curves, royalty rates and discount rates. Intangible assets are being amortized over their average useful lives primarily based upon the pattern in which anticipated economic benefits from such assets are expected to be realized.
The Company incurred $15 million in acquisition related costs which were expensed in the period as incurred and included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, with $13 million and $2 million recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
The amount of revenue and net loss of the Egencia business since the acquisition date included in the consolidated statements of operations for the period ended December 31, 2021 was $33 million and $26 million, respectively. Assuming an acquisition date of January 1, 2020 (i) the unaudited consolidated pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have been $960 million and $1,032 million, respectively, and (ii) the unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2021 would have been $889 million and $701 million, respectively. The pro forma financial information adjusts for the effects of material business combination items, including amortization of acquired intangible assets and the reversal of Expedia’s share of hotel commission revenue recorded by Egencia in connection with a long-term hotel supply contract between the Company and Expedia, and the corresponding income tax effects.
Acquisition of DER Business Travel
On September 3, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of DER Business Travel (“DER”) from DER Touristik Group, a travel management company in Europe, by acquiring its entire outstanding ordinary shares for approximately $25 million, net of cash acquired. The results of DER’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since the date of its acquisition.
This acquisition was part of the Company’s broader strategy to expand footprints into the small and mid-sized client segment in Germany and accelerate growth in Europe. The Company benefits from local servicing expertise whereas DER’s access to the Company’s global reach, scale and end-to-end travel and expense eco-system brings in further opportunities.
The acquisition of DER was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, recognizing assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the acquisition was allocated primarily to goodwill of $26 million, amortizable intangible assets (corporate client relationships) of $11 million and net liabilities assumed of $12 million. The acquired corporate client relationships are being amortized over its estimated useful live of 10 years. The Company completed the

F-103


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
purchase price allocation of this acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2020, with immaterial impact on goodwill. The Company incurred $2 million in acquisition related costs which was expensed as incurred.
Supplemental pro-forma information is not provided, as the impact of the aforementioned acquisition did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.
(10)
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net
The following table sets forth changes in goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
(in $ millions)Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2019$1,023
Currency translation adjustments5
Balance as of December 31, 20201,028
Additions(1)
343
Currency translation adjustments(13)
Balance as of December 31, 20211,358
(1)
Relates to acquisition of Ovation ($36 million) and Egencia ($307 million) (see note 9 — Business Acquisitions).
There were no goodwill impairment losses recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and there are no accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of December 31, 2021.
The following table sets forth the Company’s other intangible assets with definite lives as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in $ millions)Cost
Accumulated
depreciation
NetCost
Accumulated
depreciation
Net
Trademarks/tradenames$115$(62)$53$61$(60)$1
Corporate client relationships815(189)626400(145)255
Supplier relationship254(188)66254(163)91
Travel partner network4(3)14(3)1
Other intangible assets, net$1,188$(442)$746$719$(371)$348
Amortization expense relating to definite-lived intangible assets was $67 million, $62 million and $68 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the estimated amortization expense relating to definite-live intangible assets, assuming no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, for each of the five succeeding years and periods thereafter is as follows:
(in $ millions)Amount
2022$93
202393
202472
202551
202650
Thereafter387
Total$746

F-104


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(11) Leases
The Company has operating leases in various countries primarily for office facilities and finance leases in the United States primarily for information technology equipment used in its data centers.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s leases do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The depreciable life of lease ROU assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain of exercise.
The operating lease cost recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $28 million and $ 32 million, respectively. Under the lease accounting guidance in effect for the year ended December 31, 2019, rent expense was $42 million. The operating lease costs relate primarily to leases of office facilities.
The finance lease amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations relating to amortization of ROU assets and interest on finance lease obligations was $2 million and less than $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following table sets out supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Cash used in operating activities related to operating leases$30$31
Cash used in financing activities related to finance leases$2$
ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating lease$9$21
Finance lease$$5
Additions to ROU assets on account of business acquisitions
Operating lease$20$
The following table sets out supplemental other information related to leases:
20212020
Weighted average remaining lease term:
Operating leases5.364.3 years
Finance leases1.7 years2.7 years
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating lease7.15%5.02%
Finance lease3.56%3.56%
Further, in order to reduce its operating costs to mitigate the negative impact resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic (see note 1 — Business Description and Basis of Presentation), the Company terminated and/or abandoned a number of office facilities in various locations worldwide. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment of $1 million and $20 million of operating lease ROU assets in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

F-105


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table sets out the undiscounted future payments for operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021:
(in $ millions)
Operating lease
liabilities
Finance lease
liabilities
2022$31$2
2023242
202416
202510
20266
Thereafter21
Total undiscounted future payments1084
Less: Interest cost included(26)
Total lease liabilities824
Less: Current portion of lease liabilities212
Long-term portion of lease liabilities$61$2
(12) Other Non-Current Assets
Other non-current assets consist of:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Client incentives, net$$9
Restricted cash99
Other assets326
Other non-current assets$41$24
(13) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Accrued payroll and related costs$198$126
Accrued operating expenses147120
Accrued restructuring costs (see note 14)
6997
Client deposits5933
Deferred revenue1818
Value added and similar taxes payable643
Income tax payable7
Other payables153
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$519$440

F-106


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(14) Restructuring Charges
In order to mitigate the adverse impact on the Company’s business resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and in order to simplify the Company’s business process and improve its operational efficiencies, in 2020, the Company initiated cost savings measures which included voluntary and involuntary terminations of employee services and facility closures. Such measures are expected to provide efficiencies and realign resources within the Company. Except for in certain jurisdictions, these restructuring activities are substantially complete and the Company does not expect additional restructuring charges associated with these activities to be significant. However, the Company continues to actively evaluate additional cost reduction efforts and should the Company make decisions in future periods to take further actions, it may incur additional restructuring charges.
As a result of this, the Company incurred $14 million, $206 million and $12 million in restructuring charges, which included restructuring costs related to voluntary and involuntary employee terminations, facility closures, and other exit activities during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The table below sets forth accrued restructuring cost, included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
(in $ millions)Employee relatedFacilityTotal
Balance as of December 31, 201888
Charges1212
Cash settled(10)(10)
Balance as of December 31, 20191010
Charges17828206
Cash settled(95)(5)(99)
Other non-cash(1)
(20)(20)
Balance as of December 31, 202094397
Charges, net13114
Acquired on acquisition3030
Reclassification(4)4
Other non-cash(1)
(1)(1)
Cash settled(69)(2)(71)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$64$5$69
(1)
Includes impairment of operating lease ROU assets of $1 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The Company expects to pay the accrued restructuring cost, as of December 31, 2021, in the next twelve months.

F-107


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(15) Long-term Debt
The outstanding amount of the Company’s long-term debt consists of:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
Principal amount of senior secured initial term loans (Maturity – August 2025)(1)
$242$244
Principal amount of senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans(2)
399
Principal amount of senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans(3)
Principal amount of senior secured new tranche B-3 term loans (Maturity – December 2026)(4)
800
Principal amount of senior secured revolving credit facility
(Maturity – August 2023)(5)
1,042643
Less: Unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs(19)(19)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs1,023624
Less: Current portion of long-term debt37
Long-term debt, non-current, net of unamortized debt discount and debt
issuance costs
$1,020$617
(1)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.50% as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
(2)
The outstanding principal amount of senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans were repaid in full in December 2021. See discussion below.
(3)
The outstanding principal amount of senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans were repaid in full in December 2021. See discussion below.
(4)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 6.50% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%) as of December 31, 2021.
(5)
Stated interest rate of LIBOR + 2.25% as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
On August 13, 2018, certain of GBT’s subsidiaries entered into a senior secured credit agreement, dated as of August 13, 2018 (as amended from time to time, the “senior secured credit agreement”), by and among GBT Group Services B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of GBT (the “Borrower”), GBT III B.V., as the original parent guarantor, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders and letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto, which initially provided for: (i) a principal amount of $250 million senior secured initial term loan facility for general corporate purposes, fully drawn on the closing date, maturing on August 13, 2025, issued at a discount of 0.25% and which requires quarterly installments payable of 0.25% of the principal amount and (ii) a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes maturing on August 13, 2023. The interest rate per annum applicable to (a) the senior secured initial term loans is based on, at the election of the Borrower, LIBOR (as selected by the Borrower for designated interest periods) plus 2.50% or the base rate (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) plus 1.50% and (b) the borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility is based on, at the election of the Borrower, LIBOR (as selected by the Borrower for designated interest periods) plus 2.25% or the base rate plus 1.25%. The Company elects to pay interest on outstanding loans under such facilities based on LIBOR. In December 2019, the senior secured credit agreement was modified to, among other things, permit certain internal reorganization transactions and add GBT UK TopCo Limited, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of GBT, as the parent guarantor.
On September 4, 2020, a new $400 million principal amount of senior secured tranche B-1 incremental term loan facility was obtained for general corporate purposes under the senior secured credit agreement,

F-108


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
which was drawn in full on that date, and certain covenants and certain other terms of the senior secured credit agreement were amended. The senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans (i) were to mature on August 13, 2025, (ii) were issued at a discount of 3.00% and (iii) required quarterly installments payable of 0.25% of the principal amount that commenced on December 31, 2020. The senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans carried interest at a per annum rate equal to the applicable margin, plus, at the election of the Borrower, either (1) adjusted LIBOR (as selected by the Borrower for designated interest periods, subject to a 1.00% LIBOR “floor”) or (2) the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement). The applicable margin for the senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans initially was set at 6.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 5.50% per annum for base rate loans, and such interest rate margin was modified in January 2021 to be based on a pricing grid that varies with the total net leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the senior secured credit agreement), ranging from 6.25% to 7.00% per annum for LIBOR loans and 5.25% to 6.00% per annum for base rate loans. The Company paid interest on such loans based on LIBOR. As discussed further below, on December 16, 2021, the Company repaid the outstanding principal amount of the senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loan facility in full and such facility was terminated.
On January 20, 2021, the senior secured credit agreement was further amended to, among other things, (i) establish a new $200 million principal amount of senior secured tranche B-2 delayed-draw incremental term loan facility, (ii) modify certain terms applicable to the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans, and (iii) amend certain covenants and certain other terms of the senior secured credit agreement. The senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility was available on a delayed-draw basis, with $50 million of loans thereunder permitted to be borrowed in each quarter in 2021, subject to certain conditions, including a requirement that, with each such borrowing, equity investments in an amount equal to the amount of such borrowing shall have been funded in GBT under the Shareholders Equity Commitments (see note 20 —  Shareholders’ Equity). During the year ended December 31, 2021, $50 million of principal amount of loans were borrowed under the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility in each of the first three quarters of 2021 (aggregate of $150 million during such year), and, in connection therewith, a total of $50 million of equity commitments were funded under the Shareholders Equity Commitments in each of the first three quarters of 2021 (aggregate of $150 million during such year). The proceeds of the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility were permitted to be used (i) to pay certain fees, costs and expenses of the transaction and certain other transactions described therein, and (ii) for general corporate purposes and working capital needs of the Company. Outstanding loans under the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility carried interest at a per annum rate equal to the applicable margin, plus, at the election of the Borrower, either (1) adjusted LIBOR (as selected by the Borrower for designated interest periods, subject to a 1.00% LIBOR “floor”) or (2) the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement). The applicable margin for such loans was based on the same pricing grid referred to above that applied to the senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans. The Company paid interest on such loans based on LIBOR. The Company paid 3% of the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility, or $6 million, upfront as commitment fees to the lenders. Prior to the termination of such facility, the Borrower was required to pay a fee of 0.75% per annum on the unused commitments under the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility, payable quarterly in arrears. As discussed further below, on December 16, 2021, the Company repaid the outstanding principal amount of the senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility in full and such facility was terminated.
On December 2, 2021, the Borrower obtained commitments for $1,000 million principal amount of senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities. Effective as of December 16, 2021, the Company amended its senior secured credit agreement to, among other things, (i) establish the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities under the senior secured credit agreement and (ii) amend certain covenants and certain other terms of the senior secured credit agreement. Initial borrowings in a principal amount of $800 million were funded on such date under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities. The $200 million of commitments remaining under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities are available on a delayed-draw basis for a six-month period after the date of such initial borrowings, subject to certain customary borrowing conditions (“New Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility”). The senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities (i) mature on December 16, 2026 and (ii) do not have any scheduled

F-109


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
amortization payments prior to maturity (however, certain mandatory prepayment provisions in the senior secured credit agreement apply to such facilities, as described below). Loans outstanding under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities accrue interest at a variable interest rate based on either LIBOR or the “base rate” ​(as defined in the senior secured credit agreement), plus an applicable margin (subject to a 1.00% LIBOR floor). For any period for which accrued interest is paid in cash, the applicable margin for loans under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities is initially 6.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 5.50% per annum for base rate loans and, commencing with the test period ending December 31, 2022, will vary with the total leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth in the senior secured credit agreement), ranging from 5.00% to 6.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 4.00% to 5.50% per annum for base rate loans. Until December 16, 2023, the Borrower will have the option to pay accrued interest on loans under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities at a rate equal to (i) LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor) plus 4.00% per annum with respect to the portion required to be paid in cash plus (ii) 4.00% per annum with respect to the portion paid in kind by adding such interest to the principal amount of the loans. The Borrower paid $15 million of upfront fees for the commitments of the lenders under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities. The Borrower is required to pay a fee of 3.00% per annum on the actual daily unused commitments under the New Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility, payable quarterly in arrears. Voluntary prepayments and debt incurrence-related mandatory prepayments of the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loans are subject to the prepayment premiums as set forth in the senior secured credit agreement. On December 16, 2021, a portion of the proceeds from the initial borrowings under the senior secured new tranche B-3 term loan facilities was applied to refinance and repay in full the outstanding principal amount of senior secured prior tranche B-1 and tranche B-2 term loans, together with applicable prepayment premiums and accrued and outstanding interest thereon as of the date of repayment, resulting in loss on early extinguishment of debt of $49 million. The balance of the proceeds from such initial borrowings and amounts available to be borrowed under the New Tranche B-3 DDTL Facility may be used for transaction fees and costs and other general corporate purposes.
At the option of the Borrower (upon prior written notice), amounts borrowed under one or more of the senior secured credit facilities (as selected by the Borrower) may be voluntarily prepaid, and/or unused commitments thereunder may be voluntarily reduced or terminated, in each case, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty (other than (i) any applicable prepayment premium required to be paid pursuant to the senior secured credit agreement, and (ii) customary breakage costs in connection with certain prepayments of loans bearing interest at a rate based on LIBOR). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the senior secured credit agreement, the Borrower is required to prepay the senior secured term loans with (i) 50% (subject to leverage-based step-downs) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) in excess of a threshold amount, (ii) 100% (subject to leverage-based step-downs) of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales and casualty events, subject to customary reinvestment rights, (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain indebtedness and (iv) other than in connection with the consummation of the business combination with APSG pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, 50% of the net cash proceeds from the consummation of any initial public offering (or similar transaction) of the common stock of GBT (or a parent entity thereof).
The senior secured revolving credit facility has (i) a $30 million sublimit for extensions of credit denominated in certain currencies other than U.S. dollars, (ii) a $10 million sublimit for letters of credit, and (iii) a $10 million sublimit for swingline borrowings. Extensions of credit under the senior secured revolving credit facility are subject to customary borrowing conditions. The Borrower is required to pay a fee of 0.375% per annum on the average daily unused commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, no borrowings or letters of credit were outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility.
Interest on the senior secured credit facilities is payable quarterly in arrears (or, if earlier in the case of LIBOR loans, at the end of the applicable interest period). The effective interest rate on the senior secured term loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 was approximately 7%.

F-110


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Security; Guarantees
GBT UK TopCo Limited, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of GBT, and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors (such guarantors, collectively with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”), provide an unconditional guarantee, on a joint and several basis, of all obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and under cash management agreements and swap contracts with the lenders or their affiliates (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain cure rights, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, at least 70% of the consolidated total assets of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries must be attributable, in the aggregate, to the Loan Parties; provided that such coverage test shall instead be calculated based on 70% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries for the four prior fiscal quarters, commencing with the first quarterly test date after January 2021 on which Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries exceeds $100 million. Further, the lenders have a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Loan Parties.
Covenants
The senior secured credit agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants (see below) and limitations (subject to exceptions) on the ability of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries to: (i) incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) incur liens on their assets; (iii) consummate certain fundamental changes (such as acquisitions, mergers, liquidations or changes in the nature of the business); (iv) dispose of all or any part of their assets; (v) pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or repurchase, any equity interests of any Loan Party or any equity interests of any direct or indirect parent company or subsidiary of any Loan Party; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates and certain other permitted holders; (viii) modify the terms of, or prepay, any of their subordinated or junior lien indebtedness; (ix) make certain changes to a Loan Party’s entity classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes or certain intercompany transfers of a Loan Party’s assets if, as a result thereof, an entity would cease to be a Loan Party due to adverse tax consequences; (x) enter into swap contracts; and (xi) enter into certain burdensome agreements.
The senior secured credit agreement also requires that an aggregate amount of Liquidity (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) equal to at least $200 million be maintained, which, from and after the effectiveness of December 2021 amendments to the senior secured credit agreement is tested on a monthly basis.
The senior secured credit agreement also contains a financial covenant applicable solely to the senior secured revolving credit facility. Such financial covenant requires the first lien net leverage ratio (calculated in a manner set forth under the senior secured credit agreement) to be less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter on which the aggregate principal amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit under the senior secured revolving credit facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit agreement provides that such financial covenant is suspended for a limited period of time if an event that constitutes a “Travel MAC” ​(as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) has occurred and the Loan Parties are unable to comply with such covenant as a result of such event. Such financial covenant did not apply for the period ended December 31, 2021.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants under the senior secured credit agreement.
Events of Default
The senior secured credit agreement contains default events (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), which could require early prepayment, termination of the senior secured credit agreement or other enforcement actions customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2021, no event of default existed under the senior secured credit agreement.

F-111


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amortization of Debt Discount and Debt Issuance Costs
The Company had total unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $19 million as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, in relation to the senior secured term loans, which are presented as a deduction from the outstanding principal amount of senior secured term loans. The debt discount and debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related debt into earnings as part of the interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The changes in total unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs is summarized below:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Beginning balance$19$1012
Capitalized during the year1812
Amortized/written-off during the year(18)(3)(2)
Closing balance$19$1910
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company amortized $5 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively, of debt discount and debt issuance costs. Further, during the year ended December 31, 2021, $13 million of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs were written off as loss on extinguishment of debt upon the early repayment of outstanding principal amounts of senior secured prior tranche B-1 and tranche B-2 term loans as discussed above.
Debt Maturities
Aggregate maturities of debt as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:
(in $ millions)Amount
Year ending December 31,
2022$3
20233
20243
2025233
2026800
1,042
Less: Unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs(19)
Long-term debt, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs$1,023
(16) Employee Benefit Plans
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors several country-specific defined contribution savings plans, which are tax qualified defined contribution plans that allow tax deferred savings by eligible employees to provide funds for their retirement. The Company matches the contributions of participating employees on the basis specified by the plans. The Company’s contributions for these plans were $20 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors both contributory and non-contributory defined benefit pension plans in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under the plans, benefits are based on employees’ years’ of credited service

F-112


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
and a percentage of final average compensation, or as otherwise described by the plan. The Company’s most material defined benefit plan in the U.K. is frozen, meaning that no new employees can participate in the plan and the active/former employees do not accrue additional benefits. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the aggregate projected benefit obligations of these plans were $1,001 million and $1,046 million, respectively, and the aggregate accumulated benefit obligation of these plans were $975 million and $1,019 million, respectively.
The Company uses a December 31 measurement date each year to determine its defined benefit pension obligations. For such plans, the following tables provide a statement of funded status as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and summaries of the changes in the defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the years then ended:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Changes in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation, beginning of year$1,046$890
Service cost67
Interest cost1315
Plan participants’ contribution11
Actuarial (gain) loss, net(18)131
Benefit paid(22)(26)
Plan amendments(1)3
Curtailments and settlements(3)(16)
Expenses paid from assets(1)(2)
Currency translation adjustment(20)43
Benefit obligation, end of year1,0011,046
Change in fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year634549
Employer contributions2525
Plan participants’ contributions11
Benefits paid(22)(26)
Actual return on plan assets4768
Expenses paid from assets(1)(2)
Plan settlements(3)(11)
Currency translation adjustments(11)30
Fair value of plan assets, end of year$670$634
Unfunded status$331$412
The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss that has not been recognized as a component of net periodic pension benefit (cost) is as follows:
As of December 31,
(in $ millions)20212020
Unrecognized net actuarial loss$150$190
Prior service cost35
Total153195
Deferred taxes(25)(35)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss$(128)$160

F-113


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table provides the components of net periodic pension benefit (cost) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions)202120202019
Service cost$6$7$7
Interest cost131519
Expected return on plan assets(25)(24)(26)
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain)42
Curtailments and settlements(1)4
Net periodic pension (benefit) cost$(3)$4$
The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension benefit (cost) and projected benefit obligation were as follows:
Year ended December 31,
202120202019
Net periodic pension (benefit) cost:
Interest cost discount rate1.2%1.8%2.5%
Expected long-term return on plan assets4.4%4.4%5.5%
Rate of compensation increase2.6%2.6%2.6%
Projected benefit obligation:
Discount rate1.7%1.2%
The discount rate assumption is developed by determining a constant effective yield that produces the same result as discounting projected plan cash flows using high quality (AA) bond yields of corresponding maturities as of the measurement date. The expected long-term rate of return for plan assets has been determined using historical returns for the different asset classes held by the Company’s trusts and its asset allocation, as well as inputs from internal and external sources regarding expected capital market return, inflation and other variables.
The Company seeks to produce a return on investment for the plan assets that is based on levels of liquidity and investment risk that are prudent and reasonable, given prevailing market conditions. The Company’s overall investment strategy for plan assets is to provide and maintain sufficient assets to meet obligations both as an ongoing business, as well as in the event of termination, at the lowest cost consistent with prudent investment management, actuarial circumstances and economic risk, while minimizing the earnings impact. The assets of the plans are managed in the long-term interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plans. The Company manages this allocation strategy with the assistance of independent diversified professional investment management organizations. The assets and investment strategy of the Company’s material defined benefit plans are managed by independent custodians. Diversification is provided by using an asset allocation primarily between equity, debt, real estate and other funds in proportions expected to provide opportunities for reasonable long-term returns with acceptable levels of investment risk.
The weighted average asset allocations as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were:

F-114


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
20212020
Asset Class
Actual
Allocations
Target
Allocations
Actual
Allocations
Target
Allocations
Equity securities15%4%11%4%
Debt securities38213033
Other47755963
Total100%100%100%100%
The table below sets out the fair value of pension plan assets as of December 31, 2021:
As of December 31, 2021
(in $ millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Equity funds$$73$28$101
Debt funds24611257
Real estate funds721991
Other712333163
$7$514$91612
Other investments measured at NAV58
Total fair value of plan assets$670
The table below sets out the fair value of pension plan assets as of December 31, 2020:
As of December 31, 2020
(in $ millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Equity funds$$$22$22
Debt funds10311114
Real estate funds9090
Other411795216
$4$220$218442
Other investments measured at NAV192
Total fair value of plan assets$634
Equity and debt securities are primarily held in pooled investment funds that are valued based on the fair value provided by the fund administrator. Other investments primarily consist of cash equivalents and investments in other diversified funds. The Company has taken practical expedient for investments that are measured at fair value using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) and has not classified them in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in the “Other investments measured at NAV” are intended to permit reconciliation of the pension plan assets presented within the fair value hierarchy to the closing balance of total fair value of plan assets.
The Company contributed $25 million, $25 million and $36 million to fund its defined benefit pension plans during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Annual contributions to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are based on several factors that may vary from year to year. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit plan and tax laws, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. Past contributions are not always indicative of future contributions. Based on current assumptions, the Company expects to make $25 million in contributions to its defined benefit pension plans in 2022.

F-115


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company expects the defined benefit pension plans to make the following estimated future benefit payments:
(in $ millions)Amount
2022$22
2023���24
202424
202526
202626
2027-2031149
(17) Other non-current liabilities
Other non-current liabilities primarily include asset retirement obligations mainly associated with closure, reclamation and removal costs for leasehold premises. The Company’s asset retirement obligations were approximately $13 million and $7 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Estimated asset retirement obligation costs and settlement dates, which affect the carrying value of the liability and the related capitalized asset, are reviewed periodically to ensure that any material changes are incorporated into the latest estimate of the obligation.
(18) Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitment
In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes various commitments to purchase goods and services from specific suppliers, including those related to capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $218 million of outstanding non-cancellable purchase commitments, primarily relating to service, hosting and licensing contracts for information technology, of which $68 million relates to the year ending December 31, 2022. These purchase commitments extend through 2025.
Guarantees
The Company has obtained bank guarantees in respect of certain travel suppliers and real estate lease agreements amounting to $25 million as of December 31, 2021. Certain of these bank guarantees require the Company to maintain cash collateral which has been presented as restricted cash within other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Legal Contingencies
The Company recognizes legal fees as incurred when the legal services are provided.
Based on its current knowledge, and taking into consideration its litigation-related liabilities, the Company believes it is not a party to any pending legal proceeding or governmental examination that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or liquidity.
(19) Equity-Based Compensation
The Company has an equity-based long-term management incentive plan (the “Plan”), the GBT JerseyCo Limited Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, originally adopted on June 30, 2014 and most recently amended and restated on December 2, 2021 under which options to purchase a class of GBT shares (referred to as “MIP Shares”) are generally granted to key management employees and certain directors of the Company. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 4.8 million MIP Shares were reserved for issuance under the Plan. Any MIP Shares issued under the Plan (i) will be non-voting; (ii) will entitle the

F-116


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
holder thereof to proportionally share profits of the Company in accordance with separate allocation and distribution provisions set forth under the amended and restated shareholders agreement between Amex Coop and Juweel (the “Shareholders Agreement”); and (iii) will entitle the holder thereof to receive dividends declared on MIP Shares issued under the Plan, from time to time in accordance with allocation and distribution provisions set forth in the Shareholders Agreement. As a general matter, neither the options granted nor any MIP Shares issued under the Plan will be entitled to share in any profits or capital of GBT until certain thresholds of distributions to Amex Coop and Juweel have been satisfied. Under the current terms, neither the options granted nor any MIP Shares issued under the Plan will trade or be listed on any stock exchange. As of December 31, 2021, no MIP Shares were issued and outstanding under the Plan.
Under the Plan, the Company grants options to purchase MIP Shares to employees, which generally vest in three to five equal installments on each anniversary of the grant date. The options have a contractual life of ten years from the grant date. There are no performance conditions associated with the vesting of the options. The exercise price of options granted under the plan is 100% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant, or such higher amount as the compensation committee may determine in connection with the grant.
The Black Scholes model is used to determine the weighted average fair value of the options. A market and income approach is used to determine the enterprise fair value of the Company. The equity fair value is then allocated to the options. The table below presents the activity of the Company’s options granted under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Number of
options
Weighted
average exercise
price per share
Weighted average
remaining
contractual term
Aggregate intrinsic
value (in $ millions)
Balance as of December 31, 20202,994,600$58.30
Granted1,272,515$87.85
Forfeited(52,267)$68.26
Exercised(1)(41,400)$55.49
Balance as of December 31, 20214,173,448$67.22
Exercisable as of December 31, 20212,624,873$55.934.8 years84
Expected to vest as of December 31, 20211,548,5759.5 years3
(1)
During the year ended December 31, 2021, 41,400 vested MIP Options were exercised and net settled in cash for $1 million.
The key assumptions used in the valuation of the options granted in 2021 and 2019 are presented in the table below. There were no options granted in 2020.
Assumption20212019
Annual risk-free interest rate1.15%1.75%
Equity volatility29%25%
Expected average life of options6 years2 years
Dividend yield0%0%
The annual risk-free interest rate is determined by considering the U.S. treasury yield risk-free interest rate that corresponds with the expected term of the award. The expected volatility has been determined by taking the average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the awards. The expected term is based on the average period the stock-based awards are expected to remain outstanding. Dividend yield of zero was determined as the Company currently does not pay any dividend.

F-117


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Total equity-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 amount to $3 million, $3 million and $6 million, respectively, and is included within general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company expects compensation expense, related to unvested stock options, of approximately $35 million to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of 3 years.
(20) Shareholders’ Equity
In August 2020, the then-existing shareholders of GBT entered into equity commitment letters with GBT pursuant to which each of Amex Coop and Juweel, in their respective capacities as shareholders of GBT, committed to provide up to $150 million each (up to $300 million in the aggregate) of preferred equity financing to GBT, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Shareholders Equity Commitments”). The Shareholders Equity Commitments were originally scheduled to survive for a period of one year from the date of execution, which termination date was extended to August 2022 in connection with the $200 million senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loan facility that was established in January 2021 (see note 15 — Long- term Debt). In connection with this, in January 2021, GBT amended its memorandum and articles of association to include preferred shares within its authorized share capital structure.
On November 1, 2021, concurrently with the completion of the Egencia acquisition (see note 9 —  Business Acquisitions) GBT, Juweel and Amex Coop entered into a second amended and restated shareholders agreement providing for certain corporate governance rights, including composition of the board of directors of GBT, certain approval rights, certain restrictions on transfer of shares of GBT and certain information rights. This agreement superseded the initial shareholders agreement entered into on June 30, 2014, as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time. Also, GBT further amended its memorandum of association to (i) redesignate the authorized and issued ordinary shares to Amex Coop and Juweel as voting ordinary shares and (ii) provide for a new class of non-voting ordinary shares as part of GBT’s authorized share capital.
The following classes of GBT shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021:
Preferred Shares:   GBT’s amended memorandum and articles of association includes authorized share capital consisting of 3 million preferred shares of nominal value €0.00001 per preferred share, as a class of share with no voting rights. Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, the holders of preferred shares are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of GBT out of funds of GBT legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 12% per share per annum; provided, that if any preferred share remains issued and outstanding following September 15, 2023, the dividend rate with respect to such preferred share increases to 14% per share per annum from and after September 15, 2023, for so long as such preferred share remains outstanding. Further, the total amount of dividends on such preferred shares is computed on a cumulative basis and compounded daily in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and GBT’s memorandum and articles of association. The preferred shares are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at any time at a price per share equal to the unreturned capital contributions associated with such preferred share plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends thereon to the date of redemption.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, GBT issued 1.5 million preferred shares in equal proportion to Amex Coop and Juweel for a total consideration of $150 million, under the above Shareholders Equity Commitments. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company accrued a dividend of $10 million on such preferred shares. As the preferred shares of GBT were issued to the current ordinary shareholders, although the preferred shares are redeemable at the option of GBT, these have been classified as mezzanine equity.
Voting Ordinary Shares:   GBT has authorized 40 million of voting ordinary shares of nominal value €0.00001 per voting ordinary share representing, as a class, a right to equity capital and profits of the

F-118


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Company. This class of shares has voting rights. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 36 million voting ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
Non-Voting Ordinary Shares:   GBT has authorized 15 million of non-voting ordinary shares of nominal value €0.00001 per non-voting ordinary share representing, as a class, a right to equity capital and profits of the Company. This class of shares has no voting rights. Upon completion of the Egencia acquisition, GBT issued 8,413,972 non-voting ordinary shares to Juweel that remained outstanding as of December 31, 2021.
Profit Shares:   GBT has 800,000 authorized, issued and outstanding Profit Shares of nominal value €0.00001 per Profit Share representing, as a class, a right to share in 2% of the Company’s profits. Profit Shares have no voting rights. The entire Profit Shares have been issued to Juweel.
MIP Shares:   See note 19 — Equity-Based Compensation
Transfer Restrictions and Other Shareholder Rights
Preferred shares, voting ordinary shares, non-voting ordinary shares and Profit Shares are subject to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, including provisions regarding tax distributions and transfer restrictions. Shares issued under the Plan are subject to a Management Stockholders’ Agreement, which includes customary provisions regarding tax distributions, transfer restrictions and clawbacks, where permissible.
Distributions
Any payment in respect of the shares is to be allocated among the classes of shares as set out within the Shareholders Agreement.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company made capital distributions of $56 million to its shareholders for the anticipated taxes due on the allocable share of the Company’s profits. There were no such capital distributions to the shareholders for the anticipated taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Further, for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company made capital distributions of $1 million to cover certain administrative costs of its shareholders. There was no such capital distribution to cover administrative costs of the shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021.
See the discussion above for dividends on preferred shares accrued during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Antidilution and Related Adjustments
Notwithstanding anything in the Company’s articles of association, the Board of Directors shall have the right to make adjustments to the rights of the option (or MIP Shares issued thereof) holders without the consent of such option (or MIP Shares issued thereof) holders as it deems necessary or appropriate to avoid the dilution or enhancement of rights or interests in the event of certain changes in the capitalization of the Company.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) represents certain components of revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss) but are excluded from net income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to total equity, net of tax. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, consisted of:

F-119


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in $ millions)
Currency
translation
adjustments
Defined
benefit plan
related
Unrealized gain on
hedge of investments
in foreign subsidiary
Total accumulated
other
comprehensive loss
Balance as of December 31, 2018   (17)   (26)   4   (39)
Net changes during the year, net of tax benefit(1)
(4)(55)(59)
Balance as of December 31, 2019(21)(81)4(98)
Net changes during the year, net of tax benefit(1)
(2)(79)(81)
Balance as of December 31, 2020(23)(160)4(179)
Net changes during the year, net of tax expense(1)
(15)3217
Balance as of December 31, 2021(38)(128)4(162)
(1)
The tax (expense) benefit relates to defined benefit pension plans and amount to $(10) million, $15 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss are presented net of the related tax impact. Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive losses related to actuarial losses and prior service costs is included as component of net periodic pension benefit (cost) included within other income (expense), net, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
(21) (Loss) Earnings per share
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations:
Year ended December 31,
(in $ millions, except share and per share data)202120202019
Numerator – Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:
Net (loss) income / Net (loss) income from continuing operations$(475)$(619)$138
Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests
in subsidiaries
21(4)
Preferred shares dividend(10)
Net (loss) income / Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares$(483)$(618)$134
Denominator – Basic (loss) earnings per share:
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding37,406,17136,000,00036,000,000
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares – Basic$(12.91)$(17.18)$3.72
Denominator – Diluted (loss) earnings per share:
Number of ordinary shares used for basic (loss) earnings per
share from continuing operations
37,406,17136,000,00036,000,000
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities
Stock options1,102,120
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding37,406,17136,000,00037,102,120
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares – Diluted$(12.91)$(17.18)$3.61

F-120


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Basic (loss) earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. Diluted (loss) earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and the effect of all dilutive share equivalents during each period.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company has less than 1 million of weighted average share equivalents primarily associated with the Company’s stock options that were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive, as the Company had incurred loss during the year.
(22) Fair Value Measurements
Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Pension plan assets — see note 16 — Employee Benefit Plans for fair value information on the Company’s pension plan assets.
Assets that are Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis
Assets that are required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include goodwill, property and equipment, equity-method investments, operating lease ROU assets and other intangible assets. The Company’s impairment review of goodwill is performed annually on December 31 each year. In addition, goodwill, property and equipment, equity-method investments, operating lease ROU assets and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
The Company identified the on-going impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its current and projected future results of operations as a triggering event requiring quantitative assessment of its property and equipment, equity-method investments, operating lease ROU assets and other intangible assets in 2021. The Company utilized level 3 inputs based on management’s best estimates and assumptions in performing its quantitative assessment. The Company determined that, except for certain equity method investments (see note 8 — Equity Method Investments), and operating lease ROU assets, no such other assets were impaired.
Other Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, due from affiliates, other current assets, accounts payable, due to affiliates and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.
The fair value of the Company’s senior secured initial term loans was determined by considering their fair value based on quoted prices for identical debt instruments when traded as assets and is categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s senior secured prior tranche B-2 term loans and senior secured new tranche B-3 term loans were deemed to be their issuance cost due to a short period of time lapsed since their issuance. The fair values of the Company’s outstanding senior secured term loans are as follows:
As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
(in $ millions)
Carrying amount(1)
Fair
Value
Carrying amount(1)
Fair
value
Senior secured initial term loans$236$233$237$231
Senior secured prior tranche B-1 term loans$$$387$399
Senior secured new tranche B-3 term loans$787$800$$
(1)
Outstanding principal amount of senior secured term loans less unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs.

F-121


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(23) Related Party Transactions
The following summaries relate to certain related party transactions entered into by the Company with certain of its shareholders, its shareholders affiliates and the Company’s affiliates.
Advisory Services Agreement
On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement with Certares Management Corp. (“Certares”), an indirect equity owner of the Company, pursuant to which Certares agreed to provide certain advisory services to the Company for which fees of approximately $2.5 million were incurred for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $4.4 million and $2.0 million as amounts payable to Certares under this agreement. The agreement is expected to terminate upon the consummation of the Business Combination Agreement.
Commercial Agreements
In June 2014, in connection with, and as part of, the formation of the Company, GBT III B.V. entered into a series of commercial arrangements on an arm’s-length basis with affiliates of Amex Coop. These arrangements included, among other things, affiliates of Amex Coop’s oversight of certain legal compliance functions of the Company’s business, services in support of the affiliates of Amex Coop’s consumer services and consumer travel businesses, including the Company’s support of certain affiliates of Amex Coop’s partnerships and the parties’ joint negotiation with travel suppliers, American Express card acceptance by the Company as an American Express card merchant, the strategic relationship between the Company and affiliates of Amex Coop’s corporate payments/commercial services business, including lead generation, joint client services and product development, and data sharing, the provision of business travel and meetings and events services by the Company to affiliates of Amex Coop’s, the provision of corporate payments services by the affiliates of Amex Coop’s to the Company and participation in the American Express Membership Rewards Program for the provision of bonus points to qualifying clients of the Company. Subsequent to reorganization in 2019, certain of these contracts were assigned to GBT. In anticipation of, and effective upon, the consummation of the business combination with APSG, the parties agreed to amend the terms of certain of these commercial arrangements.
In respect of the above agreements, included in the operating costs are costs of approximately $10 million, $12 million and $34 million in charges from affiliates of Amex Coop for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Revenues also include income from affiliates of Amex Coop for approximately $19 million, $21 million and $23 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amounts payable to affiliates of Amex Coop under these agreements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, were $16 million and $4 million, respectively. Amounts receivable from affiliates of Amex Coop under these agreements was $15 million as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Apart from above, there are certain tax indemnity (see note 4 — Income Taxes) and other agreements between the Company and affiliates of Amex Coop. Amounts payable to affiliates of Amex Coop as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, in respect of such agreements, were $2.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Amounts receivable from affiliates of Amex Coop in respect of such agreements were $0.3 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
License of American Express Marks
In June 2014, in connection with, and as part of, the formation of the Company, GBT US LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GBT, entered into a royalty-free trademark license agreement with American Express pursuant to which GBT US LLC was granted a license for GBT US, GBT III B.V., all wholly-owned subsidiaries of GBT III B.V. and other permitted sublicensees to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel and American Express Meetings & Events brands for business travel, business consulting and meetings and events businesses on a royalty-free, exclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicensable (other than as set out in the agreement), and worldwide basis.

F-122


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In connection with the consummation of the business combination with APSG, the parties will amend and restate the foregoing trademark license agreement to grant GBT Travel Services UK (“GBT UK”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GBT, a long-term, 11-year license (unless earlier terminated or extended) pursuant to which GBT UK, all wholly owned operating subsidiaries of GBT’s publicly listed entity and other permitted sublicensees will continue to license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express Global Business Travel brand, transition the American Express Meetings & Events brand to the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand, and license the American Express trademarks used in the American Express GBT Meetings & Events brand for business travel, meetings and events, business consulting and other services related to business travel (“Business Travel Services”). This amended and restated trademark license agreement will also provide GBT’s publicly listed entity the flexibility to operate non-Business Travel Services businesses under brands that do not use any trademarks owned by American Express, subject to certain permissibility and other requirements.
Shareholders Agreement
On June 30, 2014, GBT entered into a shareholders agreement with its then shareholders American Express and a predecessor of Juweel, which contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, board designation rights, consent rights, drag-along and tag-along rights, pre-emptive rights, registration rights and restrictions on the transfer of our shares. On December 10, 2019, in connection with an internal restructuring of GBT, the original shareholders agreement was superseded, and affiliates of Amex Coop., Juweel and GBT entered into a new shareholders agreement. The new shareholders agreement was further amended and restated on March 15, 2021, to, among other things, provide for GBT preferred shares and amend and restate certain other rights and obligations with respect to the GBT capital stock and GBT, and was further amended and restated on November 1, 2021, in connection with the acquisition of Egencia. The consent rights and restrictions on tag-along, drag-along and pre-emptive rights, as well as certain of the restrictions on transfers of shares under the shareholders agreement, terminate upon the consummation of the business combination with APSG. In connection with the business combination with APSG, the Company will enter into a new shareholders agreement that will supersede the current shareholders agreement and will include provisions with respect to tax matters and corporate governance following the business combination with APSG.
Commercial and Operating Agreements with Expedia
In connection with the acquisition of Egencia, on November 1, 2021, an affiliate of GBT and an affiliate of Expedia entered into a ten-year term marketing partner agreement to provide the GBT’s corporate clients with access to Expedia group hotel content (the “EPS Agreement”). The EPS Agreement requires an affiliate of Expedia to meet certain competitiveness thresholds with respect to the Expedia group hotel content offered to GBT and requires GBT to satisfy certain share of wallet commitments to the affiliate of Expedia (including the making of cash shortfall payments in the event of share of wallet failure, subject to offset based on outperformance by GBT in subsequent periods). The GBT’s share of wallet obligations are subject to adjustment for future acquisitions and dispositions and the failure of the affiliate of Expedia to meet agreed competitiveness thresholds. As a result of the above agreement, the Company recognized revenue of $8 million for the period ended December 31, 2021 and as of December 31, 2021, the Company had a $4 million receivable from the affiliate of Expedia.
As part of the Egencia acquisition, on November 1, 2021, GBT UK entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Expedia, Inc. (the “Egencia TSA”), pursuant to which Expedia, Inc. (an affiliate of Expedia) and its affiliates provide certain transition services to GBT UK and its affiliates to facilitate an orderly transfer of Egencia from Expedia to GBT. The initial term of the Egencia TSA is 18 months. The initial term of each service is set forth in the Egencia TSA, and the term of certain services is subject to extension under certain circumstances. GBT UK has the right to terminate services for convenience upon prior written notice to Expedia, Inc. For services provided by Expedia to Egencia prior to the Egencia acquisition, pricing under the Egencia TSA is determined in the same manner as pricing for such services was historically

F-123


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
determined by Expedia, Inc. For services that were not provided by Expedia, Inc. to Egencia prior to the Egencia acquisition, in general pricing is equal to the cost of providing such services. For the period ended December 31, 2021, the total cost charged to the Company was approximately $8 million that was included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and as of December 31, 2021 the Company had a payable to Expedia Inc. of $8 million.
As of November 1, 2021, the date the Egencia acquisition was consummated, Egencia had a balance payable to Expedia of $26 million on account of pre-acquisition transactions between Egencia and Expedia. Further, pending completion of transition of several processes, Expedia collected cash on behalf of Egencia for several of Egencia’s transactions. As a result, as of December 31, 2021, Egencia had a net payable of $16 million to Expedia.
(24) Segment Information
Reportable segments are determined based upon the Company’s internal organizational structure; the manner in which the Company’s operations are managed; the criteria used by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is also the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), to evaluate segment performance; the availability of separate financial information utilized on a regular basis by the CODM to assess financial performance and to allocate resources; and overall materiality considerations. All significant operating decisions are based on analysis of the Company as a single global business. The Company has determined it has two operating segments, Business Travel and Meetings and Events, that have been aggregated and presented as one reportable segment due to their similar economic characteristics, nature of services provided, type of customers, methods used to provide services and regulatory environment.
The financial measures which the Company’s CODM uses to evaluate the performance of the Company are net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as net income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, benefit from (provision for) income taxes, and depreciation and amortization and further excluding costs that management believes are non-core to the underlying business of the Company including restructuring costs, integration costs, costs related to mergers and acquisitions, separation costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, certain corporate costs, foreign currency gains (losses), non-service components of net periodic pension benefit (cost) and gains (losses) on disposal of business. The CODM also regularly reviews revenue by transaction type — Travel Revenue and Products and Professional Services Revenue (see note 3 — Revenue from Contracts with Customers).
The Company maintains operations in the United States, United Kingdom and other international territories. The table below presents the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets, comprising property and equipment, net, and operating lease ROU assets, by geographic location:
(in $ millions)
United
States
United
Kingdom
All other
countries
Total
Revenue���
Year ended December 31, 2021$226$276$261$763
Year ended December 31, 2020$191$314$288$793
Year ended December 31, 2019$511$925$683$2,119
Long-lived assets
As of December 31, 2021$100$76$99$275
As of December 31, 2020$38$93$118$249
The geographical determination of revenue is based on the jurisdiction of the legal entity contracting with the customer. No single customer accounted for 10 percent or more of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Similarly, no single customer accounted for 10 percent or more of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

F-124


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(25) Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated and recognized or disclosed subsequent events, as appropriate, through March 21, 2022, the date the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 were available for issuance.

F-125


GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GBT JERSEYCO LIMITED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
DECEMBER 31, 2021, 2020 AND 2019
(in $ millions)
Balance at
beginning
of year
Charged to
expense or
other accounts
Write-offs
and other
adjustments
Balance at
end of year
Allowance for doubtful debts
Year ended December 31, 2021$14$(5)$(5)$4
Year ended December 31, 2020$11$4$(1)$14
Year ended December 31, 2019$10$$1$11
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
Year ended December 31, 2021$119$(1)$(2)$116
Year ended December 31, 2020$88$31$$119
Year ended December 31, 2019$89$(1)$$88

F-126


EGENCIA
(A BUSINESS WITHIN THE B2B SEGMENT OF EXPEDIA GROUP, INC.)
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND 2020

F-127


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
Three months ended
September 30,
20212020
(In millions)
Revenue$55$26
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately
below)
(38)(40)
Selling and marketing(27)(31)
Technology and content(16)(13)
General and administrative(9)(11)
Depreciation and amortization(12)(13)
Restructuring and related reorganization charges(8)(31)
Operating (loss) income(55)(113)
Other, net1
Total other income (expense), net1
Loss before income taxes(54)(113)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes1(18)
Net loss$(53)$(131)
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-128


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
Nine months ended
September 30,
20212020
(In millions)
Revenue$123$156
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)(112)(162)
Selling and marketing(86)(104)
Technology and content(53)(47)
General and administrative(33)(37)
Depreciation and amortization(36)(39)
Restructuring and related reorganization charges(9)(52)
Operating (loss) income(206)(285)
Other, net21
Total other income (expense), net21
Loss before income taxes(204)(284)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes22
Net loss$(202)$(282)
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-129


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Unaudited)
Three months ended
September 30,
20212020
(In millions)
Net loss$(53)$(131)
Other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment(10)14
Other comprehensive loss(10)14
Comprehensive loss$(63)$(117)
Nine months ended
September 30,
20212020
(In millions)
Net loss$(202)$(282)
Other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment(18)1
Other comprehensive loss(18)1
Comprehensive loss$(220)$(281)
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-130


EGENCIA
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$171$363
Restricted cash919
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $17 and $2213868
Income taxes receivable52
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1210
Total current assets$335$462
Property and equipment, net4953
Operating lease right-of-use assets1520
Goodwill122128
Intangible assets, net37
Other assets79
Total assets$531$679
Liabilities and equity
Accounts payable, merchant$27$13
Accounts payable, other1024
Deferred merchant bookings1
Deferred revenue23
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities74105
Due to related party317
Total current liabilities$145$152
Deferred income taxes1
Operating lease liabilities1013
Other long-term liabilities99
Total liabilities$164$175
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Equity:
Net parent investment437556
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(70)(52)
Total equity$367$504
Total liabilities and equity$531$679
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-131


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARENT’S EQUITY
(Unaudited)
Three months ended September 30, 2020
Net
Parent
Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax
Total
Parent’s
Equity
(In millions)
Balance as of June 30, 2020$560$(91)$469
Net loss(131)(131)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment1414
Net transfers from parent140140
Balance as of September 30, 2020$569$(77)$492
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Net
Parent
Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax
Total
Parent’s
Equity
(In millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2019$754$(78)$676
Net loss(282)(282)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment11
Net transfers from parent9797
Balance as of September 30, 2020$569$(77)$492
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-132


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARENT’S EQUITY
(Unaudited)
Three months ended September 30, 2021
Net
Parent
Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax
Total
Parent’s
Equity
(In millions)
Balance as of June 30, 2021$433$(60)$373
Net loss(53)(53)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment(10)(10)
Net transfers from parent5757
Balance as of September 30, 2021$437$(70)$367
Nine months ended September 30, 2021
Net
Parent
Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss,
Net of Tax
Total
Parent’s
Equity
(In millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2020$556$(52)$504
Net loss(202)(202)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment(18)(18)
Net transfers from parent8383
Balance as of September 30, 2021$437$(70)$367
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-133


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
September 30,
20212020
(In millions)
Operating activities
Net loss$(202)$(282)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation3235
Amortization of stock-based compensation1711
Amortization of intangible assets44
Deferred income taxes(3)
Other, net(1)(8)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable(75)224
Prepaid expenses and other current assets8
Accounts payable, merchant15(37)
Accounts payable, other and accrued expenses and other liabilities(40)25
Income taxes receivable, net(4)(1)
Deferred merchant bookings1(1)
Deferred revenue(1)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(254)(25)
Investing activities
Additions to property and equipment(20)(28)
Net cash used in investing activities(20)(28)
Financing activities
Net transfers from parent5892
Due to related party24(34)
Net cash provided by financing activities8258
Effect of FX rate changes on Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(10)5
Net increase (decrease) in Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period(202)10
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period382350
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$180$360
Nine months ended
September 30,
Reconciliation to amounts within the combined balance sheets:20212020
(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents$171$348
Restricted cash912
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$180$360
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-134


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
Note 1 — Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Background:   The accompanying combined financial statements and notes present the combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, balance sheets, changes in parent’s equity, and cash flows of Egencia (the “Company”, “our”, or “we”). Egencia is a business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Expedia Group” or “Parent”), a publicly traded online travel company whose primary operating activities include empowering business and leisure travelers through technology with tools and information they need to efficiently research, plan, book and experience travel.
The Company is a corporate travel management business that provides, among other things, a global technology platform coupled with local telephone assistance with expert travel consultants, relevant supply targeted at business travelers, and consolidated reporting to clients.
Basis of Presentation:   These combined financial statements of the Company were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Expedia Group for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, as if the Company were operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented and were prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Separate financial statements have not historically been prepared for the Company.
The combined statements of operations of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Expedia Group including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, human resources, treasury, risk management, procurement, facilities, technology and content development and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, headcount, and other drivers. Management considers these allocations to be a reasonable allocation of the utilization of services by or the benefits provided to the Company. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense Egencia would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and facilities. See Note 9 — Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding transactions with Parent and other related party transactions.
The combined balance sheets of the Company include Expedia Group’s assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company.
In the opinion of management, the accompanying combined financial statements of Egencia contain all adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and its results of operations, changes in parent’s equity and cash flows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020. However, the combined financial statements may not be indicative of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows if the Company had been an independent standalone entity during the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Seasonality:   Due to COVID-19, which has impacted corporate travel for 2021, we have not experienced our typical bookings, revenue, and profit beginning with the first quarter of 2020. It is difficult to discuss seasonality for the upcoming quarters, given the uncertainty related to the impact from COVID-19 and the shape and timing of any sustained recovery.

F-135


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Combination
The Combined Financial Statements include certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at Expedia Group corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Egencia. All significant intracompany transactions and accounts within the Company’s combined businesses have been eliminated.
Intercompany transactions between the Company and Expedia Group are considered to be effectively settled in the combined financial statements at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined statements of cash flows within financing activities and in the combined balance sheets within net parent investment. Deferred Merchant Bookings and Merchant Accounts Payable outstanding as of the period end dates in the combined balance sheets related to transactions that settle in cash between Egencia and Parent and/or Parent’s other subsidiaries have been included in these combined financial statements as Due to related party. See Note 9 — Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding transactions with Expedia Group and other related party transactions.
Accounting Estimates
We use estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Our estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our combined financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amount of net income or loss during any period. Our actual financial results could differ significantly from these estimates.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, which may cause further business disruptions and adversely impact our results of operations. As a result, many of our estimates and assumptions required increased judgment and carry a higher degree of variability and volatility. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, our estimates may change materially in future periods.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue upon transfer of control of our promised services in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.
For our primary transaction-based revenue sources, discussed below, we have determined net presentation (that is, the amount billed to a traveler less the amount paid to a supplier) is appropriate for the majority of our revenue transactions as the supplier is primarily responsible for providing the underlying travel services and we do not control the service provided by the supplier to the traveler. We exclude all taxes assessed by a government authority, if any, from the measurement of transaction prices that are imposed on our travel related services or collected by the Company from customers (which are therefore excluded from revenue).
We offer traditional travel services on a stand-alone and package basis generally either through the merchant or the agency business model.
Under the merchant model, we facilitate the booking of hotel rooms, alternative accommodations, airline seats, car rentals and destination services from our travel suppliers and we are the merchant of record for such bookings.

F-136


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
Under the agency model, we pass reservations booked by the traveler to the relevant travel supplier and the travel supplier serves as the merchant of record for such bookings. We receive commissions or ticketing fees from the travel supplier and/or traveler. For certain agency airline, hotel and car transactions, we also receive fees through global distribution systems (“GDS”) that provide the computer systems through which the travel supplier inventory is made available and through which reservations are booked.
Under the advertising model, we offer travel and non-travel advertisers access to a potential source of incremental traffic and transactions through our various media and transaction-based websites.
The nature of our travel booking service performance obligations vary based on the travel service with differences primarily related to the degree to which we provide post booking services to the traveler and the timing when rights and obligations are triggered in our underlying supplier agreements. We consider both the traveler and travel supplier as our customers.
Lodging.   Our lodging revenue is comprised of revenue recognized under the merchant and agency model.
Merchant Hotel.   We provide travelers access to book hotel room reservations through our contracts with lodging suppliers, which provide us with rates and availability information for rooms but for which we have no control over the rooms and do not bear inventory risk. Our travelers pay us for merchant hotel transactions prior to departing on their trip, generally when they book the reservation. We record the payment in deferred merchant bookings until the stayed night occurs, at which point we recognize the revenue, net of amounts paid to suppliers, as this is when our performance obligation is satisfied. Payments to suppliers are generally due within 30 days of check-in or stay. In certain instances when a supplier invoices us for less than the cost we accrued, we generally reduce our merchant accounts payable and the supplier costs within net revenue six months in arrears, net of an allowance, when we determine it is not probable that we will be required to pay the supplier, based on historical experience.
Cancellation Fees.   Cancellation fees are collected and remitted to the supplier, if applicable.
Agency Hotel.   We generally record agency revenue from the hotel when the stayed night occurs as we provide post booking services to the traveler and thus, consider the performance obligation satisfied once the stay occurs. We record an allowance for cancellations on this revenue based on historical experience.
Merchant and Agency Air.   We record revenue on air transactions when the traveler books the transaction, as we do not typically provide significant post booking services to the traveler, and payments due to and from air carriers are typically due at the time of ticketing. We record a reserve for chargebacks and cancellations at the time of the transaction based on historical experience. In certain transactions, the GDS collects commissions from our suppliers and passes these commissions to us, net of their fees. Therefore, we view payments through the GDS as commissions from suppliers and record these commissions in net revenue. Fees paid to the GDS as compensation for their role in processing transactions are recorded as cost of revenue.
Advertising and Media.   We record revenue from click-through fees charged to our travel partners for leads sent to the travel partners’ websites. We record revenue from click-through fees after the traveler makes the click-through to the related travel partners’ websites. We record revenue for advertising placements ratably over the advertising period or upon delivery of advertising impressions, depending on the terms of the contract. Payments from advertisers are generally due within 30 days of invoicing.
Other.   Other primarily includes transaction revenue for booking services related to products such as car, cruise and destination services under the agency business model. We generally record the related revenue when the travel occurs, as in most cases we provide post booking services and this is when our performance obligation is satisfied. Additionally, no rights or obligations are triggered in our supplier agreements until the travel occurs. We record an allowance for cancellations on this revenue based on historical experience.

F-137


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
Revenue from other ancillary alternative accommodation services or products are recorded either upon delivery or when we provide the service. Other also includes travel insurance products primarily under the merchant model, for which revenue is recorded at the time the transaction is booked.
Deferred Merchant Bookings.   We classify cash payments received in advance of our performance obligations as deferred merchant bookings. At December 31, 2020, $3 million of cash advance cash payments was reported within Deferred merchant bookings and Due to related party, which was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 resulting in $1 million of net revenue. At September 30, 2021, the related balance was $16 million.
Deferred Revenue.   Deferred revenue primarily consists of unearned account management revenue as well as deferred advertising revenue. At December 31, 2020, $3 million was recorded as deferred revenue, $1 million of which was recognized as revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. At September 30, 2021, the related balance was $2 million.
We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.
Our revenue by business model is as follows:
Three months ended
September 30,
20212020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Revenue by Business Model
Merchant$21$18
Agency339
Advertising, media and other1(1)
Total revenue$55$26
Nine months ended
September 30,
20212020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Revenue by Business Model
Merchant$46$68
Agency7484
Advertising, media and other34
Total revenue$123$156

F-138


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
In addition to the revenue by business model, our revenue by geography is as follows:
Three months ended
September 30,
20212020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Revenue by Geography
United States$23$10
All other countries3216
Total revenue$55$26
Nine months ended
September 30,
20212020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Revenue by Geography
United States$49$57
All other countries7499
Total revenue$123$156
Cash, Restricted Cash, and Cash Equivalents
Expedia Group has a centralized cash management arrangement where, on a periodic basis, excess cash balances or deposits are swept into a cash pool and are mixed with cash from other affiliated entities. The sweep accounts are legally held by Expedia Group and are used to fund the requirements of affiliated entities, such as Egencia. The sweep account cash balances are not included within the balances of the carve-out financial statements, as these accounts are legally held by Expedia Group and not Egencia. For purposes of the combined financial statements, cash was included for dedicated legal entities (entities that consist entirely of the Egencia business’ operations) and dedicated accounts of Egencia owned by other legal entities. Restricted cash includes cash and cash equivalents that is restricted through legal contracts, regulations or our intention to use the cash for a specific purpose. Our restricted cash primarily relates to certain vendor deposits.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are generally due within sixty days and are recorded net of an allowance for expected uncollectible amounts. We consider accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms as past due. The risk characteristics we generally review when analyzing our accounts receivable pools primarily include the type of receivable (for example, credit card vs hotel collect), collection terms and historical or expected credit loss patterns. For each pool, we make estimates of expected credit losses for our allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, previous loss history continually updated for new collections data, the credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from customers. The provision for estimated credit losses is recorded as cost of revenue in our combined statements of operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, we recorded approximately $5 million and $8 million of incremental allowance for expected uncollectible amounts, including estimated future losses in consideration

F-139


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
of the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on the economy and the Company. Actual future bad debt could differ materially from this estimate resulting from changes in our assumptions of the duration and severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Allowance for credit losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 was $17 million and $22 million respectively. Bad debt expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $4 million.
Recently Adopted Accounting Policies
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.   As of January 1, 2021, we adopted the Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. This new standard eliminated certain exceptions in current guidance related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarified and simplified other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 — Property and Equipment, net and Leases
Property and equipment at cost consisted of the following as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Capitalized software development$165$208
Computer equipment1920
Furniture and other equipment56
Buildings and leasehold improvements1516
204250
Less: accumulated depreciation(155)(197)
Property and equipment, net$49$53
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, our depreciation expense was $32 million and $35 million. As of September 30, 2021, our recorded capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, which have been placed in service were $45 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 we recorded amortization of capitalized software development costs of $25 million included in depreciation and amortization expense. As of September 30, 2020, our recorded capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, which have been placed in service were $47 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 we recorded amortization of capitalized software development costs of $26 million included in depreciation and amortization expense.
Operating lease costs were $16 million and $20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
Note 4 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net
The gross carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization for intangible assets subject to amortization and accumulated write-offs of goodwill are as follows:

F-140


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
Goodwill
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2020$128
Foreign currency translation(6)
Balance as of September 30, 2021$122
Amortizable intangible assets
September 30, 2021December 31, 2020
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
NetCost
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
(In millions)
Customer relationships60(57)360(53)7
Total$60$(57)$3$60$(53)$7
Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $4 million and $4 million, respectively.
Note 5 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
The following table summarizes the components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2020
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Salary and wage accruals$27$33
Restructure costs2947
Accrued sales tax liability43
Lease liability69
Other813
Total$74$105
Refer to Note 7 — Restructuring and Related Reorganization Charges for more detail on Restructure costs.
Note 6 — Income Taxes
Egencia’s provision for income taxes is calculated on a separate return basis as if Egencia filed its own tax returns, although its operations have been included in Parent’s U.S. federal, state and foreign tax return filings. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if Egencia was a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented.
We determine our provision for income taxes for interim periods using an estimate of our annual effective tax rate. We record any changes affecting the estimated annual effective tax rate in the interim period in which the change occurs, including discrete items.

F-141


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
For the three months ended September 30, 2021, the effective tax rate was a 1.73% benefit on a pre-tax loss, compared to a 15.35% expense on a pre-tax loss for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The change in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the domestic valuation allowance in the current period.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the effective tax rate was a 0.88% benefit on a pre-tax loss, compared to a 0.77% benefit on a pre-tax loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The change in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by the domestic valuation allowance in the current period.
We are subject to taxation in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. Our income tax filings are regularly examined by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. We do not anticipate a significant impact to our gross unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months related to these years.
Note 7 — Restructuring and Related Reorganization Charges
We recognized $9 million and $52 million in restructuring and related reorganization charges during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Based on current plans, which are subject to change, we expect total reorganization charges for the remainder of 2021 of approximately $1 million. However, we continue to actively evaluate additional cost reduction efforts and should we make decisions in future periods to take further actions, we will incur additional reorganization charges.
The following table summarizes the restructuring and related reorganization activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2021:
Employee
Severance and
Benefits
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2020$47
Charges9
Payments(27)
Accrued liability as of September 30, 2021$29
Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
As a business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, we are a party to various lawsuits. Management does not expect these lawsuits to have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of the Company. We also evaluate other potential contingent matters, including value-added tax, excise tax, sales tax, transient occupancy or accommodation tax and similar matters. We do not believe that the aggregate amount of liability that could be reasonably possible with respect to these matters would have a material adverse effect on our financial results; however, litigation is inherently uncertain and the actual losses incurred in the event that our legal proceedings were to result in unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Litigation Relating to Occupancy Taxes.   One hundred three lawsuits have been filed by or against cities, counties and states involving hotel occupancy and other taxes. Ten lawsuits are currently active. These lawsuits are in various stages and Expedia Group continues to defend against the claims made in them vigorously. With respect to the principal claims in these matters, Expedia Group believes that the statutes or ordinances at issue do not apply to Expedia Group or the services Expedia Group provides and, therefore, that taxes are not owed that are claimed to be owed. Expedia Group, and as a result Egencia since it is a

F-142


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, believes that the statutes or ordinances at issue generally impose occupancy and other taxes on entities that own, operate or control hotels (or similar businesses) or furnish or provide hotel rooms or similar accommodations. To date, forty-eight of these lawsuits have been dismissed. Some of these dismissals have been without prejudice and, generally, allow the governmental entity or entities to seek administrative remedies prior to pursuing further litigation. Thirty-four dismissals were based on a finding that we and the other defendants were not subject to the local tax ordinance or that the local government lacked standing to pursue its claims. As a result of this litigation and other attempts by certain jurisdictions to levy such taxes, we have established a reserve for the potential settlement of issues related to hotel occupancy and other taxes, consistent with applicable accounting principles and in light of all current facts and circumstances. The amount of reserve for the potential settlement of issues related to hotel occupancy and other taxes is insignificant. Our settlement reserve is based on our best estimate of probable losses and the ultimate resolution of these contingencies may be greater or less than the liabilities recorded. An estimate for a reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amount reserved cannot be made. Changes to the settlement reserve are included within Other, net in the combined statements of operations.
Matters Relating to International VAT.   Expedia Group is in various stages of inquiry or audit in multiple European Union jurisdictions regarding the application of VAT to European Union related transactions. Since Egencia is business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group and is involved in merchant hotel transactions, Egencia is subject to the same inquiry or audit. While we believe we comply with applicable VAT laws, rules and regulations in the relevant jurisdictions, the tax authorities may determine that we owe additional taxes. In certain jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, we may be required to “pay-to-play” any VAT assessment prior to contesting its validity. While we believe that we will be successful based on the merits of our positions with regard to audits in pay-to-play jurisdictions, it is nevertheless reasonably possible that we could be required to pay any assessed amounts in order to contest or litigate the applicability of any assessments and an estimate for a reasonably possible amount of any such payments cannot be made.
Note 9 — Related Party Transactions
Related Party Transactions
Intercompany transactions between the Company and Parent have been included in these combined financial statements and are forgiven at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined statements of cash flows as a financing activity and in the combined balance sheets as parent company investment. Deferred Merchant Bookings and Merchant Accounts Payable outstanding as of the period end dates in the combined balance sheets related to transactions that settle in cash between Egencia and Parent and/or Parent’s other subsidiaries have been included in these combined financial statements as Due to Related Party.
The accompanying Statement of Changes in Parent’s Equity and Statements of Cash Flows of Egencia are prepared in accordance with GAAP. As a result of carveout methodology as described in the Basis of Presentation, differences exist related to exchange rates, stock-based compensation, and other noncash items between the Statements of Changes in Parent’s Equity and the Statements of Cash Flows with regard to transfers to and from Parent.
The components of the net transfers to and from Parent for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 are as follows:

F-143


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
September 30,
2021
September 30,
2020
(unaudited)
(In millions)
Cash pooling and general financing activities$38$144
Purchases from Parent1
Stock based compensation63
Corporate allocations129
Income tax expense1(17)
Net increase (decrease) in Net Parent Investment$57$140
The components of the net transfers to and from Parent for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 are as follows:
September 30,
2021
September 30,
2020
(unaudited)
(In millions)
Cash pooling and general financing activities$26$46
Purchases from Parent2
Stock based compensation1711
Corporate allocations3836
Income tax expense22
Net increase (decrease) in Net Parent Investment$83$97
Corporate Allocations
The combined statements of operations of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Expedia Group including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, human resources, treasury, risk management, procurement, facilities, and other shared services. Allocations made on the basis of revenue, product sales, or headcount were $57 million and $54 million for shared services and $10 million and $11 million for supply costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, within cost of revenue, selling and marketing expense, general and administrative expense, and technology and content expense in the combined statements of operations.
Management of Egencia consider these allocations to be a reasonable allocation of the utilization of services by or the benefits provided to Egencia. These allocations may not, however, reflect the expense Egencia would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if Egencia had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.
Note 10 — Subsequent Events
We have evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through November 9, 2021, the date these combined financial statements were available to be issued for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events. On May 4, 2021, it was announced that American Express Global Business Travel (“GBT”) made a binding offer to acquire Egencia. On August 4, 2021, Expedia Group accepted that offer, and on November 1, 2021, the sale was completed. As part of the transaction, Expedia Group received a minority ownership position in the combined business, and entered into a 10-year lodging supply agreement with GBT.

F-144


EGENCIA
(A BUSINESS WITHIN THE B2B SEGMENT OF EXPEDIA GROUP, INC.)
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
WITH REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

F-145


EGENCIA
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors and Management
Expedia Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Egencia, which comprise the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in parent’s equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Egencia at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Seattle, Washington
July 16, 2021

F-146


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year ended December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Revenue$190$613
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)(206)(261)
Selling and marketing(132)(149)
Technology and content(61)(75)
General and administrative(52)(58)
Depreciation and amortization(51)(54)
Restructuring and related reorganization charges(59)(11)
Operating (loss) income(371)5
Other, net(1)3
Total other expense, net(1)3
(Loss) income before income taxes(372)8
Provision for income taxes(7)(39)
Net loss���$(379)$(31)
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-147


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Year ended December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Net loss$(379)$(31)
Other comprehensive income ( loss)
Foreign currency translation adjustment26(1)
Other comprehensive income (loss)26(1)
Comprehensive loss$(353)$(32)
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-148


EGENCIA
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$363$307
Restricted cash1943
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $22 and $968330
Income taxes receivable23
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1019
Total current assets$462$702
Property and equipment, net5359
Operating lease right-of-use assets2030
Goodwill128120
Deferred income tax assets2
Intangible assets, net713
Other assets99
Total assets$679$935
Liabilities and equity
Accounts payable, merchant$13$65
Accounts payable, other2428
Deferred merchant bookings2
Deferred revenue33
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities10583
Due to related party746
Total current liabilities$152$227
Deferred income taxes13
Operating lease liabilities1323
Other long-term liabilities96
Total liabilities$175$259
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Equity:
Net parent investment556754
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(52)(78)
Total equity$504$676
Total liabilities and equity$679$935
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-149


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARENT’S EQUITY
Net Parent
Investment
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss,
Net of Tax
Total Parent’s
Equity
(In millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2018$681$(77)$604
Net loss(31)(31)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment(1)(1)
Net transfers from parent104104
Balance as of December 31, 2019$754$(78)$676
Net loss(379)(379)
Changes in other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation adjustment2626
Net transfers from parent181181
Balance as of December 31, 2020$556$(52)$504
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-150


EGENCIA
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Operating activities
Net loss$(379)$(31)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation4649
Amortization of stock-based compensation1511
Amortization of intangible assets55
Currency loss on cash and cash equivalent1
Other, net(3)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable266(21)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets10(14)
Accounts payable, merchant(53)(1)
Accounts payable, other and accrued expenses and other liabilities127
Income taxes receivable, net1(1)
Deferred merchant bookings(2)1
Deferred revenue1
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(81)6
Investing activities
Additions to property and equipment(32)(38)
Net cash used in investing activities(32)(38)
Financing activities
Net transfers from (to) parent16191
Due to related party(40)14
Net cash provided by financing activities121105
Effect of FX rate changes on cash and cash equivalents24(3)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents3270
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period350280
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$382$350
December 31
20202019
(In millions)
Reconciliation to amounts within the combined balance sheets:
Cash and cash equivalents$363$307
Restricted cash included in Other current assets1943
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$382$350
See Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
F-151


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Note 1 — Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Background:   The accompanying combined financial statements and notes present the combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, balance sheets, changes in parent’s equity, and cash flows of Egencia (the “Company”, “our”, or “we”). Egencia is a business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Expedia Group” or “Parent”), a publicly traded online travel company whose primary operating activities include empowering business and leisure travelers through technology with tools and information they need to efficiently research, plan, book and experience travel.
The Company is a corporate travel management business that provides, among other things, a global technology platform coupled with local telephone assistance with expert travel consultants, relevant supply targeted at business travelers, and consolidated reporting to clients.
Basis of Presentation:   These combined financial statements of the Company were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Expedia Group for the years ended and as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, as if the Company were operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented, and were prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Separate financial statements have not historically been prepared for the Company.
The combined statements of income of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Expedia Group including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, human resources, treasury, risk management, procurement, facilities, technology and content development and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, headcount, and other drivers. Management considers these allocations to be a reasonable allocation of the utilization of services by or the benefits provided to the Company. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense Egencia would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and facilities. See Note 12 — Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding transactions with Parent and other related party transactions.
The combined balance sheets of the Company include Expedia Group’s assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company.
In the opinion of management, the accompanying combined financial statements of Egencia contain all adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and its results of operations, changes in parent’s equity and cash flows for the year ended as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. However, the combined financial statements may not be indicative of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows if the Company had been an independent standalone entity during the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Combination
The Combined Financial Statements include certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at Expedia Group corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Egencia. All significant intracompany transactions and accounts within the Company’s combined businesses have been eliminated.

F-152


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Intercompany transactions between the Company and Expedia Group are considered to be effectively settled in the combined financial statements at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined statements of cash flows within financing activities and in the combined balance sheets within net parent investment. Deferred Merchant Bookings and Merchant Accounts Payable outstanding as of the period end dates in the combined balance sheets related to transactions that settle in cash between Egencia and Parent and/or Parent’s other subsidiaries have been included in these combined financial statements as Due to related party. See Note 12 — Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding transactions with Expedia Group and other related party transactions.
Accounting Estimates
We use estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Our estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our combined financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amount of net income or loss during any period. Our actual financial results could differ significantly from these estimates.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, which may cause further business disruptions and adversely impact our results of operations. As a result, many of our estimates and assumptions required increased judgment and carry a higher degree of variability and volatility. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, our estimates may change materially in future periods.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue upon transfer of control of our promised services in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.
For our primary transaction-based revenue sources, discussed below, we have determined net presentation (that is, the amount billed to a traveler less the amount paid to a supplier) is appropriate for the majority of our revenue transactions as the supplier is primarily responsible for providing the underlying travel services and we do not control the service provided by the supplier to the traveler. We exclude all taxes assessed by a government authority, if any, from the measurement of transaction prices that are imposed on our travel related services or collected by the Company from customers (which are therefore excluded from revenue).
We offer traditional travel services on a stand-alone and package basis generally either through the merchant or the agency business model.
Under the merchant model, we facilitate the booking of hotel rooms, alternative accommodations, airline seats, car rentals and destination services from our travel suppliers and we are the merchant of record for such bookings.
Under the agency model, we pass reservations booked by the traveler to the relevant travel supplier and the travel supplier serves as the merchant of record for such bookings. We receive commissions or ticketing fees from the travel supplier and/or traveler. For certain agency airline, hotel and car transactions, we also receive fees through global distribution systems (“GDS”) that provide the computer systems through which the travel supplier inventory is made available and through which reservations are booked.
Under the advertising model, we offer travel and non-travel advertisers access to a potential source of incremental traffic and transactions through our various media and transaction-based websites.

F-153


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
The nature of our travel booking service performance obligations vary based on the travel service with differences primarily related to the degree to which we provide post booking services to the traveler and the timing when rights and obligations are triggered in our underlying supplier agreements. We consider both the traveler and travel supplier as our customers.
Lodging.   Our lodging revenue is comprised of revenue recognized under the merchant and agency model.
Merchant Hotel.   We provide travelers access to book hotel room reservations through our contracts with lodging suppliers, which provide us with rates and availability information for rooms but for which we have no control over the rooms and do not bear inventory risk. Our travelers pay us for merchant hotel transactions prior to departing on their trip, generally when they book the reservation. We record the payment in deferred merchant bookings until the stayed night occurs, at which point we recognize the revenue, net of amounts paid to suppliers, as this is when our performance obligation is satisfied. Payments to suppliers are generally due within 30 days of check-in or stay. In certain instances when a supplier invoices us for less than the cost we accrued, we generally reduce our merchant accounts payable and the supplier costs within net revenue six months in arrears, net of an allowance, when we determine it is not probable that we will be required to pay the supplier, based on historical experience.
Cancellation Fees.   Cancellation fees are collected and remitted to the supplier, if applicable.
Agency Hotel.   We generally record agency revenue from the hotel when the stayed night occurs as we provide post booking services to the traveler and thus, consider the performance obligation satisfied once the stay occurs. We record an allowance for cancellations on this revenue based on historical experience.
Merchant and Agency Air.   We record revenue on air transactions when the traveler books the transaction, as we do not typically provide significant post booking services to the traveler, and payments due to and from air carriers are typically due at the time of ticketing. We record a reserve for chargebacks and cancellations at the time of the transaction based on historical experience. In certain transactions, the GDS collects commissions from our suppliers and passes these commissions to us, net of their fees. Therefore, we view payments through the GDS as commissions from suppliers and record these commissions in net revenue. Fees paid to the GDS as compensation for their role in processing transactions are recorded as cost of revenue.
Advertising and Media.   We record revenue from click-through fees charged to our travel partners for leads sent to the travel partners’ websites. We record revenue from click-through fees after the traveler makes the click-through to the related travel partners’ websites. We record revenue for advertising placements ratably over the advertising period or upon delivery of advertising impressions, depending on the terms of the contract. Payments from advertisers are generally due within 30 days of invoicing.
Other.   Other primarily includes transaction revenue for booking services related to products such as car, cruise and destination services under the agency business model. We generally record the related revenue when the travel occurs, as in most cases we provide post booking services and this is when our performance obligation is satisfied. Additionally, no rights or obligations are triggered in our supplier agreements until the travel occurs. We record an allowance for cancellations on this revenue based on historical experience. Revenue from other ancillary alternative accommodation services or products are recorded either upon delivery or when we provide the service. Other also includes travel insurance products primarily under the merchant model, for which revenue is recorded at the time the transaction is booked.
Deferred Merchant Bookings.   We classify cash payments received in advance of our performance obligations as deferred merchant bookings. At December 31, 2019, $27.2 million of cash advance cash payments was reported within Deferred merchant bookings and Due to related party, which was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 resulting in $7.0 million of net revenue. At December 31, 2020, the related balance was $3.0 million.

F-154


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Deferred Revenue.   Deferred revenue primarily consists of unearned account management revenue as well as deferred advertising revenue. At December 31, 2019, $3.0 million was recorded as deferred revenue, $1.8 million of which was recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the related balance was $2.7 million.
We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.
Our revenue by business model is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Revenue by Business Model
Merchant$84$194
Agency104403
Advertising, media and other216
Total revenue$190$613
In addition to the revenue by business model, our revenue by geography is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Revenue by Geography
United States$67$216
All other countries123397
Total revenue$190$613
Cash, Restricted Cash, and Cash Equivalents
Expedia Group has a centralized cash management arrangement where, on a periodic basis, excess cash balances or deposits are swept into a cash pool and are mixed with cash from other affiliated entities. The sweep accounts are legally held by Expedia Group and are used to fund the requirements of affiliated entities, such as Egencia. The sweep account cash balances are not included within the balances of the carve-out financial statements, as these accounts are legally held by Expedia Group and not Egencia. For purposes of the combined financial statements, cash was included for dedicated legal entities (entities that consist entirely of the Egencia business’ operations) and dedicated accounts of Egencia owned by other legal entities. Restricted cash includes cash and cash equivalents that is restricted through legal contracts, regulations or our intention to use the cash for a specific purpose. Our restricted cash primarily relates to certain vendor deposits.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are generally due within sixty days and are recorded net of an allowance for expected uncollectible amounts. We consider accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms as past due. The risk characteristics we generally review when analyzing our accounts receivable pools primarily include the type of receivable (for example, credit card vs hotel collect), collection terms and historical or expected credit loss patterns. For each pool, we make estimates of expected credit losses for our

F-155


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, previous loss history continually updated for new collections data, the credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from customers. The provision for estimated credit losses is recorded as cost of revenue in our combined statements of operations. During 2020, we recorded approximately $9.5 million of incremental allowance for expected uncollectible amounts, including estimated future losses in consideration of the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on the economy and the Company, partially offset by $1.4 million of write-offs. Actual future bad debt could differ materially from this estimate resulting from changes in our assumptions of the duration and severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $22.0 million and $8.7 million respectively. Bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $10.9 million and $2.9 million respectively.
Property and Equipment
We record property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We also capitalize certain costs incurred related to the development of internal use software. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage related to the development of internal use software. We expense costs incurred related to the planning and post-implementation phases of development as incurred.
We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is one to ten years for computer equipment, capitalized software development and furniture and other equipment, one to fifteen years for leasehold improvements, and five years for buildings. We amortize leasehold improvement using the straight-line method, over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease.
Leases
We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are primarily for office space and data centers and are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and operating lease liabilities on our combined balance sheets. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
For operating leases with a term of one year or less, we have elected to not recognize a lease liability or ROU asset on our combined balance sheet. Instead, we recognize the lease payments as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Short-term lease costs are immaterial to our combined statements of operations and cash flows.
We have office space and data center lease agreements with insignificant non-lease components and have elected the practical expedient to combine and account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.
Recoverability of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill included in the combined balance sheet represents balances that are specifically identifiable to Egencia and recognized in relation to the acquisition of VIA Travel and goodwill pushed down from the

F-156


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Parent from its acquisition of the Company. We assess goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, neither of which is amortized, for impairment annually, or more frequently, if events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we typically perform a quantitative assessment and compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. An impairment charge is recorded based on the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. Periodically, we may choose to perform a qualitative assessment, prior to performing the quantitative analysis, to determine whether the fair value of the goodwill is more likely than not impaired.
In performing the goodwill impairment assessments, we utilized guidance prescribed under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. The qualitative assessment requires an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount based on an assessment of relevant events including macroeconomic factors, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other entity-specific factors. After assessing the totality of events, if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the business exceeds its carrying value, no further steps are required. If it is determined that impairment is more likely than not, then we perform the quantitative impairment test.
Refer to Note 4 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net to our combined financial statements for additional details related to our goodwill balances.
Recoverability of Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets
Intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets are carried at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of one to ten years. We review the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups, including property and equipment, to be used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. If such facts indicate a potential impairment, we would assess the recoverability of an asset group by determining if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining economic life of the primary asset in the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates that the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, we will estimate the fair value of the asset group using appropriate valuation methodologies which would typically include an estimate of discounted cash flows. Any impairment would be measured as the difference between the asset groups carrying amount and its estimated fair value.
Income Taxes
Egencia operations have historically been included in the tax returns filed by Expedia Group. Income tax expense and other income tax related information contained in these combined financial statements are presented on a separate return basis as if Egencia filed its own tax returns. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if the Egencia were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented. The majority of current income taxes are assumed to be settled with Expedia Group on the last day of the reporting period and are relieved through the Net Parent Investment account, with the exception of certain state tax liabilities for which the carve-out entity is primarily obligated to the tax authority as reflected in income tax payable in the combined balance sheets. Current income taxes settled with Expedia Group are reflected as net transfers from (to) parent in the combined statements of cash flows.
We record income taxes under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our estimation of the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets

F-157


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
and liabilities for book and tax purposes. We determine deferred income taxes based on the differences in accounting methods and timing between financial statement and income tax reporting. Accordingly, we determine the deferred tax asset or liability for each temporary difference based on the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when we realize the underlying items of income and expense.
We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent earnings experience by jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, and the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, as well as other relevant factors. We may establish a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Due to inherent complexities arising from the nature of our businesses, future changes in income tax law, tax sharing agreements or variances between our actual and anticipated operating results, we make certain judgments and estimates. Therefore, actual income taxes could materially vary from these estimates. All deferred income taxes are classified as long-term on our combined balance sheets.
We account for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process of evaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the tax authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, based on the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more likely than not criteria, the portion of the tax benefit greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement with the tax authority is recognized in the financial statements.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax expense line in our combined statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included in other long-term liabilities on the combined balance sheet.
In relation to tax effects for accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”), our policy is to release the tax effects of amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI to pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations. Any remaining tax effect in accumulated OCI is released following a portfolio approach.
We account for the global intangible low-tax income (“GILTI”) earned by our foreign subsidiaries included in gross U.S. taxable income in the period incurred.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses
The Company’s worldwide operations utilize the U.S. dollar (“USD”) or local currency as the functional currency, where applicable. We translate revenue and expense at average rates of exchange during the period. We translate assets and liabilities at the rates of exchange as of the combined balance sheet dates and include foreign currency translation gains and losses as a component of accumulated OCI. Due to the nature of our operations and our corporate structure, we also have subsidiaries that have significant transactions in foreign currencies other than their functional currency. We record transaction gains and losses in our combined statements of operations related to the recurring remeasurement and settlement of such transactions.
To the extent practicable, we attempt to minimize this exposure by maintaining natural hedges between our current assets and current liabilities of similarly denominated foreign currencies. Additionally, as discussed above, we use foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge certain merchant revenue exposures and in lieu of holding certain foreign currency cash for the purpose of economically hedging our foreign currency-denominated operating liabilities.
Advertising Expense
We incur advertising expense consisting of offline costs, including tradeshows and marketing materials, and online advertising costs, including search engine expense, to promote our brands. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our advertising expense was $4.9 million and $6.3 million.

F-158


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Stock-Based Compensation
In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, the Company is required to recognize expense related to the fair value of employee stock awards and options and to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or an alternative valuation model to calculate the grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees under the Company’s share option plans. The Company recognizes the expense using a straight-line method over the vesting period.
Certain employees of the Company participate in Expedia’s Amended and Restated Expedia Group, Inc. 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan. Share-based compensation expense related to the plan is recognized based on specific identification of cost related to the Company’s employees. The Company also receives allocated share-based compensation expense relating to employees of central support functions provided by Expedia. See Note 8 — Employee Benefit Plans and Stock-Based Awards for further information regarding the share-based compensation plans.
Fair Value Recognition, Measurement and Disclosure
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents reported on our combined balance sheets approximate fair value as we maintain them with various high-quality financial institutions. The accounts receivable are short-term in nature and are generally settled shortly after the sale.
We disclose the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy using the following three categories:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 — Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Our business is subject to certain risks and concentrations including dependence on relationships with travel suppliers, primarily airlines and hotels, dependence on third-party technology providers, exposure to risks associated with online commerce security and payment related fraud. We also rely on global distribution system partners and third-party service providers for certain fulfillment services.
Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. We maintain some cash and cash equivalents balances with financial institutions that are in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. Our cash and cash equivalents are primarily composed of term deposits as well as bank (both interest and non-interest bearing) account balances denominated in U.S. dollars, Euros, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, and Chinese yuan.
Contingent Liabilities
We have a number of regulatory and legal matters outstanding, as discussed further in Note 11 —  Commitments and Contingencies. Periodically, we review the status of all significant outstanding matters to

F-159


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
assess the potential financial exposure. When (i) it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and (ii) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we record the estimated loss in our combined statements of operations. We provide disclosure in the notes to the combined financial statements for loss contingencies that do not meet both of these conditions if there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred that would be material to the financial statements. Significant judgment is required to determine the probability that a liability has been incurred and whether such liability is reasonably estimable. We base accruals made on the best information available at the time which can be highly subjective. The final outcome of these matters could vary significantly from the amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Policies
Leases.   As of January 1, 2019, we adopted the Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) amending the guidance related to accounting and reporting guidelines for leasing arrangements using the optional transition method that allowed for a cumulative-effect adjustment in the period of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under the new guidance, while prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The new guidance required entities that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the rights and obligations created by those leases regardless of whether they are classified as finance or operating leases. In addition, new disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.
We elected certain of the available transition practical expedients, including those that permit us to not reassess 1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, 2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and 3) any initial direct costs for any existing leases as of the effective date. We did not elect the hindsight practical expedient, which permits entities to use hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment.
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.   As of January 1, 2020, we adopted the Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) guidance on the measurement of credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost, which includes accounts receivable, and available-for-sale debt securities, using the modified retrospective method. The new guidance replaced the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. Upon adoption, this new guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements and no cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings was made.
Cloud Computing Arrangements.   As of January 1, 2020, we adopted the new ASU guidance on the accounting for implementation costs incurred for a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract using the prospective method. The update conformed the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the accounting guidance that provides for capitalization of costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.
Fair Value Measurements.   As of January 1, 2020, we adopted the new ASU guidance related to the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements, which removed, modified or added certain disclosures using the prospective method. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.
Recent Accounting Policies Not Yet Adopted
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.   In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. This new standard

F-160


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
eliminates certain exceptions in current guidance related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. For public business entities, this guidance is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our combined financial statements.
Note 3 — Property and Equipment, net and Leases
Property and equipment at cost consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Capitalized software development$208$188
Computer equipment2020
Furniture and other equipment66
Buildings and leasehold improvements1614
250228
Less: accumulated depreciation(197)(169)
Property and equipment, net$53$59
For the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, our depreciation expense was $46.0 million and $48.5 million. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, our recorded capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, which have been placed in service were $45.2 million and $47.3 million. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded amortization of capitalized software development costs of $31.7 million and $34.4 million included in depreciation and amortization expense.
Operating lease costs were $25.5 million and $26.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The weighted average remaining lease term was 3.42 years as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average discount rate was 2.86% as of December 31, 2020.
Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows:
(In millions)
Year ending December 31,$
20219
20225
20234
20243
20252
2026 and thereafter
Total lease payments23
Less: imputed interest(1)
Total$22

F-161


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Note 4 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net
The gross carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization for intangible assets subject to amortization and accumulated write-offs of goodwill are as follows:
Goodwill
(In millions)
Balance as of January 1, 2019$122
Foreign currency translation(2)
Balance as of December 31, 2019120
Foreign currency translation8
Balance as of December 31, 2020$128
Amortizable intangible assets
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
NetCost
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
(In millions)
Customer relationships60(53)758(46)12
Supplier relationships28(28)27(27)
Domain names21(21)20(19)1
Other3(3)2(2)
Total$112$(105)$7$107$(94)$13
Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019 was $5.1 million and $5.4 million, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets with definite lives as of December 31, 2020, assuming no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, is as follows, in millions:
(In millions)
20215
20222
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter
Total$7
Note 5 — Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
The following table summarizes the components of prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

F-162


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Prepaid expense$8$16
Current deposits12
Other current assets11
Total$10$19
Note 6 — Other Assets
The following table summarizes the components of other assets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Prepaid expense$4$4
Deposits55
Total$9$9
Note 7 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
The following table summarizes the components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Salary and wage accruals$33$45
Restructure costs479
Accrued sales tax liability37
Lease liability911
Other1311
Total$105$83
Refer to Note 10 — Restructuring and Related Reorganization Charges for more detail on Restructure costs.
Note 8 — Employee Benefit Plans and Stock-Based Awards
Expedia Defined Contribution Plan. Expedia offers a defined contribution plan for its employees, including employees of Egencia. The total expense recognized in the combined statements of income related to the Egencia Business was $13.3 million and $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019, respectively.
Share-Based Compensation Expense. Expedia maintains share-based compensation plans at a corporate level. Egencia employees participate in those plans and a portion of the cost of those plans are included in the combined statements of income. However, the combined balance sheets do not include any equity issued related to share-based compensation plans.

F-163


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Non-cash share-based compensation expense recognized in the combined statements of income amounted to $14.5 million and $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, of which approximately $11.0 million and $8.2 million, respectively, are specifically identifiable to Egencia employees, and $3.5 million and $3.2 million, respectively, are attributable to shared corporate employees who provided central support functions and not specifically identifiable to Egencia.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Expedia Group, Inc. 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, the Parent may grant restricted stock, restricted stock awards, RSUs, stock options and other stock-based awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants. The Parent issues new shares to satisfy the exercise or release of stock-based awards. During 2019, the Parent started issuing RSUs as it’s primary form of stock-based compensation, which vest 25% after one year and then vest quarterly over the following three years, but may accelerate in certain circumstances. During 2018, an equity choice program existed for annual awards that allowed for the choice of stock options or RSUs with certain limitations.
The following table presents a summary of RSU and Stock Option activity:
RSUsOptions
(In thousands)
Balance as of January 1, 201995605
Granted140
Vested/Exercised(29)(93)
Cancelled
Balance as of December 31, 2019206512
Granted195
Vested/Exercised(83)(69)
Cancelled(1)
Balance as of December 31, 2020317443
As of December 31, 2020, there was approximately $25.8 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-average period of 2.58 years, and approximately $1.8 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested Options, which is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-average period of 1.07 years.
Note 9 — Income Taxes
Egencia provision for income taxes and deferred tax balances have been calculated on a separate return basis as if Egencia filed its own tax returns, although its operations have been included in Parent’s U.S. federal, state and foreign tax return filings. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if Egencia was a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented.
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach for accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between book and tax treatment of assets and liabilities and carryforwards to the extent they are realizable. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While we consider future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, in the event we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net recorded amount, a reduction of the valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should

F-164


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, a reduction to the deferred tax assets would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.
We record a liability for uncertain tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not standard as prescribed by the authoritative guidance for income tax accounting. We record tax benefits for only those positions that we believe will more likely than not be sustained. Unrecognized tax benefits are the differences between tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in tax returns, and the benefits recognized for accounting purposes.
Our Income before income taxes consisted of the following:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
U.S.$(191)$26
Foreign(181)(18)
$(372)$8
The related expense for income taxes consisted of the following:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Current income tax expense:
Federal$$19
State3
Foreign618
Current income tax expense:640
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:
Federal1
State(1)
Foreign
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense1(1)
Income tax expense$7$39
The reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory tax rate compared to the actual income tax expense is as follows:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Income tax (benefit) expense at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21%$(78)$2
State taxes(8)2
Foreign branches511
Foreign tax rate differential(4)2
Unrecognized tax benefits and related interest24
Change in valuation allowance8813

F-165


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
U.S. federal research and development credit(1)(2)
Other, net17
Stock Compensation (Net Shortfall)(1)
Foreign Permanent Differences21
Income tax expense$7$39
Our effective tax rate was -1.9% and 487.5% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The effective tax for December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to state taxes and the jurisdictional mix of profits and uncertain tax positions.
Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
December 31,
20202019
(In millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Provision for accrued expenses$8$12
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards15345
Stock-based compensation64
Property and equipment45
ROU Lease Liability14
Other(4)(11)
Total deferred tax assets16859
Less valuation allowance(155)(44)
Net deferred tax assets$13$15
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill and intangible assets(13)(13)
ROU lease asset(1)(3)
Total deferred tax liabilities(14)(16)
Net deferred tax liability$(1)$(1)
As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $49.8 million, $8.1 million and $77.8 million. U.S. federal NOLs of $49.8 million may be carried forward indefinitely. State NOLs of $1.1 million may be carried forward indefinitely, and state NOLs of $7 million expire at various times starting from 2025. Foreign NOLs of $62.2 million may be carried forward indefinitely, and foreign NOLs of $15.6 million expire at various times starting from 2021.
As of December 31, 2020, we have a valuation allowance of approximately $154.8 million related to certain tax attribute carryforwards for which it is more likely than not the tax benefits will not be realized. The valuation allowance increased by $111.0 million from the amount recorded as of December 31, 2019 primarily due to the generation of US domestic losses in the current year. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, may be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income increase,

F-166


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
taxable income of the appropriate character is forecasted or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative GAAP losses is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.
In preparing our tax returns, management is required to interpret complex tax laws and regulations. On an ongoing basis, the Expedia Group are subject to examinations by federal, foreign and state tax authorities that may give rise to different interpretations of these complex laws and regulations. The number of tax years that remain open and subject to tax audits varies depending upon the tax jurisdiction. Expedia Group files income tax returns in the U.S. and various states on behalf of the Egencia. Due to the nature of the examination process, it generally takes years before these examinations are completed and matters are resolved. In the U.S. and internationally, we are not currently under audit.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
20202019
Balance, beginning of year$6$2
Increases to tax positions related to the current year24
Increases to tax positions related to prior years
Decreases to tax positions related to prior years(1)
Balance, end of year$7$6
We record all interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded income tax expense for interest and penalties of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Accrued interest and penalties related to income tax items as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 amounted to $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, we had $7.4 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, $5.9 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2019, we had $5.8 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, $5.8 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We do not anticipate a material change in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 in the next twelve months.
We believe that our outside basis differences in foreign subsidiaries will not reverse in the foreseeable future and continue to assert indefinite reinvestment.
We are subject to a territorial tax system under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), in which we are required to provide for tax on Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. We have established an accounting policy election to provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period expense.
Note 10 — Restructuring and Related Reorganization Charges
In 2019, we engaged in certain restructure actions to centralize and migrate certain operational functions and systems, for which we recognized $11.0 million in restructure and related reorganization charges. In February 2020, we committed to restructuring actions intended to simplify our businesses and improve operational efficiencies, which have resulted in headcount reductions, and, subsequently in 2020, the Company accelerated further actions to adapt our business to the current environment. As a result, we recognized $59.0 million in restructuring and related reorganization charges during 2020. Based on current plans, which are subject to change, we expect total reorganization charges in 2021 of approximately $8.6 million. However, we continue to actively evaluate additional cost reduction efforts and should we make decisions in future periods to take further actions, we will incur additional reorganization charges.

F-167


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
The following table summarizes the restructuring and related reorganization activity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:
Employee
Severance and
Benefits
(In millions)
Accrued liability as of January 1, 2019$
Charges11
Payments(2)
Non-cash items
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2019$9
Charges59
Payments(21)
Non-cash items
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2020$47
Note 11 — Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
As a business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, we are a party to various lawsuits. Management does not expect these lawsuits to have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of the Company. We also evaluate other potential contingent matters, including value-added tax, excise tax, sales tax, transient occupancy or accommodation tax and similar matters. We do not believe that the aggregate amount of liability that could be reasonably possible with respect to these matters would have a material adverse effect on our financial results; however, litigation is inherently uncertain and the actual losses incurred in the event that our legal proceedings were to result in unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Litigation Relating to Occupancy Taxes.   One hundred one lawsuits have been filed by or against cities, counties and states involving hotel occupancy and other taxes. Nine lawsuits are currently active. These lawsuits are in various stages and Expedia Group continues to defend against the claims made in them vigorously. With respect to the principal claims in these matters, Expedia Group believes that the statutes or ordinances at issue do not apply to Expedia Group or the services Expedia Group provides and, therefore, that taxes are not owed that are claimed to be owed. Expedia Group, and as a result Egencia since it is a business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group, believes that the statutes or ordinances at issue generally impose occupancy and other taxes on entities that own, operate or control hotels (or similar businesses) or furnish or provide hotel rooms or similar accommodations. To date, forty-eight of these lawsuits have been dismissed. Some of these dismissals have been without prejudice and, generally, allow the governmental entity or entities to seek administrative remedies prior to pursuing further litigation. Thirty-four dismissals were based on a finding that we and the other defendants were not subject to the local tax ordinance or that the local government lacked standing to pursue its claims. As a result of this litigation and other attempts by certain jurisdictions to levy such taxes, we have established a reserve for the potential settlement of issues related to hotel occupancy and other taxes, consistent with applicable accounting principles and in light of all current facts and circumstances. The amount of reserve for the potential settlement of issues related to hotel occupancy and other taxes is insignificant. Our settlement reserve is based on our best estimate of probable losses and the ultimate resolution of these contingencies may be greater or less than the liabilities recorded. An estimate for a reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amount reserved cannot be made. Changes to the settlement reserve are included within Other, net in the combined statements of operations.

F-168


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
Matters Relating to International VAT.   Expedia Group is in various stages of inquiry or audit in multiple European Union jurisdictions regarding the application of VAT to European Union related transactions. Since Egencia is business within the B2B segment of Expedia Group and is involved in merchant hotel transactions, Egencia is subject to the same inquiry or audit. While we believe we comply with applicable VAT laws, rules and regulations in the relevant jurisdictions, the tax authorities may determine that we owe additional taxes. In certain jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, we may be required to “pay-to-play” any VAT assessment prior to contesting its validity. While we believe that we will be successful based on the merits of our positions with regard to audits in pay-to-play jurisdictions, it is nevertheless reasonably possible that we could be required to pay any assessed amounts in order to contest or litigate the applicability of any assessments and an estimate for a reasonably possible amount of any such payments cannot be made.
Note 12 — Related Party Transactions
Related Party Transactions
Intercompany transactions between the Company and Parent have been included in these combined financial statements and are forgiven at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined statements of cash flows as a financing activity and in the combined balance sheets as parent company investment. Deferred Merchant Bookings and Merchant Accounts Payable outstanding as of the period end dates in the combined balance sheets related to transactions that settle in cash between Egencia and Parent and/or Parent’s other subsidiaries have been included in these combined financial statements as Due to Related Party.
The accompanying Statement of Changes in Parent’s Equity and Statements of Cash Flows of Egencia are prepared in accordance with GAAP. As a result of carveout methodology as described in the Basis of Presentation, differences exist related to exchange rates, stock-based compensation, and other noncash items between the Statements of Changes in Parent’s Equity and the Statements of Cash Flows with regard to transfers to and from Parent.
The components of the net transfers to and from Parent as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
(In millions)
Cash pooling and general financing activities$112$
Sales to Parent2
Purchases from Parent(2)(3)
Stock based compensation1512
Corporate allocations4954
Income tax expense739
Net increase (decrease) in Net Parent Investment$181$104
Corporate Allocations
The combined statements of income of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Expedia Group including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, human resources, treasury, risk management, procurement, facilities, and other shared services. Allocations made on the basis of revenue, product sales, or headcount were $71.7 million and $80.3 million for shared services and $14.5 million and $13.2 million for supply

F-169


EGENCIA
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, within selling and marketing expense, general and administrative expense, and technology and content expense in the combined statements of income.
Management of Egencia consider these allocations to be a reasonable allocation of the utilization of services by or the benefits provided to Egencia. These allocations may not, however, reflect the expense Egencia would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if Egencia had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.
Note 13 — Subsequent Events
We have evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through July 16, 2021, the date these combined financial statements were available to be issued for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

F-170

$750,000,000
75,000,000 UnitsGLOBAL BUSINESS TRAVEL GROUP, INC.

Apollo Strategic Growth CapitalISSUANCE OF UP TO 75,986,935 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                 , 2020AND
RESALE OF UP TO 492,628,569 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND
UP TO 12,234,134 WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
Citigroup                  Credit SuisseGoldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Apollo Global SecuritiesDeutsche Bank Securities
Siebert Williams ShankPROSPECTUS
Until                  , 2020 (25 days after2022
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any supplement or amendment hereto. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any supplement or amendment hereto is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sellprospectus or trade our Class A ordinary shares, whetherany such supplement or not participating inamendment. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. Thisprospectus is in additiontruthful or complete. Any representation to the dealers’ obligation to delivercontrary is a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.criminal offense.

 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.Distribution
The estimatedfollowing table sets forth all expenses payableto be paid by us in connection with the offering described inissuance and distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants being registered by this registration statement (other thanstatement. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee.
We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the securities. Selling Securityholders, however, will bear all brokers and underwriting commissions and discounts, and commissions) will be as follows:if any, attributable to their sale of the securities.
SEC expenses$149,270
Amount
Paid or
to Be Paid
FINRA expenses173,000
Accounting fees and expenses35,000
Printing and engraving expenses35,000
Travel and road show expenses20,000
Directors’ & Officers’ liability insurance premiums(1)
200,000
Legal fees and expenses500,000
NYSE listing and filing fees85,000
Miscellaneous2,730
Total$1,200,000
SEC registration fee$583,685.35
Legal fees and expenses*
Accounting fees and expenses*
Financial printing and miscellaneous expenses*
Total$*
(1)*
This amount represents the approximate amount of annual director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the completion of its initial public offering and until it completes a business combination.Estimates not presently known
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.Officers
Cayman Islands law doesSection 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not limit the extentexclusive of other rights to which a company’s memorandum and articlesthose seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of association may providestockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the Registrant of members of its board of directors, members of committees of its board of directors and of other committees of the Registrant, and its executive officers, and directors, except toallows the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such asRegistrant to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of ourits other officers and directorsits agents and employees, and those serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Registrant, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by law, includingthe DGCL.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
Additionally, our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability incurred in their capacities asof our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, and our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.
law. We will enterhave entered into separate indemnification agreements with our officersdirectors and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insuresexecutive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us against our obligations to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain liabilities and directors.
We believe that these provisions, the insuranceexpenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attractall other direct or indirect costs, expenses and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed thatobligations, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, appeal bonds, amounts paid in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase from us an aggregate of 11,333,334 (or 12,833,334 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement warrants at $1.50 per warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $17,000,000 (or $19,250,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneouslysettlement with the completion of our initial public offering. These issuances will be
 
II-1

 
madethe approval of the Company, counsel fees and disbursements (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, appeal bond premiums, transcript fees, duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) and other fees (including, among others, witness fees, travel expenses and fees of private investigators and professional advisors, actually paid or incurred in connection with investigating, prosecuting, defending, being a witness in or participating in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event (as such terms are defined in each indemnification agreement)) incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding related to the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving on behalf of the Company or at the request of the Company as a director, officer or fiduciary or similar capacity, of another company The indemnification agreements also require us, if so requested, to advance all reasonable fees, expenses, charges and other costs that such director or officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third- party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
PIPE Investment
As disclosed above, in connection with the Transactions and immediately prior to the Closing, a total of 32,350,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued for $323,500,000 in cash pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements in reliance upon the exemption from registration containedprovided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Our sponsor
Pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, GBTG is an accredited investorrequired to submit or file with the SEC, within (i) 30 calendar days after the Closing or (ii) 90 calendar days following GBTG’s most recent fiscal year end if audited financials for purposesthe year ended December 31, 2021 are required to be included, a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, as applicable (“Shelf”), covering the resale of Rule 501the Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of Regulation D under(i) 60 calendar days (or 90 calendar days if the Securities Act. SEC notifies us that it will “review” the Shelf) after the filing thereof and (ii) the 10th business day after the date we are notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the SEC that the Shelf will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review.
Other Subscriptions and Distributions
The sole business of our sponsorinformation set forth in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Subscriptions and Distributions is to act as our sponsor inincorporated herein by reference. In connection with this offering.the Closing, the Company issued 394,448,481 shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing JerseyCo Owners.
No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.GBT B Ordinary Share Exchange
The information set forth in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — GBT Related Party Transactions — Exchange Agreement” is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules
(a)   Exhibits
Exhibit No.
  2.1Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2021, by and between Apollo Strategic Growth Capital and GBT JerseyCo Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
  3.1

(a)II-2


Exhibit No.
  3.2Bylaws of Global Business Travel Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
  4.1Warrant Agreement, dated October 1, 2020, between Apollo Strategic Growth Capital and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 6, 2020).
  5.1**Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 10.1Form of PubCo Subscribed Ordinary Shares Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.2Form of PubCo Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.3Form of PubCo Class B Common Stock Distribution Agreement, by and among GBT JerseyCo Limited, American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited and EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.4Form of Amended & Restated Registration Rights Agreement entered into by and among Global Business Travel Group, Inc., APSG Sponsor, L.P. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.5Form of Exchange Agreement, by and among Global Business Travel Group, Inc., GBT JerseyCo Limited and equityholders of GBT JerseyCo Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.6^Form of Shareholders Agreement by and among by and among Global Business Travel Group, Inc., GBT JerseyCo Limited, American Express Travel Holdings Netherlands Coöperatief U.A., Juweel Investors (SPC) Limited and EG Corporate Travel Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.7Sponsor Side Letter Amendment, dated May 28, 2022, by and among the Sponsor, the Insiders, APSG and Legacy GBT (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2022).
 10.8Global Business Travel Group, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2022).
 10.9Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2022).
 10.9.1Global Business Travel Group, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of May 27, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2022).
 10.10^†Form of Amended and Restated Trademark License Agreement, dated May 27, 2022, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT Travel Services UK Limited and, solely for the purposes of specified sections therein, GBT JerseyCo Limited, GBT US LLC, GBT III B.V. and Global Business Travel Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).

II-3


Exhibit No.
 10.11^†Form of Consumer Services Operating Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT Travel Services UK Limited (as assignee of GBT III B.V.), as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.11.1^†Form of First Amendment to Consumer Services Operating Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.11.2^†Form of Second Amendment to Consumer Services Operating Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2017, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.11.3Form of Third Amendment to Consumer Services Operating Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.11.4^†Form of Fourth Amendment to Consumer Services Operating Agreement, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, BT Inc. and G Travel Services UK Limited (as assignee of GBT III B.V.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.12^†Form of Global Corporate Payments Operating Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.12.1^†Form of First Amendment to Global Commercial Services Operating Agreement, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., GBT III B.V. and GBT Travel Services UK Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.13^†Form of Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT Travel Services UK Limited (as assignee of GBT III B.V.), as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 10.13.1^Form of First Amendment to the Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2015, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.13.2Form of Second Amendment to the Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.13.3Form of Third Amendment to the Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2019, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).

II-4


Exhibit No.
 10.13.4Form of Fourth Amendment to the Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2019, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT III B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Reg. No. 333-261820) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2022).
 10.13.5^†
 10.13.6^†
 10.13.7^†Form of Seventh Amendment to Travel & Lifestyle Services Operating Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2022, by and between American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and GBT Travel Services UK Limited (as assignee of GBT III B.V.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.7 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-261820), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2021).
 21.1
 23.1*
 23.2*
 23.3*
 23.4**
 24.1**
 107**

Certain of the exhibits and schedule to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The listRegistrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted exhibits immediately precedingand schedules to the signature pageSEC upon its request.
^
Certain portions of these Exhibits have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601 because they are both (i) not material to investors and (ii) the type of information that the Registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential, and have been marked with ‘‘[***]’’ to indicate where omissions have been made. The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally an unredacted copy of the Exhibit to the SEC upon its request.
*
Previously filed.
**
Filed herewith.
(b)   Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the accompanying notes. The financial statements filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)II-5
See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements and schedules included in the registration statement.


Item 17.   Undertakings.Undertakings
(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakesundertakes:
(1)
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to providethis registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the underwriter at the closing specifiedplan of distribution not previously disclosed in the underwriting agreements, certificatesregistration statement or any material change to such information in such denominationsthe registration statement; provided, however, that clauses (i), (ii) and registered(iii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-1 and the information required to be included in such names as requireda post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the underwriterregistrant pursuant to permit prompt deliverySection 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to each purchaser.Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement;
(b)(2)
that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(3)
to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(4)
that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
(5)
that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
a.
any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
b.
any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II-6


c.
the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of an undersigned registrant; and any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)
For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior effective date.
 
II-2II-7

 
(4)
For the purpose of determining liability of a registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of an undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by an undersigned registrant;
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit 
Number
Description
 1.1Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
 3.1Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant.**
 3.2Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant.**
 4.1Specimen Unit Certificate.**
 4.2Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.**
 4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate.**
 4.4Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.**
Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel to the Registrant.*
Form of Opinion of Walkers, Cayman Islands counsel to the Registrant.*
Promissory Note, dated August 11, 2020, by and between Apollo Strategic Growth Capital as the maker and APSG Sponsor L.P. as the payee.*
10.2Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant and its officers and directors and sponsor.**
10.3Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.**
10.4Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain securityholders.**
10.5Form of Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and sponsor.**
10.6Form of Indemnification Agreement.**
10.7Form of Administrative Services Agreement between the Registrant and sponsor.**
Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.*
Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
Consent of Walkers (included in Exhibit 5.2).*
Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).*
*
Filed herewith.
**
‘To be filed by amendment.

II-4


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statementregistration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, City, New York, on the 16th day of September, 2020.July 19, 2022.
Apollo Strategic Growth CapitalGLOBAL BUSINESS TRAVEL GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ Sanjay PatelEric J. Bock
Name: Sanjay Patel
Title:   Eric J. Bock
Chief ExecutiveLegal Officer,
Power Global Head of Attorney
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutesM&A and appoints each of Sanjay PatelCompliance and James Crossen his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement and any and all registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.Corporate Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statementregistration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
NameSignaturePositionTitleDate
/s/ Sanjay PatelPaul Abbott
Sanjay PatelPaul Abbott
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal (Principal Executive Officer)
September 16, 2020July 19, 2022
/s/ James CrossenMartine Gerow
James CrossenMartine Gerow
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)July 19, 2022
/s/ Chris Van Vliet
Chris Van Vliet
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting OfficerController
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
September 16, 2020July 19, 2022
/s/ Scott Kleinman*
Scott KleinmanJames P. Bush
DirectorSeptember 16, 2020July 19, 2022
/s/ Jennifer Fleiss*
Jennifer FleissGloria Guevara Manzo
DirectorSeptember 16, 2020July 19, 2022
/s/ Mitch Garber*
Mitch GarberEric Hart
DirectorSeptember 16, 2020July 19, 2022
/s/ James H. Simmons III*
James H. Simmons IIIRaymond Donald Joabar
DirectorSeptember 16, 2020July 19, 2022
*
Michael Gregory (Greg) O’Hara
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
 
II-8


SignatureTitleDate
*
Richard Petrino
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
*
Mohammed Saif S.S. Al-Sowaidi
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
*
Itai Wallach
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
*
Susan Ward
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
*
Kathleen Winters
DirectorJuly 19, 2022
*By:
/s/ Eric J. Bock
Eric J. Bock
Attorney-in-fact

II-9